A new hope? Crowdfunding vs. Traditional Finance

Introduction

Launching a startup is no walk in the park. It’s like diving headfirst into a wild roller-coaster ride filled with ups, downs, and unexpected twists. It’s a path riddled with obstacles, risks, and often, daunting odds of failure. According to the Bureau of Labor and Statistics, a staggering 50% of new businesses fail to survive beyond their fifth year. Yep, it’s tough out there.

But, there’s a shining beacon of hope on the horizon, and it goes by the name of investment crowdfunding or equity crowdfunding or online capital formation. According to CCLEAR in “The Investment Crowdfunding 2024 Trends Report”, startups that get their funding through this method have a better shot at survival, with only about 17.8% of them crashing and burning.

Scroll down to dive deep into the world of equity crowdfunding. We’ll unpack what it’s all about and how it’s giving startups a fighting chance in this crazy entrepreneurial jungle.

Crowdfunding vs. traditional finance: Understanding the Landscape

Traditional Business Financing and Its Challenges

Traditionally, startups have relied on a mix of personal savings, bank loans, and venture capital to get off the ground. Each of these funding sources comes with its own set of challenges. Bank loans often require collateral and a proof of revenue, both of which new businesses might lack. Venture capital, while lucrative, is highly competitive and may demand significant control over the company’s direction.

The Rise of Investment Crowdfunding

On the other side is the investment through crowdfunding, a product of the digital age. This way of getting funds allows entrepreneurs to raise capital directly from the public through online platforms. We can say that crowdfunding democratizes the fundraising process, removing the barriers of traditional financing methods. And more, it allows startups to tap into a broader base of potential investors.

Analyzing the Statistics

General Business Survival Rates

The Bureau of Labor and Statistics’ report that 50% of all new businesses fail within 5 years. This is a sobering reminder of the volatile nature of entrepreneurship. The high rate can be attributed to different elements, including lack of market need, cash flow issues, and fierce competition.

Success in Investment Crowdfunding

However, the recent report by CCLEAR highlights that only 17.8% of companies that got capital through equity crowdfunding have gone out of business. This statistic suggests that equity crowdfunding doesn’t just offer a financial lifeline, but also contributes to a more sustainable business model for startups.

Why Equity Crowdfunding Works

Community and Engagement

One of the key strengths of equity crowdfunding is the community engagement it fosters. Investors are often customers or enthusiasts of the product or service, offering not just capital but also support, feedback, and word-of-mouth promotion. This engaged community can be a significant asset for a new business, driving its initial growth and establishing a loyal customer base.

Flowchart about why equity crowdfunding works
Validation and Market Fit

Raising capital through crowdfunding also serves as a market validation. Successfully funded projects demonstrate a clear demand for the product or service. This allows businesses to adjust and refine their offerings based on real user feedback. It’s like a direct line to the market, which can help startups navigate the initial stages more effectively, reducing the risk of failure.

Flexibility and Control

Unlike traditional financing methods, crowdfunding provides startups with more control over their destiny. By setting their own terms for investment, businesses can maintain control over their direction and culture, which can be crucial for long-term success.

Challenges and Considerations

While investment crowdfunding presents a promising alternative to traditional financing methods, it has some challenges. Along the path, the entrepreneur will come across rigorous regulations to get permission to go live with their offer.  Another point that might be present is the pressure to deliver results to a large group of investors, but it’s not an exclusivity of the crowdfunding method to get money for your business. 

After all the sheer effort to get the documents and correspond to the regulatory obligations, there’s another big challenge. The choice of a reliable crowdfunding platform. This is a decisive point in every offer, because if the platform isn’t compliant or safe, all your efforts can go down the drain. So, since compliance is mandatory, it is essential to make a wise choice when it comes to finding a company to launch your offer. 

KoreConX powers the most trustworthy crowdfunding platforms in the market. Our secure, All-In-One Platform gives the private market ecosystem the ability to compliantly manage corporate records, captable, funding activities, shareholders, and investors —while efficiently taking advantage of innovative capital-raising opportunities. KoreConX’s processes and actions are led by one key value: TRUST.  It’s in the DNA of the company.

The contrast between the Bureau of Labor and Statistics’ general business survival rates and the success rate of businesses funded through investment crowdfunding is striking. It sheds light on the evolving landscape of startup financing, where investment crowdfunding emerges as a viable and potentially more sustainable option for entrepreneurs. By leveraging the power of community, market validation, and greater control, startups can significantly increase their chances of survival and success.

As the business world continues to evolve, it will be interesting to see how investment crowdfunding develops and what it means for the future of entrepreneurship. The journey is certainly not without its challenges, but for many startups, crowdfunding may just be the key to unlocking their full potential.

 

Bibliograpgy

* CCLEAR. “The Investment Crowdfunding 2024 Trends Report.” cclear.ai, 2024.

12 Years of the JOBS Act: Impact on Startup Funding

12 Years of the JOBS Act

It’s time to reflect on and remember the impact of this innovative legislation in the history of financial market. Passed in 2012, JOBS Act has brought positive changes to the landscape of capital raising and investment in the USA.

This groundbreaking act has opened new doors for entrepreneurs by simplifying the process to go public and secure funding, while also democratizing investment opportunities, allowing a broader spectrum of investors to participate in previously inaccessible ventures.

KoreConX proudly acknowledges the transformative effect the JOBS Act has had on the business and investment community. By reducing regulatory hurdles and fostering an environment conducive to growth and innovation, the Act has played a critical role in supporting startups and small businesses, vital components of the economy’s backbone.

As we celebrate this anniversary, KoreConX remains committed to empowering companies to leverage these opportunities, ensuring a future where businesses can thrive and investors can access a wider range of investment possibilities. Here’s to embracing many more years of innovation, growth, and success under the JOBS Act’s legacy.

12 Years of the JOBS Act, 12 years of revolution in private capital markets.

Section 12(G) Of The Exchange Act: all you need to know

Understanding the regulations surrounding public offerings is crucial for both companies and investors. In this article written by Patrick Costello, from Bevilacqua PLLC, we’ll delve into Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act. You’ll find insights on outlining the requirements for companies to register securities with the SEC. Also, Patrick sheds light on the factors triggering registration, including asset value and investor thresholds.

Keep reading and learn more about this important matter in the financial market.

Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C § 78l(g)) mandates that a company register with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a class of securities if:

  1. the company has gross assets of more than $10 million; and
  1. the securities of such class are held of record by more than (a) 2,000 persons or (b) 500 non-accredited investors (as defined under Securities Act Rule 501(a) (17 C.F.R. § 230.501(a))

These are referred to individually as the “Gross Assets Threshold” and the “Held of Record Threshold,” and, together, the “Thresholds.”

Issuers who cross the Thresholds must register the relevant class of securities with the SEC by filing a form 10-12G registration statement within 120 days of the last day of the fiscal year in which the issuer exceeds the Thresholds. After filing its 10-12(G) registration statement, an issuer will need to comply with the continuous reporting obligations under Exchange Act Section 13 as it relates to annual, quarterly, and periodic reports, and beneficial ownership reporting, Section 14 as it relates to proxy rules and Section 16 as it relates to insider transactions in a public company’s securities.

Absent future clarification from the SEC, Section 12(g)’s registration requirements are unavoidable once an issuer crosses the Thresholds under any circumstances. Registration under Section 12(g) is required even if an issuer crosses the Thresholds and subsequently complies with Section 12(g)’s requirements to terminate a registration statement under Section 12(g) (less than 300 holders of record) before the 120-day registration deadline. Further, an issuer who crosses the Thresholds inadvertently and then purposefully seeks to terminate their registration requirements under Section 12(g)(4) may be deemed to be engaging in a scheme to avoid the application of the federal securities laws, likely considered a violation of the anti-fraud rules.

Considering the consequences and difficulties associated with the above aspects of Section 12(g), issuers must engage in proper business planning to avoid an accidental crossing of the Thresholds. Thankfully, there are certain exemptions and definitional exclusions from Section 12(g) that can help issuers avoid crossing Section 12(g)’s Thresholds.

Calculating the Holders of Record

To determine the number of holders of record, an issuer should count (i) each person who is identified as the owner of the record at the company’s registrar for the class of securities and (ii) if the shareholders list was improperly maintained, each person who would have been a record holder had it been properly maintained (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1). As stated above, there are a few exclusions and special rules that apply when calculating the Thresholds. For example, Exchange Act Rule 12g5-1 contains the following special rules:   

 

Corporate Personhood. Securities owned by a corporation, partnership, or trust, or other organization are treated as held by one person (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(a)(2));

 

Securities owned by one or more persons as trustees, executors, guardians, custodians or in other fiduciary capacities with respect to a single trust, estate or account shall be treated as held of record by one person (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(a)(3));

 

Co-owned Securities Co-owners of a security will be counted as one person (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(a)(4));
Similarly Named Holders Securities registered in substantially similar names where the issuer has reason to believe that such names represent the same person, may be treated as held by one person (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(6)).
Crowdfunding Securities; Co-Issuer offerings An issuer that no longer qualifies for Exchange Act Rule 12g-6’s exemption (discussed below) from Section 12(g) for securities issued in a Crowdfunding Offering must count all holders of the same class of securities issued under Regulation Crowdfunding regardless of whether the holders thereof obtained those securities via a Crowdfunding Offering (Regulation Crowdfunding Compliance & Disclosure Interpretations, Questions 202.01 and 03).

 

Crowdfunding issuers and Crowdfunding Vehicles, referred to as Co-Issuers, who perform a Co-Issuer Crowdfunding Offering according to Rule 201 (17 C.F.R. § 227.201) and Rule 3a-9 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (17 C.F.R. § 270.3a-9) can exclude securities issued by the Crowdfunding Vehicle to the extent that natural persons hold such securities. Securities held by non-natural persons are not excludable and must be included in the calculation of the holders of record for both Co-Issuers (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(9)).

 

Equity Incentive Plan Securities Securities held by individuals who received them through an employee compensation plan exempt from the Securities Act’s registration requirements are excluded from the Held of Record calculation (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(8)(A)).

 

Additionally, securities acquired in exempt securities offerings, issued by the issuer, its predecessor, or an acquired company in exchange for securities that are already excludable are excluded from the Held of Record calculation.

 

This exclusion applies if the recipients were eligible under Securities Act Rule 701(c) (17 C.F.R. § 230.701), a registration exemption for offers and sales of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation when the original securities were issued (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(8)(i)(B)).

 

Non-Exclusive Safe Harbor:

 

  1. an issuer can consider a person to have received securities under an employee compensation plan if the plan and the recipient met specific conditions set out in § 230.701(c); and

 

  1. an issuer can treat securities as having been issued in a transaction exempt from registration requirements if, at the time of issuance, the issuer reasonably believed that the transaction was exempt (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(8)(i) – (ii)).

 

In addition to the above rules for calculating the Held of Record Threshold, two very important exemptions increase or alter the Thresholds for securities issued under Regulation Crowdfunding and Tier 2 of Regulation A. For Regulation Crowdfunding, Exchange Act Rule 12g-6 (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g-6) states that securities issued in a Regulation Crowdfunding offering will not be counted towards the Held of Record Threshold if:

  1. the issuer is current in its ongoing annual reports;
  2. has gross assets of $25 million or less as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; and
  3. has engaged a transfer agent to serve as the transfer agent for the securities in question.

Additionally, there is a transition period for issuers who exceed $25 million in gross assets according to (b) above. Specifically, Rule 12g-6 states that a crowdfunding issuer can continue to exclude their securities from the holder of record calculation for a period ending on the day before the last day of their fiscal year, which is two years after the issuer’s total assets rose above $25 million; provided, however, that such issuer continues to comply with its ongoing reporting requirements during those two years. An issuer that does not comply with their ongoing reporting obligations must register the relevant class of securities under Section 12(g) within 120 days.

Likewise, for Regulation A,  Exchange Act Rule 12g5-1(a)(7) (17 C.F.R. § 240.12g5-1(a)(7)) states that companies may exclude securities issued in Tier 2 offerings from the Held of Record calculation if they:

  1. are current in their annual, semiannual, and special financial reports as of the most recently completed fiscal year;
  2. has engaged a transfer agent with respect to the class of securities at issue; and
  3. Had (1) a public float of less than $75 million as of the last business day of its most recently completed semiannual period; or (2) if the public float is zero, then less than $50 million as of the most recently completed fiscal year.

As with Rule 12g-6 above, an issuer can continue to exclude such securities from the Held of Record Threshold for a period ending on the day before the last day of their fiscal year two years after they became ineligible for the Rule 12g5-1(a)(7) exemption. An issuer that does not comply with their ongoing reporting obligations must register the relevant class of securities under Section 12(g) within 120 days.

Conclusion

Section 12(g) represents a critical component of the U.S. securities regulatory framework, balancing investor protection with the practical needs of growing businesses. The evolution of its thresholds and conditions reflects a dynamic response to the changing economic landscape, particularly for startups and small businesses, and especially at a time when exempt capital financing is as accessible as it is today. Understanding these regulations is essential for companies seeking to comply with federal securities laws while capitalizing on opportunities for growth and investment. To do so, it is essential that these issuers engage with qualified securities attorneys who can assist them with compliance and navigation of the federal securities laws.

Stay tuned to our blog! We’re always bringing fresh content to keep you always updated.

Myths About How Capital is Raised by Everyone

Let’s talk about how capital is raised, especially about the myths that surround this matter.

For decades, the narrative around raising capital for private companies has been confined to a familiar sequence of chapters: family and friends, government grants, banks, angel groups, accelerators, and venture capital. This traditional pathway has painted a partial picture of the opportunities available to entrepreneurs, leaving many vital chapters unread and unexplored. However, the advent of the JOBS Act and the rise of online capital formation have added crucial new dimensions to this narrative, expanding the playbook for entrepreneurs seeking funding. We will debunk the myths surrounding capital raising, urging entrepreneurs to read beyond the first six chapters and explore the broader spectrum of options now at their disposal.

The Unread Chapters of Capital Raising

Raising capital is a nuanced art, steeped in tradition yet rapidly evolving with technology. Each of the nine chapters of capital raising—ranging from personal networks to sophisticated online platforms—has its own set of rules, expectations, and audience. Yet, at their core, they all share a common process: crafting a compelling pitch, valuing the business, and reaching out to potential investors. Whether through personal meetings, phone calls, or digital platforms, the essence of capital raising remains a quest to gather a crowd of supporters, investors, and advocates for your business.

Rewards Crowdfunding

Platforms like Kickstarter and Indiegogo have shown that product-based businesses can attract funding from customers and enthusiasts who believe in their vision. This model allows entrepreneurs to validate their market fit while securing the capital needed for production and scaling.

JOBS Act Regulations (RegCF, RegD, RegA+)

The JOBS Act has revolutionized access to capital by legalizing equity crowdfunding (RegCF), simplifying offerings to accredited investors (RegD), and expanding the ability to publicly solicit investments (RegA+). These regulations have democratized investment, making it accessible to a broader audience of both entrepreneurs and investors.  There is now over 2,500 platforms in the USA alone that cater to any of the such JOBS Act Regulations but Spark.Market and Red Crow are now becoming the new trend of online capital formation.  

Online Capital Formation

The digital transformation of capital raising has enabled platforms to streamline the investment process, making it more efficient and far-reaching. Online capital formation leverages technology to connect companies with a global pool of investors, transcending geographical and traditional barriers.  KoreIssuance sole purpose is to enable companies to utilize the JOBS Act regulations and to allow companies to raise capital on their own terms, and website.

Technology’s Role in Accessing Capital

The transition to online platforms has not only modernized the capital raising process but also expanded its potential. Digital platforms offer a cost-effective, efficient way to reach investors, turning the erstwhile daunting task of fundraising into a more manageable, even rewarding endeavor. This shift towards online capital formation fosters a more inclusive ecosystem, where businesses can attract not just investors but also future customers, partners, and champions of their brand.  The entire process is done online with such infrastructure created by KoreConX, which provides the infrastructure for all participants (investors, companies, issuers, lawyers, auditors, IA firms, Broker-Dealers, SEC-Transfer Agents, ATS, OMS, Banks, Payment Rails) this is the key to allow democratization.  In this new world, people can invest as low as $5.00 and it can be done cost effective and 100% compliantly.

Challenges Beyond Chapter 6

Venturing into the realms of rewards crowdfunding, JOBS Act regulations, and online capital formation presents its own set of challenges. Entrepreneurs may encounter skepticism from traditionalists who view these methods as less prestigious or viable. However, the success stories emerging from these avenues are dispelling such myths, proving that these “new chapters” are not just viable but also potentially more aligned with the modern entrepreneurial journey.

Keep in mind the skepticism they demonstrate is a reaction to how threatening this way of capital raising is competing with them.  You will hear remarks like, “dumb money”, “they bring no value”, “not sophisticated” and much more.  This tells you when something is working when money (investors) have choices and they are selection you rather than going to a fund.

Embracing the Full Spectrum of Capital Raising

Educate Yourself: Understand the nuances and requirements of each capital-raising avenue.

Build a Comprehensive Pitch: Tailor your pitch to suit different platforms and investor expectations.

Leverage Technology: Use online platforms to streamline the fundraising process and reach a broader audience.  Working with KoreIssuance can be the difference of success and failure.

Engage Your Network: Tap into your personal and professional networks for initial support and validation.

Explore All Avenues: Don’t limit yourself to traditional funding sources; explore crowdfunding, online platforms, and JOBS Act opportunities.

Compliance and Transparency: Ensure your fundraising efforts comply with legal requirements and maintain transparency with potential investors.  Trusted partners is essential to any type of successful capital raise.

Value Beyond Capital: Look for investors and platforms that offer value beyond just funding, such as mentorship, networking, and market access.

Continuous Learning: Stay informed about evolving regulations and emerging platforms to maximize your fundraising potential.

The landscape of capital raising is broader and more diverse than ever before. Entrepreneurs today have the opportunity to explore a multitude of chapters beyond the traditional six, each offering unique benefits and access to a wider range of investors. By embracing the JOBS Act regulations and leveraging online capital formation, startups can navigate the fundraising process more effectively, tapping into a vast pool of potential supporters. Educating oneself about these opportunities, working with trusted advisors, and adopting a strategic approach to capital raising are essential steps toward securing the necessary funding. In the ever-evolving narrative of entrepreneurship, understanding and utilizing the full spectrum of funding options available is not just an advantage—it’s a necessity.

Investor Acquisition in online capital raising

Let’s talk about Investor Acquisition in online capital raising.

There are over 4.7 Billion potential investors online, but finding the right people to invest in your company among that vast number can seem overwhelming. That is why it is important to understand the various Investor Acquisition (IA marketing) activities you can use to achieve your goal.

Online capital formation (OCF), also known as crowdfunding, refers to the process of raising capital for a business, project, or venture by soliciting small investments from a large number of individuals through the Internet. This is typically done through online platforms or direct listings on company websites that connect entrepreneurs and businesses with potential investors.

 

There are several types of Online Capital Formation (OCF), including:

 

  • Equity-based, in which investors receive an ownership stake in the business in exchange for their investment
  • Debt-based, in which investors lend money to the business and are repaid with interest
  • Token-based, similar to equity but the ownership is tracked and managed in a compliant blockchain technology

 

Online capital formation (OCF) allows businesses and entrepreneurs to access capital from a wider pool of potential investors, and it can also provide a way for individuals to invest in businesses and projects that they are passionate about.  Online capital formation can also help businesses to validate their ideas and to test the market before launching a full-scale fundraising campaign. However, it is important to note that crowdfunding may be subject to different regulations and laws in different jurisdictions.

 

Online capital formation refers to the process of raising funds for a business, project, or venture by soliciting investments from a large number of individuals over the Internet, typically through online platforms such as crowdfunding sites, or online investment platforms like angel networks, or private equity platforms.

 

Online capital formation can include various forms of fundraising, such as:

  • Private Placement Memorandums (PPMs)
  • Regulation A+ (RegA+) Offerings
  • Regulation CF  (RegCF)  Offerings
  • Regulation D (RegD) Offerings
  • Regulation S (RegS) Offerings
  • Regulation 45-106 Offerings
  • Regulation OM Offerings
  • Regulation 708 Offerings

 

Online capital formation allows companies to reach a wider pool of potential investors and to raise funds more efficiently and cost-effectively than traditional fundraising methods. It also provides investors with more opportunities to invest in startups and early-stage companies, and to diversify their portfolios. However, it is important to note that online capital raising may be subject to different regulations and laws in different jurisdictions. Additionally, online platforms that facilitate online capital raising need to be registered with regulatory bodies and comply with securities laws. Investors should also be aware of the risks associated with investing in start-ups and early-stage companies, as these investments are considered higher risk than traditional investments.

 

There is much we can learn from other types of marketing, to make sure best practices are applied.  One basic principle we feel has been severely overlooked by the entire online capital formation sector is their tactics involve no relationship, and no community building.

 

We describe this approach like this:  

 

The number of marketing touches it takes to get an online subscriber can vary greatly depending on a number of factors, such as the industry, target audience, and the type of content or offer being promoted. Typically, it may take several touches before a potential subscriber feels comfortable enough to provide their contact information. According to the rule of seven, the average number of marketing “touches” it takes to convert a lead into a sale is 7.  And depending on specific audiences, funnels, and strategies, this number may be different.

Investor acquisition (IA) refers to the process of identifying, reaching out to, and acquiring new investors for a company or an investment fund. The goal of investor acquisition is to raise capital, and to increase the number of shareholders in a company or the number of investors in a fund.  They do this by first starting in building your community of followers.

 

Investor Acquisition in online capital raising can take many forms, such as:

  • Cold-calling or emailing potential investors
  • Networking and building relationships with potential investors
  • Participating in roadshows and investor conferences
  • Using online platforms and social media to reach a wider audience
  • Using investor databases and investor targeting tools to identify and reach out to potential investors
  • Create online community of like-minded individuals who support your vision, product, service to make your brand ambassadors to champion your offering

 

Investor acquisition can be a complex and challenging process, as it requires a deep understanding of the target audience, the industry, and the investment opportunities. Companies or investment firms that are seeking new investors need to have a clear value proposition and a compelling pitch, as well as a strong track record of performance, to be able to convince potential investors to invest. Additionally, they also need to comply with securities regulations and laws when reaching out to potential investors.

 

At KoreConX our goal is to make sure you achieve yours.  We provide an eloquent way for you to access millions of potential followers, clients, affiliates, like-minded individuals who will want to be associated with your company, brand.

 

What is important is how this is achieved and we believe if you follow the principles of 7 you can achieve this goal.

 

The number of marketing touches it takes to get an online subscriber can vary greatly depending on a number of factors, such as the industry, target audience, and the type of content or offer being promoted. Typically, it may take several touches before a potential subscriber feels comfortable enough to provide their contact information. According to the rule of seven, the average number of marketing “touches” it takes to convert a lead into a sale is 7. And depending on specific audience, funnels, and strategies, this number may be different.

 

The strategy is simple.  

The process is challenging.  

The reward is achieving your goal

Stage 1

Build your community & affinity with your company utilizing the 7 touch process.

 

Romance the Journey

  • Bring relevant information
  • Bring relevant value to your audience
  • Educate
  • Gain trust
  • Ask to join the journey

TouchPoints  (1-7)

Each type of TOUCH Point is to build a relationship with the USER in building your community.  As you build your community, you create an affinity with each of the USER which allows you the opportunity to introduce them to your journey.

 

  • Create Landing Pages/Squeeze Pages 
  • Create Pop-ups
  • Create Target Ads
  • Create Investor Persona
  • Webinar
  • Podcast
  • Email Marketing
  • Newsletter
  • Download (book, information)

 

Stage 2

After they invested it’s just as important to be reaching out but it needs to be on an even more personal level.

 

  • Thank them, and welcome them to your family, and company
  • Meet the Team
  • Meet our partners
  • Follow us on Social Media
  • Progress update
  • Family & Friends Program
  • Invitation for special programs
  • Newsletter
  • Engage, keep engaging
  • Engage, Engage, Engage
  • Enage

 

Strategy

  • Do not call them Investors
  • They are:
    • Customers,
    • followers, 
    • clients, 
    • affiliates, 
    • like-minded individuals who will want to be associated with your company, or brand.
    • brand ambassadors
  • Investment Strategy for Your Journey
  • Business Plan
  • Budget
  • Sets the tone for all marketing activities

 

You are now set to engage with IA firms who can assist you with your goal for your company.  This ebook provides A-Z all the buzzwords and provides you the reasons why each of these IA tactics is important for your online capital raise.   You do not need to use all of them, but it’s important to understand each one, first look at what your company has and how you can complement what you need.   At the end of the book we also provide you with a great IA checklist so you can move through the process faster, so you can get started on building your company and your capital raising.

 

“Nothing in this world is easy, but for those who want to succeed, the journey will be easy” 

– Oscar A Jofre

 

Regulation S vs Rule144 explained

Introduction: Regulation S vs Rule 144

Regulation S and Rule 144 are pivotal components of the United States securities law framework, each facilitating different aspects of the capital markets, particularly in the context of private offerings and the sale of securities to non-U.S. investors. Understanding the nuances between these two regulations is essential for issuers, investors, and intermediaries navigating the private capital markets.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides a safe harbor that exempts securities offerings from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as long as the offering is conducted outside the United States. Most people are not aware that is particular regulation was named after Sara Hanks when she was at the SEC.  This regulation is designed to facilitate the sale of securities to non-U.S. residents in offshore transactions, without the stringent disclosures and registration processes required for public offerings in the U.S.

Key Features of Regulation S:

  • Offshore Transactions: Regulation S applies only to offers and sales of securities that occur outside the U.S. and to non-U.S. persons. The issuer must ensure that the offering cannot be deemed to have been made to a person in the United States.  The offering must be gated and block all U.S. persons, one other major factor is that a company must follow local securities laws to make sure they are compliant when offering their securities in offshore markets.
  • Category System: Regulation S categorizes offerings to determine the level of restrictions required to prevent the securities from flowing back into the U.S. market. These categories help in defining the resale limitations and distribution compliance period for the securities.
  • No Directed Selling Efforts: Issuers and distributors must not engage in any directed selling efforts within the United States, ensuring the offering is genuinely foreign and not targeting U.S. investors indirectly.

Rule 144

Purpose and Application: Rule 144 provides a safe harbor for the public resale of restricted and controlled securities in the U.S. market, without requiring SEC registration. This rule is crucial for investors looking to sell their holdings of restricted securities (typically acquired through private placements or as compensation) and for affiliates of the issuer who hold control securities.  This very common with RegD 506b and 506c offerings.

Key Features:

  • Holding Period: Sellers must adhere to a specific holding period before restricted securities can be sold on the public market—six months for securities of a reporting company and one year for a non-reporting company.
  • Volume Limitations: There are limits on the volume of securities that can be sold within a three-month period, which helps prevent market manipulation and protect investors.
  • Manner of Sale and Information Requirements: Rule 144 imposes conditions on how sales can be made and requires that adequate current information about the issuer is publicly available.

Differences Between Regulation S and Rule 144

  • Geographical Focus: Regulation S deals exclusively with offers and sales of securities conducted outside the United States to non-U.S. persons. In contrast, Rule 144 applies to the resale of restricted and controlled securities within the U.S. market.
  • Targeted Securities and Sellers: Regulation S can be applied by issuers, distributors, or their affiliates for initial sales to non-U.S. persons. Rule 144 is used by shareholders (both affiliates and non-affiliates) who seek to sell their restricted or controlled securities in the U.S. market.
  • Conditions and Restrictions: While both set forth conditions to prevent the improper flow of securities, Regulation S focuses on ensuring that the securities are offered and sold outside the U.S. without directed selling efforts to U.S. persons. Rule 144 establishes criteria related to holding periods, volume limitations, and disclosure to facilitate the safe resale of securities in the U.S.
  • Purpose: The fundamental purpose of Regulation S is to exempt international securities transactions from U.S. registration requirements, promoting global capital formation. Rule 144, however, aims to provide liquidity for holders of restricted and controlled securities by enabling a pathway to public resale under certain conditions.

Regulation S and Rule 144 address different needs within the securities market, reflecting the SEC’s efforts to accommodate the complexities of global capital flows while protecting investors. Regulation S facilitates the international offering of securities by U.S. and foreign issuers, whereas Rule 144 allows investors to sell restricted and controlled securities in the U.S. Understanding these regulations is crucial for conducting compliant securities transactions, whether operating within the U.S. or on a global scale.

It’s always important when using either of these regulations to speak to your securities lawyer to ensure your company is using the regulations compliantly.

Why is building a community important when raising capital?

The private capital markets are very dynamic, and the advent of online investing, also known as online capital formation, marks a pivotal shift in how companies approach capital raising. This shift necessitates a focus not just on attracting investors but on building a community around the business. The JOBS Act regulations have played a significant role in this transformation, enabling companies to tap into a vast pool of 233 million Americans. We will review what is the critical importance of cultivating a community of like-minded individuals and companies who share a passion for your business. As we navigate the nuances of utilizing the JOBS Act Regulations (RegCF, RegD, and RegA+), it becomes evident that building a community is not just a strategy but a necessity for accessing capital and creating a sustainable growth trajectory.

The Impact of Community in Capital Raising

The power of community in the context of rraising capital cannot be overstated. A well-engaged community can serve as a formidable force in spreading the word, creating a viral effect that traditional marketing efforts might not achieve. When a company introduces a new product line or announces a significant hire, having a community means there’s an already engaged audience ready to amplify the message. More importantly, this community becomes a credible voice to potential investors. Testimonials from community members who have invested can resonate more authentically than any marketing pitch, providing firsthand accounts of why they chose to support the business.

Challenges in Building a Community

Cultivating a community is no small feat and presents several challenges. Leadership from the CEO down is crucial; this initiative cannot be viewed as an outsourced function but rather as an integral part of the company’s DNA. Commitment to community-building must be unwavering, not just for the duration of a capital raise but as a perpetual aspect of the company’s operation. This approach requires time, resources, and a genuine desire to engage and grow with your community.

Steps to Building Your Community

Define Your Core Values: Start by articulating the core values and mission of your company. These will be the rallying points around which your community gathers.

Engage Through Social Media: Utilize social media platforms to share your story, updates, and milestones. Be consistent and authentic in your engagement.

Create Value-Driven Content: Produce content that educates, entertains, or informs your audience, fostering a sense of belonging and shared purpose.

Leverage Email Marketing: Keep your community informed and engaged with regular updates, insights, and opportunities to participate in your journey.

Host Community Events: Whether virtual or in-person, events can be powerful tools for strengthening community ties and encouraging direct interaction.

Encourage Feedback: Open channels for your community to share their thoughts, feedback, and suggestions. This two-way communication is vital for community health and growth.

Show Appreciation: Acknowledge and reward your community’s contributions and support. Recognition can go a long way in fostering loyalty and advocacy.

Building a community in the context of raising capital under the JOBS Act regulations is a strategic imperative that transcends mere financial transactions. It’s about creating a sustainable ecosystem where shared passion and collective support fuel business growth. As companies navigate this journey, understanding the nuances of community engagement, the commitment required, and the strategies for success is paramount. Whether your company operates in the B2C, B2B, or B2B2C space, the principles of community building apply universally. In embracing this approach, companies not only secure the capital they need but also cultivate a loyal base of advocates who will be instrumental in their long-term success. Remember, the strength of your community reflects the strength of your business; invest in them, and they will invest in you.

The Origins of KoreConX Trust Charter

I often get asked a number of questions when we’re doing presentations about how we got everything started. And today, I think what I want to talk about is, which is really important to us is the origin of the KoreConX Trust Charter. And why did we create it in the first place? So when Jason Futko and I got the company started, we came from the public capital markets, and the things we saw, well, I’m not going to cover that here. But we thought that was only isolated to the publicly traded world, it wasn’t, it was also the private company world. And we found that that in the private company world, it, it was just even more just magnified times, not 10 Times as they say, it’s 100, 1000 times because there’s that many more privately held companies versus public. So you can imagine how fragmented it is. So when we saw the emergence of the online capital markets, for private companies, with the introduction of the Jobs Act, wow, what an opportunity, but at the same time, if the problem kept going, this thing would never grow. 

It will never grow. And it is growing. But the problems still haunt us the way we operate. And not seeing the way we as a company operate, but the way the industry and some participants have been operating for years. So when we set out to create KoreConX, and when we launched it, I mean, we’ve been doing this for over a decade planning and strategizing until we did launch the platform. But we wanted to make sure we get it in a different way. And that’s come with a price for us in many ways. Some people wouldn’t partner with us because there was no financial gain, for us to work with them. I know that sounds weird, but some people would not partner with us because well, if there’s, if you’re not financially motivated, then there’s no reason for us to be partners, which I thought was a bit odd. Because what we’re trying to do is bring a solution to the market. 

You keep your revenue, we keep our revenue, and everything moves forward. It’s a regulated space, we you know, this is, it’s the forefront of everything. So, you know, we sat down all of us, myself, Kiran Garimella, Jason, and coming up with a Charter when we first introduced it in 2016. Nobody was paying attention to it. And of course, now we’re so busy building and trying to figure things out that there was not enough time. But now, it has reemerged again. 

But our origins were right from the beginning. We wanted to make sure that people understood how we did business and what we were not ready to do. And these things have been there since the day we started. And it’s hard. It’s extremely hard. It’s hard, because it’s so easy to get caught in and saying yes, I’ll take it, you know, getting paid a little percentage from the credit card company getting paid from another service, just because you’re delivering it, you get paid, you make extra. And all of a sudden you’re part of that transaction where you shouldn’t be that transaction is regulated. And the only person there should be taking any fees related to that is the FINRA broker-dealer. 

In this in, in this instance. So we made that decision a long time ago. As I said, it has been hard. Even with our shareholders, it didn’t, my apologies become Gladiators are Gladiators, it didn’t go well with them. Because, hey, look at that it’s a $100 million deal. If you just got 1%. I know if you just got 1%. But even if you could take the 1%, which there is a way of doing it compliantly we did not want to be a FINRA broker-dealer. We did not want to become a broker-dealer. We couldn’t deliver what we’re doing. 

If we were a broker-dealer, we needed to create an infrastructure that everybody could work on. Everybody could, you know, transact on and work with each other without having to worry about over each other’s back. And it had to be in a way that it wouldn’t, we will never compete with them. We’re only here to support them and help them grow their business, which we’ve done with many broker-dealers. So this has been at the Kore, at the Kore of everything we’ve done, is making sure that this is the way we operate. And today, we’re re-launching the Charter of Trust. Again, we’re reemerging and why now? 

Well, 2023 was a very hectic year, we had to deal with the issues with FTX and Binance and I know that’s not related to us, but it really is why there are people there’s companies or security regulators and the entire all the activity they’re getting throughout the world and the exposure it’s putting what is the saying to people don’t Trust us because of the technology. It’s not we’re human beings as human beings, we’re flawed. We need to follow certain rules that are not perfect. I can tell you that right now. A lot of my staff partners, Gladiators will tell you I of course I make mistakes, but I’m not gonna give up and I’m gonna make it better.

I’m going to always try to make it better for them for everyone. There’s a way to do things the right way. So you never have to be compromised in any situation. So we’ve lived up to that. We’ve never, ever, unless we own the business, unless we own that business in particular, only then do we charge without revenue, and we keep it otherwise, that revenue does not belong to us, whether it’s credit card, bank, and escrow, again, that belongs to those third-party vendors, they’re investing heavily, just the same way we are on their infrastructure, the last thing they want is someone taking a piece of their piece of their business and boom, scooping it up. And that’s been going on for years. And that had to come to an end. And then of course, the bigger one, why Trust, because look at the data that you’re being provided to safeguard the word is safeguard companies. Intrapreneurs, listen carefully, you’re entrusting us with your most important information, which is your board, your shareholders or your company that you work so hard to get, the last thing you want is us going after them without you or your permission, or any in any way and sending them new offerings, you wouldn’t be happy with that? Well, guess what, and that’s exactly what happened in 2023. That was the last piece that this market needed. It didn’t break any securities law, they didn’t break any privacy law. They didn’t break any terms and conditions, law, or anything. This just broke the ultimate Trust in business, which is I trusted you as my partner as my vendor, as my vendor to house my information, my confidential data, and you use it for your own. And we have, we’ve been conflicted with this over and over and over again, to do the same. And we will not we never have and never will. 

Because that’s not who we are. And today, I’m excited. And I hope you read the Charter of Trust, all of us have signed it, all our senior-level people and our KoreTeam are dedicated to delivering just that, we will never be compromised by taking fees on any on the front end, the back end, we take our fees from our clients. And that’s it, we deliver the service. And that’s how we get paid. Number two, we do not sell anyone’s information. 

None of that information only belongs to you the company that you work hard to get those individuals into your company, and therefore it shouldn’t be going to anyone else. And I hope this proves a point. More importantly, for everyone else. And I know, we’re not the only ones. We’re not the only ones doing it. And I know the industry, all of us are changing and evolving. And I’m encouraging the entire industry to follow through. 

We welcome everybody to be part of this charter that we’ve created, sign on with us, and let’s show the industry that they can Trust all of us, all of us together working together, we will make this industry even stronger than it is today. Because we have look what we’ve done in a very short period of time. Our industry is only less than 10 years old, 10 years old, and only operational for the last six, seven years and look what we’ve accomplished so far. And we have so much great opportunity. It’s only uphill all the way through. It’s going to be bumpy. We’re going to be challenged. But the only way to make things even better is when we work together in order to make it happen.

Diversifying Capital Raising Strategies for Startups

Navigating the VC Winter: Diversifying Capital Raising Strategies for Startups

In the face of a VC winter, startups find themselves at a crucial juncture, requiring innovative approaches to secure funding. We will embark on an exploration of the myriad avenues available for raising capital beyond the traditional venture capital (VC) sphere. We dive into anecdotes of how private companies have creatively accessed funds, emphasizing the importance of not being tethered to a single source of capital. The focus is on the JOBS Act and its provisions, which offer startups a variety of options with potentially more favorable terms than VC funding. We’ll tackle the challenges companies face in this endeavor, from navigating regulatory landscapes to attracting investors. Additionally, we outline seven strategic steps to diversify funding sources, reinforcing the necessity of a well-rounded understanding of all available options. By the end, startups and established companies alike will be equipped with the knowledge to navigate the capital raising process effectively, leveraging regulations to their advantage and working with trusted advisors to ensure success.

The Landscape of Raising Capital

Raising capital for private companies is an art form, with various avenues from VC and angel investments to friends and family, bank loans, government grants, and the provisions under the JOBS Act. Each source has its narrative, shaping the journey of a startup in unique ways. These stories reveal a broader landscape of funding opportunities, illustrating that the path to securing capital is not linear but a web of interconnected routes.

Beyond VC: The JOBS Act and Other Avenues

Entrepreneurs must look beyond VC to fuel their growth, especially in times when VC funding becomes scarce. The JOBS Act emerges as a beacon of hope in such times, offering three distinct regulations (RegCF, RegD 506c, RegA+) that provide startups with options for funding. These options often come with better terms than traditional VC deals, underscoring the importance of a strategic approach that blends various funding sources. This strategy not only mitigates the risk associated with relying on a single source but also broadens the potential investor base.

Navigating Capital-Raising Challenges

The journey of raising capital is fraught with challenges, from understanding the regulatory framework to choosing the right partners for issuance and attracting potential investors. A significant hurdle is the lack of awareness about the diversity of funding sources. Many companies do not realize the breadth of options available to them, limiting their potential to secure the necessary capital. Familiarity with each source’s regulatory roadmap, working with trusted FINRA Broker-Dealers, and leveraging technology partners for issuance are crucial steps in this process.

Understanding Sources of Capital

A comprehensive understanding of all sources of capital is essential. Each source, from VC and bank funding to government grants, friends and family, and the JOBS Act, comes with its own set of advantages and disadvantages. For instance, while VC funding can offer significant capital and mentorship, it often requires giving up a portion of equity and control. On the other hand, JOBS Act funding may provide more favorable terms but requires navigating a regulatory landscape and a totally different approach in attracting investors to your company.

Seven Steps to Raising Capital

  1. Educate Yourself on Regulations: Understanding the legal framework is paramount. This knowledge will guide which investors you can target and how.
  2. Build a Diverse Funding Strategy: Combine different sources of funding to minimize reliance on any single avenue.
  3. Select the Right Partners: Work with trusted advisors, such as FINRA Broker-Dealers and technology partners, who understand your business and the regulatory environment.
  4. Prepare a Compelling Pitch: Your pitch should resonate with the specific investors you’re targeting, whether they’re angel investors, VC firms, or the public through a crowdfunding campaign.
  5. Leverage Government Grants and Loans: Explore and apply for grants and loans that may be available for your industry or for innovation.
  6. Engage Your Network: Friends and family can be an initial source of capital, often willing to invest in your success.
  7. Utilize JOBS Act Provisions: Understand and leverage the specific regulations under the JOBS Act that best suit your company’s stage and needs.

In the challenging terrain of capital raising, knowledge and strategy are your best allies. The regulatory landscape, embodied by the JOBS Act, provides a roadmap for startups and established companies alike to navigate their way to successful funding. Educating oneself on the myriad sources of capital, understanding the pros and cons of each, and crafting a diversified funding strategy are essential steps. By working with trusted advisors and carefully selecting funding sources, companies can weather the VC winter and emerge with the capital necessary for growth. Remember, the journey of raising capital is complex and multifaceted, but with the right approach and resources, it is navigable. There are no shortcuts, but the path is rich with opportunities for those willing to explore beyond the traditional routes.

 

 

What is Entity Management?

In today’s fast-paced business environment, private companies face a myriad of challenges as they scale and seek capital. A crucial, yet often overlooked aspect of their growth trajectory is effective entity management.

This blog post covers the essence of entity management and distinguishes between cap table management and equity management, highlighting the significance of each for private companies.

Entity Management: What does it mean?

Basically, entity management simplifies how organizations track, organize, and manage all details related to their business entities. An effective process helps to ensure compliance and streamline operations, impacting positively in decision-making.

In the next sections, we’ll explore the role of robust entity management software, underscore the potential pitfalls of neglecting this area, and provide insights into selecting a reliable technology partner. Our aim is to equip you with the knowledge to navigate the complexities of entity management, ensuring compliance and facilitating your company’s growth and success.

The Role of Entity Management Software

As private companies expand, particularly those leveraging the JOBS Act Regulations for capital raising, the complexity of regulatory compliance and entity management escalates. Strong entity management involves not just the maintenance of corporate records but ensuring that these entities meet all regulatory requirements timely. This is where the adoption of a comprehensive entity management software becomes invaluable. A technology partner who is adept at understanding the growth dynamics and regulatory landscape can be a linchpin in maintaining compliance, thereby avoiding the repercussions of missed filings or non-compliance.

The Challenges of Inadequate Entity Management

The consequences of not employing effective entity management software can be dire. Missed filings or regulatory non-compliance can severely impact a company’s ability to raise capital, pursue mergers and acquisitions (M&A), or even go public. For sectors like real estate, which typically involves managing multiple entities for various projects, the ripple effects of non-compliance can be even more pronounced. These challenges underscore the necessity of a vigilant approach to entity management.

Choosing a Trusted Entity Management Software Partner

The importance of selecting a trusted software partner cannot be overstated. This partner should not only possess a comprehensive understanding of managing multiple entities but also ensure their software facilitates time and cost savings while keeping up with regulatory deadlines. Here are three red flags to watch out for when choosing an entity management software partner:

Compliance Assurance: Ensure the partner operates with end-to-end compliance. The lack of a robust compliance framework is a major red flag.

Understanding Private Company Challenges: The partner must have a proven track record of understanding and addressing the unique challenges faced by private companies. Lack of expertise in dealing with private company-specific issues is a significant concern.

Reputation and Reliability: Investigate the partner’s reputation and reliability. A partner lacking in trusted testimonials or case studies may not be able to provide the level of service your company requires.

The process of finding a trustworthy company may take some time, but is essential in different aspects of the business. So it’s worth to spend time

Cap Table Management vs. Equity Management

Distinguishing between cap table management and equity management is essential for private companies. Cap table management involves tracking the ownership stakes, types of equity owned, and the dilution effects of future funding rounds. It is a snapshot of who owns what in the company. Equity management, on the other hand, encompasses a broader scope, including managing equity compensation, issuing new shares, and ensuring compliance with tax laws and regulations. Both are critical for effectively managing a company’s equity and ensuring stakeholders are correctly accounted for and rewarded.

Effective entity management is not merely a compliance requirement; it is a strategic imperative for growing private companies. Understanding the nuances between cap table management and equity management, and the importance of each, is crucial. Equally important is the selection of a robust entity management software partner that understands the unique challenges faced by your company and can ensure compliance and efficiency.

Educating yourself on the key considerations and red flags in choosing a technology partner will empower you to make informed decisions. Ultimately this facilitates your company’s growth and success in the complex landscape of private capital markets. Remember, the right questions lead to the right partner, ensuring your company’s entity management is in capable hands.

Digital Asset Ecosystem: Ultimate Guide

Overview of the Digital Assets Ecosystem

In an era where digital assets are redefining the boundaries of technology and finance, understanding the complex landscape of the digital assets ecosystem becomes paramount for companies aiming to leverage these innovations.  We will dive into the critical importance of aligning with a compliant and trusted digital assets ecosystem, offering insights into its transformative potential for private companies in the capital markets.

We explore the historical challenges faced by digital assets, emphasize the necessity of a compliant regulatory framework, and provide practical steps for selecting the right ecosystem. Through anecdotes and expert analysis, we aim to educate and guide you towards making informed decisions in this rapidly evolving sector.

Why Ecosystems for Digital Assets Are Essential

The journey of digital assets in the marketplace is a tale of innovation, ambition, and, unfortunately, a learning curve steeped in regulatory missteps. The initial excitement surrounding Initial Coin Offerings (ICOs) gave way to disillusionment as scams proliferated. Similarly, the Non-Fungible Token (NFT) phase, while showcasing the potential for unique asset ownership on the blockchain, also faced its challenges in market acceptance and regulatory clarity. These historical lessons underscore the imperative need for a robust compliance ecosystem from the outset of any digital asset venture.

For private companies venturing into the private capital markets through digital assets, the right ecosystem is not just an advantage—it’s a necessity. This ecosystem must strike a delicate balance between advanced technological frameworks and stringent regulatory compliance.

Practical examples

Also, a good digital ecosystem should encompass a comprehensive regulatory framework, partnerships with legal experts, collaboration with FINRA Broker-Dealers, and blockchain technology that has been vetted and qualified by regulatory bodies.

A prime example of such diligence is KoreChain, which stands out as a pioneering entity that has navigated its blockchain infrastructure through SEC scrutiny, achieving a qualified status under the JOBS Act. This milestone not only highlights KoreChain’s commitment to regulatory compliance but also sets a precedent for what constitutes a trustworthy digital assets ecosystem.

Regulatory frameworks

The digital assets sector faces unique challenges, primarily due to its turbulent history and the evolving regulatory landscape. The shift from ICOs to NFTs and now to a new, regulated phase illustrates the sector’s dynamic nature. The clear message from regulators like the SEC is uncompromising: engagement in digital assets must be 100% compliant. This underscores the critical need for companies to align with digital assets ecosystems that have not only embraced but have been validated by regulatory frameworks. The onus is on companies to rigorously vet potential ecosystems, ensuring they do not fall foul of regulatory mandates.

Collaborating with a trusted digital assets ecosystem instills confidence that your offerings are compliant and that your partners are fully versed in securities law. Such ecosystems prioritize regulatory compliance and include all necessary intermediaries to ensure adherence to securities law.

Trustworthiness in digital assets ecosystem

It is essential for companies to demand evidence of compliance before engaging in any digital assets ecosystem, thereby safeguarding their operations and reputation.

Selecting the right digital assets ecosystem involves a meticulous approach:

Key points Why it matters?
Regulatory Compliance First Prioritize ecosystems that have proven regulatory approval or qualification, such as those that have engaged with regulatory bodies like the SEC. This ensures the foundation of your digital asset ventures is built on solid regulatory ground.
Technology and Infrastructure Scrutiny Evaluate the technological infrastructure of the ecosystem, ensuring it not only supports your operational needs but has also passed regulatory scrutiny. This includes assessing the blockchain technology for security, scalability, and compliance features.
Partnership and Support Ecosystem Look for ecosystems that offer a comprehensive network of partners, including legal experts, regulatory advisors, and broker-dealers. This network is invaluable for navigating the complexities of the digital assets market while ensuring compliance.

As we can see, navigating the digital assets landscape requires a well-informed approach, prioritizing regulatory compliance above all. The lessons learned from the ICO and NFT phases highlight the perils of overlooking regulatory requirements.

Digital Assets Ecosystem: Key Takeaways

As we venture into a new, regulated era of digital assets, the selection of your digital assets ecosystem should be guided by rigorous scrutiny of its regulatory standing, technological robustness, and the support network it offers.

Educating oneself on these aspects is not just advisable; it’s essential for success and compliance in the dynamic world of digital assets.

Remember, starting with technology without a clear understanding of regulatory requirements is a pathway to failure. Instead, choose wisely, ensuring your digital assets journey is both innovative and compliant.

Capital Raising Process: 4 Steps to Start Funding Now

In the dynamic world of private capital markets, raising capital is both an art and a science. We will demystify the capital raising process for private companies, outlining a four-step approach that harmonizes regulatory compliance, technology utilization, and strategic storytelling to attract and engage investors. From navigating the regulatory landscape to leveraging technology for efficient capital raises under the JOBS Act (RegCF, RegD, and RegA+), we explore how to transform the complex journey into a streamlined pathway to funding. By highlighting anecdotes from successful capital raises and the critical role of trusted partners, this guide aims to equip entrepreneurs with the knowledge and tools necessary to embark on their capital raising journey confidently.

Anecdotes of Successful Capital Raising

The journey of capital raising is punctuated with stories of entrepreneurs who turned their visions into reality. From tech startups that secured seed funding through strategic pitches to established companies that leveraged equity crowdfunding for expansion, these stories share a common thread: the ability to articulate a compelling narrative that resonates with investors. These anecdotes not only inspire but also illustrate the practical application of strategic planning and regulatory navigation in the capital raising process.

Leveraging Technology for Compliance and Efficiency

In today’s digital age, technology plays a pivotal role in streamlining the capital raising process. Platforms like KoreIssuance offer a seamless solution for companies to manage their capital raises, ensuring compliance with JOBS Act regulations (RegCF, RegD, RegA+). Post-offering, technologies for shareholder communication and online e-voting, such as Shareholder Communications tools, are invaluable for maintaining transparency and engagement. Additionally, cap table management software is essential for tracking equity ownership and ensuring accurate record-keeping. These technological tools not only simplify compliance but also enhance the investor experience, making it easier for the crowd to invest in promising companies.

Navigating Challenges in Capital-Raising

The path to successful capital raising is fraught with challenges, from understanding the regulatory landscape to attracting potential investors. Entrepreneurs must work with trusted partners, including FINRA Broker-Dealers and technology providers, to navigate these hurdles effectively. One of the most significant challenges is crafting a narrative that captures the essence of the business, reminding companies that investors invest in people first. The story behind the company, its mission, and its vision is what ultimately draws investors in, not just the potential financial returns.

Working with Trusted Partners

The importance of selecting trusted partners for the capital raising journey cannot be overstated. These partners, including regulatory experts, technology providers, and FINRA Broker-Dealers, ensure that the process remains compliant, efficient, and transparent. By providing essential information and guidance, they help companies navigate from start to finish, ensuring that the capital raising process is not only successful but also builds a strong foundation for future investor relations.

Four Steps to Raise Capital

For companies looking to embark on their capital-raising journey, the following four steps provide a roadmap to success:

  1. Understand Regulatory Requirements: Start by gaining a thorough understanding of the JOBS Act regulations (RegCF, RegD, RegA+) and how they apply to your capital raise. This knowledge will guide your strategy and help you select the right regulation for your investor target market.  Here is a great library to get started.
  2. Leverage Technology Platforms: Utilize technology platforms for issuance, shareholder communication, and cap table management. These tools will streamline your process, ensure regulatory compliance, and enhance investor engagement.
  3. Craft a Compelling Narrative: Develop a compelling story that communicates your company’s mission, vision, and value proposition. Remember, your narrative should resonate with potential investors on a personal level, showcasing the people behind the company.
  4. Select Trusted Partners: Work with trusted advisors, intermediaries, and partners who understand the private capital markets and can guide you through the regulatory and operational complexities of capital raising.

Raising capital for a private company, whether a nascent startup or an established entity, requires a blend of strategic planning, regulatory navigation, and genuine storytelling. Understanding the regulations is the first step, providing a framework within which to operate and target the right investors.

Leveraging technology and working with trusted partners streamline the process, ensuring compliance and efficiency. However, the heart of capital raising lies in the ability to connect with investors on a personal level, sharing a vision that inspires and motivates them to join your journey.

As the regulatory landscape and market conditions evolve, continuous education and adaptability remain key. Remember, there are no shortcuts to raising capital, but with the right approach, tools, and partners, your capital raising journey can be a successful and rewarding endeavor.

 

2024 Funding Guide: Top 7 Loan Alternatives for Startups

Loan Alternatives for Startups

Getting money to start a business is a critical issue that entrepreneurs have to deal. Sometimes the landscape seems so uncertain that a lot of them think of paying astronomical taxes to get the capital and get the idea off the drawing board.

But beyond traditional bank loans, there are a lot of loan alternatives for startups waiting to be explored. This guide will show you different funding options, empowering you with more knowledge to unfoggy the landscape.  Therefore, you’ll have more resources to think about which alternative may fit your business.

From innovative crowdfunding to strategic partnerships with angel investors, we’ll delve into the diverse funding ecosystem, equipping you with the knowledge to make informed decisions.

For startups and companies looking to get money to fund their business, there are many different options. While not every option may be best suited for every company, understanding each will help to choose which one is best for them. 

Family and friends

In the early stages of seeking loan alternatives for Startups, investment from family and friends can be both a simple and safe solution. Since family members and friends likely want to see you succeed, they are potential sources of funding.

Unlike traditional investors, family and friends do not need to register as an investor to donate. It is also likely that through this method, founders may not have to give up some of their equity. This allows them to retain control over their company. 

Angel investors

Angel investors and angel groups can also be a source of getting capital to fund your business.  Angel investors can be either non-accredited and accredited investors, for accredited investors there is an additional step to meet SEC regulations to make sure they have been verified. Angel groups are multiple angel investors who have pooled their money together to invest in startups. Typically, angel investors invest capital in exchange for equity and may play a role as a mentor, anticipating a return on their investment. 

Venture capital

Venture capital investors are SEC-regulated and invest in exchange for equity in the company. However, they are not investing their own money, rather investing other people’s. Since venture capital investors are trying to make money from their investments, they typically prefer to have some say in the company’s management, likely reducing the founders’ control. 

Strategic investors

Strategic investors may also be an option for companies. Typically owned by larger corporations, strategic investors invest in companies that will strengthen the corporate investor or that will help both parties grow. Strategic investors usually make available their connections or provide other resources that the company may need. This makes them our forth alternative to loans for startups.

Startup accelerator programs

Another way to get money for your business without getting a loan, is through startup accelerator programs

For some companies, crowdfunding may be useful for raising money. With this method, companies can either offer equity or rewards to investors, the latter allowing the company to raise the money they need without giving up control of the company. 

Getting capital to fund your business: Regulations for crowdfunding

Through the JOBS Act, the SEC passed Regulation A+ crowdfunding, which allows entities to raise up to $75 million in capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors. Crowdfunding gives access to a wider pool of potential investors, making it possible to secure the funding they need through this method. 

Alternatively, Regulation CF may be a better fit. Through RegCF, companies can raise up to $5 million, during a 12-month, period from anyone looking to invest. This gives an important opportunity to turn their loyal customers into shareholders as well. These types of offerings must be done online through an SEC-registered intermediary, like a funding portal or broker-dealer.

In the March 2021 update to the regulation, investment limits for accredited investors were removed and investment limits for non-accredited investors were revised to be $2,500 or 5% of the greater of annual income or net worth. It is also important to note that now, issuers (those seeking funding) can now “test the waters” to gauge interest before registering the offering with the SEC. Additionally, the use of special purpose vehicles (SPVs) within RegCF offerings was permitted.

Regulation D is another method that private companies can use to raise capital. Through RegD, some companies are allowed to sell securities without registering the offering with the SEC. However, if you choose to raise capital through RegD, you must electronically file the SEC’s “Form D.” By meeting either RegD exemptions 506(b) or 506(c), issuers can raise an unlimited amount of capital. To meet the requirements of the 506(b) exemption, companies must not use general solicitation to advertise securities, can raise money from an unlimited number of accredited investors and up to 35 other sophisticated investors, and must determine the information to provide investors while adhering to anti-fraud securities laws. For 506(c) exemptions, companies can solicit and advertise an offering but all investors must be accredited. In this case, the company must reasonably verify that the investor meet the SEC’s accredited investor requirements  

Direct offerings

Another loan alternative is to utilize direct offerings to raise money. Through a direct offering, companies can issue shares to the company directly to investors, without having to undergo an initial public offering (IPO). Since a direct offering is typically cheaper than an IPO, companies can raise funding without having major expenses. Since trading of shares bought through a direct offering is typically more difficult than those bought in an IPO, investors may request higher equity before they decide to invest. 

Security tokens

Companies can offer security tokens to investors through an issuance platform. Companies should be aware that these securities are required to follow SEC regulations. It is becoming more common for companies to offer securities through an issuance platform, as it allows them to reach a larger audience than traditional methods. This is also attractive to investors, as securities can be traded in a secondary market, providing them with more options and liquidity for their shares. 

Getting funds with a broker-dealer assistance

Additionally, companies looking to raise capital can do so with the help of a broker-dealer. Broker-dealers are SEC-registered entities that deal with transactions related to securities, as well as buying and selling securities for their own account or those of their customers. Plus, certain states require issuers to work with a broker-dealer to offer securities, so working with a broker-dealer allows issuers to maintain compliance with the SEC and other regulatory entities. This makes it likely that a company raising capital already has an established relationship with a broker-dealer. 

Funding through website

Lastly, companies looking to raise capital can do it directly through their website. With the KoreConX all-in-one platform, companies can raise capital at their website, maintaining their brand experience. The platform allows companies to place an “invest now” button on their site throughout their RegA, RegCF, RegD, or other offerings so that potential investors can easily invest. 

 

Whichever loan alternatives for startups you choose, it must make sure that it aligns with the company’s goals. Without understanding each method, it is possible that founders may end up being asked to give up too much equity and lose control of the company they have worked hard to build. Companies should approach the process of raising capital with a strategy already in place so that they can be satisfied with the outcome. 

 

*Disclaimer: This article was last reviewed in January 2024. Please note that regulatory landscapes and requirements are subject to rapid changes. The information provided here is reflective of the early part of 2024.

What is a Broker-Dealer?

We are diving into the world of FINRA Broker-Dealers – a crucial component in maintaining the integrity and trustworthiness of the private capital markets. We’ll explore their role, significance, and the technology that powers them, providing an overview of the challenges they face and their importance in safeguarding investors, companies, and intermediaries. 

We’ll also offer practical steps for those interested in becoming a FINRA Broker-Dealer, highlighting the ongoing responsibilities and the necessity of understanding the compliance landscape.

What is a broker-dealer?

Basically, a broker-dealer is a critical player in the financial landscape, serving as an intermediary that buys and sells securities for both clients and their own accounts. In essence, they facilitate the flow of capital by connecting investors with opportunities.

For people aiming to raise capital or just wanting to deep their knowledge, understanding the function and value of broker-dealers is important. As we’ll see in the next section, broker-dealers not only ensure transactions are executed efficiently but also uphold regulatory compliance, safeguarding the integrity of the capital markets and enhancing investor confidence.

Roles of a Broker-Dealer

Imagine you’re planning to climb a challenging mountain. Would you go alone or with an experienced guide? In the world of capital raising, FINRA Broker-Dealers are akin to these indispensable guides.

Therefore, one of major roles of a broker-dealer is to bring expertise and trustworthiness, ensuring that companies operate in compliance with regulations while securing capital.

An excellent example is when a startup, brimming with innovative ideas but new to the regulatory landscape, partners with a FINRA Broker-Dealer. This partnership not only enhances the credibility of the startup in the eyes of investors but also ensures adherence to the stringent regulatory framework, building a foundation of trust and reliability.  

The Pillars of the Private Capital Market

With over 3,000 registered FINRA Broker-Dealers in the USA, these entities are not just numerous; they are vital cogs in the financial ecosystem. They play a critical role in ensuring that capital markets operate smoothly, efficiently, and, most importantly, within the boundaries of securities law. Their presence bolsters investor confidence, knowing that there’s a regulatory watchguard ensuring fair and transparent transactions.

At KoreConX we only work with registered FINRA Broker-Dealers to utilize our infrastructure to make sure we provide and end to end compliant transactions for all participants in the transaction.

Broker-Dealer Compliance

The advent of the JOBS Act brought about a seismic shift in how private capital is raised, particularly for startups and small businesses. FINRA Broker-Dealers have been at the forefront of adopting technology to leverage these regulations efficiently. They use sophisticated platforms from KoreConX for tasks like conducting due diligence, monitoring transactions, and ensuring compliance with the JOBS Act and crowdfunding regulations. This technological integration not only streamlines processes but also enhances the accuracy and effectiveness of compliance measures.

Navigating Current Challenges

Despite their expertise and technological prowess, FINRA Broker-Dealers face an evolving landscape of challenges. The rapid pace of regulatory changes, the increasing complexity of financial products, and the need for advanced cybersecurity measures to protect sensitive data are just a few of the hurdles. Adapting to these changes while maintaining the highest standards of compliance and investor protection is a balancing act that requires constant vigilance and adaptability.

Safeguarding the Capital Market Ecosystem

The role of a FINRA Broker-Dealer transcends mere compliance. They are the guardians of market integrity, playing a pivotal role in ensuring a safe and fair environment for all participants – investors, companies, and intermediaries. Their work upholds the principles of transparency and fairness, which are fundamental to the health and stability of the private capital markets.

How to become a FINRA Broker-Dealer: Step-by-Step

  1. Understand the Regulatory Framework: Before embarking on this journey, it’s crucial to have a thorough understanding of the FINRA rules, SEC regulations, and other relevant laws. This knowledge is the foundation upon which your Broker-Dealer operations will be built.
  2. Obtain the Necessary Licenses: Register with FINRA, pass the required exams (like the Series 7 and Series 63), and meet the net capital requirements. This step is about more than just fulfilling legal obligations; it’s about equipping yourself with the tools and knowledge necessary for effective compliance and operation.  Once you have the people the firm also needs to add business line items such as RegCF, RegA+, digital securities to be able to transact in the private capital markets.
  3. Implement Robust Compliance and Technological Systems: Set up systems for ongoing compliance, including technology for record-keeping, reporting, and monitoring transactions. Remember, becoming a Broker-Dealer is not just about starting; it’s about maintaining and continuously improving your operations and compliance posture.  FINRA has requirements where information can be hosted that FINRA Broker-Dealers must follow, we are KoreConX follow these guidelines so FINRA Broker-Dealers can transact with confidence.

 

Educating for a Better Financial Future

Embarking on the journey to become a FINRA Broker-Dealer is not just about fulfilling a regulatory role; it’s about committing to the ongoing responsibility of maintaining licenses, staying abreast of regulatory changes, and undertaking permissible activities. This role is crucial in safeguarding the interests of all parties involved in the private capital markets, thereby ensuring a stable, transparent, and fair financial ecosystem.

Understanding the requirements and responsibilities of being a FINRA Broker-Dealer is vital for anyone considering this path. It’s a commitment to excellence, continuous learning, and an unwavering dedication to maintaining the integrity of the capital markets. As we navigate the ever-evolving landscape of private investing, the role of the FINRA Broker-Dealer remains more important than ever, acting as a beacon of trust, compliance, and stability in the dynamic world of finance.

 

How to choose the right trusted cap table provider

In the dynamic landscape of private companies, managing and maintaining an accurate and reliable capitalization table (Cap Table) is paramount. A Cap Table is a detailed ledger that outlines the ownership structure of a company, showcasing the distribution of equity among shareholders. As private companies grow and undergo various funding rounds, mergers, and acquisitions, having a trusted cap table provider becomes indispensable. 

What most entrepreneurs do not realize is the importance of the cap table until they are engaging in a transaction of raising capital, M&A, or going public.   Your company’s cap table becomes the deal breaker if you are not ready. 

This blog explores the significance of a reliable Cap Table and the advantages it brings to private companies when working with a 3rd party provider.

What is a Cap Table Provider?

A Cap Table Provider is a third-party entity that specializes in maintaining and managing your company’s cap table. Their primary role is to ensure that your cap table is accurate, up-to-date, and compliant with all relevant laws and regulations.

This service is especially crucial in the context of raising capital online, where multiple investors may be involved. 

A cap table provider has to follow securities and privacy laws, also assuring companies of Trust, this is not any law but its clear that you are trusting a provider with your most valuable assets to manage. 

What Do They Provide?

Cap table providers need to offer a range of services designed to streamline the complex process of cap table management for private companies. These services typically include:

→ Initial Setup: They will help you create your cap table from scratch, ensuring that all equity and securities are accurately recorded from day one.

→ Transaction Tracking: Providers keep a detailed record of all equity transactions, including investments, stock issuances, option grants, warrants, safe, saft, notes, digital securities, NFT, and more.

→ Compliance Monitoring: They ensure that your cap table adheres to all legal and regulatory requirements, including securities laws, tax laws, and accounting standards.

→ Scenario Modeling “Waterfalls”: Cap table providers can help you run “what-if” scenarios to understand the impact of various financial decisions on equity ownership and dilution.  This is often referred to as “waterfall” modeling.

→ Shareholder Reporting: They generate reports and statements for your investors, making it easier to communicate and maintain transparency.  Very important element to make sure reports such as K1, dividends, AGM etc are delivered in a timely manner.

Valuation Management: Providers assist in tracking the valuation of your company over time, which is vital for determining the worth of individual equity stakes.  For private companies 409a reporting is critical and also mandated.

→ Exit Planning: As your company grows, they help you prepare for exit events such as mergers, acquisitions, or initial public offerings (IPOs).

Why It’s Important to Work with a 3rd Party Provider

Choosing a trusted cap table provider is not just an option; it’s a strategic necessity for any private company, especially those raising capital online and utilizing the JOBS Act Regulations such as RegCF, RegD, and RegA+. Here’s why:

1. Expertise and Accuracy

Cap table management requires specialized knowledge of securities laws, tax regulations, and accounting standards. A third-party provider brings expertise to the table, ensuring your cap table is accurate and compliant, reducing the risk of costly errors.  Today, the movement of securities such as transfers and trades you need experts to maintain your book of records accurate.

2. Scalability

As your company grows, managing your cap table becomes increasingly complex. A provider has the resources and tools to handle the growing complexity, allowing you to focus on your core business operations.

3. Transparency

A third-party provider adds a layer of transparency between your company and its investors. This transparency fosters trust and confidence, vital for attracting and retaining shareholders.

4. Security and Confidentiality

Your cap table contains sensitive information about your shareholders and the financial health of your company. Trusting a third-party provider with this data ensures that it remains secure and confidential.  TRUST is not technology, TRUST is not regulations, TRUST needs to be the DNA of the company.

5. Regulatory Compliance

Securities laws and regulations are constantly evolving. A cap table provider stays updated with these changes, helping your company stay compliant and avoid legal issues.

Choosing a trusted cap table provider

Perhaps the most critical aspect of choosing a cap table provider is TRUST. Your company is entrusting the provider with one of its most valuable assets: its shareholders. Here’s why trust is of utmost importance:

Factor Description
Confidentiality A trusted cap table provider understands the importance of keeping your shareholder information confidential. They have robust security measures in place to safeguard this data from unauthorized access or breaches. Not only managing securely but making sure the provider is not using your data.
Accuracy Errors in your cap table can lead to disputes, legal issues, and even damage your company’s reputation. Trustworthy providers have rigorous quality control processes in place to ensure the accuracy of your cap table.
Responsiveness In the fast-paced world of business, you need a provider who is responsive to your needs. Trustworthy providers prioritize client communication and support, ensuring your concerns are addressed promptly.
Compliance Trustworthy providers are well-versed in securities regulations and take compliance seriously. They help your company stay on the right side of the law, reducing the risk of regulatory trouble. A cap table provider should provide your company with a TRUST document that is beyond external regulatory compliance.
Reputation A provider’s reputation matters. Check their track record, client testimonials, and industry reputation to ensure they have a history of delivering quality service.

For CEOs, Presidents, CFOs, COOs, Chief Legal Counsel, and Lawyers, selecting a trusted cap table provider is a strategic decision that can greatly impact your company’s success, especially when raising capital online.

The right provider offers TRUST, expertise, scalability, transparency, and security. Above all, TRUST between your company and the provider is paramount, as they safeguard your most valuable assets—your shareholders. By choosing a reputable provider, you can navigate the complex world of cap table management with confidence, knowing that your financial records are in capable hands.

Reg S vs online offerings: key issues

In the complex sphere of securities, the SEC’s Regulation S holds significant importance, but it is frequently misunderstood by many in the industry. Therefore, having a clear understanding about its role is essential for to be well-informed and avoid misconceptions.

 

Introduction

We often hear suggestions that a Reg S offering be added to an offering being made under one of the online offering exemptions (Reg A, Reg CF or Rule 506(c) under Reg D). This is very rarely a good idea. Reg S sits very uneasily with the online exemptions. Although the conditions under which such offerings can be made using general solicitation vary, each of them can use general solicitation. Reg S offerings cannot.

Reg S requires that offers and sales be made in an “offshore transaction”, which means no offer can be made to a person in the United States and that you have to know or reasonably believe that any buyer of securities is physically located outside the United States. Additionally, “directed selling efforts” in the United States are prohibited.

Eye on compliance!

Directed selling efforts are much broader than general solicitation, including any activities that “condition the market” and would include not just advertising, but also person-to-person sales communications.

The type of communications permitted under the online offering exemptions would generally blow both the offshore transaction requirement and the directed selling effort prohibition. As we all know, the term “offer” is interpreted very broadly in US securities law.

If you are making an offering under multiple “exemptions”, even if you don’t mention the Reg S offering, the SEC is likely to take the view that general solicitation activities will result in conditioning the market for the Reg S offering. The Staff has certainly asked issuers making offerings under several exemptions contemporaneously for an “integration” analysis – explaining why various communications should not be treated as resulting in the several offerings being treated as essentially one plan of financing.

Efforts to argue to the Staff that one communication relates to one offering, and another communication relates to an offering under a different exemption have been met with a robust skepticism, and the Staff have often seemed to take the view that communications for multiple offerings cross-market each other. This would be even more the case if one of the offerings were being made under Reg S, where the “market conditioning” prohibition is baked into the rule.

Mentioning the Reg S offering in communications in the United States, would of course be a violation of the “no offers in the United States” requirement. But if you didn’t mention it, you would run the risk of omitting disclosure of a material fact.

Reg S and Online Offerings: think twice

Although its technically possible, is rarely adding a Reg S element to any offering being made under an online offering exemption. It’s reasonable consider that if you did want to add Reg S, you would need a geofenced offering site accessible only to persons outside the United States.

You need a separate set of offering docs (to comply with the other conditions of Reg S, which I haven’t even touched on here). And you would need to ensure that no-one who invested came to the offering because of all the communications you used in the other offerings – the LinkedIn ads, the TikTok videos, the Insta pics, the You Tube videos. And that’s a difficult task.

And bear in mind that even if you were to structure an offering to meet the requirements of Reg S, you would still need to consider compliance with the securities laws of the countries your investors are from, as you would with any of the other “exemptions”.

In most cases, from a practical point of view, you are better off relying on the usual online offering exemptions, even to accommodate non-US investors.

 

* Credits: Sara Hanks, CrowdCheck.

Canada 45-106 Reporting Obligations

Raising capital as a company can be an exciting step, but understanding some particularities of the area is not always so easy. One crucial aspect is understanding prospectus requirements, detailed legal documents outlining a security offering.

Regulation 45-106, a game-changer for Canadian companies by offering “exemptions” from this requirement, but it’s not a free pass, it has specific conditions.

Curious? Keep reading and check practical aspects about Canada 45-106 Reporting Obligations.

Introduction

Regulation 45-106, also known as National Instrument 45-106, is a key piece of Canadian securities law that governs exemptions from issuing a prospectus (a detailed legal document) for companies raising capital.

It outlines specific scenarios where companies can offer and sell securities without a prospectus, often referred to as “exemptions.” This streamlines the process for both companies and investors by reducing documentation and administrative burdens.

However, using these exemptions doesn’t mean companies get a free pass. Regulation 45-106 also imposes reporting requirements on companies that utilize these exemptions, typically those raising capital through private placements (selling shares to a limited group of accredited investors). These reports serve two main purposes:

 

  • Transparency: Provide investors and regulators with detailed information about the company and its securities offering, enabling informed investment decisions and ensuring everyone has access to essential facts.

 

  • Investor protection: Uphold a high standard of market integrity by deterring fraud and ensuring investors are treated fairly.

 

Therefore, Regulation 45-106 balances streamlined capital raising with essential investor protection by allowing exemptions under specific conditions but requiring reporting to maintain transparency and safeguard investor interests.

Filing Form 45-106: don’t forget this!

As we talked in the previous section, the National Instrument 45-106 is a securities regulation in Canada that governs prospectus and registration exemptions for issuers and investors. 

In this context, it sets out various exemptions from the prospectus requirement for the issuance and trading of securities, along with specific reporting obligations for companies that rely on these exemptions.

The reporting requirements for companies under Regulation 45-106 primarily apply to issuers who issue securities under specific exemptions, such as the private placement exemptions. The reporting obligations aim to provide investors and regulators with information about the issuers and their securities offerings, ensuring transparency and investor protection.

What is 45-106 filing?  

Summing up, the 45-106 filing is a mandatory reporting process in Canadian securities regulations. It involves submitting a form with detailed information about the issuer, security, exemptions, offering amount, and investors. 

Let’s take a closer look.

  • Form 45-106F1 – Report of Exempt Distribution:
    • Issuers who rely on certain prospectus exemptions (e.g., private placements) to issue securities in Canada must file a Form 45-106F1 – Report of Exempt Distribution.
    • This report must be filed with the applicable securities regulatory authority in each Canadian jurisdiction where the distribution occurred.
    • The Form 45-106F1 contains details about the issuer, the type of security issued, exemptions relied upon, the offering amount, and information about the investors.

Regulation 45-106 Compliance: best practices

Seeking professional assistance to fill out the forms and solve questions about your business and 45-106 is a key aspect and might be considered since the beginning of the process.

It’s crucial for companies and issuers to understand the specific reporting requirements associated with the exemptions used and to ensure timely and accurate filings to meet their regulatory obligations. Compliance with reporting requirements under Regulation 45-106 contributes to maintaining transparency in the Canadian capital markets and supports investor confidence. Companies should seek guidance from legal and financial professionals familiar with Canadian securities regulations to navigate these obligations effectively.

 

RegS SEC Reporting Obligations

Regulation S (RegS) is a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regulation that provides a safe harbor from the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933 for certain offerings and sales of securities outside the United States. Regulation S applies to offerings that are conducted entirely outside of the United States, targeting non-U.S. persons.

Under Regulation S, there are no specific ongoing reporting requirements imposed by the SEC for companies conducting offerings and sales of securities to non-U.S. persons. However, there are certain provisions and considerations associated with Regulation S offerings:

  • Safe Harbor for Offshore Offerings: Regulation S provides a safe harbor exemption for securities offerings and sales that occur entirely outside of the United States. This exemption applies to both equity and debt securities and allows companies to conduct offshore offerings without registering with the SEC.
  • Restrictions on Resale of Securities: Securities sold in compliance with Regulation S have restrictions on their resale into the United States for a specific period. Typically, there’s a holding period of one year for restricted securities sold in offshore transactions under Regulation S.   The securities must be offered only to non-us citizens and the offering must be IP blocked if the company is raising its technology online.

 

  • Disclosure Requirements: While Regulation S exempts offerings from SEC registration, companies are still subject to anti-fraud provisions. Companies conducting offerings under Regulation S should provide all material information necessary for investors to make informed investment decisions.

 

  • Securities Act Compliance: Even though there are no specific ongoing reporting requirements to the SEC for Regulation S offerings, companies are required to comply with other provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, particularly regarding anti-fraud and anti-manipulation provisions.

 

  • Compliance with Foreign Jurisdictions: Companies conducting Regulation S offerings might need to comply with the securities laws and regulations of the foreign jurisdictions where the offerings are made. This may include filing requirements or compliance with local laws.  Companies need to make sure they are checking with local securities regulators or securities lawyers to ensure they are not offside with using Reg S.

It’s important for companies engaging in RegS offerings to understand the specific requirements of the regulation and ensure compliance not only with SEC regulations but also with the securities laws of the foreign jurisdictions involved. Companies should seek guidance from legal and financial professionals experienced in cross-border offerings to navigate the complexities and compliance obligations associated with Regulation S offerings.

What are blue sky laws and why are they important?

When it comes to investments, people like a clear sky rather than clouds of uncertainty. That’s where the Blue Sky Laws come in – a set of state regulations and rules to maintain a clear and safe financial atmosphere. From registration requirements to anti-fraud measures, these laws have a big impact on investor protection.

Keep reading and learn all the details.

Table of Contents

 

What are blue sky laws?

Basically, Blue Sky Laws are state regulations made to safeguard investors from fraudulent securities activities. This legislation controls the sale of securities, such as stocks and bonds, within a specific state. Overall, it refers to a key instrument for ensuring transparency and protecting investors in the market.

Originating in the aftermath of the Great Depression, “blue sky laws” were made possible by the Uniform Securities Act of 1956. Leading up to the stock market crash of 1929, the SEC did not exist to regulate offerings and many investment deals offered great profits to increase their sale.

Today, this legislation plays a central role in regulating offerings and safeguarding investors against fraud. For companies offering securities to investors, understanding the role they play will be key to a successful offering. 

The purpose of the Uniform Securities Act was to provide individual states the ability to implement their own securities laws. As some securities may not be covered at the federal level, giving states the power to enact blue sky laws to protect investors .

Today, 40 out of the 50 states have implemented blue sky laws based on the Uniform Securities Act.

Ensuring investor protection

The blue sky laws also create provisions for liability and may allow investors to bring lawsuits against issuers in the event of fraud.

Since the blue sky laws were established to protect investors, the laws enacted by each affect the registration of securities, registration of issuer and brokers, as well as the state’s ability to regulate and enforce restrictions.

Companies must register securities in both their home state and any other state in which it intends to do business. However, laws can vary between states; while the language they use can be similar, the interpretations may vary.

For issuers, this is an important fact to note, as they must meet each state’s requirement for each state they intend to sell securities in. 

Blue sky laws vs. regulations

In 1996, Congress passed the National Securities Market Improvement Act which exempts certain securities from state regulation and returns the regulation of broker-dealer registration to federal control. As a reaction to transactions being more difficult for companies because of the requirement to comply with blue sky laws, the Act reduced the power of individual states to regulate securities. 

While the federal government plays a major role in securities regulation, understanding the laws in each state which a company intends to sell securities is still essential.

For companies looking to raise money through Reg A+, Tier I offerings must be reviewed and registered with both the SEC and state governments.

Tier II offerings do not need to be reviewed by the state for them to be sold. In both cases, states retain the ability to investigate and charge issuers with fraud, so maintaining compliance will promote not only investor protection but will protect the company too.

Additionally, issuers and brokers must still adhere to notice and filing requirements set for each state. 

Your Shield Against Investment Fraud

With an understanding of blue sky laws, companies can plan for a successful offering by following regulations set in place by each state. Failure to comply with the laws can result in severe consequences and penalties.

While it may seem like an overwhelming task, state securities regulators can be contacted to ensure that your offering meets their requirements or better yet reach out to your securities lawyer who will guide you through depending on what regulation your company wants to use for its offering such as RegCF or RegD or RegA+, each one will have different provisions that you will need to follow to make sure you are compliant with your offering.

What do I need for a Reg A+ Offering to be successful?

A successful Regulation A+ (Reg A+) offering requires careful planning and execution. Understanding the key components needed for a successful RegA+ offering is crucial for companies seeking to raise capital.

The comprehension of these components and how to utilize them effectively is a game changer.  This way, the future issuer can significantly increase its chances of making a compelling and successful offer.

In this blog post, we will explore key aspects for companies seeking growth through RegA+, providing valuable insights for companies navigating this fundraising strategy.

 

Hands-on: Reg A+ Offerings

If your company is looking to raise funds, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. One notable development in the financial landscape is the introduction of Regulation A+ by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) through the JOBS Act.

This regulatory framework has empowered companies to raise substantial amounts of up to $75 million in funding rounds, with participation open to both accredited and non-accredited investors. This expansion presents a significant opportunity for businesses to access capital from a wider range of potential backers.

If you have decided to move forward with a RegA+ offering, you’ve probably become familiar with the proces. However, what are the essential components that will contribute to the success of your offering?

Companies that are using RegA+ as a way to raise capital for their companies are successful.  However, in 2022 and 2023 we saw increased activity by the SEC targeting RegA+ companies.  So, to be truly successful, you need to read the items below so you do not fall victim to the SEC.

 

Compliance: Secure Your Reg A+ Offering

It’s important to understand you can have the best company ever and the most successful offering, but if you do not follow the regulations while you are raising the funds, your company might be sanctioned by the SEC or the company will need to refund investors.  

To be 100% compliant you need to be working with partners (legal, audit, FINRA Broker-Dealer, technology, marketing and PR) that can assure you that none of their RegA+ clients have been penalized by the SEC. This is a major Red Flag if they are associated.

Remember this, your partners for your offering do not get the penalties from the SEC. Rather, you and your company do! You get listed as a “Bad-Actor”. Now you need to do your homework and only work with partners who will not introduce risk into your offering.

 

* Bad Actor: (…) those who seek to evade regulatory requirements and harm investors for their own personal gain.

Font: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)

 

Marketing strategies for issuers 

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a  marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? 

Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers who already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about. 

After addressing marketing strategies for attracting investments in your company’s offering, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for them to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying. 

 

Cost of Raising Capital

The cost of doing an offering for RegA+ has spiked once again in the past few years. Here is what you need to know and watch out for.  It’s the small items that add up.  Do not be fooled by statements like “you are high risk.” Remember, you are NOT high risk.  You have been qualified by the SEC to raise your capital compliantly

Description Costs
Legal Form 1 A Preparations $35,000 – $75,000 (unchanged for the past 4 years)
Audit $2,500+ (unchanged for the past 4 years)
FINRA Broker-Dealer 1-3% (some firms offer capabilities beyond compliance)
FINRA 5110 Fees unchanged
Escrow $1,000 (fees decreasing; paying more is excessive)
Credit Card Max 2.8% (no company qualified for RegA+ should pay more)
ACH Max 0.80% (no ACH NSF fees)
ID, AML Investor screening for US citizens <= $1.50 per investor
eSignature No fees for adding eSignature to subscription agreements
Wire Transfers Flat fee from a bank; percentage charges are a red flag

Pay attention to the above in blue. In many cases, this is where some providers will take from 4-10% or even more of your capital raise amount.

After completing a Reg A+ offering

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage all their regulatory obligations once the offering is completed.
KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform.

The platform enables companies to easily manage their capitalization table, selling securities, and awarding equity to shareholders. Integration with a transfer agent facilitates the issuance of electronic certificates.

Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies.

Final thoughts

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your Regulation A+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company.

Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential. 

Successful companies are those who are 100% compliant with their offering and have partners who are not only 100% compliant but also protect you and your investors..

 

Reg A+ SEC Reporting Obligations (part 2)

Introduction

Welcome back to our RegA+ reporting journey! In the first part we decoded SEC reporting obligations, highlighting Tier 1 and Tier 2 offerings. We also broach crucial forms and compliance essentials. If you didn’t read, click here and learn all about the beginning of this special content that envelops Reg A+ compliance.

What to expect in part 2 regarding SEC forms for Reg A+?

In this article, we’ll delve into specific SEC forms vital for Regulation A+ compliance.

From Form 1-POS to Form 1-U, we’re decoding each form’s purpose, filing process, and significance in your RegA+ journey.

We will also discuss the yearly audit of Form 1-K, the semi-annual reports of Form 1-SA, and Investigate the role of Form 1-U.

 

SEC forms for Reg A+: Form 1-POS

When the subject is SEC forms for Reg A+, it’s essential to understand some of the key forms involved in the process, let’s begin with SEC Form 1-POS.

Also known as Form 1-POS AM, is a filing used by companies that are registering securities under Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933. It is a part of the registration process for securities offerings conducted under Regulation A, which provides an exemption from the full registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Form 1-POS is a “post-qualification amendment” to an offering statement filed on SEC Form 1-A. It is submitted after the initial filing of Form 1-A but before the offering is finalized. This form contains information updates or amendments to the previously filed offering statement (Form 1-A) that reflect changes or additional details related to the securities offering.

Key aspects of Form 1-POS include:

Aspect Description
Amendments and Updates The form includes updates, corrections, or revisions to the information in the initial Form 1-A filing. It covers changes in offering terms, financial information, business operations, risk factors, or other material information.
Filing Process Companies file Form 1-POS through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. The form is subject to SEC review and comments, similar to the original Form 1-A filing.
Timing Form 1-POS is filed after the initial Form 1-A but before the SEC qualifies the offering statement. It allows issuers to provide updated or corrected information to potential investors and the SEC during the review process.
Purpose The primary purpose of Form 1-POS is to keep the offering statement current and accurate by disclosing any changes or additional material information that has arisen since the initial filing of Form 1-A.
 

Unlocking Reg A+ : Form 1-POS

Form 1-POS is part of the regulatory process involved in offering and selling securities under Regulation A. Companies intending to conduct offerings under Regulation A should work closely with legal and financial professionals to ensure compliance with SEC regulations and to provide accurate and up-to-date disclosures to potential investors and regulatory authorities.

 

Form 1-K – Annual Audit

Annual audit on Form 1-K requires disclosure and discussion of information regarding business operations, related party transactions,  compensation data, beneficial ownership of voting securities, identification of directors, executive officers, and significant employees, management discussion and analysis (MD&A), and the audited financial statements for the year ended (at the US GAAP level). The  Annual Audits must include updated information about Regulation A+ offerings conducted in the year covered.

Being a part of SEC forms for REG A+, Form 1-K must be filed within 120 days after the issuer’s fiscal year-end

Semi-Annual Reports on Form 1-SA (for companies that are not listed on the NASDAQ or NYSE) require disclosure and discussion of financial statements covering the applicable six-month period, including MD&A using the US-GAAP format. No audit is required on the financial statements included in a Form 1-SA.

The  Form 1-SA must be filed within 90 days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year-end.

Reg A+ compliance: Form 1-U – Current Report

SEC Form 1-U, also known as the Exit Report Under Regulation A, is a filing submitted by issuers to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to report certain events and information upon the conclusion or termination of a Regulation A offering.

Key points about SEC Form 1-U include:

    • Reporting Certain Events: Form 1-U is used to report specific events or material changes that occur after the qualification of the offering circular under Regulation A but before the termination or completion of the offering.
    • Information Included: The form typically includes details about the occurrence of events such as a fundamental change in the nature of the business, a change in control of the issuer, bankruptcy, the departure of directors or executive officers, or any other significant events that could affect the company.
    • Filing Process: Companies file Form 1-U electronically through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. The Form 1-U must be filed within 4 business days after the event. 
    • Purpose: The primary purpose of Form 1-U is to promptly notify the SEC and the public about significant events or material changes that could impact the issuer or the offering.

Form 1-U is an essential filing that issuers must submit to the SEC to fulfill their reporting requirements under Regulation A. Companies engaging in Regulation A offerings should work with legal and financial professionals to ensure compliance with SEC regulations and to promptly report any material events or changes that occur during the offering process.

Reg A+ reporting: Form 1-Z – Exit Report

SEC Form 1-Z is a filing used by issuers to report the termination or completion of an offering of securities under Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933. Regulation A provides an exemption from the full registration requirements for certain securities offerings, allowing smaller companies to offer and sell securities to the public without undergoing the traditional and more extensive registration process.

Form 1-Z, officially titled “Exit Report Under Regulation A,” is filed by issuers to notify the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) about the conclusion or termination of a Regulation A offering. This form serves as a final report to the SEC, providing information about the completion of the offering.

Key points about SEC Form 1-Z include:

Termination Report Form 1-Z is used to report the conclusion or termination of a Regulation A offering, indicating that the offering is no longer ongoing.
Filing Requirement Issuers who have conducted a Regulation A offering that has concluded must file Form 1-Z with the SEC within 30 days after the termination or completion of the offering.
Information Included The form typically includes basic details about the offering, such as the issuer’s information, details about the securities offered, the offering amount, the offering start and end dates, and other relevant information related to the completion or termination of the offering.
Filing Process Companies file Form 1-Z electronically through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system.
Purpose The primary purpose of Form 1-Z is to inform the SEC and the public that the Regulation A offering has concluded or been terminated. It helps maintain transparency and compliance with reporting obligations under Regulation A.

Best practices for Reg A+ : Form 1-Z

Form 1-Z is an essential filing that issuers must submit to the SEC to fulfill their reporting requirements upon the conclusion or termination of a Regulation A offering. Companies engaging in Regulation A offerings should work with legal and financial professionals to ensure compliance with SEC regulations and to fulfill their reporting obligations accurately and in a timely manner.

At least, for best practices for Reg A+ reporting, it’s important to understand all the details and requirements when using the JOBS Act regulations such as RegA+ to make sure you on always compliant.

Reg A+ SEC Reporting Obligations (part 1)

Regulation A+ offers great fundraising chances for companies, but understanding SEC reporting obligations might be confusing sometimes.

This guide highlights the key forms, deadlines, and compliance measures associated with Tier 1 and Tier 2 offerings. Essential info to empower you to navigate the landscape of SEC reporting obligations for Reg A+ with more clarity.

No more deciphering cryptic acronyms or wrestling with mountains of paperwork. We’ll demystify Forms 1-K, 1-SA, and 1-U, providing a clear roadmap for accurate and timely filings. Whether you’re a budding Tier 1 startup or a seasoned Tier 2 company seeking expansion, this guide equips you with the knowledge and tools to build investor trust, ensure regulatory compliance, and unlock the full potential of your RegA+ offering.

Ready to step into a world of informed decision-making? In this article you’ll discover:

  • A comprehensive breakdown of essential SEC reporting forms for Tier 1 and Tier 2 offerings.
  • Clear explanations of filing deadlines and compliance requirements.
  • Practical tips and best practices for optimizing your RegA+ reporting strategy.
  • Insights about investor trust and transparency through effective reporting.

Keep reading and join us on the first part of this journey.

Contents

Reg A+ SEC Reporting obligations

With all the talk about Regulation A+, we often overlook what a company (Issuer) must comply with in order to use the regulation. There are a number of  mandatory requirements that an Issuer must comply with when using Regulation A+ (RegA+).

RegA+ reporting requirements entail periodic and ongoing reporting for companies that have conducted offerings under RegA+ of the Securities Act of 1933. These requirements differ depending on whether a company has completed a Tier 1 or Tier 2 offering under RegA+.

Here are the general reporting requirements for RegA+:

 

Tier 1 Offerings

  • Companies that conduct Tier 1 offerings (up to $20 million within a 12-month period) are subject to fewer ongoing reporting requirements.

 

  • Following the offering, Tier 1 issuers must file a Form 1-Z exit report within 30 days after the offering is terminated or completed. This form includes information on the termination or completion of the offering and the proceeds received.

 

  • It should be noted that there have been zero (0) companies using this Tier.

 

Tier 2 Offerings

Companies conducting Tier 2 offerings (up to $75 million within a 12-month period) are subject to more extensive ongoing reporting requirements.

General reporting requirements 
Form 1-K (Annual Report): Tier 2 issuers are required to file an annual report on Form 1-K within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by the report. Includes: audited financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis (MD&A), information about the issuer’s business operations, and other disclosures.
Form 1-SA (Semiannual and Quarterly Reports): Tier 2 issuers must file semiannual reports on Form 1-SA within 90 days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year. Quarterly reports on Form 1-SA are not required.
Current Event Reports: Tier 2 issuers must also submit certain “current event” reports on Form 1-U to report specified events promptly, such as fundamental changes, changes in control, or bankruptcy proceedings.

These reporting obligations aim to provide investors with timely and relevant information about the issuer’s financial condition, business operations, and material events that could impact their investment decisions.

It’s essential for companies that have conducted Regulation A+ offerings to comply with these reporting requirements to maintain regulatory compliance and transparency with investors.

Additionally, the specific reporting requirements and deadlines may vary, and companies should ensure they adhere to the regulations outlined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). To help in this process is important to seek guidance from legal and financial professionals to navigate these obligations effectively.

SEC Reporting Requirements – Form 1-A

SEC Form 1-A is an offering statement that companies use to register certain securities offerings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933. Regulation A offers an exemption from full SEC registration requirements and allows smaller companies to offer and sell securities to the public without going through the traditional and more extensive registration process.

 

Form 1-A consists of three distinct parts, each serving a specific purpose:

  • Part I – Notification: This section includes basic information about the issuer, the type of securities being offered, and the intended use of proceeds from the offering. It provides an overview of the offering and the company’s business operations.

 

  • Part II – Offering Circular: This section contains the detailed disclosure document, often referred to as the offering circular. The offering circular includes comprehensive information about the company, its management, business operations, financial statements, risks, intended use of proceeds, and other material information relevant to potential investors. It is similar to a simplified prospectus and aims to provide investors with enough information to make informed investment decisions.

 

  • Part III – Exhibits: This part includes various exhibits and additional documents that support the information provided in Parts I and II. It may include financial statements, legal agreements, consents, and other relevant documents that help to substantiate the disclosures made in the offering circular.

 

Companies planning to offer and sell securities to the public under Regulation A must file Form 1-A electronically through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. After the SEC reviews and qualifies the offering statement, the company can proceed with the public offering.

Form 1-A filings are subject to SEC review and comments, similar to the registration process for larger offerings. However, Regulation A offerings generally have less stringent disclosure requirements compared to traditional registered offerings, allowing smaller companies to access the capital markets more easily.

It’s important to note that Form 1-A is specifically tailored for Regulation A offerings and differs from other SEC forms used for different types of offerings and securities registrations. Companies seeking to conduct Regulation A offerings should work closely with legal and financial professionals to ensure compliance with SEC regulations and to prepare the required disclosures accurately and effectively.

Today, we’ve wrapped up the first part of our journey into SEC reporting obligations under Regulation A+. We’ve covered some crucial points regarding REG A+ SEC reporting obligations. So, what’s next?  In the upcoming article, we’ll dive deeper into the intricacies of these reporting requirements. We’ll help you navigate the waters of Regulation A+ and gain a better understanding of its implications for companies.

Stay tuned for Part 2!

Online Capital Formation for Private Companies

In the fast-paced private company landscape, understanding Online Capital Formation dynamics is not just a strategic advantage – it’s imperative. As we commemorate the twelfth anniversary of the JOBS Act in 2024, it’s evident that evolving capital-raising regulations have paved the way for a transformative approach to business financing. In this ever-changing scenario, everyone in the private market needs to grasp the significance of Online Capital Formation to unlock myriad opportunities for their ventures.

Table of Contents

  1. Making Capital Formation Accessible for Private Enterprises
  2. The Complexity of RegCF and RegA+
  3. Beyond Conventional Crowdfunding
  4. Seizing the Future with Online Capital Formation
  5. Final Insights

 

Making Capital Formation Accessible for Private Enterprises

At its core, the democratization of capital is a driving force behind Online Capital Formation. Gone are the days when crowdfunding merely conjured images of Kickstarter campaigns. Today, it has evolved into a sophisticated financial tool, especially with the maturation of Regulation CF (RegCF) and Regulation A+ (RegA+) over the past decade.

RegCF and RegA+ are two sets of rules established by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to govern equity crowdfunding. They were both introduced as part of the JOBS Act (Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act) and their primary goal is to make it easier for businesses and startups (from small to enterprises) to raise capital by offering and selling securities online.

The concept of digital securities involves representing traditional financial instruments (such as stocks or bonds) in digital form using blockchain technology. Digital securities enable more efficient and transparent transactions, and they can be traded on digital securities exchanges.

The Complexity of RegCF and RegA+

RegCF and RegA+ transcend the traditional crowdfunding model, where entrepreneurs pitch ideas for product launches. Instead, they empower companies to transform investors into shareholders. The focus has shifted from merely selling stories to selling stock – a nuanced shift that goes beyond the conventional understanding of crowdfunding.

In order to fit in each of these regulations, companies must pass the eligibility criteria for each of them and provide certain disclosures to investors, including information about their business, financial condition, and the terms of the offering. The level of disclosure required is less extensive compared to traditional IPOs, but it aims to provide investors with enough information to make informed investment decisions.

Beyond Conventional Crowdfunding

These regulations are more than regulatory frameworks; they’re a paradigm shift that offers private companies a more expansive and flexible avenue for raising capital. They allow them to raise capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors, which includes their own clients and employees. RegCF allows them to raise up to 5 million dollars while with RegA+, it’s possible to raise up to 75 million dollars.

Equity Crowdfunding is an alternative pathway to access capital markets, offering a more cost-effective and less burdensome option than a full IPO. It has helped more people invest in early-stage funding, making investment opportunities available to a wider range of investors. With these regulations, you can leverage the internet and technology to connect with more investors and grow the business.

Seizing the Future with Online Capital Formation

While the term “crowdfunding” remains rooted in popular imagination, it falls short of encapsulating the depth and complexity of RegCF and RegA+. We must recognize these exemptions have matured into a robust mechanism that demands a more nuanced understanding. They must carefully navigate the regulatory requirements and considerations as this is monitored by the SEC aiming to ensure investor protection and maintain market integrity.

To shed light on this evolution, we have collaborated with industry experts, including Sara Hanks, CEO/Founder of CrowdCheck, and Douglas Ruark, President of Regulation D Resources, now known as Red Rock Securities Law. Together, we aim to redefine the landscape by emphasizing what we believe heralds a new era in crowdfunding: Online Capital Formation

Additionally, success in equity crowdfunding often depends on effective marketing, transparent communication, and a compelling value proposition for investors.  From accessing diverse investors to increasing brand visibility, this overview highlights seven key benefits. Take a look at the chart.

# Top 7 Benefits of Democratizing Capital Formation
1 Access to Diverse Investors
2 Engagement of Customers
3 Increased Brand Visibility
4 Flexibility in Fundraising
5 Gathering Early Feedback
6 Cost-Effectiveness
7 Potential for Liquidity

A Closer Look at the Top 7 Benefits of Democratizing Capital Formation

Final insights

As private company owners and managers, the onus is on you to comprehend the evolving dynamics of Online Capital Formation. It’s not merely a trend. Embrace the opportunities, stay informed, and position your venture at the forefront of this new era in crowdfunding. The journey begins with understanding. If you’re looking to raise capital and want to know more about your company’s suitability and which steps to take first, book a call with one of our specialists.

Subsidiaries using RegCF

Subsidiaries using RegCF: introduction

This came up no less than three times last week, so I figured it was worth a blog post.

Subsidiaries can raise funds under Reg CF, even if they are subsidiaries of companies who cannot use Reg CF themselves, because they have a class of securities registered with the SEC, or they are not US companies. To determine eligibility, you look at the status of the potential issuer. Is it a US company? Have you confirmed it’s not an investment company? If it’s raised funds under Reg CF before, is it in compliance with ongoing reporting requirements?

We need to add another element to this determination: is the US sub genuinely the issuer under Reg CF, or is there a “co-issuer” in the picture? And if there is, is the co-issuer prevented from using Reg CF because it’s an SEC-registered or foreign company?

There’s no useful definition of “co-issuer” under securities law (and if you go looking for one, what you will find will only confuse you) but when faced with the issue, we often ask clients to take a step back and ask themselves: “Whose performance is the investor relying on when they make their investment?” If the funds raised are going to be used at the subsidiary level, and the subsidiary is a genuine operating company, with employees, and a business plan, then everything may be ok, even if some portion of the funds end up at the parent level; for instance, payments for contracted support functions, or as license payments. But if the US sub is being effectively used as a finance sub, has no employees, and the funds are sent upstream to the parent, then you probably have a co-issuer, who is subject to the same eligibility, financial statement, and disclosure requirements as its sub.

It’s always going to be a matter of judgement, and as the SEC loves to remind us, dependent on facts and circumstances. It is worth going through the above analysis with your counsel to determine if the subsidiary is eligible to raise funds under Reg CF.

 

 

* Subsidiaries using RegCF was originally published on Crowdcheck.

Communications and publicity by issuers prior to and during a Regulation CF (RegCF) Offering

The idea behind crowdfunding is that the crowd — family, friends, and fans of a small or startup company, even if they are not rich or experienced investors — can invest in that company’s securities. For a traditionally risk-averse area of law, that’s a pretty revolutionary concept.  

In order to make this leap, Congress wanted to ensure that all potential investors had access to the same information. The solution that Congress came up in the JOBS Act with was that there had to be one centralized place that an investor could access that information — the website of the funding portal or broker-dealer that hosts the crowdfunding offering (going forward we will refer to both of these as “platforms”). 

This means (with some very limited exceptions that we’ll describe below) most communications about the offering can ONLY be found on the platform. On the platform, the company can use any form of communication it likes, and can give as much information as it likes (so long as it’s not misleading). Remember that the platforms are required to have a communication channel — basically a chat or Q&A function — a place where you can discuss the offering with investors and potential investors (though you must identify yourself). That gives you the ability to control much of your message. 

So with that background in mind, we wanted to go through what you can and cannot do regarding communications prior to and during the offering. Unfortunately, there are a lot of limitations. Securities law is a highly regulated area and this is not like doing a Kickstarter campaign. Also, bear in mind this is a changing regulatory environment. We put together this guide based on existing law, the SEC’s interpretations that it put out on May 13, and numerous conversations with the SEC Staff. As the industry develops, the Staff’s positions may evolve. 

We do understand that the restrictions are in many cases counter-intuitive and don’t reflect the way people communicate these days. The problems derive from the wording of the statute as passed by Congress. The JOBS Act crowdfunding provisions are pretty stringent with respect to publicity; the SEC has “interpreted” those provisions as much as possible to give startups and small businesses more flexibility. 

What you can say before you launch your offering 

US securities laws regulate both “offers” and sales of securities; whenever you make an offer or sale of securities, that offer or sale must comply with the SEC’s rules. The SEC interprets the term “offer” very broadly and it can include activity that “conditions the market” for the offering. “Conditioning the market” is any activity that raises public interest in your company, and could include suddenly heightened levels of advertising, although regular product and service information or advertising is ok (see discussion below). 

Under new rules which went into effect on March 15, 2021, companies considering making a crowdfunding offering may “test the waters” (TTW) in order to decide whether to commit to the time and 2 expense of making an offering.1 Prior to filing the Form C with the SEC, you may make oral or written communications to find out whether investors might be interested in investing in your offering. The way in which you make these communications (eg, email, Insta, posting on a crowdfunding portal site) and the content of those communications are not limited, but the communications must state that: 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted; 
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is filed and only though the platform of an intermediary (funding portal or broker-dealer); and 
  • A person’s indication of interest includes no obligation or commitment of any kind.2 

You can collect indications of interest from potential investors including name, address, phone number and/or email address. The rule does not address getting any further information, such as the manner of any potential payment. If you do make TTW communications, you must file any written communication or broadcast script as an exhibit to your Form C. And TTW communications are subject to the regular provisions of securities law that impose liability for misleading statements. 

Before the point at which you file your Form C with the SEC, the TTW process is the only way you can make any offers of securities, either publicly or privately. This would apply to meetings with potential investors, giving out any information on forums which offer “sneak peeks” or “first looks” at your offering, and public announcements about the offering. Discussions at a conference or a demo day about your intentions to do a crowdfunding offering must comply with the TTW rules and you should read out the information in the bullets above. Any non-compliant communication made prior to filing the Form C may be construed as an unregistered offer of securities made in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act — a “Bad Act” that will prevent you from being able to use Regulation CF, Rule 506, or Regulation A in the future. 

Normal advertising of your product or service is permitted as the SEC knows you have a business to run. However, if just before the offering all of a sudden you produce five times the amount of advertising that you had previously done, the SEC might wonder whether you were doing this to stir up interest in investing in your company. If you plan to change your marketing around the time of your offering (or if you are launching your company at the same time as your RegCF offering, which often happens), it would be prudent to discuss this with your counsel so that you can confirm that your advertising is consistent with the SEC’s rules. 

Genuine conversations with friends or family about what you are planning to do and getting their help and input on your offering and how to structure it, are ok, even if those people invest later. You can’t be pitching to them as investors, though, except in compliance with the TTW rules. 

What you can say after you launch 

After you launch your offering by filing your Form C with the SEC, communications outside the platform fall into two categories: 

  • Communications that don’t mention the “terms of the offering”; and 1 We are talking here about Crowdfunding Regulation Rule 206. There is another new rule that permits testing the waters before deciding which type of exempt offering (eg, Regulation CF or Regulation A) to make, which does not preempt state regulation; using that rule may be complicated and require extensive legal advice. 2 We advise including the entirety of this wording as a legend or disclaimer in the communication in question. The convention in Regulation A is that “it it fits, the legend must be included” and if the legend doesn’t fit (eg, Twitter) the communication must include an active hyperlink to it. 3 
  • Communications that just contain “tombstone” information. 

Communications that don’t mention the terms of the offering 

We are calling these “non-terms” communications in this memo, although you can also think of them as “soft” communications. “Terms” in this context are the following: 

  • The amount of securities offered; 
  • The nature of the securities (i.e., whether they are debt or equity, common or preferred, etc.); 
  • The price of the securities; 
  • The closing date of the offering period; 
  • The use of proceeds; and 
  • The issuer’s progress towards meeting its funding target. 

There are two types of communication that fall into the non-terms category. 

First, regular communications and advertising. You can still continue to run your business as normal and there is nothing wrong with creating press releases, advertisements, newsletters and other publicity to help grow your business. If those communications don’t mention any of the terms of the offering, they are permitted. Once you’ve filed your Form C, you don’t need to worry about “conditioning the market.” You can ramp up your advertising and communications program as much as you like so long as they are genuine business advertising (e.g., typical business advertising would not mention financial performance). 

Second, and more interestingly, offering-related communications that don’t mention the terms of the offering. You can talk about the offering as long as you don’t mention the TERMS of the offering. Yes, we realize that sounds weird but it’s the way the statute (the JOBS Act) was drafted. Rather than restricting the discussion of the “offering,” which is what traditional securities lawyers would have expected, the statute restricts discussion of “terms,” and the SEC defined “terms” to mean only those six things discussed above. This means you can make any kind of communication or advertising in which you say you are doing an offering (although not WHAT you are offering; that would be a “term”) and include all sort of soft information about the company’s mission statement and how the CEO’s grandma’s work ethic inspired her drive and ambition. 

You can link to the platform’s website from such communications. But be careful about linking to any other site that contains the terms of the offering. A link (in the mind of the SEC) is an indirect communication of the terms. So linking to something that contains terms could mean that a non-terms communication becomes a tombstone communication (see below) that doesn’t comply with the tombstone rules. This applies to third-party created content as well. If a third-party journalist has written an article about how great your company is and includes terms of the offering, linking to that article is an implicit endorsement of the article and could become a statement of the company that doesn’t comply with the Tombstone rules. 

Whether you are identifying a “term” of the offering can be pretty subtle. While “We are making an offering so that all our fans can be co-owners,” might indirectly include a term because it’s hinting that you are offering equity, it’s probably ok. Try to avoid hints as to what you are offering, and just drive investors to the intermediary’s site to find out more. 

Even though non-terms communications can effectively include any information (other than terms) that you like, bear in mind that they are subject, like all communications, to the securities antifraud rules. So even though you are technically permitted to say that you anticipate launching your “Uber for Ferrets” in 4 November in a non-terms communication, if you don’t have a reasonable basis for saying that, you are in trouble for making a misleading statement. 

Tombstone communications 

A tombstone is what it sounds like — just the facts — and a very limited set of facts at that. Think of these communications as “hard” factual information. 

The specific rules under Regulation CF (RegCF) allow for “notices” limited to the following, which can be written or oral: 

  • A statement that the issuer is conducting an offering pursuant to Section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act; 
  • The name of the intermediary through which the offering is being conducted and (in written communications) a link directing the potential investor to the intermediary’s platform; 
  • The terms of the offering (the amount of securities offered, the nature of the securities, the price of the securities, the closing date of the offering period, the intended use of proceeds, and progress made so far); and 
  • Factual information about the legal identity and business location of the issuer, limited to the name of the issuer of the security, the address, phone number, and website of the issuer, the e-mail address of a representative of the issuer and a brief description of the business of the issuer. 

These are the outer limits of what you can say. You don’t have to include all or any of the terms. You could just say “Company X has an equity crowdfunding campaign on SuperPortal — Go to www.SuperPortal.com/CompanyX to find out more.” The platform’s address is compulsory.

“Brief description of the business of the issuer” does mean brief. The rule that applies when companies are doing Initial Public Offerings (IPOs), which is the only guidance we have in this area, lets those companies describe their general business, principal products or services, and the industry segment (e.g.,for manufacturing companies, the general type of manufacturing, the principal products or classes of products and the segments in which the company conducts business). The brief description does not allow for inclusion of details about how the product works or the overall addressable market for it, and certainly not any customer endorsements. 

“Limited time and availability”-type statements may be acceptable as part of the “terms of the offering.” For example, the company might state that the offering is “only” open until the termination date, or explain that the amount of securities available is limited to the oversubscription amount. 

A few “context” or filler words might be acceptable in a tombstone notice, depending on that context. For example, the company might state that it is “pleased” to be making an offering under the newly- adopted Regulation Crowdfunding, or even refer to the fact that this is a “historic” event. Such additional wording will generally be a matter of judgement. “Check out our offering on [link]” or “Check out progress of our offering on [link]” are OK. “Our offering is making great progress on [link]” is not. Words that imply growth, success or progress (whether referring to the company or the offering) are always problematic. If you want to use a lot of additional context information, that information can be put in a “non-terms” communication that goes out at the same time and through the same means as a tombstone communication. 

The only links that can be included on a tombstone communication are links to the platform. No links to 5 reviews of the offering on Kingscrowd. No links to any press stories on Crowdfund Insider or CrowdFundBeat. No links to the company’s website. The implicit endorsement principle applies here just as with non-terms communications, meaning that anything you link to becomes a communication by the company. 

An important point with respect to tombstone notices is that while content is severely limited, medium is not. Thus, notices containing tombstone information can be posted on social media, published in newspapers, broadcast on TV, slotted into Google Ads, etc. Craft breweries might wish to publish notices on their beer coasters, and donut shops might wish to have specially printed napkins. 

What constitutes a “notice” 

It is important to note that (until we hear otherwise from the SEC) the “notice” is supposed to be a standalone communication. It can’t be attached to or embedded in other communications. That means you cannot include it on your website (as all the information on your website will probably be deemed to be part of the “notice” and it will likely fail the tombstone rule) and you cannot include it in announcements about new products — again, it will fail the tombstone rule. 

We have listed some examples of permissible communications in Exhibit A. 

Websites 

It’s a bad idea to include ANY information about the terms of the offering on your website. However, some issuers have found a clever solution: you can create a landing page that sits in front of your regular website. The landing page can include the tombstone information and two options: either investors can continue to your company’s regular webpage OR they can go to the platform to find out more about the offering on the platform. We have attached sample text for landing pages on Exhibit A. 

“Invest now” buttons 

Under the SEC’s current interpretations as we understand them, having an “invest now” button on your website with a link to the platform hosting your offering is fine although you should not mention any terms of the offering on your website unless your ENTIRE website complies with the tombstone rule. Most of them don’t. 

Social Media 

As we mention above, the medium of communication is not limited at all, even for tombstone communications. Companies can use social media to draw attention to their offerings as soon as they have filed their Form C with the SEC. Social media are subject to the same restrictions as any other communications: either don’t mention the offering terms at all or limit content to the tombstone information. 

Emails 

“Blast” emails that go out to everyone on your mailing list are subject to the same rules as social media: either don’t mention the offering terms at all or limit content to the tombstone information. Personalized emails to people you know will probably not be deemed to be advertising the terms of the offering, so you can send them, but be careful you don’t give your friends any more information than is on the platform — remember the rule about giving everyone access to the same information. 

Images 

Images are permitted in tombstone communications. However, these images also have to fit within the “tombstone” parameters. So brevity is required. Publishing a few pictures that show what the company does and how it does it is fine. An online coffee table book with hundreds of moodily-lit photos, not so much. Also, a picture tells a thousand words and those words better not be misleading. So use images only of real products actually currently produced by the company (or in planning, so long as you clearly indicate that), actual employees hard at work, genuine workspace, etc. No cash registers, or images of dollar bills or graphics showing (or implying) increase in revenues or stock price. And don’t use images you don’t have the right to use! (Also, we never thought we’d need to say this, but don’t use the SEC’s logo anywhere on your notice, or anywhere else.) 

While the “brevity” requirement doesn’t apply to non-terms communications, the rules about images not being misleading do. 

Videos 

Videos are permitted. You could have the CEO saying the tombstone information, together with video images of the company’s operations, but as with images in general, the video must comport with the tombstone rules. So “Gone with the Wind” length opuses will not work under the tombstone rule, although they are fine with non-terms communications. 

Updates and communications to alert investors that important information is available on the platform 

Updates can and should be found on the crowdfunding platform. You can use communications that don’t mention the terms of the offering, to drive readers to the platform’s site to learn about updates and things like webinars hosted on the platform. They may include links to the platform. 

Press releases 

Yes, they are permitted, but they can’t contain very much. Press releases are also laden with potential pitfalls, as we discuss below. Press releases that mention the offering terms are limited to the same “tombstone” content restrictions that apply to all notices. Companies may say that they are pleased (or even thrilled) to announce that they are making a crowdfunding offering but the usual quotes from company officers can’t be included (unless those quotes are along the lines of “ I am thrilled that Company will be making a crowdfunding offering,” or “Company is a software-as-a-service provider with offices in six states”). The “about the company” section in press releases is subject to the same restrictions and if the press release is put together by a PR outfit, watch out for any non-permitted language in the “about the PR outfit” section of the press release (nothing like “Publicity Hound Agency is happy to help companies seeking crowdfunding from everyday investors who now have the opportunity to invest in the next Facebook”). 

You could also issue non-terms press releases that state you are doing an offering (and you can identify or link to the platform) but don’t include terms and still include all the soft info, including quotes, mission statements and deep backgrounds. It’s likely, though, that journalists would call asking “So what are you offering, then?” and if you answer, you are going to make your non-terms communication into communication that fails the tombstone rule. 

Press interviews and articles 

Interviews with the media can be thorny because participation with a journalist makes the resulting 7 article a communication of the company. In fact, the SEC Staff have stated that they don’t see how interviews can easily be conducted, because even if the company personnel stick to the tombstone information (which would make for a pretty weird interview), the journalist could add non-tombstone information later, which would result in the article being a notice that didn’t comply with the tombstone rule. 

The same thing could happen with interviews where the company tries to keep the interview on a nonterms basis. The company personnel could refrain from mentioning any terms (again, it’s going to be pretty odd saying, “Yes, we are making an offering of securities but I can’t say what we are offering”), but the first thing the journalist is going to do is get the detailed terms from the company’s campaign page on the platform’s site, and again the result is that the article becomes a non-complying notice. 

These rules apply to all articles that the company “participates in.” This means that if you (or your publicists) tell the press, “Hey, take a look at the Company X crowdfunding campaign” any resulting article is probably going to result in a violation of the rules. By you. 

Links to press articles are subject to all the same rules discussed in this memo. If you link to an article, you are adopting and incorporating all the information in that article. If the article mentions the terms of the offering then you can’t link to it from a non-terms communication (such as your website) and if it includes soft non-terms information, then you can’t link to it from a tombstone communication. And if it includes misleading statements, you are now making those statements. 

Remember that prior to the launch of the offering you should not be talking about your campaign with the press (or publicly with anyone else). If you are asked about whether you are doing a campaign priorto launch you should respond with either a “no comment” or “you know companies aren’t allowed to discuss these matters.” No winking (either real or emoji-style.) 

Press articles that the company did not participate in 

In general, if you (or your publicists) didn’t participate in or suggest to a journalist that he or she write an article, it’s not your problem. You aren’t required to monitor the media or correct mistakes. However, if you were to circulate an article (or place it or a link to it on your website), then that would be subject to the rules we discuss in this memo. You can’t do indirectly what you can’t do directly. 

Also, if you add (or link to) press coverage to your campaign page on the platform’s site, you are now adopting that content, so it had better not be misleading. 

Demo Days 

Demo days and industry conferences are subject to many of the same constraints that apply to press interviews. In theory, you could limit your remarks to a statement that you are raising funds through crowdfunding, but in reality people are going to ask what you are selling. You could say “I can’t talk about that; go to SuperPortal.com,” but that would lead to more follow-up questions. And following the tombstone rules means you can’t say too much about your product, which rather undermines the whole purpose of a demo day. 

Demo days might be easier to manage when you are still in the testing-the-waters phase. 

“Ask Me Anythings” 

The only place you can do an “Ask Me Anything” (AMA) that references the terms of the offering is on the 8 platform where your offering is hosted. You can’t do AMAs on Reddit. Unless you limit the AMA to nonterms communications or tombstone information. In which case, people aren’t going to be able to ask you “anything.” 

Product and service advertising 

As we mentioned above, once you’ve filed your Form C, ordinary advertising or other communications (such as putting out an informational newsletter) can continue and can even be ramped up. Most advertising by its nature would constitute non-terms communication, so it couldn’t include references to the terms of the offering. So don’t include information about your offering in your supermarket mailer coupons. 

What about side by side communications? 

You are doubtless wondering whether you could do a non-terms Tweet and follow it immediately with a tombstone Tweet. It appears, at least for the moment, that this works. There is the possibility that if you tried to put a non-terms advertisement right next to a tombstone advertisement in print media or online, the SEC might view them collectively as one single (non-complying) “notice”. It is unclear how much time or space would need to separate communications to avoid this problem, or even whether it is a problem. 

“Can I still talk to my friends?”

Yes, you can still talk to your friends face to face at the pub (we are talking real friends, not Facebook friends, here) and even tell them that you are doing a crowdfunding offering, even before you file with the SEC. You aren’t limited to the tombstone information (man, would that be a weird conversation). After you’ve launched the offering, you can ask your friends to help spread the word (that’s the point of social media) but please do not pay them, even in beer or donuts, because that would make them paid “stock touts.” Don’t ask them to make favorable comments on the platform’s chat board either, unless they say on the chat board that they are doing so because you asked them to. If they are journalists, don’t ask them to write a favorable piece about your offering. 

“What if people email me personally with questions?” 

Best practice would be to respond “That’s a great question, Freddie. I’ve answered it here on the SuperPortal chat site [link]”. Remember the Congressional intent of having all investors have access tothe same information. 

Links 

As we’ve seen from the discussion above, you can’t link from a communication that does comply with the rule you are trying to comply with to something that doesn’t. So for example, you can’t link from a Tweet that doesn’t mention the offering terms to something that does and you can’t link from a tombstone communication to anything other than the platform’s website. 

Emoji 

Emoji are subject to antifraud provisions in exactly the same way as text or images are. The current limited range of emoji and their inability to do nuance means that the chance of emoji being misleading is heightened. Seriously people, you need to use your words. 

 

After the offering 

These limitations only last until the offering is closed. Once that happens you are free to speak freely again, so long as you don’t make any misleading statements. 

And what about platforms? 

The rules for publicity by platforms are different, and also depend on whether the platform is a broker or a portal. We have published a separate memo for them. CrowdCheck is not a law firm, the foregoing is not legal advice, and even more than usual, it is subject to change as regulatory positions evolve and the SEC Staff provide guidance in newly-adopted rules. Please contact your lawyer with respect to any of the matters discussed here. 

 

Exhibit A Sample Tombstones

  • Company X, Inc. 

[Company Logo] 

 

Company X is a large widget company based in Anywhere, U.S.A. and incorporated on July 4, 1776. We make widgets and they come in red, white, and blue. Our widgets are designed to spread patriotic cheer. 

 

We are selling common shares in our company at $17.76 a share. The minimum amount is $13,000 and the maximum amount is $50,000. The offering will remain open until July 4, 2021. 

 

This offering is being made pursuant to Section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act. 

For additional information please visit: https://www.SuperPortal.com/companyx or Invest Button URL Link direct

  • Freddy’s Ferret Food Company is making a Regulation CF Offering of Preferred Shares on FundCrowdFund.com. Freddy’s Ferret Food Company was incorporated in Delaware in 2006 and has its principal office in Los Angeles, California. Freddy’s Ferret Food Company makes ferret food out of its four manufacturing plants located in Trenton, New Jersey. Freddy’s Ferret Food is offering up to 500,000 shares of Preferred Stock at $2 a share and the offering will remain open until February 2, 2021. For more information on the offering please go to www.fundcrowdfund.com/freddysferretfoodcompany. 

 

Sample “non-terms” communications 

  • We are doing a crowdfunding offering! We planning to Make America Great Again by selling a million extra large red hats and extra small red gloves with logos on them, and to bring jobs back to Big Bug Creek, Arizona. The more stuff we make, the greater our profits will be. We think we are poised for significant growth. Already we’ve received orders from 100,000 people in Cleveland. Invest in us TODAY, while you still can and Make Capitalism Great Again! [LINK TO PLATFORM]. 
  • Feel the “Burn”! We are making a crowdfunding offering on SuperPortal.com to raise funds to expand our hot sauce factory. Be a part of history. Small investors have been screwed for years.This is your chance to Stick it to the Man and buy securities in a business that has grown consistently for the last five years. 

 

Sample Communications on Social Media:
Note all these communications will have a link to the platform. 

 

  • Company Y has launched its crowdfunding campaign; click here to find out more. 

 

  • Interested in investing in Company Y? Click here. 

 

Sample Landing Page: 

Thanks to Regulation CF, now everyone can own shares in our company. 

 

[Button] Invest in our Company 

[Button] Continue to our Website

 

CrowdCheck is not a law firm, the foregoing is not legal advice, and even more than usual, it is subject to change as regulatory positions evolve and the SEC Staff provide guidance in newly-adopted rules. Please contact your lawyer with respect to any of the matters discussed here.

Small Businesses Need Capital

Small businesses are essential to the economic well-being of a country, but unfortunately, many find it challenging to obtain the capital they need. It is expensive to access the public capital markets at the best of times, but in times of economic hardship and uncertainty,  traditional financing options become especially scarce as well. Fortunately, private capital markets have emerged as a viable and advantageous solution for small businesses to raise the funds they need to grow, sustain jobs, and contribute to their communities. 

 

Raising Capital is Expensive

 

Small businesses are often faced with tedious and expensive processes when trying to access traditional capital sources. Raising capital for companies when going public compared to private can be expensive and complicated. The costs associated with this type of fund-raising include:

 

  • Underwriting fees
  • Exchange listing fees to launch on the stock exchange or other public markets
  • Professional fees for attorneys, accountants, and other financial advisors
  • Printing and distribution costs for prospectus and registration statements
  • Costs associated with filing regulatory paperwork such as the SEC Form S-1

 

These costs can add up, and the process of going public is also typically long and complicated, requiring a great deal of time and energy from company founders. In addition, many banks impose strict guidelines limiting the amount of capital small business owners can borrow, and it might not be enough to cover the cost of going public.  For small startups especially, the possibility of going public may be decades away, if it exists at all. For organizations that need to raise capital more immediately, the private market is a much more viable option than raising capital publicly.

 

The Solution: Private Capital Markets

 

Fortunately, private capital markets provide a viable solution for small businesses during tough economic times. With private businesses able to use JOBS Act regulations like RegA+, RegD, and RegCF to raise millions in capital from accredited and nonaccredited investors, they need not rely on traditional lenders. The cost of raising capital privately using JOBS Act regulations compared to taking a company public is significantly lower. This is because:

 

  • Although there are still securities regulations to protect investors, the reporting requirements are much lower and less costly.
  • Private capital markets avoid the lengthy legal process involved in taking a company public, thereby saving time and legal fees.
  • Private capital markets offer more flexibility than traditional financing sources, allowing businesses to craft more creative and advantageous terms for the capital they need.

 

This makes it easier for small businesses to access the funds they need without having to worry about high costs and long wait times. Furthermore, leveraging private capital markets provides an opportunity for small business owners to cultivate relationships with investors who can provide valuable insights and advice that they may not be able to access through traditional lenders. And that can open more doors.

Oscar Jofre to Speak at LSI 2023 Emerging Medtech Summit

The LSI 2023 Emerging Medtech Summit is an upcoming four-day conference that will provide attendees a detailed look into the current Medtech industry. From March 20th to 23rd, in Dana Point, CA, attendees can join experienced professionals and investors as they discuss topics such as data dilemmas, how to monetize the digital revolution, and raising capital for your Medtech company. Oscar Jofre, CEO of KoreConX will also be present throughout the event offering his expertise for companies looking to raise capital through JOBS Act regulations. With sessions moderated by highly esteemed individuals in their respective fields and panel discussions led by experts, this promises to be a worthwhile experience for all who attend.

 

Throughout the event, panels include “Precisely Practicing Medicine with a Trillion Points of Data,” “Powering Up Innovation in a Digital, Connected World,” and “What are Medtech’s Leading Investors Looking for Right Now?” The event will include a wealth of opportunities for networking through breakfast, dinner, cocktails, and more. On the third day of the conference, Oscar Jofre will participate in a panel discussion, with a title yet to be announced.

 

The Summit will be an informative event to learn about the various regulations, trends, and challenges in the Medtech space.

On The Silicon Valley Bank Shutdown

On Friday, March 10, Silicon Valley Bank was shut down by regulators. This has an impact on a significant number of businesses, both large and small.  While this unfortunate event impacts many businesses and their employees, we felt it important to inform you that there is no direct material effect on KoreConX.

In the weeks and months to come, we will see how the broader market may be affected. We will continue to monitor our clients/vendors to assess the impact of this shutdown and look to be of assistance where we can.

We do not bank with Silicon Valley Bank – SVB as we work with BMO/BMO Harris Bank. We want to assure our employees, clients, partners, shareholders, and fellow ecosystem partners that our company is not directly affected by the SVB shutdown.

During COVID-19, we all came together with our amazing ecosystem of KorePartners to help thousands of companies through difficult times.

We are here to provide you with any assistance you may need. Our ecosystem of partners is very strong and vast, including partners in the banking sector that are prepared to step in to assist.

Do not hesitate to reach out to me personally, as we are here to assist you.

Watch Oscar’s message here.

KoreClient Spotlight: Steve Beaman, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer of Elevare Technologies

Elevare Technologies is a technology company aiming to lead the digital economy revolution through Virtualization as a Service (VaaS). They promote and accelerate virtual adoption globally creating custom virtual experiences and worlds for teams, clients, and partners. Businesses can digitize their current physical office and access a digital twin-layout with cutting-edge Web 3.0 solutions.

 

Virtualization as a Service

 

“Elevare Technologies was created to help digitize the American business economy. We are creating a movement from the real world into the virtual world. It is the best of the two worlds. We specialize in offering a digital office system where businesses can build a digital twin of their current physical office and then have a digital office adjacent to it,” said Elevare CEO, Steve Beaman. 

 

The company is developing a powerful virtual meeting solution, the Eleverse. That provides organizations with the ability to connect, collaborate and communicate seamlessly in a secure and private online environment. The technology allows users to conduct presentations and video conferencing while providing a reliable platform for communication and integrating a powerful AI assistant. Similar to familiar video conferencing platforms like Zoom, Microsoft Teams, or Google Meet, private meeting rooms come with a unique ID code that makes the virtual space secure and private. Without the private meeting code, uninvited individuals are unable to join in, ensuring security for businesses’ sensitive information. 

 

Up to 400 people

 

The virtual meeting can occur in a boardroom setting and be modeled after your real-world conference room. Companies can also leverage the virtual auditorium for large-scale meetings for up to 400 people. There is a smart screen capability currently in the works, allowing you to conduct a full presentation in the virtual space. With an integrated AI virtual assistant named Iris that can help with any questions you have during meetings, the workspace is more efficient and productive. There is even a video conferencing feature that allows you to have video conferencing abilities at your fingertips virtually, enabling users to connect with colleagues across the world digitally. At the same time, virtual office spaces can be located within a virtual office building, allowing companies to interact and network with neighboring individuals and companies.

 

To help Elevare achieve its goals, the company is opting to leverage Regulation CF to nurture relationships with investors. The ultimate goal is to make them brand ambassadors. “Crowdfunding can take you to a whole new level. We believe it democratizes [capital raising] and provides an ability to scale. We believe the technology involved gives the form that people will adopt and the functionality that supports the business needs. And we believe that we’ve developed a solution to accommodate this demand,” added Beaman.

 

Regulation CF (RegCF) Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

Understanding the JOBS Act for Real Estate

Real Estate has become increasingly popular as an asset class in recent years and investors are eager to put their money into this space. However, the high capital requirements associated with real estate investments have been a large barrier for many individuals. From February 27th to March 3rd, the KoreSummit event “Real Estate + JOBS Act + Tokenization = Liquidity” will discuss the potential of blockchain technology and tokenization for transforming this industry.

 

Day 1

 

On day one of the summit, the discussion will be centered around why real estate is an attractive asset class and what steps can be taken to help make it more accessible to a wider range of investors. Douglas Ruark, Frank Bellotti, Nathaniel Dodson, and Oscar Jofre will speak during the first day’s panel, which is sure to provide valuable insight into the industry as well as the potential opportunities that could arise with the use of tokenization and blockchain technology.

 

Day 2

 

The second day of the summit will be focused on fractional ownership, a concept that makes it possible for multiple investors to own a single asset, and attracting the right investors. Laura Pamatian, Oscar Jofre, Peter Daneyko, Richard Johnson, Tyler Harttraft, Andrew Cor, and Jillian Bannister will be leading these discussions, which will provide attendees with an understanding of how fractional ownership can help to make real estate investments more affordable and accessible while attracting the right investors.

 

Day 3

The third day of the summit will be all about identifying which SEC exemption is right for raising Capital. Douglas Ruark, Peter Daneyko, Chris Norton, Nathaniel Dodson, Oscar Jofre, and Louis Bevilacqua will explain how to make the offering to retail, institutional, and accredited investors. These sessions will provide a great opportunity to learn from the experts and gain insight into how to ensure that your projects reach the right investors.

 

Day 4

 

The fourth day of the summit will focus on what companies should do once their real estate offerings are live. Panelists will include Kim LaFleur, Mona DeFrawi, Andrew Corn, Peter Daneyko, Amanda Grange, and Ryan Frank. This session is sure to provide attendees with valuable information about understanding what steps to take once their offering is live.

 

Day 5

 

The final day of the summit will look at private real estate shares and how they can be traded. Peter Daneyko, Kiran Garimella, Lee Saba, James Dowd, Frank Bellotti, and Laura Pamatian will provide insight into the concept of tokenization for private shares and how it can help to bring liquidity to this sector.

 

The upcoming KoreSummit is sure to provide invaluable insight into real estate and how blockchain technology and tokenization can help to make this asset more accessible and liquid. Attendees will have the opportunity to learn from industry leaders and gain valuable knowledge on how to successfully launch and promote their offerings. With the JOBS Act paving the way for real estate tokenization, this summit is an ideal way to get ahead of the curve in what is sure to be a huge market in the years to come. 

 

Sign up for the upcoming KoreSummit here

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Greg Tucker, CEO and Co-Founder of Spartan Bitcoin Mining

Greg Tucker has been in the publicly traded arena in some form or fashion for close to 20 years. He served as a President/CEO of a publicly traded company for four years and has assisted multiple CEOs and business owners with communications and messaging for well over a decade. 

Press releases, articles, videos, social media messaging, etc. are all strengths of his and multiple companies have benefitted from his ability to get more eyes on a project via effective messaging and communications. He has also been actively engaged in the Crypto market(s) now for well over five years.

We sat down with Greg recently to discuss his company, Spartan Bitcoin Mining, and what people should expect from this new and novel approach to Bitcoin Mining.

Q: Why Bitcoin Mining and why now?

A: Most people don’t realize that Bitcoin is cyclical and has followed a general trading pattern since its inception. We predict that we could be entering the favorable portion of the latest four-year cycle and we feel great about the business model and the long-term potential of what we are doing. 

Q: Okay, so what can shareholders expect from you and your team?

A:  I’ve seen multiple companies over the past few decades throw around the term “shareholder friendly” with ease, yet their actions, more often than not, do not live up to that claim. Eventually, greed takes over and that’s never a good thing. I’m going to be 60 this year. I live frugally. In the back of my mind, I’ve always told myself that when the time came and under the right circumstances, I would ensure that “shareholder friendly: was the mantra that drove every decision from day one on any new business venture. 

Q: Can you expand on that, maybe share some examples of what you’re talking about?

A: Sure. I think a project like this should be a collaboration where shareholders get a vote, they have a voice and they help guide the overall direction of the company. We will provide multiple channels for shareholder feedback and engage with them as often as possible, at least weekly.

Q: Not everyone understands Bitcoin. In fact, most people don’t.  How do you plan to overcome that hurdle?

A: Excellent point and you’ve hit on my number one frustration when it comes to Crypto, but instead of staying frustrated, I did something about it. I’ve created a video series that will be exclusive to our shareholders. We call it “The Crypto Classroom” and as of now, it is up to 40 videos that lay out exactly what Bitcoin is, how to trade in cryptocurrencies, decentralized platforms, etc. It is all taught and narrated by me, ensuring that you learn it the right way and at your own pace.  But back to your original question… The first three videos specifically explain Bitcoin in a way that is easy to understand and we would recommend that everyone watch those three videos before investing in our company. Oh, and by the way, the video series will expand over time so that it becomes a video library of sorts that is always kept up to date and can be referenced at any time by our folks.

Q: Bitcoin has gone through some lean times as of late. What is your plan for situations like that?

A: We will hold in escrow a specific amount for each mining rig representing 18 months of “what if”. In other words, if Bitcoin were to turn south suddenly, we are prepared and will not run the risk of overextending ourselves. That’s just good business sense on behalf of all involved.

Q: I’ve got to say, your approach to doing everything in a shareholder-friendly manner is refreshing.

A: Look, I’ve been around a long time, and not once have I seen a company live up to that claim 100% of the time. We will. And to ensure that’s the case, I’m putting it in print, on audio and video from day one and will continue to do so to hold all of us accountable to living up to these parameters for the long haul both legally and ethically. I firmly believe that if you don’t have integrity, you are lost; you have nothing.

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and 
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

What Are the Costs for a RegCF Issuance?

Raising capital is necessary for many companies, but it comes with a price tag. This is why we often receive questions from companies seeking to understand how to budget for the fundraising process. With Regulation Crowdfunding (Reg CF) issuances becoming increasingly popular in the United States, understanding the costs associated with these offerings is essential to successful capital raising. 

To shed a light on this topic, we have worked with our KorePartners to research the estimated budget for a Reg CF offering. However, this estimated budget is based on a variety of factors that can influence the total cost of capital raising. Thus, this information will not apply to all companies but is a general guide to the expenses involved in a Reg CF raise.

Estimated Reg CF Costs for US-Based Companies:

What Why/Work to be done When Estimated Cost
USA Lawyer To file your SEC Form C and state filings First step in moving forward $7,500-15,000k 
Auditors Are required to be filed with your Form C First step requirement $2,500 +
FINRA Broker-Dealer States require you to have a Broker-Dealer to sell securities to investors  Begin engagement when you start with a lawyer  3-5% fees + $2,600-$10,000 (these are upfront fees) 
Escrow Provider SEC requires that funds be held in escrow during the capital raise for a RegCF Required to file Form C $1,000 – $3,500 one time fee

Closing fees TBD

Investor Acquisition

  • Investment Page
  • PR Firm
  • IR Firm
  • Video
  • Social media
  • Media Firm
  • Advertising
  • Webinar
  • Newsletter
  • Publishers
The sooner you can begin to start building your community, the more it increases your company’s chance of achieving your offering goals Before you file your Form C  $10,000 to $15,000/month 

Plus any additional advertising you will do

Investor Relations Director If not already available in house, you may look to hire an internal resource to manage incoming inquiries from potential investors, in order to handle outbound calls to investor leads compliantly. This is only an option to consider $4,500/month
Data Access Providers with Data set up to access 1.5B records $2,500-$5,000 one-time fee

$2.00-$5.00 for investor lead

KoreConX All-In-One platform RegCF Solution

  • Mobile App
  • Private Label
  • RegCF Invest Button
  • Shareholder Platform
  • Portfolio Platform
  • DealRoom Platform
  • KoreID
  • KoreID Verified
$550.00/month

$3,500 Set up Fee

SEC-Transfer Agent KoreConX End-to-end solution includes the RegCF Investment platform and

SEC Transfer Transfer Agent as required to file your Form C

Required to file Form C Included with KoreConX All-in-One Platform
Investment Platform for RegCF Requires 10-14 days to set up After you retain your lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-In-One Platform 
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for KYC (ID, AML), search fees required   Ranges from $1.50/person-$15/person. With KoreConX these fees are provided at cost and vary depending on country; with no markups
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for your Payment processors (Credit Card, ACH, EFT, Crypto, WireTransfer, IRA) With KoreConX these fees are provided at cost with no markups

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Inland Mid-Continent Corporation

Jeff Leenerts is the president of Inland Mid-Continent Corporation, an oil and gas exploration and production company based in Tulsa, Oklahoma. In his early childhood, Jeff was first introduced to the oil business under his father’s guidance, where he received an inside look at the industry. Inland Mid-Continent Corporation has emerged to leverage the company’s collective experience within the industry and develop oil and natural gas prospects.

 

Inland Mid-Continent Corporation keeps a focus on smaller projects to meet its goals. As Leenerts explains, they aim to “get what’s left out of the ground and make sure we all get the benefit from it.” This means that their operations are more focused on conventional shallow oil and gas formations (< 3,500 ft.) which would require light fracs, if necessary. Their approach is centered around taking advantage of existing conventional resources, as opposed to what larger companies may deem too small or not cost-effective. In addition, there is an ample supply of natural gas and oil in Oklahoma, which allows the company to produce a reliable supply to local refineries and natural gas pipelines. 

 

As the company plans on utilizing Regulation A+ to grow, Inland Mid-Continent Corporation is focused on keeping its expansion within a three-hour radius of Tulsa so that it can effectively and cost-efficiently manage operations. Plus, the collective experience of the team will help the company navigate potential bumps in the road with ease, while also being able to deliver quality results. The company is driven by a low overhead structure, making it possible to operate prudently and cost-efficiently. Through Reg A+, the company is excited to provide opportunities for everyday people to get involved in the ground floor of the company and benefit in the long run as it grows.

 

The company also feels that it is at an advantage because it can incorporate used equipment in good condition to maximize its output while minimizing the associated costs. This allows them to provide more efficient services in a rapidly changing energy sector that is increasingly focused on cost containment. “We all have the same mindset about what we want to do and we’re convinced it’s gonna work and it’s the way forward,” said Leneerts. This drive for efficiency has enabled the company to remain competitive, even in a rapidly changing industry while raising the bar for quality and reliability.

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and 
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Mobile App For Online Investments

Investing online is easier, faster, and safer with the new KoreID Mobile App For Online Investments. Launched by KoreConX, this first-of-its-kind mobile online passport for investments works on iOS and Android and is 100% free. All a user needs is an account on the KoreConX All-In-One Platform and their mobile number to enable the 2-factor authentication.

How it works

All current shareholders will receive an email guiding them to download the KoreID Mobile App. After they download it and log in with their email and password, a 2-factor authentication key will be texted to their mobile phone. They will have immediate in-hand access to their personal dashboard and their whole portfolio, including their individual or company’s pending investments, reports, and updates, allowing them to:

  • Manage current investments.
  • Manage pending investments.
  • Re-Invest in companies when an offering is open.
  • View company news releases, reports, meetings, messages
  • Manage personal information.

Technology for financial services

“We are continually working to strengthen the trust and compliance infrastructure in private capital markets. This capability forges a new era in shareholder-company relationships, offering both parties the ability to communicate and allowing shareholders to reinvest in companies in a secure and compliant way,” explains Dr. Kiran Garimella, Chief Scientist and Technology Officer at KoreConX.

The KoreID Mobile App for online investments is now available in app stores. All users must have the 2-factor authentication security feature enabled in order to log in. You can download using the QR Code in the image. You can also look for it in Play Store, for Android, or for iOS, App Store.

Marketing Strategies for Raising Capital

When a company is looking to raise capital, there are many marketing strategies to get the word out. With any method, the primary goal is to convey what your company does and inform investors about the potential opportunities that their investment will create. Marketing strategies for raising capital are important to all companies and issuers.

 

Creating a Compelling Opportunity Set

 

The first step in any marketing strategy is creating a compelling opportunity set, which should position the company as a subject matter expert. A white paper can do it, which should answer all the “whys” for potential investors. It’s important to provide this information clearly and concisely, as potential investors will likely have a lot of questions. This document can serve as a launching pad for further content like blogs or videos. By providing all the relevant information upfront, companies can set themselves apart from the competition and make it more likely that potential investors will take the time to learn more about the opportunity.

 

Partnering With a Marketing Firm

 

To free up time to focus on other aspects of the business, companies should consider partnering with a marketing firm. This will allow someone else to handle the creation and dissemination of content, freeing up the company’s employees to focus on other tasks. This is an especially good idea for companies that are not experienced in marketing, as it can be a complex and time-consuming endeavor. By partnering with a firm, companies can ensure that their message is getting out there in the most effective way possible. You can also team up with a company that has experience with JOBS Act raises. This can help you improve your online presence while meeting all the requirements for compliance.

 

Creating Engaging Content

 

Once you have a plan in place, it’s important to focus on creating engaging content. You can do this in many ways, but one of the most effective is through video. Videos can capture attention and communicate information in a way that is easy for people to understand. They can also be shared easily, which helps to spread the word about your company and its capital-raising efforts. In addition to videos, companies should also consider creating bite-sized content, such as infographics or blog posts. This content can be easily digestible and can help to generate interest in your company.

 

When a company is looking to raise capital, it must employ an effective marketing strategy to reach potential investors. By taking the time to develop a well-rounded marketing strategy, companies increase their chances of successfully raising capital. Raising capital is not a one-time thing, but an ongoing process for many companies. Solid marketing strategies for raising capital can ensure that your company can reach its goals and continue to grow. 

Overdue Diligence: Examining the Cryptocurrency Industry’s Billion-Dollar Scandal

What would happen if inexpensive flying cars hit the market tomorrow? Wouldn’t it be great if you could just fly right over stop signs and red lights on the ground or avoid traffic jams? But soon there would be a disastrous crash, and authorities would ground everyone while they figured out what to do. Meanwhile, flying car owners would quickly learn that new technologies don’t make them magically immune to liability in tort and criminal negligence. In this scenario, flying car owners and the companies that manufactured them should have looked into air traffic laws that have always applied.

 

Something like this has happened in the cryptocurrency industry. Because cryptocurrency is so new, many people have assumed they were not subject to the traditional rules, a rich new area to be quickly exploited before the authorities showed up to rein things in. But there have always been laws to regulate it, which have gone ignored by those treating crypto like a modern-day gold rush. Many people have entered this space without a financial background, uneducated on the financial and securities regulations that apply in the space. Those with a financial background have perpetuated the myth that there is some gray area in which crypto operates and that securities laws don’t apply.

 

Even still, cryptocurrency has come a long way since the early days of Bitcoin. It has opened the door to a new form of digital asset that can be used for trading and investing, as well as providing an alternative to traditional fiat currencies. Unfortunately, the industry is not without its share of scandals, and one of the biggest to date involves the crypto exchange FTX. The collapse of FTX has caused ripples throughout the private capital market and highlighted just how important it is for companies to comply with securities regulations and for investors to properly vet their investments. 

 

Despite the alleged fraud occurring at companies like FTX, there are many in the space striving to build companies based on legitimacy, trust, and transparency. These companies are working hand-in-hand with the SEC and other regulators to ensure that investors and customers are protected and crypto evolves. As a result, we believe that the future will be dependent on trust and compliance, and only those essential components will allow this space to grow. 

 

The History of FTX

 

To understand the downfall of FTX, we must first take a look at its meteoric rise.

 

FTX was created in 2021 by Sam Bankman-Fried and its CEO Michael McCaffrey as an investment platform that allowed users to buy and sell cryptocurrency. The company quickly grew in popularity and established itself as a leader in the cryptocurrency sector. And shortly after its creation, the company began to receive attention from major investors such as the Royal Bank of Canada, Goldman Sachs, and Jefferies Group, quickly becoming popular among traders for its low fees and wide selection of cryptocurrency derivatives. It also launched an initial coin offering that raised more than $11 billion from investors around the world.

 

In 2021, FTX was one of the major sponsors for Major League Baseball, having agreed on a deal with the league to place its logo on the uniforms of umpires. The company also secured naming rights for the Miami Heat’s basketball stadium, renaming it FTX Arena, and sponsored the first season of MLB Home Run Derby X. The company also paid for high-profile, celebrity endorsements like Tom Brady, Shaq, and Shark Tank star Kevin O’Leary. However, FTX’s success was short-lived. In November 2022, the company abruptly announced that it had gone bankrupt and its assets were frozen. This news sent shockwaves throughout the cryptocurrency sector and led to many of FTX’s sponsors, including Mercedes-AMG Petronas F1 Team, TSM, and the Miami Heat, ending their partnerships with the company.

 

The United States House Committee on Financial Services also announced plans to conduct hearings in December 2022 into the collapse of FTX, with committee leaders seeking to hear testimony from Bankman-Fried. From its beginnings as a thriving startup in the cryptocurrency sector, FTX’s fall from grace was swift and sudden. The bankruptcy of FTX is a cautionary tale for those looking to invest in cryptocurrencies, as well as a reminder of the risks associated with these investments. Although many companies have made their fortunes in this fast-growing industry, it’s important to approach such investments with caution and do your research before making any decisions. As the fate of FTX shows, even the most successful companies can suddenly go under and investors can find themselves left with nothing but losses in their wake.

 

What Was Different About FTX?

 

FTX was far from the first crypto exchange, but it was widely seen as a legitimate entity by investors having established a positive reputation for itself and offering a wide range of services like spot trading, derivatives trading, margin trading, stablecoins, and decentralized finance products. FTX also had an innovative design that made it easier to use and had a wide selection of coins available to trade. At its height, the company was valued at over $32 billion in January 2022.

 

Unfortunately, some crypto companies have become complacent about following securities regulations. These crypto companies believe that because they are dealing in digital assets, they don’t need to follow the same rules as traditional securities. There have only been three companies, KoreChain, INX, and Coinbase, who have worked directly with SEC regulators to ensure that they are acting compliantly in this evolving space. These legitimate companies can continue transacting because they have shown that compliance is essential. 

 

When Did Signs Start to Emerge Something Was Wrong?

 

The signs that all was not well at FTX started to emerge in late 2021 when a series of lawsuits were filed against the exchange. These lawsuits alleged that FTX had committed fraud, and market manipulation, was operating an unregistered securities exchange, and were followed by reports of insider trading and other questionable activities.

 

The SEC has since accused FTX and Bankman-Fried of securities fraud and operating an unregistered securities exchange. According to the complaint, Bankman-Fried allegedly misled investors by failing to disclose that he was receiving payments from certain issuers in exchange for listing their tokens on the exchange. The agency further alleged that he had made false statements about the exchange’s liquidity and trading volume.

 

Furthermore, FTX was accused of failing to implement an adequate system for preventing market manipulation. The SEC also claimed that Bankman-Fried had personally profited from these activities by engaging in “wash trades,” a form of market manipulation that involves placing orders to buy and sell the same asset for the sole purpose of artificially inflating its price.

 

Crypto and Blockchain, what is the Difference?

 

With everything happening in the crypto world, it’s understandable the uncertainty that could creep into people’s minds. However, despite cryptocurrencies and blockchain often being confused to be the same, they are completely different concepts. Cryptocurrencies are digital currency that runs on a distributed ledger technology called a blockchain. It is a form of payment that can be sent and received worldwide, with no need for a third-party intermediary. In contrast, blockchain is a technology that enables the secure and transparent storage of data, with each transaction stored in a tamper-proof digital ledger. The recent FTX collapse has caused distrust in the crypto market, as questions arise about whether investments were safe. 

 

The news of the scandal and its effects has brought to light the risks associated with investing in security tokens, making many investors hesitate when it comes to getting involved. By taking steps to be trustworthy, companies can help restore public confidence in crypto and blockchain technology. In this way, the industry can benefit from a more secure and stable future.

 

What Does This Mean for the Private Capital Market?

 

The collapse of FTX is a wake-up call for the private capital market. Companies need to be more diligent in ensuring they are compliant with securities regulations and investors need to do their due diligence when investing in crypto companies. Companies need to have proper protocols in place to prevent fraud, market manipulation, and insider trading. Companies affected by the FTX collapse may also face increased scrutiny when seeking investments, as investors may be wary about investing in crypto companies.

 

Binance, for example, is currently facing potential charges of operating an unregistered securities exchange. If the SEC finds them guilty, they could face fines and the possibility of having their assets frozen. This could have a major impact on Binance’s operations and reputation in the crypto world. It’s also possible that other crypto exchanges could be targeted by the SEC for similar violations, creating more issues for the industry.

 

How will the SEC address crypto and blockchain moving forward?

 

With everything that has transpired, the SEC continues to actively monitor the cryptocurrency and blockchain space, seeking to protect retail investors from fraudulent activities. They have already taken active steps to ensure that companies operating in this sector are compliant with their regulations and have set forth guidelines for any security tokens issued through ICOs or STOs. Going forward, the SEC is likely to continue enforcing stringent rules to protect investors and ensure that companies are in line with their regulations regarding security tokens. As a result, companies will need to continue taking steps to be trustworthy and compliant. This means ensuring that their products meet high standards of security and reliability, as well as providing audit trails for all financial transactions conducted on the blockchain. 

 

Companies in this space must continue to be proactive about building and maintaining trust with their customers and ensuring compliance with SEC regulations. By doing so, they can help restore public confidence in crypto and blockchain technology and create a more secure and stable future for the industry. While this collapse is leading to mistrust in crypto, the blockchain technology that powers it is still safe and relevant. Used in all manner of private capital-raising activities, the blockchain still offers a secure and reliable platform for companies to use. By focusing efforts on maintaining compliance with the SEC and building trust with their customers and investors, companies raising private capital in this space can create a more secure future for themselves and help restore public confidence in the industry.

 

Looking Back on KoreSummits in 2022

Throughout 2022, KoreConX has hosted a variety of live, educational events designed to shed light on essential topics in the private capital markets. The KoreSummit event is a leading industry event that brings together industry thought leaders to provide valuable insight for companies looking to raise capital and investors looking to explore opportunities in the private markets. This year, three virtual KoreSummits were held, offering an incredible array of topics.

 

What you need to know about the Pros and Cons of Equity Crowdfunding

 

In March, the year’s first KoreSummit covered topics related to equity crowdfunding, specifically in a franchise scenario. The event kicked off with the story of a company that was successfully utilizing Reg CF to raise capital. The event continued with discussions on how to plan the raise, what partners you’ll need, and how to build an investor base that is also excited to be brand ambassadors. And more importantly, we covered topics including legal considerations and what happens once an offering is live. 

 

How to do a Successful RegA+ for a MedTech Company

 

This year’s June KoreSummit was focused on how to do a successful RegA+ for a MedTech company. The summit began with an introduction to the process of registering a MedTech company with the SEC and then moved on to cover topics such as preparation of Form 1A, going live preparations, the importance of selling the story, and the value of a secondary market. These presentations and conversations provided attendees with a comprehensive overview of how to navigate the process successfully of raising capital for a MedTech company with RegA+.

 

Empowering Growth in Cannabis

 

The October KoreSummit was a unique, multi-day event for cannabis entrepreneurs and industry experts alike. This event was focused on this exciting new market, providing an opportunity to hear from leaders in the field, learn about best practices, and explore investment opportunities in cannabis. KoreSummit Empowering Growth was a cannabis-centric summit designed to inform attendees of the requirements, regulations, and best practices when it comes to fundraising with RegA+ and RegCF.

 

Videos from these and other KoreSummits can be found on the KoreConX website. In the end, these events were an invaluable resource for anyone looking to learn more about how to do a successful RegA+ or Reg CF offering. With expert guidance from some of the top industry professionals in the field, the KoreSummits from 2022 and beyond will continue to provide valuable insights and expertise in the world of capital raising.

 

KoreClient Spotlights: A Year in Review

At KoreConX, we love showcasing our innovative clients, who we believe are making a difference in the world, through our KoreClient Spotlight. Here are just a few of the clients we’ve had the pleasure of working with this past year.

 

Wealthcasa

 

Wealthcasa is looking to change the way everyday investors can access investment properties by leveraging Reg A+. Using its parent company’s experience with development and construction in the greater Toronto area, Wealthcasa aims to develop planned communities in areas such as Florida, Tennessee, and California. Wealthcasa also seeks to offer a rent-to-owner program that will allow people to build equity in their homes over time and eventually purchase the unit or share the accumulated value of the asset. Wealthcasa’s platform provides an accessible way for people to become investors in the real estate market. 

 

Consumer Cooperative Group

 

Consumer Cooperative Group (CCG) is an innovative real estate cooperative focused on creating jobs, generating revenue, and nurturing its local community. Founded by Tanen Andrews, the company has a mission to provide people a chance to be involved in business ownership and real estate investment. The CCG methodology is to purchase real estate, specifically in properties where tenants are already generating revenue, providing an immediate investment return while building a long-term wealth base. 

 

Tech Chain Software

 

Tech Chain Software is a provider of innovative technology solutions that drive efficiency, productivity, and safety in the trucking industry. The company provides a platform to connect truckers on the go to mobile repair services, giving them access to skilled mechanics quickly and conveniently. With Tech Chain’s cutting-edge technology, they can instantly connect drivers with certified mechanics, allowing them to get their trucks back on the road with minimal downtime. Their mobile repair services reduce trucking companies’ expenses and expedite repairs and payment processes. Additionally, Tech Chain Software is also committed to helping local trade schools increase their capacity by providing access to qualified mechanics, enabling blue-collar workers to serve this industry cost-effectively.

 

Orion Capital

 

Orion Capital is a private investment firm that provides equity crowdfunding opportunities to smaller investors. Utilizing Regulation CF, they offer high-quality investments that would otherwise be unavailable to the average person. Through their focus on main street investments, they provide exposure to various industries and strategies while minimizing risk by spreading investment across multiple assets. Their mission is to provide investors with attractive returns while helping to drive innovative solutions and positive change in the world.  

 

Budding Technologies

 

Budding Technologies, Inc. is a company that is changing the way the cannabis industry works. With their use of blockchain technology, they are helping customers verify the quality of the products being sold while also giving businesses valuable data about what products are being used in their area and providing users with insight into what cannabis products may be right for them. By utilizing their Connect dashboard and BudboTrax supply chain management system, companies can keep product information up to date and track the quality of cannabis products. This transparency allows customers to have confidence in the safety and quality of their purchases while businesses benefit from increased sales and reduced waste. 

 

Fist Assist

Fist Assist is a medical device company that has developed a product to help patients with poor arm circulation. The Fist Assist product is a battery-operated pneumatic focal compression device that can be worn for 1-2 hours a day to increase circulation and decrease present and future pain in your arm. The company is raising capital through RegCF to finance its future FDA submissions and commercialize its product. After being designated as an FDA Breakthrough for potential vein dilation to renal failure patients in December 2021, Fist Assist needs to formally show the FDA the complete dataset for eventual DeNovo authorization for the renal failure community. If successful, this device has the potential to significantly change the way physicians treat and care for renal failure patients with better outcomes and fewer costs. 

 

FirstString

 

FirstString is a mobile application that enables college athletes to connect, find jobs and internships, and train for success after college. With FirstString, employers can post jobs and internships and search for qualified candidates. Candidates can create a profile with a video introduction, skills, experiences, and references, allowing employers to get to know the candidate before even meeting them. It makes the hiring process more efficient by removing the outdated paper resumé and allowing student-athletes to display the leadership ability and other skills they bring to the table, even if they don’t have as much employment or internship experience as their peers.

 

Stenergy

 

Stenergy is a company founded by Samuel and Leyla Butero, two entrepreneurs passionate about helping people. After their experience with Leyla’s health issues during her pregnancy, they decided to focus on the development of GluCora. This revolutionary product is a natural supplement that supports healthy glucose metabolism. To rapidly bring this product to market, they decided to utilize Regulation CF and embarked on a journey of inspiring individuals through their mission and shared experiences. Through their funding efforts, Stenergy hopes to create an ecosystem that connects investors and potential consumers with an innovative solution for those facing similar challenges. 

 

Facible

 

Facible is a medical technology company that has developed a technology that takes hospital-grade diagnostics out of the lab and to the point of care. The Q-LAAD technology enables the development of faster and more accurate diagnostic tests that are easier to run, which can expand testing capabilities to underserved and rural areas, urgent care, and other applications. The company found Reg A+ to be the most promising way to bring its vision to market while allowing those who have supported them to invest. 

 

Notarized.com

 

Notarized.com is an online notarization platform transforming how people close real estate transactions, get documents notarized, and sign contracts remotely. Founded in 2016 by Omar Kubba, a second-generation title professional with over 20 years of sales experience in the title insurance industry, Notarized.com has developed a comprehensive suite of online notarization products and services for individuals and businesses. Through Notarized.com, customers can securely sign documents online with the click of a button, collaborate with other parties to get documents signed quickly and get paperwork notarized from anywhere in the world with its remote notary network. 

 

Durable Energy

 

Durable Energy is a company on a mission to make the transition to renewable energy easier and more accessible for everyone. They are focusing on creating more renewable energy-powered EV charging stations in the nation, offsetting the amount of energy produced by solar so that it can be stored and used when needed, and working on hydrogen fuel cells to provide a clean and renewable source of energy for cars and homes. Through Regulation CF, Durable Energy can connect with the end user who will be using these products, enabling them to become early investors in the infrastructure they will utilize.

 

Bullet ID

 

Based in Toronto, Canada, BulletID is a company that utilizes barcode technology to reduce gun violence by tracking ammunition. This company allows law enforcement and military personnel to instantly track essential information about a bullet, such as inventory, ownership history, manufacturer, and type. This is done through a barcode printed into the brass cartridge. With this information, it will be easier for authorities to trace a bullet back to its owner and determine if it was used in a crime. With BulletID, the process is as easy as scanning the cartridge on a smartphone. From anywhere worldwide, law enforcement and the military can see available details within 10 seconds.

 

Healthysole

 

HealthySole is dedicated to helping people live healthier lives by providing them with an easy-to-use, affordable solution to one of the most common problems in the world: shoes and floors that make our feet dirty and unhealthy. Their product, HealthySole PLUS, removes 99% of all germs, bacteria, and other contaminants from the soles of shoes. This is especially important in hospitals, where hospital-acquired infections can cause serious illness to patients. HealthySole helps to reduce the transmission of these illness-causing germs. 

 

McGinley Orthopedics

 

McGinley Orthopedics is a medical technology company specializing in developing and commercializing products that aid in the treatment of orthopedic injuries. During an orthopedic plate and screw surgery, the surgeon typically manually determines the depth of the screw, which can lead to further complications. The company’s IntelliSense Drill Technology® puts sensors in the tools that simultaneously measures depth, telling the surgeon what size screw to use, and has auto-stop features to help prevent plunging past the bone. 

 

Medical21

Medical21 is a company founded by Manny Villafaña, an experienced entrepreneur who has successfully led seven IPOs. The company is looking to innovate how cardiac care and surgical procedures are delivered. Medical 21 has developed a small-diameter coronary artery graft to be used in heart bypass surgery. Instead of harvesting blood vessels from a patient’s legs, arms, and chest, the company has developed a synthetic graft. With Reg A+, the company aims to raise the capital to conduct clinical trials.

KoreTalkX’s Growth Throughout 2022

After launching our podcast, KoreTalkX, earlier this year, we’ve seen it grow as we continue to host industry thought leaders to share their perspective on the private capital markets through empowering conversations. Our Spotify Wrapped tells a remarkable story of the success of a podcast that is looking to make a huge impact on the capital industry and its listeners.

 

A Year of Impressive Numbers

 

Throughout 2022, the KoreTalkX podcast released 1,071 minutes of new content, which is 92% more than other podcast creators in the business category. And, our global audience is a representation of how capital raising in the day of JOBS Act regulations is becoming a global industry. The podcast is listened to in 7 different countries, including Brazil, the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, and Bulgaria.

 

The Top Content of 2022

 

When it came to the most listened-to talk of 2022, our episode titled Cannabis Businesses Need Capital had 287% more streams than the average episode. Our podcast also ranks among the top 10% of podcasts shared globally, reflecting one of the primary goals of this series–the share of information and knowledge.

 

The “Devotee” Audience

 

The KoreTalkX podcast also gained a lot of traction from our “devotee” audience, Spotify’s term for a listener who loves to listen over and over again. Throughout the year, KoreTalkX ranked as a top 10 podcast for 48 fans, a top 5 podcast for 36 fans, and a number one podcast for 14 fans showing the power of its content in the industry. 

 

All in all, it has been an incredible year for the KoreConX Podcast. From a global audience who is quick to support new releases to the ‘devotee’ audience who continues to prove their loyalty by returning to listen over and over again, looking to the future, it will be exciting to see what KoreTalkX has in store for the coming year. And if you are not already following the KoreTalkX podcast, check us out so you can stay up to date on the capital markets year-round. 

What You Need to Know About Cap Table Management

More than a simple spreadsheet, a cap table (short for capitalization table) records detailed data regarding the equity owned by shareholders. When it comes to raising capital, your cap table will help you make sound decisions regarding your offering. So, what exactly is cap table management?

 

A clear and well-managed cap table paints a detailed picture of exactly who owns what in the company. Whether a founder is looking to raise additional capital or offer incentives to employees, a correctly-managed cap table will show the exact breakdown of shares, digital securities, options, warrants, loans, SAFE, Debenture, etc. This information enables founders to understand how equity distribution is impacted by business decisions.

 

Proper cap table management ensures that all transactions are accounted for and that potential investors are easily able to see the equity structure during funding rounds. Founders are also able to better negotiate the terms of a deal when they have the entire picture of their company’s structure available for reference. Without a cap table, companies can face challenges when it comes to raising capital, due to a lack of transparency in the ownership of the company.

 

But, it’s not enough to simply have a cap table. Once created, it must be maintained properly and updated each time an equity-based transaction is conducted. In the early stages of the company, the cap table will be relatively simple to manage but as rounds of funding progress, it becomes more complex as shares are distributed amongst investors and employees. Some of the key features of a well-managed cap table management include: 

 

  • Records the voting rights of each shareholder.
  • Documents when shares are issued and diluted.
  • Keeps track of all equity holders, past and present.
  • Records who owns what percentage of the company.
  • Increases transparency among shareholders and investors.
  • Enables quicker and more efficient transactions due to up-to-date information.
  • Shows how much money each shareholder has invested in the company.

 

While simple cap tables can be created in programs such as Excel, a cap table management software may provide a better solution as it becomes more complex.  As part of its all-in-one platform, KoreConX provides companies with the tools to properly record every transaction in their cap table. Encouraging transparency of shareholders, every type of security (including digital securities, shares, options, warrants, loans, SAFEs, and Debentures) that may be offered is accounted for and kept up to date as deals occur. By maintaining transparent records, companies can benefit from both shorter transaction times and expedited due diligence.

 

With an understanding of the importance of keeping a properly managed cap table, founders can arm themselves with the ability to make well-informed business decisions. Detailed insight into a company’s financial structure allows potential investors to feel confident in their investments, secure with the knowledge that their share is accurately accounted for. Even if the task of creating a cap table may seem daunting, it is simplified with a cap table management software so that everyone is on the same page.  

Oscar Jofre Shares Thoughts of Banking Reform with StratCann

Oscar Jofre, the President and CEO of KoreConX, has long been a proponent of expanding access to capital for cannabis companies in the US and Canada. He recently spoke to StratCann about the current state of banking for these types of companies in both countries. Despite conversations within the US proposing changes to how banks handle working with cannabis companies, Oscar says: “Even with the SAFE Act, the bigger banks aren’t going to put it under their risk profile. They’re going to do the same thing our banks are doing in Canada. They’re not looking at it from the legal point of view anymore. They’re looking at it from the optics point of view. They’re big banks and don’t want to be seen doing business with cannabis.”

His thoughts are that smaller US banks could be a likely partners to both US and Canada-based cannabis companies. Still, a widespread banking reform within the US is unlikely to relieve much of the challenges Canadian cannabis companies currently face. Read the rest of the article at StratCann to see what Oscar and other thought leaders predict if the SAFE Act were to pass.

Real Estate Revolution: Democratization Through Tokens

The real estate market has seen a substantial uptick in value, with more and more people looking to invest in this asset class. However, the high barrier to entry – requiring significant capital – has traditionally limited participation to only those with deep pockets. But with tokenization and the blockchain technology that supports it, anyone can get in on the action.

 

What is Tokenization?

In simple terms, tokenization is the process of converting something of value – in this case, real estate – into digital tokens that can be bought and sold on a blockchain platform. This allows for fractional ownership of assets, which opens up investment opportunities to a much wider pool of people. Tokenization is a process that can facilitate investment in fractional portions of real property, thus lowering the barrier to entry for retail investors. By digitizing real estate ownership and using blockchain technology to track transactions, tokenization makes it easier and faster to buy and sell property and reduces the costs associated with traditional real estate transactions.

 

Why Tokenize Real Estate?

There are a number of benefits to real estate tokenization. For investors, lower minimums and smaller investment amounts can lead to higher returns as they benefit from the potential appreciation of the underlying real estate asset. For issuers, access to a wider pool of investors is facilitated by the ease of transferability and liquidity of tokens. In addition, through automated processes and a permanent, unchangeable digital ledger, blockchain technology has the potential to streamline investment transactions and reduce transaction costs.

 

For real estate agents, the benefits of tokenization are twofold. First, it presents an opportunity to increase business by working with clients interested in tokenizing their property. In addition, real estate agents who are early adopters of this technology will have a competitive advantage as the industry moves towards greater adoption of blockchain-based solutions. With tokenization, an asset can be transferred and sold much more easily and quickly than through traditional methods, so real estate agents who can help their clients navigate this new landscape will be in high demand.

 

How Does Tokenization Work?

 

The tokenization process begins with the asset owner working with a platform provider to create a digital token representing property ownership. The asset is then appraised, and a value is assigned to the token. Once the token is created, it can be bought and sold on a blockchain platform, similar to how cryptocurrency is traded. When the asset is sold, the tokens are transferred to the new owner, and the transaction is recorded on the blockchain.

 

The entire process is facilitated by smart contracts, self-executing contracts that can be programmed to execute certain actions when certain conditions are met. For example, a smart contract could be programmed to automatically transfer ownership of the tokens when the asset is sold. This would eliminate the need for a third party to facilitate the transaction and ensure that the transaction is completed promptly and efficiently.

 

While there are many advantages to real estate tokenization, issuers should know the securities law implications of issuing tokens. Tokenizing real estate is a complex process, but the benefits are significant for both investors and issuers. By lowering the barrier to entry and increasing liquidity, tokenization has the potential to revolutionize the real estate industry.

 

What is Two-Factor Authentication?

According to a recent report published by Microsoft, hackers make 921 attempts to steal a password every second. This means that accounts secured by weak passwords are at an increased risk of falling victim to a hack, which means there has been no better time to focus on securing vulnerable accounts. This is where two-factor authentication, also known as 2FA, comes in.

 

How Does Two-Factor Authentication Work?

 

2FA is a security process that requires two different forms of identification from the user to log in. In addition to your username and password, you’ll often be asked to provide a code that may be sent via text or email. By providing this code, you can gain access to your account. Without access to the physical device the code is sent to, the username and password alone are unable to grant you access to your account. This effectively prevents hackers since even if they successfully gained access to your password, that information is essentially useless without the code. 

 

However, there are also other types of 2FA, like using your fingerprint to log in or a physical device like a USB to access a digital code. 

 

Why Use Two-Factor Authentication?

 

Two-factor authentication is a vital security measure for online accounts because it adds an extra layer of protection beyond passwords. Passwords can be stolen or guessed, but the user cannot log in without access to the second factor. This makes it much more difficult for hackers to access your account.

 

2FA is also useful for preventing fraud. If someone else tries to log in with your username and password, they will not be able to get past the verification step without access to your device or code. This can help protect against phishing attacks and other types of fraud.

 

Benefits of Two-Factor Authentication

 

Two-factor authentication is a great way to increase the security of your online accounts. It gives you an extra layer of protection that makes it much more difficult for hackers to access your data. Here are some of the benefits of using two-factor authentication:

 

Increased Security: Two-factor authentication adds an extra layer of security to your accounts, making them much harder to break into. This is especially important if you have sensitive data stored in your account that you don’t want anyone else to access like banking and other financial information.

 

Easier Logins: Using two-factor authentication can make logging into your accounts easier. Instead of typing in a complex password every time, you can enter your username and a verification code. This makes it much faster to log in and access your account.

 

Improved User Experience: Two-factor authentication can improve the user experience by providing an extra layer of security without adding complexity. It’s easy to understand and use, and it also helps protect your data from unauthorized access.

 

Two-factor authentication is a great way to increase the security of your online accounts and protect your data from unauthorized access. It adds an extra layer of protection beyond passwords, making it much harder for hackers to access your account. Overall, two-factor authentication is an important security measure that can help keep your data and online accounts safe.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Wealthcasa

For many people, investment properties come with a price tag that is cost-prohibitive to everyday investors. However, as Reg A+ sees wider use in the real estate market, it opens up new opportunities for investors.

 

Wealthcasa also aims to make real estate accessible to everyday investors through a Reg A+ offering. Cesare Bauco, CEO of Wealthcasa, says that “the whole [idea] behind Wealthcasa is to be a vehicle for the average person to get into the [real estate] investment market.” This allows people who may not fit the criteria of a traditional investor to invest in real estate. “Reg A+ was very intriguing when it was brought to light to us,” added Bauco. This gives people who may not have had the opportunity to invest in real estate before the chance to invest in Wealthcasa. “We thought this would be a good opportunity to raise funds that way and bring along Americans that normally can’t get into that.”

 

“Our parent company, located in Canada, is a new home builder by trade, with over 20 years of development and construction experience and 800 units currently under development in the greater Toronto area. We like to position ourselves where we can actually enter the US markets in many areas; we have been scouting opportunities, like Florida, Tennessee, and California,” said Bauco. This experience will lend itself well to developing the planned communities. 

 

Once the first Wealthcasa property has been developed, the company also seeks to offer a rent-to-owner program, giving people other ways to get into the real estate market. This program allows people to rent a home and build equity in the home. Eventually, usually after 5-7 years, they will either have the ability to purchase the unit themselves. Or, if they are not in a position to buy, the accumulated value of the asset will be shared with that buyer-renter.

 

Ultimately, Wealthcasa wants to create a platform for people to become investors in the real estate market by offering an accessible way and a rent-to-owner program that will allow renters to build equity over time.

 

Misconceptions About Regulation S

Continuing our last post on Regulation S, then are still a few things that should be known to issuers looking to explore this method of raising capital. Perhaps most importantly, “nobody in the US should be able to know that you are doing a Reg S offering,” said Sara Hanks, CEO and co-founder of CrowdCheck. This means that issuers should geofence any offering site, preventing people with US IP addresses from accessing the offering and viewing its terms. Unlike the other JOBS Act exemptions that permit general solicitation in the US, Reg S does not. 

 

Why Do Companies Use Reg S?

 

Despite the challenges of raising money under Regulation S, many companies still find it the best option for them. This is because the rules offer several benefits that can be very helpful for businesses. One of the biggest advantages is that it enables issuers to raise money from foreign investors. It also does not limit issuers to how much they can raise, unlike Reg A+ or RegCF.

 

What Are the Drawbacks of Using Reg S?

 

Despite the many advantages that come with using Regulation S, there are also several risks that businesses need to be aware of. One of the biggest dangers is that companies can inadvertently violate the rules if they are not careful. This can lead to significant penalties, including fines and other penalties. As a result, businesses need to make sure they understand all of the requirements before they begin raising money under Regulation S. Another risk is that companies may have difficulty finding investors who are willing to invest in their business. This is because the pool of potential investors is much smaller than it is for other types of securities offerings. As a result, companies may need to offer more attractive terms to entice potential investors. 

 

Those are not the only factors that would be a challenge for potential Reg S issuers. “The only reason to add Reg S is if you think you are going to exceed the $75 million [limit for Reg A+] and you think there are people overseas who would be interested in investing. We rarely see the $75 million exceeded. But the problem is Reg S only tells you how to comply with US rules, it does not tell you how to comply with anybody else’s rules. Most developed countries have rules that limit the extent you can offer securities to less sophisticated people. Reg S tells you how to comply with US rules but it doesn’t tell you how to comply with French or German rules so you would still have to learn those rules in whatever country you are making the offering in,” said Hanks.

 

Did Reg A+ Replace Reg S?

 

While some people may think otherwise, Regulation A+ did not replace Regulation S. Regulation A+ is an alternative securities offering process that was expanded by the JOBS Act of 2012. Unlike Regulation S, which only allows companies to raise money from foreign investors, Regulation A+ allows businesses to raise money from both foreign and domestic investors. Additionally, Regulation A+ has many requirements that are not imposed on Regulation S offerings. For example, companies that use Regulation A+ must file a disclosure statement with the SEC and provide ongoing reporting after their offering. Additionally, only companies that are qualified by the SEC can use Regulation A+. As a result, Regulation A+ is generally considered a more complex process than Regulation S in terms of compliance. However, companies that use Reg A+ can raise capital from a large number of accredited and nonaccredited investors within the US and market the offering to them, which enhances the visibility of that offering.

What eBAY Tells Us About Secondary Markets For Private Companies

This blog was originally written by KorePartner Mark Roderick. You can view the original post here

 

The securities of private companies are illiquid, meaning they’re hard to sell.

Since 2017 I’d guess a billion dollars and a million person-hours have been spent by those who believe blockchain technology will create liquidity for private securities. Joining that chorus, a recent post on LinkedIn first noted that trillions of dollars are locked up in private securities, then claimed that blockchain technology (specifically, the technology created by the company posting) could unlock all that value.

This is all wrong, in my always-humble opinion. All that money and all those person-hours are more or less wasted.

My crystal ball is no clearer than anyone else’s. But when I try to believe that blockchain will create active secondary markets I run up against two facts:

  • Fact #1: Secondary markets for private securities have been perfectly legal in this country for a long time, yet there are very few of them.
  • Fact #2: The New York Stock Exchange and other exchanges around the world were vibrant even when they were using little slips of paper.

Those two things tell me that it’s not the technology that creates an active secondary market and hence that blockchain won’t change much.

An active secondary market is created when there are lots of buyers and lots of sellers, especially buyers. When millions of people wanted to buy Polaroid in the 1960s they didn’t care whether Polaroid used pieces of paper or stone tablets. Conversely, put the stock of a pink sheet company on a blockchain and you won’t increase the volume.

As described more fully here, there are a bunch of reasons why there aren’t lots of potential buyers for a typical private company:

  • It probably has a very limited business, possibly only one product or even one asset.
  • It probably has limited access to capital.
  • It probably lacks professional management.
  • Investors probably have limited voting rights.
  • There are probably no independent directors.
  • Its business probably depends on one or two people who could die or start acting like Elon Musk.
  • Insiders can probably do what they want, including paying themselves unlimited compensation.
  • No stock exchange is imposing rules to protect investors.

All that seems obvious now and was obvious in 2017. But now I’m thinking of another company with lessons about secondary markets: eBay.

If there’s anything even less liquid than stock in a private company, it’s a used refrigerator, a bracelet you inherited from your grandmother, the clock you haven’t used for 15 years.

All those things and thousands more were once completely illiquid and therefore worth nothing. eBay changed that, almost miraculously adding dollars to everyone’s personal balance sheet. Just as every ATS operating today seeks to create an active market for securities, eBay created a market for refrigerators, bracelets, and clocks. Quite amazing when you think about it.

eBay didn’t create the market by turning refrigerators, bracelets, and clocks into NFTs. To the contrary, when you sell something on eBay you have to ship it, physically, using the lowest of low technology. eBay created the secondary market simply by connecting buyers and sellers using Web2. Just like another company that has created a pretty active market, Amazon.

If any ATS operating today had a thousandth of the registered users eBay has, its founders and investors would be even rubbing their hands with glee.

As a Crowdfunding advocate, I wonder what the world would look like if all those dollars and person-hours had been spent improving the experience of initial investors rather than pursuing secondary markets and blockchain, things dreams are made of. As the shine comes off blockchain maybe we’ll find out.

Regulation S: What is it and How is it Used?

Created to help companies raise money from foreign investors, Regulation S has been successful for some companies, while others have fallen into trouble by not following the regulations closely. Because of the uncertainty surrounding RegS for many issuers, Sara Hanks, CEO and co-founder of CrowdCheck, sheds some light on the subject.

 

What is Regulation S?

 

Regulation S is an offering type that companies can utilize to raise capital from investors outside of the US. According to Hanks, as Eurobonds grew in popularity throughout the 1970s and 80s, the circumstances that required an offering made primarily overseas to register with the SEC were unclear. “Section 5 of the Securities Act says that if you make a public offering of securities you have to register with the SEC, but it does not say in the United States. Of course, in 1933 they really weren’t thinking about cross-border deals. As the Eurobond market developed, where large companies were selling debt securities, there was a series of requests for interpretation as to the extent that something overseas needed to comply with US rules,” said Hanks when talking about the emergence of Reg S.  As cross-border markets developed, whether someone is or is not in the US really was brought into question. Over the next few decades, no-action letters began piling up and the SEC decided there needed to be a rule to give guidance as to what it means to not be making an offering in the US.

 

One of the key requirements is that companies only offer their securities to investors who are outside of the United States. This ensures that American investors are not being misled about the investment. Those using Reg S can raise more than the $75 million allowed with a Reg A+ raise.

 

What Challenges do Companies Face Using Reg S? 

 

The Key advantage of Regulation S is that it allows companies to tap into a larger pool of potential investors. “The primary use case of Reg S is a very large offering by a US or foreign company being made outside the United States. It was always intended for large transactions being made by large companies to sophisticated investors,” said Hanks. However, she notes that in the crowdfunding space, many issuers are still conducting a Reg S offering incorrectly. “They ignore the fact that the transaction has three separate categories and all of these are based on the likelihood of the transaction actually being made in the United States or the securities coming back to the United States,” said Hanks.

 

Accordingly to Hanks, the easiest use case is a foreign company selling under its own rules. An intermediate use case would be an SEC-registered company. An important consideration is the likelihood that the company would be using Reg S to get around the SEC’s registration rules and how much harm the securities would cause if they ended up in the US. But, for companies in the crowdfunding space that are not reporting companies, the rules are much more strict. Unfortunately, many of these companies are ignoring the rules that apply to non-reporting US companies, which is a significant problem.

 

For companies looking to use Regulation S, it’s important that they understand the offering and SEC’s requirements, otherwise, it could lead them into hot water.

KoreClient Spotlight: Consumer Cooperative Group

When it comes to real estate, most people think about buying and flipping properties for a quick profit. But what if you could buy a property, have the tenants already in place, and generate revenue from the time you acquired it? That’s what the Consumer Cooperative Group (CCG) is all about on a larger scale than individual properties. CCG is a cooperative of investors all across America who work together to purchase turnkey properties – including commercial, residential, and industrial – and generate revenue from the outset.

 

What makes CCG different from other real estate investment groups is its focus on education. “We don’t just tell you about our company; we also educate our investors at the same time because it is a requirement that our investors are not passive,” said CEO and Founder of CCG, Tanen Andrews. “There is a level of participation that we require from them because if they have equity they are part owners. So we require them to be active in what we are doing.”.

 

This focus on education means that CCG members are truly invested in the company and its success. “Cooperative members are the ones with the voting rights and the investors are the ones with no board voting rights but they have an opportunity to be a part of the membership to create multiple streams of income,” said Andrews. This allows for a two-way street of investment and education – both parties benefit from each other. But it’s not just about making money for CCG. They also want to make an impact on their local community. “Activating social events and making a change in a community are two separate things and we want to fund social aspirations that we want to see done and we want to be self-sufficient at the same time,” said Andrews. That’s why they focus on creating jobs as well as generating revenue.

 

“This is a multi-phase venture and the initial phase is the real estate. With Consumer Cooperative Group being a real estate cooperative, and we use that cooperative methodology to purchase real estate, pooling the funds of the people who could not traditionally invest in startup companies of this magnitude in exchange for equity,” said Andrews. “In addition to that, now we have access to go to Wall Street and directly list and provide liquidity for them on another level that they were never able to access,” said Andrews. 

 

Owning real estate is a great way to build wealth, but not everyone can or should assume the active duties of a landlord, and CCG takes that element out of it. With tenants already in the properties, they are already generating revenue from the time that they are acquired.”We can buy these turnkey properties and have something to build upon instead of building from scratch,” said Andrews. “Our business plan is wrapped around our community. We are thinking about the financial growth of our market so they can compete. That’s why I love KoreConX. KoreConX is a platform that can be used in conjunction with what we are doing to keep some type of sustainability of our growth and manage what we are doing as we progress to the next level,” said Andrews. CCG wants to make sure they are educating as they are progressing, they are trying to maximize what is already there and build upon that.

 

“We have a Reg A going through the process right now after we went Reg CF first. Most people have never heard of the JOBS Act and most are jumping into traditional capital raising platforms, and I feel that is confusing. What we try to do is focus specifically on the JOBS Act so that we can eventually qualify for listing. We do not want to just make investors and members but we also want to create real entrepreneurs, we want to show them how to create a real viable business and repeat the process,” said Andrews. CCG provides those who did not always have the opportunity the means to be a part of business ownership.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Is The Crypto Winter Over? Here’s What The Experts Say

Are you a crypto investor? The market for digital assets is growing by leaps and bounds every day. But is the crypto winter almost over? Oscar Jofre, CEO at KoreConX, is a blockchain expert, and he is weekly on Fintech.TV to share everything we need to know about crypto and digital assets. He knows all there is to know about this market and how it works, so you can be confident that you’re making the right investment decisions.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Live Retail

There are about 5.5 million businesses that operate in the U.S. under the license of a brand, typically franchises like McDonald’s or 7-11 and even real estate groups like Century 21. Because of the nature of the franchise, advertising must follow corporate guidelines and be pre-approved, a process that can be costly and time-consuming for franchisees. In addition, many small franchisees can be faced with budgetary constraints that make the process even more challenging.

 

Founder and Chief Strategy Officer of LiveTechnology Holdings, Wayne Reuvers, described the typical process: “Branded entities and businesses selling branded products account for about $133 billion in media spend every year in the US. If I’m a Nissan [dealership] and I want corporate to support me, I have to build the ads, I pay an agency a fortune, it goes through the approval process and most get rejected, and then it turns around and I can run the ad.”

 

This is where LiveRetail comes in. Offering a free platform for these businesses to easily create and run compliant ads, LiveRetail removes this barrier by helping franchise locations drive higher sales, beating industry benchmarks consistently. Each location benefits from personalized creatives and messaging to effectively reach the target audience.

 

“We’ve turned this entire model on its head. We built a technology that allows us to onboard an entire brand – all of their stores, the brand details, the brand guidelines, the color, the items they want to promote, and everything else – in under four hours”, said Reuvers. Once this process is complete, LiveRetail can easily build a campaign for all the entities, prebuilding an ad for every product using the platform’s CreativeMatrix feature. The ads, compliant with brand guidelines, are sent to local entities. The ads can be posted for free on social media or can be run as ads using the hyper-targeted campaign that LiveRetail develops.

 

“Those who manage or run a franchise, whether they’re an owner or an operator, do not have time to build ads and the cost of getting a local entity to build ads is $400 to $4,000 but they still need to be brand compliant. We get rid of that by providing all the ads free to the entity, ready to run, and they look more professional than hiring a local agency. We remove the biggest barrier to small to medium-sized advertising spend on the internet, which is the cost of producing ads,” said Reuvers.

 

Within two clicks, a franchisee can share an ad on social media platforms like Facebook. They also have the option to subscribe to weekly posts on social media or run the creative as a paid ad. Paid ads can be sent to a hyper-targeted audience, ensuring it is seen by people most interested in the product or service being advertised. This is a game-changer for local franchises.

 

The company is using RegCF to raise capital, and one of the most attractive aspects of the exemption was the number of small business owners and entrepreneurs who are investors. They hope to develop strong relationships with the company’s investors, who in turn have the potential to be powerful brand advocates.

 

Seeking to simplify the creative process behind marketing, LiveRetail is creating innovative technologies aimed at reducing the cost and brand compliance burden for small franchisees and other branded entities. In turn, this will help these businesses drive more traffic to their stores and generate business.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Tech Chain Software

The trucking industry in the United States is a vital part of the economy, responsible for transporting trillions of dollars worth of goods each year. However, it is also an industry that has been plagued by inefficiencies and low productivity for many years. This is where Tech Chain Software and their ResQ TRX app come in, changing the game for truckers across the US.

 

The ResQ TRX app from Tech Chain Software is designed to help truckers be more efficient and productive, while also reducing downtime. It streamlines the entire repair process, allowing drivers, owners, and fleet managers to request and approve service, monitor vehicle and repair status, and send payments all through the app. This makes it easier and faster for truckers to get their trucks repaired, reducing downtime and helping the industry as a whole run more smoothly. By connecting trucking companies to dedicated services, ResQ TRX also provides new business to the service companies that keep America moving. This makes it a win-win for both truckers and the industry as a whole. Telha Ghanchi, the founder and CEO of Tech Chain Software, is passionate about helping and serving truckers, and ResQ TRX is his company’s way of doing just that.

 

As the owner of a small trucking company himself, he knows firsthand the pain that truck drivers and owners go through when a truck goes down. That’s why he created ResQ TRX, to make it an easier and more efficient process for all involved. From the smallest owner-operator to the largest fleets and logistics companies, ResQ TRX is changing the game for how trucking companies do business. The app helps truckers stay on the road by providing them with access to rescue trucks, mechanics, and other resources when they break down. Additionally, Reg CF benefits the company by allowing them to transform investors into brand ambassadors that truly believe in the company and its vision.

 

Mega carriers make up only a small fraction of the companies in the industry and have access to mega repair centers if their trucks break down. However, since the majority of the industry is made up of small businesses, they are often left relying on Google to find the help they need when their truck breaks down. And in remote places, especially in the US, you need to sometimes look miles away to find a mobile mechanic who can look at the project. Since many truck drivers don’t carry the cash on hand to pay for the services, payment is a significant issue at these times as well as the trust of not knowing the job that the person is going to do to fix your truck. 

 

“Every ten minutes you are late on a delivery it snowballs to how much the consumer pays. If you had three trucks and one of them breaks down you are losing 33% of your business,” said Ghanchi. With the trucking industry relying on invoices to be paid about 90 days after delivery, keeping operations afloat can be tricky when a truck is out of commission. This ultimately affects company owners, customers, and employees who rely on the shipment to be made on time.

 

As the market continues to grow, Ghanchi sees this as having a positive effect on truck drivers. A larger repair market will enhance repair service competition, allowing truck drivers to receive better repair pricing. Additionally, the company hopes to offer its debt function, with which the company will loan out the repair cost, allowing ResQ TRX to pay the mechanic and get the work done much faster to get back on the road instead of saving up money to fix this. This is one way they see they can make a huge impact on the industry. “If the truck is running the cash is rolling and they will have money to pay for [the loan],” said Ghanchi. “Our goal is to lower overall downtime in the trucking industry. We are also working with local trade schools to increase the capacity and mechanics of blue-collar workers. Mechanic shops can not take in more work without the resources so we are helping both sides, both the truckers to get their trucks back on the road quickly so they don’t go out of business and the mechanics so they can better serve this industry through ResQ TRX’s innovative solution.” 

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Female Startups Are Outperforming Male Led Startups

It is no secret that the world of startups and entrepreneurship is male-dominated. From the early days of Silicon Valley to the present day, men have been the face of startups for the most part. However, this is slowly but surely changing. Women are starting to make their mark in the startup world and they are outperforming their male counterparts in several ways. One excellent measure of this change is that investments in startups that have at least one female founder outperform all-male-founded teams by 63%.

 

Successful Female Startups

 

One of the vital components of being a successful entrepreneur is the ability to grow a company. A recent survey showed that 32 percent of female-owned businesses are in active expansion mode compared to 27 percent of male-led businesses. In addition to being able to grow a company, female entrepreneurs are also more likely to focus on global opportunities. With only 2 percent of all venture capital (VC) funding globally directed towards female-founded startups, women are often forced to look beyond their domestic markets for opportunities. This global focus has led to female-founded startups outperforming their male counterparts when it comes to generating revenue from international markets.

 

Unicorns

 

Another area where female-founded startups are outperforming their male counterparts is in the number of unicorns being produced. A unicorn is a startup that has achieved a billion-dollar valuation. With 83 of 585 unicorn companies having women founders, female-founded startups make up 14.2% of all unicorns, showcasing the impressive returns that can be generated by investing in female-founded startups. Combined with women led-startups, in general, outperforming male-led startups one day we should be able to expect the same from unicorn companies as well.

 

Investment Returns

 

There are several reasons for this outperformance by female-founded startups. One of the key reasons is that women are often underestimated and have to work harder to prove themselves. This gives them a level of grit and determination that is essential for success in the startup world. In addition, women are often more risk-averse than men, leading to them making more calculated decisions when it comes to their business. This can lead to a number of benefits, including less money being wasted on frivolous pursuits and a greater focus on the bottom line.

 

One of the biggest challenges faced by entrepreneurs is access to capital. Women-led startups have historically had a harder time securing funding than their male counterparts. However, this is beginning to change as more and more investors are beginning to see the value in investing in female-founded startups. 

 

With female-founded startups outperforming male-founded startups in a number of key areas, including revenue growth, global expansion, and unicorn production, this showcases that women are not only capable of being successful entrepreneurs but that they are also a force to be reckoned with when it comes to generating returns for investors.

 

Partnership in the Private Markets: “Who Pays?”

Way back in March 2020, our values as a company were tested.  At the time, I began to write this blog post but with my schedule, I totally forgot to complete it. But, with recent events, I felt it was important to publish.

 

With companies in any sector, you are approached for partnership opportunities and in most cases, the partnership is a win-win when each company stays in its lanes.  When partnerships get really muddy is when there is a financial gain for one party at the expense of another or the clients they serve.

 

Our potential partner had a great service that we, as a company, were happy to send introductions to. After many meetings and demonstrations, the CEO reached out to discuss a partnership.  We provided an overview of our ecosystem, our governance standards, and our ethics, and explained that since its inception, our company has had no financial relationship with any of our KorePartners anywhere in the world. This did not stop this CEO from offering us an incentive to send their firm business, which we respectfully declined.  Our response was and remains: “We are happy that you provide this service, and we want you to provide the best service to our clients and all we ask in return is you take good care of them, and do your very best”.

 

The response was shocking:  “I can’t partner with a company that is not financially motivated to send me business”.  We respond, we understand that is how this business might have been done in the past but today it’s different for many reasons.

 

First, we are in a regulated sector. That means the securities regulators monitor all activities by Issuers (companies), Investors, Broker-Dealers, and Internediarities who are participating in a regulated offering for private companies.

 

As an example of how securities regulators monitor and catch those who try to circumvent the rules to get rich, on 30 September 2022 the SEC charged six individuals and two companies for a fraudulent scheme to promote securities in a RegA offering. Some of the charges were for failing to disclose precisely the kind of payment we declined to accept two years ago.

 

On 03 October 2022, the SEC charged influencer and celebrity Kim Kardashian for failing to disclose she was paid a fee to promote a cryptocurrency.  She was paid $250,000 USD to promote a company and the fine issued by the SEC was $1.26M and included a 3-year ban from promoting any crypto asset securities.  

 

You would think with these two SEC announcements, everyone would be reviewing their programs to make sure they are onside with regulators and more importantly, ethical and transparent to the clients we serve.

 

BUT NO!!!

 

On 07 October 2022, many of the Broker-Dealers and intermediaries were offered a carrot via email to be rewarded up to $13,000.00 USD by a provider if they brought them a client.  

 

So who actually pays these premiums?

 

The answer is very simple: the Client “Issuer (Company)”.  Make no mistake–it will be the client paying for this big incentive fee because it will ultimately come out of the proceeds of the raise. 

 

Will this fee be disclosed to the client?  Will both parties disclose their finders fee in this regulated transaction?

 

You may be thinking this is how it’s always been done, so why are we all spending so much time disrupting the current way things are?   

 

Because there is a better way.

 

We need to conduct ourselves the same way we are telling the current establishment that they should behave. Sometimes disruption of the old ways is good. New innovations (and the revival of some good old ones) are disrupting the world in so many areas, including banking, insurance, auto, and capital markets. The JOBS Act was aimed at democratizing capital, and a big part of this was making it safer for new investors

 

So let’s not stop with just how they operate; let’s also disrupt the way we conduct ourselves in operating our companies. Let’s strive always to conduct ourselves more ethically, more transparently, and always compliantly 

 

We at KoreConX never have and never will take any type of fees from anything, anyone, or any company for something we have not created.  We have many partnerships with companies that see how a relationship can be formed that becomes a win-win: the better they serve the clients we introduce to them, the better we look, and the more people will want to use our platform. Our clients need to know we’re serving their interests when we point them at a KorePartner, not sending them to the highest bidder for their business. 

 

Most of our KorePartners find this is actually to their own advantage; they know that when we recommend them to a client, it’s because they’re the best equipped to meet that particular client’s needs. 

Everyone wins when the client wins.

KoreClient Spotlight: Orion Capital

Orion Capital is a small holding company that specializes in connecting investors with unique investment opportunities. With a focus on the little guy, Orion Capital allows anyone with an appetite for investment to participate in deals they would never have had access to otherwise. With a wide network of seasoned professionals from a variety of backgrounds, Orion can provide expert advice and guidance for nearly any opportunity that comes their way. RegCF is allowing them to offer a vehicle to open up their experience to a wider audience, giving everyday people access to high-quality investments.

 

Eric Shampine, a founding partner of Orion Capital, has been working in the real estate and investment world for years. He is a strong believer in the power of small investments to create big returns. “If you can diversify your portfolio across hundreds of small investments, whatever it may be, it lowers the risk for you and you still get to play in that investment world,” said Shampine. Orion Capital offers investors just that opportunity. By pooling together small investments from a large number of people, they can create a diversified portfolio that minimizes risk while still providing exposure to high-growth investments.

 

One of the key advantages of Orion Capital’s strategy is tapping into a wide variety of different industries and investment strategies. With a large network of contacts, they can quickly identify and assess opportunities as they arise. “We have a lot of different contacts in different industries and we’re always on the lookout for new investment opportunities,” said Shampine. This allows them to be nimble and take advantage of opportunities as they come up, rather than being tied down to one particular strategy or asset class. “While it is a less formal structure it is a very wide net of experience that can be very specific for whatever we come across,” said Shampine.

 

Mainstreet Investing with RegCF

 

Orion Capital is always looking for new opportunities to invest and provide investors with exposure to high-quality investments to diversify their portfolios, and they are now exploring this with a RegCF raise. This raise will allow them to expand their reach and provide even more people with access to these types of investments. “With this latest RegCF raise, the funds are a combination of assets. Initially, we are looking for smaller balance real estate assets that will provide consistent cash flow for the dividend we will be paying out to the investors. As I am building this, that is the first base we want covered to protect our investors’ capital and preserve dividends. Once that core is built up, I will look to deploy capital in investments with slightly higher risk. A little more opportunity for equity growth and scale it up that way, but this is not a fund where I’m looking to have only one or two major investments,” said Shampine. By utilizing RegCF, Orion Capital can provide even more people with access to these types of investments. Through equity crowdfunding, smaller investors can invest for a smaller stake in an investment opportunity traditionally not available to them. 



The firm’s focus is on main street investments for main street investors. Multiple smaller assets diversify the risk; there are good investments to be made in things such as single-family homes, mortgage notes, mom & pop businesses, and other smaller investments people can relate to that provide equity growth and cash flow.

 

Regulation CF DisclaimerThis communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

RegA and RegCF issuers: time to count your shareholders!

RegA and RegCF have been around for a few years now and we are finding that some of our clients, especially those that have made multiple offerings, are getting to the point where they need to consider the implications of Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act, which requires companies to become registered with the SEC when they meet certain asset and investor number thresholds.

Let’s start with the requirements of Section 12(g). It says that if, on the last day of its fiscal year, an issuer has assets of $10 million and a class of equity securities held of record by either 2,000 persons or 500 persons who are not accredited investors, it has to register that class of securities with the SEC.

Drilling down on each of those elements:

  • Assets: This is gross, not net, and it will include any cash that a company has raised in an offering but not spent yet.
  • Class of equity securities: Issuers with multiple series of preferred stock or multiple series in a series LLC will need to talk to their lawyers about what constitutes a separate “class.”
  • Held of record: Brokers or custodians holding in “street name” count as a single holder of record. Crowdfunding SPVs created under the SEC’s new rules also count as one holder, and as discussed below, there are special, conditional, rules for counting Reg A and Reg CF investors.  But check with your lawyers whether you need to “look through” SPVs formed for the purpose of investing in Reg D offerings.
  • Accredited status: Issuers are probably going to have to make assumptions as to the accredited status of their investors unless they maintain that information separately, and assume investors in Reg D offerings are accredited, and investors in Reg A and Reg CF offerings are not.
  • Registering a class of securities in effect means filing a registration statement with all relevant information about the company and becoming a fully-reporting company. This includes PCAOB audits, quarterly filings, proxy statements, more extensive disclosure and all-round more expensive legal and accounting support.

Since becoming a fully-reporting company is not feasible for early-stage companies, both Reg A and Reg CF are covered by conditional exemptions from the requirements of Section 12(g). The conditions for each are different.

Issuers need not count the holders of securities originally issued in Reg A offerings (even if subsequently transferred) as “holders of record” if:

  • The company has made all the periodic filings required of a Reg A company (Forms 1-K, 1-SA and 1-U);
  • It has engaged a registered transfer agent; AND
  • It does not have a public float (equity securities held by non-affiliates multiplied by trading price) of $75m, or if no public trading, had revenues of less than $50m in the most recent year.

Issuers need not count the holders of securities issued in Reg CF offerings (even if subsequently transferred) as “holders of record” if:

  • The company is current in its annual filing (Form C-AR) requirements;
  • It has engaged a registered transfer agent; AND
  • It has total assets of less than $25m at the end of the most recent fiscal year.

It’s important that the issuer’s transfer agent keep accurate records of which exemption securities were issued under, even when they are transferred. As of March 15, 2021, Reg CF also allows the use of “crowdfunding vehicles”, a particular kind of SPV with specific requirements for control, fees, and rights of the SPV in order to put all of the investors in a Reg CF offering into one holder of record. This is not available for Reg A, and still comes with administrative requirements, which may make use of a transfer agent still practical.

If an issuer goes beyond the asset or public float requirements of its applicable conditional exemption, it will be eligible for a two-year transition period before it is required to register its securities with the SEC. However, if an issuer violates the conditional exemption by not being current in periodic reporting requirements, including filing a report late, then the transition period terminates immediately, requiring registration with the SEC within 120 days after the date on which the issuer’s late report was due to be filed.

It’s good discipline for companies who have made a few exempt offerings and had some success in their business to consider, on a regular basis, counting their assets and their shareholders and assess whether they may be about to lose one or both of the conditional exemptions and whether they need to plan for becoming a public reporting company.

 

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at CrowdCheck. You can view the original post here.

KoreClient Spotlight: Budding Technologies

Budding Technologies, Inc. is looking to change the cannabis industry with innovative technology and the use of blockchain through its product, Budbo.

 

The Budbo ecosystem consists of three unique products; Budbo App, Budbo Connect, and BudboTrax. Together, these touch all aspects of the cannabis industry from growers and product manufacturers to dispensaries and consumers.

 

The Budbo App features a patent-pending technology that allows cannabis users to log into the application and enter some demographic data that is then used to make suggestions on strains and products of cannabis that would be best for the user. Users are also rewarded for providing this data with cryptocurrency tokens that can be spent on merchandise or accepted by dispensaries. With this technology, new users can feel more confident in choosing the strains and products that would be best for them based on data like their weight, gender, and experience level. After answering several questions on a 1-10 scale, the algorithm can make these suggestions. Pick-up and delivery options are available to consumers with an easy-to-use interface.

 

For dispensaries, growers, and product manufacturers, Budbo Connect enables them to access the data provided by Budbo customers and other third-party APIs. In the Connect dashboard, companies can keep product information up to date so that it can be found by the most appropriate customer. In turn, companies can see what types of products are popular or sought after by cannabis users in their region. With companies able to tailor their inventory to what customers are looking for, they can reduce waste, increase sales, and find the right product manufacturers for these products.

 

Lastly, BudboTrax, is a supply chain management system built on blockchain technology that gives users the ability to track products and lab results so that they can know exactly where their product comes from and if it meets the quality standards that they are looking for. This feature allows cannabis users to be confident in the product by providing much-needed clear visibility into the chain of custody of the cannabis plant and subsequent product.

 

Working together, these three elements create a robust suite of tools to empower the cannabis industry and to serve cannabis users with access to the safest and best product available.

 

To aid in the company’s growth, Budding Technologies, Inc. is using Regulation Crowdfunding to raise funds for their company. “We chose the Reg CF as the vehicle because it’s a grass-roots way to raise capital that is for everybody, and we feel cannabis and our technology is for everybody. What makes the Reg CF so great, is that it allows anyone interested in Budbo, cannabis, and blockchain, to have the opportunity to invest in Budbo and get involved with the company,” said Luke Patterson, the company’s CEO.

 

Budbo is an innovative company that is changing the way the cannabis industry works. With their use of blockchain technology, they are helping customers verify the quality of the products being sold while also giving businesses valuable data about what products are being used in their area and users on what cannabis is right for them.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

What You Should Know About 2-Factor Authentication

In today’s world, we are more connected than ever before. We rely on technology to keep us connected with friends and family, to keep us up-to-date on the latest news, to help us stay productive at work, and to even make investment decisions. But as we all know, with great power comes great responsibility. And, as we become more reliant on technology, the risk of our data being compromised also increases. To protect our data, we need to use security measures such as two-factor authentication (2FA), which aims to prevent identity theft, fraud, and other malicious activity.

 

What is Two-Factor Authentication?

 

Two-factor authentication (2FA) is an additional layer of security that can be used to protect your data. It works by requiring two forms of authentication to access an account or system. The first form of authentication is typically something that the user knows, such as a password or the answer to a security question. The second form of authentication is usually something that the user has, such as a phone or a credit card. The second form can even be more complex, like a fingerprint used to unlock a phone.

 

Why is Two-Factor Authentication Important?

 

Two-factor authentication is important because it helps to protect our data by making it more difficult for hackers to gain access to our accounts. By requiring two forms of authentication, 2FA makes it much harder for hackers to guess or force their way into an account. In addition, even if a hacker can obtain one form of authentication, such as a password, they still would not be able to access the account without the second form of authentication. 2FA is also important when it comes to compliance–keeping accounts secure from fraudulent transactions minimizes the risk to companies raising capital with JOBS Act exemptions. 

 

How Does KoreID Help to Secure User Data?

 

2FA becomes incredibly important when dealing with sensitive data, like an investor’s financial information. With KoreID, trusted intermediaries like SEC-registered funding platforms or FINRA-registered broker-dealers can allow investors to use one set of login credentials to populate forms with the investor’s verified data. This enables investors to invest and reinvest more smoothly and 2FA helps to secure their sensitive information.

 

By using KoreID, investors can take advantage of the increased security that two-factor authentication provides. Two-factor authentication is an important tool that can be used to help protect your data. In today’s world, we need to do everything we can to protect our data and 2FA is one of the best ways to do that by making it more difficult for hackers to gain access to your accounts.

 

Biden to pardon all federal offenses of simple marijuana possession – Breaking News

As the decriminalizing of marijuana is being extensively debated across the world, President Joe Biden just took his first major step in this direction. Biden announced all prior federal offenses of simple marijuana possession to be pardoned. This act will affect directly the record of thousands of Americans charged with what was once considered a crime.

In a video release, Biden stated that “It’s legal in many states, and criminal records for marijuana possession have led to needless barriers to employment, housing, and educational opportunities”. According to CNN, the Department of Health and Human Services and Attorney General Merrick Garland has been assigned to review how marijuana is scheduled under federal law, in what could be another step toward a federal legalization. Read more at CNN.com.

Rafael Gonçalves, communications coordinator at KoreConX, and Brian MacDonald, Managing Director at Arcview Capital, debated the topic in a KoreTalkX episode just a couple of minutes after the breaking news. You can listen to it in your favorite podcast player, such as Spotify, iTunes and Amazon Music.

SEC Charges Eight in Scheme to Fraudulently Promote Securities Offerings

On September 30, 2022, the SEC announced charges against 8 CEOs and CFOs for fraudulently promoting Regulation A+ securities offerings.  The companies named by the SEC include Elegance Brands Inc. (now Sway Energy Corp.), Emerald Health Pharmaceuticals Inc., Hightimes Holding Corp., and Cloudastructure Inc.

 

This is not a good day for those who flout the rules, but we are glad the SEC has taken decisive action.  Reg A+ is gaining great momentum in the marketplace and this type of scrutiny by the SEC is necessary to keep it clean.

 

There are so many great companies and intermediaries working hard and being compliant. This only reminds us that we must continue to be diligent and keep our eyes open so that no further damage happens in the private markets.

 

It is not enough for the broker-dealers of record to simply do KYC ID verification; you also need to keep asking the hard questions.

 

If you are an IA firm,   you are creating and delivering the branding, messaging, and content through stories, videos, blogs, webinars, etc.  Each of these activities has far-reaching regulatory consequences. You can’t just simply do whatever they tell you to do; you too must be diligent in ensuring that you are telling the truth on their behalf. 

 

We turn down clients daily because we don’t compromise our ethics, and we only operate with full compliance to all regulations..  

 

There are only two ways to operate in this world:

  • Compliantly, ethically, legally
  • Non-Compliantly, unethically, illegally, and cutting corners

 

The choice is clear.

 

Capital-raising cannot be done by only the Issuer. This caution applies to all the following participants:

  • Issuer (Management, Board Directors)
  • Investors
  • Shareholders
  • Lawyers
  • Auditors
  • FINRA Broker-Dealers
  • Investor Acquisition Firms (Marketing Firms)
  • Call Centers (Boiler Rooms)
  • Transfer Agents
  • Issuance Technology Providers
  • Funding Platforms
  • Research Providers
  • Offering Aggregators
  • Investor Relations
  • Public Relations 

 

If you see any kind of questionable behavior, exercise caution and if necessary, let the SEC know.

 

SEC News Release 30 September 2022

https://www.sec.gov/litigation/litreleases/2022/lr25541.htm

 

Stay tuned for more updates from the SEC.

KoreClient Spotlight: Fist Assist

Fist Assist Devices, LLC, a medical device company from Las Vegas, NV, is on a mission to increase and improve arm circulation around the world. As the brainchild of Dr. Tej Singh, a vascular, endovascular, and vascular access surgeon trained at Stanford University Hospital, First Assist aims to solve a common problem he saw in many patients needing focal arm circulation benefits. Currently, the Fist Assist is an FDA 510k Authorized, minimally invasive device that a patient would wear on their arms to increase focal arm blood flow and relieve pain. However, the company had also been designated  Breakthrough Device status by the FDA for potential arm vein dilation to assist the renal failure community (Formal FDA submission pending for this Indication ).

 

“Throughout my surgical training, first at the University of Chicago, then at Sanford University, I always thought there had to be a way to make a wearable device that could help patients with their veins, especially on the arms. The basic science, clinical science, and exercise science were all there. When we’re looking at arm veins, we’re thinking of patients who need those veins for their medical care, whether it’s for IV placement, chemotherapy access, or possible dialysis access. Arm veins are really important,” said Dr. Singh, CEO and Founder of Fist Assist. In one study, it was reported that 59.3% of highly complex patients exhibit difficult venous access, meaning that for these patients, who may have heart disease, liver failure, diabetes, or other chronic conditions, healthcare providers often have difficulty when attempting to start an IV or draw blood. This often causes pain and discomfort for the patient, as multiple attempts are often required before it can be successful. 

 

“Right now patients have limited choices to improve arm circulation. If they need a medical procedure and it requires access to their arm veins, they’re at the mercy of whatever arm veins they have that distend. If someone is active and they exercise, they probably have decent veins, but if someone doesn’t have good arm veins, there was nothing out there to help them except a compression ball,'” Dr. Singh added. He continues: “Our device is a battery-operated pneumatic focal compression device that you wear below your shoulder or elbow. It gives intermittent compression to your arm up to a pressure of 60 mmHg and can be worn for 1-2 hours a day to increase circulation and decrease present and future pain in your arm in America. In the rest of the world, it can do vein dilation and help with vascular access based on regulatory approvals,” said Dr. Singh.

 

Fist Assist is currently raising capital through RegCF to finance its future FDA submissions and commercialize its product and expand its availability through direct-to-consumer, direct-to-business, and direct to big box stores. The company is excited about its crowdfunding and its upcoming FDA submissions which Will allow more patients to have this device. Outside of the US, the device has been granted CE Mark and approved to sell in Europe, Canada, Australia, and India as an arm massager, a vein dilation device, and to assist dialysis.

 

Dr. Singh said “After being designated as an FDA Breakthrough for potential vein dilation to renal failure patients in December 2021,  we need to formally show the FDA the complete dataset for eventual DeNovo authorization for the renal failure community. If we clear the final FDA hurdles, one day these wearable devices will be marketed to increase arm vein size to help renal failure patients receive better care, meaning they’re able to get a fistula or get better dialysis because they have a better arm vein. That hopefully will translate into significant changes to the way physicians treat and care for renal failure patients with better outcomes and fewer costs. Helping the global community for improved arm blood circulation is our important Mission and its important”, added Dr. Singh

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Why RegCF Offerings Fail

Before the JOBS Act, companies in the private capital market had very few options to raise the capital they needed to grow. Many sought venture capital, which has an unfortunately low success rate. On average, fewer than 6.5% of small businesses succeed with this funding route.  In contrast, 60% of companies using RegCF have enjoyed success using the JOBS Act exemption, which offers issuers a way to crowdfund and get their mission across to more investors. Still, 40% of the companies turning to RegCF are unable to find success. So what goes wrong? 

 

There are several reasons why companies fail at RegCF offerings, but the most common reason is a lack of commitment. This can manifest itself in a few different ways, failure to comply with regulations, a failure to budget appropriately, or failure to market appropriately. Let’s take a closer look at each of these reasons.

 

Complying with Regulations

 

One of the most important aspects of a RegCF offering is compliance with SEC regulations. These regulations are designed to protect investors and ensure that companies are providing accurate information about their business and the risks involved in investing. Cutting corners is not a solution to save time and money; failing to comply can jeopardize the raise altogether. Failing to comply with regulatory requirements can result in harsh consequences if undergoing an audit or raise the risk of being sued by an investor. Compliance requires a wholehearted commitment to the regulations from day one to protect the company in the long term and raise the likelihood of a successful raise.

 

Budgeting Appropriately

 

Another critical aspect of a RegCF offering is budgeting appropriately for the costs associated with the offering. These costs can include legal fees, accounting fees, and marketing expenses. Without a proper budget, companies may find themselves unable to cover all the necessary expenses and being forced to cut corners to make ends meet. Creating an appropriate budget helps to ensure that there is an adequate amount of funding to market the offering, engage with the right professionals, and adhere to regulatory requirements without making sacrifices.

 

Marketing the Offering

 

Without investors, a RegCF raise cannot be successful. This requires issuers to market their offering in a way that attracts the most appropriate investors. For RegCF, companies can take advantage of affinity marketing to bring in potential investors that align with the company’s values and mission. This can do more than creating shareholders, it can build brand ambassadors who are equally as passionate about what you’re building.

 

How to Avoid These Pitfalls

 

The best way to avoid these pitfalls is to commit to the process from start to finish. This means being willing to invest the time and resources necessary, complying with regulations, budgeting appropriately for the offering, and assembling a team of experienced professionals. While this cannot guarantee success, it gives companies a significant advantage over those who are not committed to the capital raising process. By being willing to invest the time and resources necessary, companies can increase their chances of success and avoid the pitfalls that have led to the failure of other RegCF offerings.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: FirstString

As father and son, Barry and Tyler Jones share a common goal of revolutionizing the job-seeking and hiring process. Together they founded FirstString, a career technology company that aims to reimagine the hiring process for collegiate athletes, to nurture the next generation of leaders in the workforce. FirstString was founded with the belief that an individual’s skills and professional assets go far deeper than a paper-thin resumé.

 

Barry Jones is a US Army veteran with over 20 years of experience in sales and business development. When he transitioned to civilian life and the corporate world, he first joined pharmaceutical giant Johnson & Johnston. Seeking to use his creativity to help businesses grow, Barry moved on to work with startup biotechnology companies. After working with startups for over a decade, Barry sought to apply his knowledge to the field of executive recruiting. However, he immediately realized there was something wrong with the way recruiting worked and decided to create an application that would be more efficient for all involved. “The recruiting industry is stuck in the 1990s, it’s so inefficient. I started to develop a mobile application; I had this vision of how it could work and how it could really make the recruiting system much more fair and efficient for everyone involved. Everybody wins,” said Barry of his motivation. 

 

At the same time that Barry was working as a recruiter, Tyler was a student at the University of Georgia, where he was a Division-1 collegiate athlete, running track and cross country. Through his years as a scholarship athlete and team captain, Tyler learned the importance of hard work, consistency, teamwork, discipline, and leadership. But, like many of the 480,000 other collegiate athletes across the US, the dedication toward athletic performance often leaves little time for meaningful summer jobs or internships that fill out a college grad’s resumé when applying to their first post-college job. “Their resumés are so thin, they can’t even compete with someone they sat next to in their chemistry class that got to do summer jobs or internships that lasted months,” added Barry.

 

“By the time I walked across the stage to receive my degree, I was still competing. People would ask me, ‘what are you going to do now?’ I would tell them I didn’t know because I didn’t have the time to really figure it out yet, I had been competing,” said Tyler. Post-graduation, Tyler jumped on the first job offer he received from a wealth management firm. “In the interview, they make it sound like it’s sunshine and rainbows. Quite frankly, I jumped the gun. I didn’t know what to expect or how to negotiate and the right questions to ask. I realized very quickly that being bolted behind a desk just wasn’t for me but I didn’t want to feel like a quitter so I stuck it through,” he added. And, as COVID-19 became a factor, Tyler experienced firsthand what it was like to feel exposed and helpless in a competitive job market. 

 

Having experienced the challenges of the hiring and job-seeking market, Barry and Tyler realized that many qualified and overlooked student-athlete candidates have extraordinary talents and passions for their work, so they worked to develop a system that would enable new college graduates to win job interviews far outside of their experience level but within their skill level. Together, their mission is to help college athletes identify the right career trajectory so that they can build fulfilling and rewarding careers.

 

As Tyler and Barry began to build FirstString, they had the opportunity to make a difference in people’s lives, and show that there is so much more to a job candidate than what is on their resumé. FirstString is the first mobile application that enables college athletes to connect, find jobs and internships, and train for success after college. 

 

With FirstString, employers can post jobs and internships and search for qualified candidates. Candidates can create a profile with a video introduction, skills, experiences, and references. This allows employers to get to know the candidate before even meeting them. It makes the hiring process more efficient by removing the outdated paper resumé and allowing student-athletes to display the leadership ability and other skills they bring to the table, even if they don’t have as much employment experience as some. 

 

The pair had several large investors in their app that they ultimately turned down because of unfavorable terms. However, having received significant interest in the app from day one from everyday people, the father-son team feels RegCF can be a very powerful capital-raising tool for them. This ability to find investors who are equally as passionate about their mission highlights what the JOBS Act is all about. With RegCF, they can offer equity in FirstString to anyone, not just wealthy accredited investors.

 

Barry and Tyler Jones are changing the game when it comes to job seeking and hiring for student-athletes. With FirstString, they are providing a platform for athletes to connect and find jobs. This is just the beginning for the Jones duo and their goal of easing the transition for college athletes from school to employment.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

 

If you aren’t current in your Reg A reporting, you could still be violating securities laws even if qualified by the SEC

It’s 1-SA filing season again for Regulation A filers, and time to make some observations about the consequences of not filing.

We have encountered more than three companies in the last three months that have not filed all (or in one case, any) of their ongoing filings, and yet have requalified their offerings or qualified new offerings. This is a problem.

Let’s start with the ongoing reporting requirements. Assuming a Reg A filer has a December year-end, under Rule 257 it has to file its annual Form 1-K by April 30 and its semi-annual 1-SA by September 28 (subject to adjustments for leap years and weekends). It may also need to file “current” reports on Form 1-U. We’ve posted previously about what to do if you miss these deadlines.*

Rule 251 says the exemption for offers and sales under Regulation A is available for companies that have made all the filings required under Rule 257 for the last two years.

If an issuer makes offers and sales supposedly under Regulation A while it is not in compliance with Rule 257, those offers and sales are not made in compliance with Regulation A and unless the issuer can fit them into another exemption from registration (unlikely), the issuer has made unregistered sales of securities in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act and those sales are subject to rescission (having to buy the securities back).

“Hold on a minute,” our non-compliant companies might say, “we might have missed making these filings, but we filed a new Regulation A offering on Form 1-A or a PQA and the SEC qualified us, so they must reckon our filings are in order, yes?”

Nope.

Older securities lawyers among us (maybe it’s just me these days) will remember the “Tandy” language that we used to have to put in effectiveness or qualification requests. That says, in effect, that just because the SEC says you are ok to proceed with your offering, it doesn’t mean it can’t come after you later for some issue with your filing. While we don’t have to put that language in qualification requests anymore, that is still the SEC’s position, and they remind us that the issuer is responsible for the adequacy of its filings “notwithstanding any review, comments, action or absence of action by the staff”. Moreover, on any Reg A filing, right there on the cover, we have the mandated statement:

THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

So no, the SEC qualifying your offering does not mean that anyone has signed off on the adequacy of your filing history. (I wish they would, but that’s not what that “QUALIF” posted on EDGAR means).

Issuers, before filing PQAs or new 1-As, check that you are up to date with your ongoing reporting. Brokers and lawyers, you are gatekeepers, so I don’t know how you think you are meeting your professional responsibilities if you don’t check an issuer’s filing history before making those filings. That should be at the top of your due diligence list.

 

 

*If an offering is open for over a year, the issuer also has to file post-qualification amendments (“PQAs”) to its filing to add its ongoing disclosure to the offering circular, but that’s a topic for a future blog post.

 

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at CrowdCheck. You can view the original post here.

Digital Securities That Help You Navigate the Web Safely

The internet is often difficult to navigate. On one hand, many wonderful resources can be found for educational purposes, you can connect and communicate with anyone anywhere in the world, and new ways to manage financial investments are accessible at the tip of our fingers. But on the other hand, it can sometimes be difficult to determine the legitimacy of a website or investment opportunity. Fortunately, digital securities are changing the way these transactions are carried out, introducing new levels of transparency and trust when implemented correctly

 

Navigating the Web Safely

 

Some features that help people navigate the web safely include things like two-factor authentication (2FA) or blockchain-based identity management systems. 2FA is a critical security measure requiring users to provide two forms of identification to log into their accounts. This can be something like a password and a fingerprint or a one-time code that is sent to your phone. Blockchain-based identity management systems work similarly, but instead of using passwords, they use cryptographic keys that are stored on a blockchain. This makes it impossible for hackers to access your account unless they have your private key. Both solutions are important for ensuring that only the account holder can access the account. These tools also make it more difficult for hackers to steal your identity by masquerading as you online. By using 2FA or a blockchain-based identity management system, you can help navigate the web safely and protect your online information.

 

Digital securities are an essential part of the digital economy, and KoreConX is committed to making them more accessible and easy to use. Our KoreID feature is just one example of how we are innovating in the realm of digital securities. With KoreID, investors can easily and safely provide their information to regulated platforms. As a result, the need for investors to fill out the same information, again and again, is eliminated, saving them time and hassle. With this digital security innovation, when investors are making investments through JOBS Act exemptions, they are less susceptible to fraud. And for issuers, the KoreID gives them peace of mind knowing that they can easily prove that they are in good standing with FINRA and registered funding portals. Digital securities are an essential part of the digital economy, and KoreConX is committed to making them more accessible, safe, and easy to use.

 

Benefiting from the Innovation of KoreID

 

KoreID is a digital securities innovation that allows investors to navigate the web safely. The feature is an all-in-one platform that reduces the friction of investors spending time filling forms with the same data repeatedly. Users are allowed to provide certified information with one single click, facilitating a smoother investment or reinvestment. This also reduces the known issues in compliance that broker-dealers face when users “fat finger” their information, accidentally misentering their information. 

 

The KoreID is a blockchain-based digital identity that is stored on the user’s device and can be used to log in to any site that accepts KoreID. The user’s data is kept secure and only shared with sites that the user has authorized. KoreID is convenient, safe, and easy to use, making it the ideal solution for investors who want to navigate the web safely. Only verified, regulated participants can be allowed to add the KoreID, giving investors peace of mind and allowing companies to easily maintain compliance efforts.

 

Private Equity is Seeing Potential in the Healthcare Industry

As the healthcare landscape continues to change rapidly, private equity firms are taking note and getting involved in the healthcare sector. Private equity firms are now the owners of a growing number of physician groups in the U.S. A study published in JAMA Health Forum suggests that these private-equity-owned practices are linked to increased healthcare spending and patient utilization. The study found that private-equity-owned practices showed a consistent rise in spending through eight quarters after an acquisition, with the average charge per claim increasing 20% and the average allowed amount per claim up 11%. The private equity acquired practices saw visits by new patients increase by 38% and total visit volume rise by 16%, compared to the control group, with a 9.4% increase in the share of office visits for established patients that were billed as longer than 30 minutes.

 

While it’s still unclear why private equity-owned practices are associated with higher spending, one possibility is that private equity firms could be making significant changes in terms of management, operating hours, or improved branding and referrals. Private equity firms typically seek annual returns exceeding 20%, so they need to generate higher revenue or reduce costs. 

 

Why Private Equity for Physicians and Healthcare Companies?

 

Given the current state of the healthcare industry, it’s no surprise that private equity firms are taking an interest in physician groups and the healthcare industry as a whole. In recent years, we’ve seen a rapid increase in the cost of healthcare, and this trend is likely to continue. At the same time, the Affordable Care Act has put pressure on hospitals and physicians to provide high-quality care at a lower cost. As a result, many physician groups are struggling to remain profitable. Private equity firms can provide the capital and resources that these physician groups need to survive and thrive in this landscape. 

 

For those in the general healthcare field, private equity creates a rise in new inventions and treatments for the medical field that can save and improve lives. New companies are constantly being born from the minds of those with interests in improving healthcare. These people have ideas to make treatments more affordable or to create new ones altogether and even design technology that improves the processes of those working in healthcare. However, they are often restricted by a lack of funding. That is where private equity comes in to play an important role in expanding the industry. This type of investment allows these new companies to have the start-up capital they need to succeed. In return, the investors are rewarded with a return on their investment if the company goes public or is sold, all while helping fund a medical solution that can help others.

 

We’re beginning to see private funding options, like those outlined by the JOBS Act, be utilized by medtech companies. However, will physician groups also explore this route as well opposed to traditional private equity funding?

 

Regardless, one thing is clear. Private equity-owned physician groups continue to grow, it will directly impact the care patients receive. Do these groups raise their prices to generate a return for the private equity firm or cut costs and pass that on to the patient? While there are some concerns about how these firms will impact healthcare spending, it’s still too early to tell. We’ll need to wait and see how things play out before we can make any definitive conclusions. 

 

With the availability of the JOBS Act, capital-raising organizations can now seek out new investors and gain the resources they need to grow and compete in this rapidly changing landscape privately. By empowering themselves through education, healthcare practices can stay ahead of the curve, avoid common mistakes and pitfalls, and position themselves for success when raising private capital. 

 

You can view recaps from the recent KoreSummit event on raising capital for Medtech companies to learn more about how healthcare and life science-based companies can utilize the JOBS Act exemptions.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Stenergy

When Samuel and Leyla Butero decided to start their own business, they knew they had to offer a product that would make a difference in people’s lives, and with Stenergy, they hope to do just that. Stenergy is a health and wellness company that manufactures GluCora, a natural supplement that supports healthy glucose metabolism, and has received approval from Health Canada, the Canadian equivalent of the US Food and Drug Administration. In this recent interview, Samuel and Leyla shared their story of entrepreneurship and why they chose to do a Regulation CF campaign for their business.

 

Working as consultants for EastGate Biotech, a Canadian pharmaceutical company that creates insulin drug delivery technologies for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes, Samuel and Leyla discovered GluCora, a product the pharmaceutical company had decided not to focus on while it developed its core product lines. Leyla, who has long struggled with blood sugar levels, saw the potential of the product and the couple negotiated a licensing agreement with EastGate to be the exclusive manufacturer and distributor of GluCora in the US, Canada, and Central and South America, with first rights to the rest of the world. 

 

The active ingredient of GluCora is the Banaba plant, native to Southeast Asia and known as the crepe myrtle tree in the US. Banaba produces corosolic acid and has demonstrated the ability to improve the metabolism of glucose. The plant has been used for hundreds of years in traditional medicines, but GluCora makes it available in a product that has been approved by the Canadian health regulatory agency and that is available over the counter. Samuel said: “That it’s been shown to be effective and do what it says it’s going to do is really important and we feel that sets us apart from a lot of other natural supplements. We’re not paying a doctor to do an infomercial and say that it works. That’s a very common marketing gimmick, in our opinion, that a lot of supplements use. Health Canada is a third-party, objective health agency from a country that is widely respected for healthcare.”

 

For both Samuel and Leyla, the journey with GluCora has been deeply personal. When Leyla was pregnant with the couple’s first daughter, doctors would tell her that she had high blood sugar, despite avoiding foods that would cause this. They felt an intense stigma–as soon as a doctor saw Leyla’s weight, the doctor would attribute it to poor eating habits and no exercise, even though that was an inaccurate assumption. “We started to do our due diligence and our research and felt that this was something experienced by a lot of women that were having this same issue. Doctors weren’t hearing them,” said Samuel. “With our second daughter, I gained 90 pounds, I had gestational diabetes, and I could not control the weight. No matter what I did, the weight was just coming on,” added Leyla. Additional issues continued post-partum and she sought the help of her doctor, who, unfortunately, was not listening to the concerns that Leyla expressed. “No one would hear me.” 

 

It was at this point that the couple discovered GluCora. “Leyla started taking GluCora and within two weeks, lost 14 pounds,” said Samuel. She was feeling better and had more energy, and the couple realized that bringing GluCora to market was something they would have to do themselves. “I had been doing side hustles before that was even a word,” Samuel said of their journey to become entrepreneurs. “I had also worked in venture capital and private equity for some time, so I knew what it took to put a business together. The number one thing I always noticed from the successes versus failures was that successful businesses have a revenue-generating product or service that is scalable and works. That’s what we feel we’ve discovered in GluCora. We know there’s demand out there from people who have no place to turn to.”

 

To further expand the company, Stenergy has opted to raise capital under the Regulation CF exemption. “The biggest attraction to Regulation CF was visibility and building an ecosystem of not only investors but potential consumers, giving a way to legitimately raise money and work with our investors who are not only excited about the company but a product that could change so many people’s lives,” Samuel finished.

 

By utilizing Reg CF, organizations like Stenergy can bring their product to market quickly and efficiently while interacting with their potential consumers. This provides a unique opportunity for entrepreneurs like Samuel and Leyla Butero to connect with their target market and get the funding they need to bring their products to life.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

KoreClient Spotlight: Brent Fawson, COO of Facible

Working at Facible, Brent Fawson believes that the company is poised to leave a lasting impact on lives around the world by making medical diagnostic testing more accessible. We sat down with Brent and talked to him about the medical industry, his company, and capital raising in the medical field.

Q: Tell me a little more about your company. How do you impact the Medtech space and the customers you serve?

A: Facible Diagnostics is a diagnostics company that uses our revolutionary Q-LAAD technology to take hospital-grade diagnostics out of the lab and to the point of care. Legacy diagnostic technologies often require a tradeoff between speed, accuracy, and ease of use. Q-LAAD technology enables the development of faster and more accurate diagnostic tests that are easier to run, and don’t require complex machinery so they can be run outside of a hospital laboratory making hospital-grade diagnostic testing available anywhere. It’s ideal for underserved and rural areas, urgent cares, physician’s offices or even the home.

Q: What excites you most about your industry?

A: I think with the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, we have all seen the limitations with some of the legacy technology platforms. To have a revolutionary technology at the forefront of the industry is very exciting. I feel we are just scratching the surface of understanding and using medical data to improve our lives. There are companies out there, like Apple, that are beginning to use this data for research purposes. We can create richer data sets to understand and address big challenges we all face. With the COVID crisis, we have all seen not only current deficiencies in diagnostics, but also an unprecedented investment at the same time which will work to improve our lives.

Q: How do you see the LSI MedTech event having an impact on your company?

A: We are really excited to meet with like-minded people who understand the value a company like Facible can bring to the world through their partnership. We have a unique vision to offer investors and partners and love to collaborate and explore the endless possibilities of where our technology can go.

Q: Now that your company will be using Regulation A+ for your next offering, how do you see this helping your company?

A: A startup like Facible is always at risk of choosing the wrong funding pathway. Biotechnology development is expensive and it’s easy to start chasing money to keep the company going. You then run the risk of partnering with investors with different goals, objectives, and understanding of how best to use the funds provided.  We feel that because our technology is so revolutionary, we want to see our vision realized and Regulation A+ is the best path toward making that happen. This also is a great way to allow people that have supported us all along to finally be able to invest in our future.

Q: Why do you think education on RegA+ places such a vital role in expanding access to capital for medical companies?

A: Right now, there are very traditional ways to raise money. It’s such a well-worn path, it’s great to have these other alternate options out there and understand them. As we started looking at Reg A+ a couple of months ago, we knew nothing about it. It’s vital that entrepreneurs understand all of their options for capital to allow their company to be as successful as possible. Along with that, Reg A+ is so new that there are not many people that really understand how it works. It’s only through talking to people like Oscar (CEO, President, KoreConX) and Doug (Senior Principle, Regulation D Resources) that we have been able to understand it.

Q: What effect do you think Reg A can have on Medtech companies in general?

A: Medtech development is expensive. For a small company who has great ambition, amazing science, but few institutional connections it can be nearly impossible to fund a company. To have access to a broader capital market allows us to sell our vision directly to investors that understand and appreciate the impact that these emerging technologies can provide.

Q: What advice would you give a young Medtech entrepreneur as they begin their journey through capital raising and building their company?

A: You must have a good plan. You need to be willing to test your ideas with the right people so that you understand what value to bring. Make sure you are surrounding yourself with people who are willing to be critical. I have seen many companies try to move without fully vetting their vision. And beyond that, really try to understand what it’s going to take to bring your product to market. It’s an expensive and challenging process so make sure you go in with your eyes wide open.

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Labor Day: Democratization and Opportunities to Create Jobs

The growth in Regulation A+ and Regulation CF offerings fuels entrepreneurship and job growth in the United States. Since 2016, there have been over 4,600 capital offerings utilizing Reg A+ or CF, with over $500 million raised in 2021 alone. This capital helps companies grow, create jobs, and positively impact their local communities. Crowdfunding is a robust tool for businesses to secure funding, with an average of 43.8% of pre-revenue startups successfully using this method.

 

Crowdfunded Capital and Democratization

 

When businesses utilize crowdfunding, they can access a much larger customer base, allowing them to have a more significant impact on their local communities. it is particularly well-suited for getting loyal customers, employees, suppliers, and other stakeholders to become investors in your company. Crowdfunding enables the democratization of the private capital market by giving these parties an opportunity to participate in the investment process, something that has not been practical before with traditional investing. For many companies, this unlocks a powerful opportunity and  42% of raises reach their goal in 3 days. 

 

Creating Job Opportunities

 

With over $1 billion in capital raised through Reg CF at an average of $1.3 million per raise, these businesses create innovation and bring economic change to local communities in the form of spending and jobs. An estimated $2.5 billion went into local communities from crowdfunded companies in 2021 alone, with money changing hands as much as six times before leaving the local economy. This demonstrates how crowdfunding directly impacts many communities across the country. It brings money to a community by creating jobs; companies that utilize regulated crowdfunding support over 250,000 American jobs across 466 industries. That number is expected to grow as the private market continues to expand. 

 

Crowdfunding allows all types of businesses to access the capital they need to grow and create jobs through Reg A+ and Reg CF. Between 2000 and 2019,  small businesses created 10.5 million US jobs, while large companies only created 5.6 million, according to 2020 data from the US Small Business Administration. This highlights the importance of small businesses within the economy. However, many small businesses have not traditionally had the same access to capital as large ones. This changed with the JOBS Act, increasing the availability of capital for these small businesses and leveling the playing field. As these companies continue to receive capital from the JOBS Act exemptions, the economy continues to benefit from the democratization of capital. 

 

It’s not only the number of jobs that are important but also the quality of those positions. Good jobs lead to a better living standard. When people have good jobs, they can afford to make purchases, give their children better access to education, access healthcare whenever needed, and many other positive benefits for these individuals. At the same time, they support businesses within their community, which helps those grow as well. A strong economy also attracts business investment from other parts of the country and the world. All of these factors lead to more jobs, and the cycle continues.

 

Investing in the Future

 

The expansion of crowdfunding presents opportunities for anyone interested in becoming an investor, with a chance to get in on the ground floor of the next big thing, while also supporting businesses and creating jobs. It’s a win-win for everyone involved, and it all starts with the democratization of capital. When you invest in a company through crowdfunding, you can invest in your community. The money that is raised through these offerings stays local, and as the businesses grow, they pump even more money back into the economy.

 

Crowdfunding is an excellent way to support businesses and create jobs, but it’s also a great way to invest in the future. With the industry expected to continue to grow, now is the time to get involved. With opportunities for everyone, from accredited to retail investors, there has never been a better time to get involved in the democratization of capital. So this Labor Day, remember that when you support businesses through crowdfunding, you also help create jobs and create a brighter economic future.

 

The SEC Can Stop Your Regulation A Offering At Any Time

The SEC has two powerful tools to stop your Regulation A offering anytime.

Rule 258

Rule 258 allows the SEC to immediately suspend an offering if

  • The exemption under Regulation A is not available; or
  • Any of the terms, conditions, or requirements of Regulation A have not been complied with; or
  • The offering statement, any sales or solicitation of interest material, or any report filed pursuant to Rule 257 contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; or
  • The offering involves fraud or other violations of section 17 of the Securities Act of 1933; or
  • Something happened after filing an offering statement that would have made Regulation A unavailable had it occurred before filing; or
  • Anyone specified in Rule 262(a) (the list of potential bad actors) has been indicted for certain crimes; or
  • Proceedings have begun that could cause someone on that list to be a bad actor; or
  • The issuer has failed to cooperate with an investigation.

If the SEC suspends an offering under Rule 258, the issuer can appeal for a hearing – with the SEC – but the suspension remains in effect. In addition, at any time after the hearing, the SEC can make the suspension permanent.

Rule 258 gives the SEC enormous discretion. For example, the SEC may theoretically terminate a Regulation A offering if the issuer fails to file a single report or files late. And while there’s lots of room for good-faith disagreement as to whether an offering statement or advertisement failed to state a material fact, Rule 258 gives the SEC the power to decide.

Don’t worry, you might think, Rule 260 provides that an “insignificant” deviation will not result in the loss of the Regulation A exemption. Think again: Rule 260(c) states, “This provision provides no relief or protection from a proceeding under Rule 258.”

Rule 262(a)(7)

Rule 262(a)(7) is even more dangerous than Rule 258.

Rule 258 allows the SEC to suspend a Regulation A offering if the SEC concludes that something is wrong. Rule 262(a)(7), on the other hand, allows for suspension if the issuer or any of its principals is “the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a. . . . suspension order should be issued.”

That’s right: Rule 262(a)(7) allows the SEC to suspend an offering merely by investigating whether the offer should be suspended.

Effect on Regulation D

Suppose the SEC suspends a Regulation A offering under either Rule 258 or Rule 262(a)(7). In that case, the issuer is automatically a “bad actor” under Rule 506(d)(1)(vii), meaning it can’t use Regulation D to raise capital, either.

In some ways, it makes sense that the SEC can suspend a Regulation A offering easily because the SEC’s approval was needed in the first place. But not so with Regulation D, and especially not so with a suspension under Rule 262(a)(7). In that case, the issuer is prevented from using Regulation D – an exemption that does not require SEC approval – simply because the SEC is investigating whether it’s done something wrong. That seems. . . .wrong.

Conclusion

As all six readers of this blog know, I think the SEC has done a spectacular job with Crowdfunding. But what the SEC giveth the SEC can taketh away. I hope the SEC will use discretion exercising its substantial power under Rule 258 and Rule 262(a)(7).

 

This post was written by KorePartner Mark Roderick and the original post can be found here. Mr. Roderick is an attorney at Lex Nova Law, where he leads the firm’s Crowdfunding and Fintech practice. He writes a widely-read blog at CrowdfundingAttorney.com and is a featured speaker at Crowdfunding and Fintech events across the country, including New York, Texas, Chicago, and Silicon Valley. Mark is one of the most prominent Crowdfunding and Fintech lawyers in the United States. He represents portals, issuers, and others across the country and around the world.

KoreClient Spotlight: Notarized.com

Notarized.com is a company that provides on-demand traveling notary services nationwide to businesses and individuals, as well as offering remote online notarization services in a convenient and secure way to sign documents online. Their system is encrypted with the highest level of security, and all documents are certified and legally enforceable. Recently we spoke with Notarized.com CEO Omar Kubba about the company and what they hope to accomplish with their RegCF offering.

 

With a passionate team, Notarized.com wants to change how people view closings. Streamlining the notary order process, Notarized.com makes it easy for busy people to find a notary, schedule an appointment and get the job done quickly. Notarized.com also offers a cloud-based notary solution that is convenient and easy to use for scheduling a remote online notarization. This process protects your confidential information and electronic signature with encryption and offers a legally binding document. Customers can sign documents electronically from anywhere in the world at any time, or they can schedule a traveling notary on demand to come to them, documents in hand. 

 

A remote online notarization solution allows the entire document signing process to be seamlessly conducted in the cloud, eliminating paper, hassles, and wasted time while saving money. This is an excellent solution for title companies, independent escrows, real estate professionals, lenders, and attorneys.

 

Omar Kubba founded Notarized.com in December 2016. As a second-generation title professional with over 20 years of sales experience in the title insurance industry, Omar is a multiple award-winning sales executive ranked in the top 1% of title professionals in the nation. “My firsthand experience in the industry highlighted inefficiencies that could be solved with a signing solution. I started the company to create a better process,” said Kubba. Notarized.com has been entirely self-funded since its inception in 2016. Notarized.com only began the journey of capital raising because they have an extensive plan to expand the company to serve their clients better. “Because of what we were trying to offer, we decided to raise capital to bring that dream to fruition,” said Omar.

 

In the future, Notarized.com aims to expand its product and service offerings to clients, increasing the number of verticals it operates under. In their roadmap is a complete overhaul of the online notarization experience to include a sophisticated, innovative, and revolutionary remote, online notarization platform, and mobile app, a secure e-signature solution, nationwide deed preparation software engine, a Notarized.com certified training program for notaries, and a contract lifecycle management (CLM) platform that empowers users to manage every stage of business contracts, among other additions to its suite of capabilities. 

 

To help achieve these goals and facilitate the capital raising process, Notarized.com has contracted 21st Century Capital to guide them through the process of capital growth. With 20+ years of capital experience, 21st Century Capital has a track record of delivering results to the companies they work with. 

 

Notarized.com has chosen to raise the capital for its expansion via the crowdfunding provisions of the JOBS Act and is using the KoreConX All-In-One Platform. “Notarized.com has an opportunity to present itself to a huge group of worldwide investors and let these people get in on the ground floor. While I still raise capital the traditional way, [RegCF] has changed my way of thinking about raising capital,” said David Bernard, Notarized.com advisor.

 

Regulation CF Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation CF under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following applies:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted, and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Crowdfunding Platforms Pose a Significant Opportunity for Global Investors

Across the world, there are an estimated 4.7 billion people with the means to invest in the private capital market. While this may be a rough estimate, it provides a good starting point for understanding the reach of potential investors worldwide. And, thanks to the rise of online crowdfunding platforms, it is easier than ever for these potential investors to make their investments. Through these platforms, both retail and accredited investors can invest small sums of money in startups looking to raise capital through the JOBS Act exemptions. 

 

This can be risky, but it can also be very rewarding if the startup is successful. The general principle of investment risk is to never invest more than you can afford to lose. But, with smaller individual investors, people who can only afford to lose a little are no longer excluded from these opportunities. However, any reputable equity crowdfunding platform has strict compliance standards that ensure that the companies being funded are legitimate and compliant with all securities laws, thus, reducing some risks to the investors. When both funding portals and issuers adhere to all compliance requirements, the risks of losing money to fraud or incompetence. Still, investors must keep in mind that regulations are unable to protect them from changes in the market.

 

The Landscape of Funding Platforms

 

In the United States, there are over 70 FINRA-regulated crowdfunding platforms that companies can choose to utilize for their offerings. Being a FINRA-registered platform ensures that funding portals are following FINRA regulatory oversight and reporting requirements, introducing a layer of protection for investors against fraud. Before choosing to invest, potential investors should check with FINRA to ensure the funding portal is regulated

 

Equity crowdfunding is a relatively new phenomenon, but it has already impacted the startup ecosystem and companies have already raised more than $1 billion using RegCF alone since the JOBS Act was enacted in 2012. By allowing companies to raise capital without an IPO while allowing investors to leverage the power of the Internet to capitalize on up-and-coming companies, everybody wins.

In 2021 alone, equity crowdfunding raised over $500 million for companies. This means that businesses have a wide range of short- and long-term investment sources to choose from seeking capital to grow and support their business objectives. With equity crowdfunding, various industries can benefit from improved access to capital, while investors can prosper from getting in with a company on the ground floor.

Arcview Access & Cannabis Investment Summit Takes Places October 19th-21st in NYC

If you’re an investor, cannabis company, or industry specialist looking to make connections in the legal cannabis industry, the upcoming Arcview Access & Cannabis Investment Summit is not to be missed. Taking place in New York City from October 19th-21st, this event will bring together some of the biggest names in the business for three days of networking and learning. Arcview has been a trusted global leader in the cannabis industry for years, and this event is highly anticipated. This summit offers investors, companies, and entrepreneurs unparalleled access to top regulators and an opportunity to pitch their businesses to a panel of expert judges in hopes of winning investment funding. Attendees can expect two days of engaging main stage content, workshops, and panels on topics such as capital raising, company valuations, and opportunities in the cannabis market. 

 

Arcview serves the hemp and cannabis industry, with a keen focus on investing, education, and networking. Approximately 60% of attendees are expected to be investors in public cannabis companies, private equity funds, accredited individual capital, and more. Another 30% of the audience is expected to be cannabis companies in various niches with company valuations ranging from $2m to $200m, while the rest are expected to be industry specialists. 

 

The cannabis investment summit is an excellent event to attend for many reasons. For starters, it gives investors an opportunity to learn more about the industry and explore potential investment opportunities. Additionally, it’s a great opportunity to network with other like-minded individuals and make connections that could prove to be beneficial down the road. Whether you are in the industry or just looking to invest, this three-day event will have something for you. The event will take place at Convene, located at 45th and Park Ave in Manhattan. It will start with a reception on October 19th and continue into two full days of highly curated content, speeches, and even a field trip.

 

Come network with some of the biggest names in the business, learn from top regulators, or pitch your businesses to a panel of expert judges. If you want to make connections and do business in the legal cannabis industry, this event is for you! You can register now here.

How to Manage Investment Information

For entrepreneurs, it’s crucial to understand the private capital market well. Companies no longer need to go public to raise capital, enabling entrepreneurs to maintain more control of their companies. With regulations such as RegA+ and RegCF, accredited and non-accredited investors can be part of capital raising. Plus, the available pool of capital is expected to reach up to $30 trillion by 2030, making it a promising resource for companies. At the same time, investment management has become even easier with online services and platforms coming that provide end-to-end management for private companies to streamline the process.

 

Understanding KYC and KYP

 

It is vital for investors and issuers alike to know who they are dealing with. This is where KYC (Know Your Customer) and KYP (Know Your Product) come into play. Before making any investment decisions or accepting an investment, you should always know the issuer or investor’s identity. 

 

KYC is an essential component of risk management. As an issuer, it can help you to understand who your investors are and determine whether they would be a risk to your company. KYC can be complicated but helps to protect against money laundering and fraud.

 

KYP is most applicable to broker-dealers and is all about understanding the investment products or services you are offering to your customers. This includes knowing something about the issuing company, and understanding the structure of investment products, eligibility requirements, and other information that can help a broker-dealer determine whether an investment opportunity is right for an investor.

 

Remain Compliant

 

Compliance is another crucial aspect to consider regarding private capital raising. The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has enacted many rules and regulations to protect investors. These include the requirements for disclosure, registration, and filing. In addition, there are restrictions on who can invest and how much they can invest. All of these requirements are designed to protect investors and issuers from fraud.

 

It’s important to note that certain compliance issues must be considered when raising capital privately. For example, under RegA+, companies must file a Form 1-A with the SEC. This form provides information about the company, the offering, and the risks involved. In addition, companies must provide audited financial statements and disclose any material changes that have occurred since the last filing. Under RegCF, companies are required to file a Form C with the SEC, requiring similar information to that of Form 1-A. 

 

Compliance may seem like an inconvenient chore, but in fact, it offers issuers many benefits, including avoiding unnecessary costs and delays, understanding the shareholder base, identifying potential high-risk investors, and encouraging best practices in record-keeping generally. By taking a proactive and whole-hearted approach to compliance, issuers will not only have an easier time completing their raise, but lay a better foundation for more efficient and smoother operations going forward

 

When managing your investments and staying compliant with the law, it is important to have a solid grasp of KYC and KYP processes. KoreConX can help you with your compliance needs with our complete end-to-end solution for private companies and broker-dealers. Our platform includes a KYC/KYP tool and a compliance management system to help you efficiently and securely manage compliance activities.

 

KoreClient Spotlight: Bruce Lewis of BulletID

Bruce Lewis is a serial entrepreneur who has had his share of successes and failures. He is now 82 years old and has started a new company that he’s made his life’s mission. Through this venture, BulletID, Lewis aims to reduce gun violence by tracking ammunition. We recently got to sit down and speak with him about his work with BulletID and how JOBS Act regulations will help his company grow.

 

With his years of experience growing companies and his entrepreneurial spirit, Bruce Lewis is confident that BulletID will be able to make a difference in the fight against gun violence. Lewis is no stranger to hard work and determination, and he hopes his latest venture will be successful in positively impacting the world. As an entrepreneur since childhood, Lewis has always had a knack for starting and scaling businesses. He has tried various ventures, some of which have been more successful than others. However, he has never given up and always maintained the entrepreneurial spirit he received from his father and grandfather. 

 

One of Lewis’ earliest and most successful businesses came from a restaurant equipment supply company that he owned and operated after he married his high school sweetheart. By acquiring the 45 companies that supplied his restaurant supply company with unique products, Lewis was able to create a company that would eventually grow to 100 million in sales and over 1,000 employees by 1988. One of these companies was an early adopter of placing UPC barcodes on items, and his partners put it out in the rest of the world, while Lewis implemented it in Canada. BulletID would eventually utilize this barcode concept. 

 

Lewis was devastated after hearing the heartbreaking story about a four-year-old killed by a stray bullet at a birthday party; he knew he had to make a difference. In 2016, Lewis started BulletID to reduce gun violence by tracking ammunition using the same barcode technology originally designed to let supermarkets better manage their inventory. Through this company, law enforcement and military personnel can instantly track essential information about a bullet, such as inventory, ownership history, manufacturer, and type. This is done through a barcode printed into the brass cartridge. With this information, it will be easier for authorities to trace a bullet back to its owner and determine if it was used in a crime. Additionally, it makes it easier for the military to track their ammunition, especially when hundreds of millions of dollars worth of ammo is scrapped each year because of poor tracking capabilities. With BulletID, the process is as easy as scanning the cartridge on a smartphone, and from anywhere in the world, law enforcement and military can see available details within 10 seconds. 

 

“Criminals never leave the gun behind, but they do leave the shell cases behind. A homicide detective can scan [the casing] and it tells them who owns it. It’s a miracle but it works,” said Lewis of how BulletID can be used by law enforcement. Lewis hopes that by tracking ammunition, law enforcement and military personnel will be able to reduce gun violence by keeping ammunition out of the hands of criminals or easily identifying suspects in a gun-related incident. 

 

Lewis is hopeful that BulletID will successfully make a positive impact on the world and plans to make this his mission for the rest of his life. He, and his team, are filled with energy and excitement for what they’re building. And, with the help of JOBS Act regulations like Reg A+, BulletID continues to raise the necessary capital to accomplish this goal. As he says, “the technology is there. Governments just need to embrace the technology.”

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

 

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Supporting Improvements to RegA+ Secondary Trading

Since the JOBS Act was passed in 2012, RegA+ has evolved tremendously. With companies able to raise up to $75 million and utilize methods of online capital formation, the market continues to grow as more companies turn to the exemption to fund growth. Yet, the need for improved liquidity for this asset class has been given little attention by lawmakers and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Without secondary trading, investors are left with few options. Traditionally, private securities only provide an off-ramp for investors in the event of a merger, acquisition, or IPO. The unfortunate reality is that while a fragmented regulatory environment does allow for some secondary market transactions, issuers are not pre-empted from state securities regulations. As a member of the Small Business Capital Formation Advisory Committee, Sara Hanks recently spoke to highlight the challenges issuers face. “The end result is it becomes very difficult to trade companies,” said Sara, founder of Crowdcheck. And for the companies that she works with, it does not generally work for them.

 

Many believe the SEC should allow pre-emption for securities issued under Tier 2 of RegA+, supporting secondary market trading. The consensus of the committee was that the SEC should act on this recommendation and make secondary trading available for securities issued under Reg A+. Otherwise, small businesses will continue to suffer, and investors will be faced with limited opportunities for liquidity.

 

The committee also said it would be worthwhile for the SEC to consider harmonizing rules between Reg A+ and crowdfunding offerings to provide more clarity and simplicity for companies that rely on both forms of funding. If a solution to secondary trading is not found, it could limit the amount of money raised under Reg A+ and make it harder for small businesses to get the funding they need to grow. 

 

Based on the recommendation of the Small Business Capital Formation Advisory Committee, the SEC should allow pre-emption for securities issued under Tier 2 of Reg A+. Pre-emption would enable small businesses to access the capital they need to grow and thrive.

 

 

4 Ways to Build Better Shareholder Relationships

As a business owner, you know that communication is key to success. But when it comes to shareholders, shareholder communications can sometimes take a backseat. They’ve already invested, so customer communications to generate revenue often steal the show. However, it’s essential to keep shareholders in the loop since they own a piece of the company and are entitled to know what you’re doing with it. After all, the more involved they are, the more willing and able they will be to help, reinvest, or promote the brand. So how can you build strong relationships with your shareholders? While email has been the go-to method for shareholder communication in the past, other options may be more effective in building relationships with your shareholders. Here are four ways to enhance the way you communicate with shareholders, and a good communication strategy will make use of several of these strategies.

 

1. Webinars

Webinars are a great way to connect with shareholders and provide them with valuable information about your company. You can use webinars to give updates on your progress, share financial information, and answer questions from shareholders. Plus, webinars allow shareholders to get to know you and your team better and help put a face to the company. Since webinars can feel like you’re talking with rather than just to your audience, they can help build a powerful connection and establish trust, as well as give you valuable feedback from people who care about the company.

 

2. LinkedIn Page

Having an updated and informative LinkedIn page is a great way to connect with shareholders online. Use your page to share company updates, industry news, and other relevant information that shareholders might find useful. You can also use your LinkedIn page to answer shareholder questions and build relationships with them. By maintaining an active presence on LinkedIn, you can show shareholders that you’re committed to keeping them updated on your company. By providing value on your LinkedIn page, you can also attract new shareholders who may be interested in investing in your company.

 

3. Podcasts

Podcasts are a great way to share detailed information about your company with shareholders. You can use podcasts to give updates on your progress, share financial information, and answer questions from shareholders. By providing valuable information in your podcasts, you become an industry influencer by providing this information and can more easily build trust with shareholders that are listening. You can also interview other industry leaders whose thoughtful insights into your industry your audience may find informative.

 

4. Shareholder Management Tools

After your successful RegA+ or RegCF offering, you can anticipate many new shareholders to welcome on board. As shareholders, they have a vested interest in how your company performs. Thankfully, shareholder management is streamlined when you eliminate Excel sheets, CRM, or email. The Shareholder Management solution from KoreConX sets the new standard, empowering you and shareholders with transparency, compliance, and confidence. Keep shareholder documents secure and engage shareholders with portfolio management tools that allow them to see detailed information about their investments. To learn about the many great features of the KoreConX platform, get in touch with our team for a demo or any additional information. 

 

The most important thing you can do to build relationships with shareholders is to maintain communication with them. Whether you’re using email, webinars, podcasts, or blogs, make sure to keep shareholders updated on your progress and answer any questions they might have. By maintaining regular communication with shareholders, you can show them that you’re committed to keeping them informed and building trust with them.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups: Democratizing Access To Capital

The JOBS Act (Jumpstart Our Business Startups) reached its 10th anniversary in 2022 and we keep working on education to empower people through private capital markets. Even though it has already been a decade, we are still clearing the land to open up more opportunities. The Wharton Magazine anticipated that the JOBS Act would be as impactful in changing how we allocate capital as social media has been in how we manage time. Both entrepreneurs and regular people, such as customers, are able to be part of the financial market. Brand advocates, for example, can easily become shareholders, democratizing access to capital.

 

Meaningful changes

 

Title V in the JOBS Act raised the number of possible shareholders to 2,000, while 499 can be non-accredited. To give an exact feel of how deep this change is, before the JOBS Act, the maximum number of shareholders was 500, all of whom had to be accredited. This opens up opportunities for nearly everyone who wants to invest in the private capital market. And the bigger pool of potential investors also benefits the companies looking to raise capital. 

 

With regulations such as A (RegA+) and crowdfunding (RegCF), both accredited and non-accredited investors can be part of capital raising. Companies do not need to go public anymore to raise capital as entrepreneurs maintain control. Using RegA+, companies can now raise up to $75 million every 12 months. For RegCF, the limit is $5 million.

 

Market size

 

There are plenty of possibilities that arise from the regulations and how they change companies’ perspectives. The available pool of capital is expected to reach up to $30 trillion by 2030, making it a promising resource for companies. Also, there are several online services and platforms that have come up in recent years, such as KoreConX, but we will talk about those in other posts.

 

Equity Crowdfunding with RegCF

 

This form of capital raising for non-accredited investors is very new (2016) but it has shown steady growth since it was introduced. In its first full year (2017), $76.8 million were raised like this. In 2021, this number skyrocketed to $502 million. Startup customers, closest clients in a database, and closest network members can become valuable investors. Brand advocates can be more motivated to make a difference in a startup’s life once they can become shareholders.

 

RegA+

 

Although there are great possibilities for companies going for a RegA+, there are still some important investments involved. As a general rule, it is a good idea to be ready to spend at least $250,000 on a successful RegA+ offering. There are several steps that have to be accomplished, such as filing, which involve fees for lawyers and auditors, broker-dealer firms, investor acquisition costs like PR/advertising and social media, and online roadshows.

 

How Regulations Democratize Access to Capital

 

If you think about it, democracy is all about empowering as many people as possible to participate in and have a say in how society develops. The JOBS Act does that first and most directly by giving ordinary people more opportunity to own a stake in businesses, to become shareholders. But that wider pool of potential investors also empowers more entrepreneurs to get the funding to bring their ideas to fruition, which in turn creates jobs, empowering still more people to participate and, if they choose, to make their own investments. The entire ecosystem flourishes.

 

If you want to understand more about how the regulations help business grow and jumpstart our business startups, you can take a closer look at presentations from the father of the JOBS Act, David Weild IV, founders, funding portals and investors in our YouTube Channel.

What is the Estimated Budget for RegA+ Issuance?

Navigating the fundraising process and understanding how much to budget from a financial standpoint is one of the most frequent questions we receive. In the process of conducting a RegA+ offering ourselves, KoreConX has researched the estimated budget for a RegA+ offering.

 

While the budget varies based on several factors, you need to keep in mind the size of your raise and sector. As a general rule of thumb, it is a good idea to be ready to spend at least $250,000 on a successful RegA+ offering, $50,000 of which should be dedicated to getting your investor acquisition started. Most of your budget will be spent on Investor Acquisition. Now, this will not apply to every company but should serve as a general guide as to what you should expect a RegA+ offering to cost depending on the amount raised. 

 

Estimated Costs for USA-Based Companies:

What Why/ Work to be done When How much
USA Lawyer To file your SEC Form 1A and state filings First step in moving forward $35-$75k 
Auditors Are required to be filed with your Form 1A   First step requirement $3,500 +
SEC/State Filings Required regulatory Filings    $5k 
FINRA Broker-Dealer 8 States require you to have a Broker-Dealer to sell securities to investors  Begin engagement when you start with lawyer  1-3% fees 
Investor Acquisition

  • PR Firm
  • IR Firm
  • Video
  • Social media
  • Media Firm
  • Advertising
  • Webinar
  • Newsletter
  • Publishers
These firms prefer to be engaged right after you file, as the clock begins and gives them only 45-60 days when you go live.  Depending on size of offering you will spend up to $200k-$400k. Before you file your Form 1A  $25-50k at the beginning to start
Investor Relations Director Hire an internal resource to manage incoming inquiries from potential investors.  Handle outbound calls from investor leads. $4,500/month
KoreConX All-In-One platform End-to-end solution $4,500/month
Investment Platform Requires 45-60 days to set up After you retain your lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for ID, AML fees required   Ranges from $0.58/person, these fees are provided at cost
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for your Payment processors ( Credit Card, ACH, EFT,  Crypto, WireTransfer, IRA)   These fees are provided at cost
SEC-Transfer Agent Required as part of your Form 1A filings  After you sign up with lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
Secondary Market Ability for Shareholders to trade private company shares. Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
TradeCheck Report Ability to trade in all 50 states, include Blue Sky registration, and listing National Securities Manual Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 

 

 

Estimated Costs for Canada-Based Companies:

What Why/ Work to be done When How much
USA Lawyer To file your SEC Form 1A and state filings First step in moving forward $35-$75k 
Canada Lawyer $5k-$10k
Auditors Are required to be filed with your Form 1A   First step requirement $3,500 +
SEC/State Filings Required regulatory Filings    $5k 
FINRA Broker-Dealer 8 States require you to have a Broker-Dealer to sell securities to investors  Begin engagement when you start with lawyer  1-3% fees 
Investor Acquisition These firms prefer to be engaged right after you file, as the clock begins and gives them only 45-60 days when you go live.  Depending on size of offering you will spend up to $200k-$400k Before you file your Form 1A  $25-50k at the beginning to start
Investor Relations Director Hire an internal resource to manage incoming inquiries from potential investors.  Handle outbound calls from investor leads. $4,500/month 
KoreConX All-in-one platform $4,500/month 
Investment Platform Requires 45-60 days to set up After you retain your lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform  
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for ID, AML fees required   Ranges from $0.58/person these fees are provided at cost
Live Offering During the live offering you will have to pay for your Payment processors ( Credit Card, ACH, EFT,  Crypto, WireTransfer, IRA)   These fees are provided at cost
Transfer Agent Required as part of your Form 1A filings  After you sign up with lawyer  Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
Secondary Market Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 
KoreTrade Report Ability to trade in all 50 states, published in the Securities Manual Included with your KoreConX All-in-one platform 

KorePartner Spotlight: Richard Heft, President of Ext. Marketing

Richard Heft is the President at Ext. Marketing, a full-service marketing firm that helps companies attract potential investors to apply their marketing strategy and achieve their communications objectives. Richard has over 20 years of experience in the marketing and communications industry, focusing on the financial services sector. In 2021, Richard and his co-author published The Ascendant Advisor, a book about marketing and content strategies for advisors to grow their businesses. 

 

We recently sat down with Richard to discuss his company, experience, and partnership with KoreConX.

 

Q: Why did you become involved in this industry?

A: Ext. has spent almost a decade and a half helping financial services firms translate their business objectives into cutting-edge marketing campaigns for the retail and institutional spaces. During this time, we also began to recognize that we would truly be a full-service marketing leader if we could help our clients reach a limitless number of online retail investors through various social channels. The power of these retail investors is that they not only have an almost unlimited appetite to consume information online, but they are also able to invest how they want, when they want, and where they want on the increasing number of self-managed platforms. We launched Ext. Digital to help companies in virtually all industries identify their target retail audience, create messaging that will resonate with that audience, and tailor their conversion funnel to ensure their brands and investment offerings stand out in a somewhat crowded marketplace.

 

Q: What services does your company provide for offerings?

A: We offer end-to-end digital marketing strategies, content creation, media activation, and ad buys. We also provide access to our proprietary financial influencer network to help amplify the audience for our client’s news and updates.

 

Q: What are your unique areas of expertise?

A: Beyond our unparalleled content creation and transparency regarding their ad spend, our clients benefit from our constant A/B testing & optimization approach to ensure their media dollars are continuously put to best use.

 

Q: What excites you about this industry?

A: There is a lot that excites me about this industry! I strongly believe that, even when the global economy looks uncertain, there is a massive opportunity for companies looking to raise capital to reach the right people with their stories. And the people they are reaching have never been more motivated and able to invest in the opportunities that appeal to them.

 

Q: How is a partnership with KoreConX right for your company?

A: KoreConX has always been an excellent, reliable partner to Ext. Digital. We have been thrilled to introduce our clients to KoreConX’s holistic platform, given the trust we have in Oscar, Peter, and the entire KoreConX team, and we have worked with many companies that we know are going to be leaders in their respective industries as a result of introductions made by KoreConX.

 

Q: Anything else you would like to add about RegA, RegCF, or any other topic you might find relevant for your company, our partnership, and the ecosystem you are part of?

A: I encourage any company exploring a capital raise through a Reg A, Reg D, or Reg CF issue to find partners they can trust over their entire journey. I firmly believe Ext. Digital is the ideal digital marketing partner for any company looking to take the next step in its journey.

 

Oscar Jofre Speaks at Franchising Event in Denver, CO

We are always looking for ways to help our clients and the franchise community grow and succeed. That’s why we’re excited that our CEO, Oscar Jofre, got a chance to speak at the “Living in the Roaring 20s: Looking Ahead to a Wild Decade in Franchising” event in Denver, Colorado this week. The event featured dynamic panels of industry leaders. It was a great opportunity to take advantage of a hands-on learning experience, designed to help franchise businesses reach new heights and share key lessons learned from a global pandemic, tools and strategies for risk mitigation, and explore critical trends and new opportunities on the horizon.

 

Oscar was there to share his valuable expertise regarding raising capital. He joined two panels to discuss how crowdfunding can be used by franchisees and franchisors and how NFTs and cryptocurrencies are permanently altering the franchise landscape.

 

In addition to Oscar’s presentation, the event also featured panels on franchise strategy, industry outlook, sustainability, post-COVID best practices, navigating mergers and acquisitions, and much more of interest to anyone in the franchise industry, from those just starting to explore franchising to established professionals looking for ways to take their businesses to the next level. 

 

KoreConX is proud to have been a sponsor of this event, and we hope to see you at the next one!

Investment Compliance: It’s Not Just About Complying

Compliance can be a complex, dynamic task for companies raising capital, and sometimes might feel like an unnecessary burden just to stay in the good books of regulators and their seemingly arbitrary requirements. However, compliance can have other added benefits when managed correctly and introduces new efficiencies and trust within the regulatory environment. Some of these benefits include:

 

  1. Avoid unnecessary costs and delays: When it comes to managing compliance, one of the most important things to keep in mind is that it helps protect your company from regulatory risk. While failure to meet regulatory requirements can itself create costly delays, taking shortcuts and merely going through the motions of compliance can create a risk of much more costly liabilities and litigation. 

 

  1. Understand shareholder base: Another benefit of managing compliance instead of controlling it is that it allows you to understand your shareholder base better, and identify and engage with your shareholders more effectively. When you know who is investing in your company, you can tailor your messaging, convert investors into ambassadors and build trust and confidence with investors.

 

  1. Identify high-risk investors: One of the critical functions of compliance is to help identify and flag high-risk investors, protecting the company from both regulatory and reputational risks. Is the investor on any blacklists that would make them ineligible to invest? By managing compliance, you can more easily identify investors who may pose a threat to the company and take steps to mitigate that risk.

 

  1. Make continuous improvements: Managing compliance instead of controlling it helps create a continuous improvement process. Active engagement with the compliance process can help you to identify potential shortcomings and anticipate regulatory changes before they happen. This gives you the foresight to adapt when they come, or even allows you to enjoy a competitive advantage over competitors who may be blindsided. This is critical in the ever-changing landscape of compliance.

 

Investment compliance is not about control but learning to effectively manage this dynamic task. By understanding and managing compliance, companies can avoid costly penalties and fines, better understand their shareholder base, identify and flag high-risk investors, ensure that all the correct information about an investor is captured, and create a process for continuous improvement. 

 

Examining RegCF Trends

The internet has put financial literacy resources at the tip of our fingers and has done the same for investment opportunities. Whether it’s an app that allows you to buy and sell stock or cryptocurrencies, or a website that allows you to invest in a company that could be the next Uber, Tesla, or SpaceX, the average person now has access to new and exciting ways to invest that never existed before. 

 

The private capital market has been transformed by the JOBS Act and its exemptions, like Regulation CF, that allow companies to raise growth-fueling sums of money from accredited and nonaccredited investors alike. And, with companies now able to raise larger amounts than ever before, Reg CF investments are enjoying increasing popularity. This type of crowdfunding allows entrepreneurs to tap into the wallets of thousands of potential investors, providing not only the capital they need but also new networks, brand ambassadors, and more.

 

While the number of companies raising capital online decreased between 2018 and 2019, this number rebounded substantially since according to data shared by KingsCrowd. Between 2019 and 2020, the number of deals nearly doubled from 541 to 1024. The 2019 decrease could be attributed to multiple factors. One possible reason is that online crowdfunding was still considered a new space at the time, so investors and founders still had their reservations. The increased number of deals in 2020, 2021, and so far throughout 2022, suggests that this hesitation is starting to dissipate. This is supported by the tremendous milestone RegCF reached last year; over $1 billion has been raised through this exemption This could be due to a better understanding of how crowdfunding works or increased confidence in the industry as a whole. Whatever the reason, it’s clear that RegCF is becoming more popular among startups and investors alike.

 

When the COVID-19 pandemic began spreading across the US in the spring of 2020, it crippled and even bankrupted thousands of businesses. However, startups that raised capital with Reg CF didn’t appear to be affected the same way, possibly because of exploding demand in industries like telehealth, med-tech and delivery services, creating urgent new investment opportunities, coupled with large numbers of potential investors suddenly working from home and becoming more exposed to and accepting of online transactions and crowdfunding campaigns. 

 

This trend can also be seen in VC funding, which decreased during 2020 by 9% and 23% for the first quarter and second quarter of the year. The negative effect of the pandemic on VC funding largely impacted female founders more heavily than male founders, with female founders receiving only 2.3% of VC funding in 2020. That drove many founders to seek alternatives, which may explain some of the uptick in crowdfunding deals.

 

2022 is seeing a good flow of new crowdfunding deals as well. We’ve seen 429 new deals in the first quarter, according to KingsCrowd, and this number is only expected to increase as the number of founders and investors who recognize the power of crowdfunding continues to grow. With as little as $100, non-accredited investors can now own a part of a company and support a cause they believe in. This democratizes startup investing like never before.

 

Other trends we’re seeing are an increase in the mean amount raised per deal and a decrease in the median amount raised per deal, suggesting that while the biggest deals are getting bigger, the number of smaller deals is also growing, reflecting more participation by small businesses and small investors This has increased the amount of capital raised through RegCF from $239 million in 2020 to $1.1 billion in 2021, and this number is expected to double by the end of 2022. This means that more money is being funneled into startups and small businesses than ever before.

 

Will we see more startups turn to crowdfunding to compensate for the lack of VC funding? Only time will tell, but we’re excited to see how the rest of the year unfolds for the Reg CF community.

Partnership Strengthens Growing Industries Raising Private Capital

In another strategic move, KoreConX All-In-One Platform announces partnership with Fundopolis, an online investment bank specializing in exempt offerings and private placement capital allocation, as a way to keep creating more opportunities for entrepreneurs.

At first, Fundopolis was a KoreClient, attracted by its industry leading state of the art platform dedicated to processing and recordkeeping issuer and investor transactions in Exempt Capital-Raising Offerings, specifically RegCF and RegA+ offerings. Fundopolis uses KoreConX´s technology for their capital market activities.

As KorePartners, Fundopolis, a FINRA Broker-dealer registered in all 50 states, is eager to make their expertise available to the whole private capital ecosystem. With expertise in sectors such as real estate and cannabis, the online bank offers experience in these ever-expanding industries, guiding private companies as they navigate the complex regulatory space while introducing them to investors who share their vision for the future. Fundopolis is also part of the ecosystem for RegD, RegCF, and RegA+ offerings providing the FINRA broker dealer services to help companies raise capital.

“Beyond that, we understand that the investment landscape is constantly changing, and we pride ourselves on approaching the entire process with an eye on what is possible. As a recordkeeping transfer agent and escrow platform, we believe KoreConX is the perfect partner for Fundopolis, providing access to a vast ecosystem of investors and issuers,” says Bert Pearsall, CEO & Managing Principal at Fundopolis.

Co-founder and CEO at KoreConX, Oscar A. Jofre, acknowledges Fundopolis as a highly rated KorePartner. “When we first met, as a KoreClient, we saw a great potential and a lot of opportunities ahead of us. Since our solution unites tools to securely and efficiently manage business data and facilitate compliance during all the capital raising process regardless of where they are in this cycle, it was only natural to add them to our valuable team of KorePartners.”

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms, all leverage our eco-system solution. For investor relations and fundraising, the platform enables private companies to share and manage corporate records and investments: it assists with portfolio management, capitalization table and shareholder management, virtual minute book, security registration, transfer agent services, and virtual deal rooms for raising capital.

KoreConX All-In-One Platform announces partnership with Fundopolis. Read more in our blog.

Recapping Our All-Star June Podcast Guests

Throughout June, we were happy to host another set of excellent speakers to add to our KoreTalkX series, covering timely topics like digital securities, RegA+ for cannabis, and the potential RegA+ unlocks for companies in the Medtech space. Keep reading to explore each episode in more depth. 

 

KoreTalkX #5: Digital securities matter; tokens, coins, and regulations.

 

The June lineup of KoreTalks kicked off with episode #5, during which Andrew Bull discussed the future of digital assets and their impact on the financial industry. As digital securities enter the mainstream, their potential to protect issuers and create opportunities for investors grows with the transparency they can offer. However, education will continue to be an important factor in driving the expansion of the digital asset space. This conversation is helpful for anyone interested in learning more about digital assets and their impact on the financial industry. With their experience in traditional finance and digital assets, Andrew Bull and Dr. Garimella provide valuable insights into this growing industry based on their observations of the industry’s development. 

 

KoreTalkX #6: Cannabis businesses need capital. Let’s raise it.

 

Reg A+ is a powerful tool for companies in the private sector, and it is no different for those in the cannabis industry. In KoreTalkX #6, Brianna Martyn of Big Stock Tips discussed the importance of due diligence when investing in the cannabis industry, advising investors to research and understand each company’s fundamentals before investing. Brianna spoke with Jessica Trapani of KoreConX about our role in helping private companies raise up to $75 million from brand advocates and customers without going public. 

 

KoreTalk #7: The MedTech ecosystem is booming.

 

The JOBS Act was signed into law two decades ago, yet we are just beginning to see more Medtech companies utilize the RegA+ exemption to raise capital. In the last KoreTalkX episode for June, Stephen Brock and Peter Daneyko discussed the benefits of the Jobs Act and how it will help businesses grow and create jobs. Especially in the Medtech space, which is traditionally capital-intensive, RegA+ provides a tremendous opportunity for companies to raise needed capital while retaining more ownership of their company. Additionally, the speakers also discuss new, game-changing opportunities for investors, who are now able to invest in companies that align with deeply personal values. 

 

If you’d like to watch any of these episodes in full, you can catch them on your favorite podcast platform. Click here to view episodes on Spotify, Amazon, or iTunes.

It is time to meet your MedTech A+ Team

With our KoreSummit on RegA + for Medtech companies quickly approaching, we’d like to introduce the speakers we are thrilled to have for this informative event an exciting and life-changing industry. It is time to meet your MedTech A+ Team.

 

Dawson Russel
A branding and marketing expert with over ten years of experience in the industry. He has helped over 100 companies build their brands and tell their stories to the right audience thanks to his specialty in creative storytelling. His company, Capital Raise Agency, provides full-scale branding, marketing strategy, website design and development, video production, lead generation, social media, email, native ad campaign management, and more. At the upcoming Medtech KoreSummit event, Dawson will be speaking about how to build a brand and tell a story that captivates an audience.

 

Scott Pantel
President and founder of Life Science Intelligence, a company that ​​provides deep knowledge of the healthcare industry, guiding clients with actionable data to identify significant trends in medical devices, diagnostic, and digital health technologies that are rapidly evolving in the industry. At the upcoming KoreSummit, Scott will be discussing where Medtech companies can begin when embarking on their capital-raising journey. His wealth of knowledge on the topic will help entrepreneurs better understand the potential of Regulation A+ and how it can be used to grow their businesses. 

 

Stephen Brock
CEO of Medical Funding Professionals, a company that helps innovative companies in the healthcare field gain access to capital. Stephen is also passionate about ensuring founders, early employees, and investors retain control of their companies. For many companies in Medtech, this means introducing them to the potential of Regulation A+, which is just beginning to see more adoption by companies in this space. Stephens’s expertise in the Medtech field will shine through in his participation in the event’s panels.

 

Douglas Ruark
A corporate finance expert who has been involved in the securities industry for over two decades. He has experience with SEC-exempt securities offerings and provides advisory services for clients preparing and executing Regulation D, Regulation CF, and Regulation A+ offerings. We are excited for Douglas to share his knowledge at the KoreSummit event, where he will be speaking about Form 1A and the regulatory requirements for filing. 

 

Shari Noonan
CEO and Co-Founder of Rialto Markets, has over 20 years of experience in financial services, giving her unique insight into the private market. Shari will be joining the event to discuss the topic: “Form 1A: What is it, the regulatory requirements, and all you need to complete the filling and go live.” This makes her a valuable speaker at the upcoming event as she can offer information on the topic from both a regulatory and technological perspective for MedTech companies. 

 

Andrew Corn
Founder and CEO of E5A, a marketing firm specializing in RegA+ offerings. With over 25 years of experience in the industry, Andrew has a unique perspective on raising capital through marketing. He will be speaking at the upcoming KoreSummit on how Medtech companies can sell the story, not the stock. Through marketing, companies can reach a wider pool of potential investors, including those who are not accredited investors. Andrew brings his world-class knowledge of marketing Regulation A+ offers and acquiring the right investors for a company’s raise.

 

Nick Antaki
Corporate attorney with experience in securities offerings and private placements, providing legal services to small and medium-sized businesses, including entity structuring, regulatory strategy, trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets. Nick’s experience will be valuable to KoreSummit attendees as they look to raise money for their businesses, and he joins his colleague Doug Ruark from Reg D Resources.

 

Joel Steinmetz
COO and co-founder of Rialto Markets, with over 20 years of experience in the financial services field. He saw the many obstacles issuers and investors faced in the private placement market, opening up the opportunity to bring efficiency to inefficient markets, and inspiring him to co-found Rialto Markets.

 

Lee Saba
CTO and Head of Market Structure at Rialto with over 20 years of experience in financial services. We are excited to hear Lee share his thoughts in this growing Reg A+ vertical.

 

Matthew McNamara
Managing Partner at Assurance Dimensions and has over 20 years of experience as a Certified Public Accountant. He specializes in SEC and private company audits, focusing on technology, manufacturing, retail, construction, nonprofit, and transportation industries. Given his broad experience in accounting and auditing, McNamara is well-positioned to provide valuable insights on financial reporting for MedTech businesses.

 

Andy Angelos
President of Forward Progress, a company that provides end-to-end solutions for investor marketing, lead generation, and customer acquisition campaigns. Their battle-tested strategies connect you with accredited and nonaccredited investors to provide growth capital for your business. Andy will be speaking at a talk on “sell the story, not the stock” at the upcoming KoreSummit, sharing his expertise on connecting with investors and delivering sustained growth. With his vast experience in marketing and capital acquisition, Andy will surely give an insightful discussion that will be valuable for anyone in attendance.

 

John Hayes
Co-founder and CEO of Raising Stakes Media, a company that provides marketing and advertising services for businesses hoping to raise capital through a Reg A+ offering. With over 25 years of experience in the media industry, John brings a wealth of knowledge to the table for effectively telling a company’s story.

 

Oscar Jofre
Co-founder, president, and CEO of KoreConX. He has long been a passionate advocate for expanding the private capital market to increase opportunities for companies and investors alike. Part of his mission at KoreConX is to establish an ecosystem of trusted partners that can help investors and issuers succeed through the JOBS Act exemptions. 

 

Peter Daneyko
KoreConX’s CRO and brings a wealth of knowledge to the table regarding business development, startups, and sales. He will be speaking at the KoreSummit about Secondary ATS and Form 1A: What is it, the regulatory requirements, and all you need to complete the filling. This is essential information for anyone in the MedTech industry looking to go live with Reg A+, as it can be challenging to navigate the regulatory landscape. 

 

Dr. Kiran Garimella
Chief Scientist & CTO at KoreConX, is a world-renowned expert in artificial intelligence and machine learning, with over 20 years of experience in the technology industry. His experience and expertise make him a valuable asset to the KoreSummit, and he will talk about preparing for your live offering and secondary ATS.

 

Amanda Grange
Transfer specialist with KoreConX and returning for the upcoming KoreSummit event. She brings her experience to the table to discuss what issuers should be aware of when going live and the preparations they need to make to set themselves up for potential success.

 

It’s not too late to sign up for the event. You can register for the half-day webinar event here. It’s completely free to attend! 

 

A Distributed Workforce And How To Trust Your Employees

At the Virtual Communication Mastery event on May 26th, 2022, Oscar Jofre, KoreConX President, CEO, and co-founder, was invited to participate in a talk on the importance of building a team from a distributed workforce and how to trust your employees. He spoke about the company culture at KoreConX, which is based on trust and empowering employees to make decisions and how it benefits operations, and how we are seeing more companies embrace the remote model of working.

 

During the interview, the Virtual Communication Mastery hosts spoke to Jofre about how the crowdfunding concept in the US changed how fundraising works and who stakeholders are. “Venture capital is not the only way, there is nothing wrong with not being a venture, and because of COVID, online crowdfunding investment in the US has grown and has become more popular than ever,” said Jofre. He reiterated how there is lots of money sitting available, over $30 trillion, waiting to be invested, but it was difficult for people to support companies they believed in. Now with the JOBS Act regulations, KoreConX does everything compliantly to empower the private capital market so everyone can invest in innovative private companies.

 

This idea of inclusion does not only apply to its investors but also to the company’s employees. KoreConX is seeing companies embracing the distributed model “because it is about productivity.” You want your company to have the best product possible, and by getting the best people to believe in and execute that vision, it does not matter if they are in the same room as you. 

 

In fact, nearly 61% of Americans choose not to go into the workplace, a stark change from earlier in the pandemic.  “In 5-10 years,” says Jofre, “offices will not be the major hub for where people work.” He continued, saying that “with distributed working, we will see more small communities becoming hubs of people working remotely, and we are seeing more traveling because of remote working. Remote work is a very different environment where you do not lose things when you leave.” This allows a company and its employees to stay connected no matter where they are constantly. 

 

A significant concept Oscar believes in is providing to all employees is trust. He believes that “for a distributed team to work productively, there must be trust” between the employer and the employee. The employer trusts that the job will get done, and the employees trust that they can do their job without being micromanaged. By trusting your employees to make business decisions, you empower them to be as invested in the company as you are and improve productivity.

 

Security Tokens for RegA+

Although security tokens have been around for a while, they have started to gain popularity because they offer several advantages over traditional investment vehicles. In particular, security tokens can be used in RegA+ offerings, allowing companies to raise money from accredited and unaccredited investors. As a result, security tokens have quickly become one of the most popular ways to invest in startups and other high-growth businesses.

 

What are Security Tokens?

 

Security tokens, as the name implies, are securities. And much like traditional securities, they represent an ownership stake in a company or some other asset and are subject to the same SEC oversight as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and other forms of investment vehicles. Because of this, they share a familiar structure and have regulatory protection that makes them attractive for companies and investors alike. There is a greater assurance for the issuer that their investment will be protected from the volatility often associated with unregulated cryptocurrencies. For the investor, there is the added security of knowing that an asset backs its investment with value outside of the blockchain. 

 

​​”Security tokens are the missing link between the traditional financial world and the blockchain,” says Andrew Bull, founding partner of Bull Blockchain Law and KorePartner. “They provide the benefits of both worlds: the security of regulated securities and the flexibility and opportunity of digital assets.”

 

However, are security tokens the same as digital securities? The short answer is: yes, security tokens are the same as digital securities. Both represent an ownership stake in an entity or property, subject to SEC regulations. Thus, the names can be used interchangeably. The key difference between security tokens and traditional securities is that the former are digital representations that move and exist on a blockchain. 

 

It is also important to consider that while security tokens are cryptocurrencies, they are different from coins. Coins represent value on their own, like Bitcoin or Ethereum, whereas tokens have a function other than storage or exchange alone. And unlike utility tokens, security tokens represent a stake in an asset that has value outside of the blockchain. 

 

“Because security tokens denominate a stake in an asset that already has value outside of the blockchain, their value is not necessarily domain or ecosystem specific, as is the case with utility tokens,” says Bull. “Instead, the assets apportioned through the security tokens exist in the traditional market, in public and private equities. This makes the security token a naturally more attractive investment to both issuers and investors, as it provides a connection between traditional and digital investment assets.”

 

Benefits of Security Tokens for Issuers and Investors

 

Security tokens offer many benefits to companies and investors. Perhaps most importantly, they provide a bridge between traditional and digital investment assets, making it easier for companies to raise money and investors to gain exposure to the blockchain ecosystem. Because security tokens are subject to SEC regulations, issuing companies may benefit from the reassurance that their investment might be protected to a certain extent. The same benefit goes to the investor.

 

“Both parties can expect their ownership stake to be preserved on the blockchain ledger, as well,” said Bull. Investors can benefit from security tokens because they connect traditional and digital investment assets. Security tokens also have the potential to help investors by providing regulatory protection. This is important because it can help to mitigate the risk associated with investing in more experimental, unregulated cryptocurrencies.

 

On the other hand, digital assets not subject to SEC regulation, like utility tokens, have proven vulnerable to volatility and, therefore, challenging to maintain conditions stable enough to run a company. In this case, the investor in the utility token is exposed to a great deal more risk than the investor in the security token.

 

In summary, security tokens offer several benefits to both companies and investors. They provide a bridge between traditional and digital investment assets, making it easier for companies to raise money and investors to gain exposure to the blockchain ecosystem. These characteristics make security tokens less vulnerable to volatility and a more stable form of investment. They are also subject to SEC regulations, which provide some protection for both companies and investors.

KorePartner Spotlight: Dawson Russell, Founder and CEO of Capital Raise Agency

Dawson Russell is the Managing Partner and CEO of Capital Raise Agency, a full-service investor acquisition, and creative agency. Capital Raise Agency has helped over 100 clients build their brands and tell their stories to the right audience, specializing in creative storytelling in the realm of JOBS Act raises such as Reg A+, Regulation D, and S. 

 

Dawson is excited about the potential RegA+ is poised to unlock for MedTech companies and believes that the partnership with KoreConX is the perfect fit for his company. We were excited to recently sit down with Dawson Russell to talk to him about his thoughts on the industry and what he is looking forward to in the industry’s future.

 

Q: Why did you become involved in the industry? 

 

A: This is a part of our story that we always love to tell issuers. This is not an industry that we picked out as a “niche” we were going to market into. We fell into it naturally. I started working with my father’s financial advisory firm for about 16 years. The story goes, I walked in and saw their new marketing materials that were sitting on the conference room table and said, “this is awful.” I didn’t realize they had just dropped a lot of their marketing budget on these new “updated” materials. So my father and his business partner looked at each other and said, “well, fix it then.”

 

After other advisors and broker-dealers started to see their design and marketing, the agency snowballed by referral. Over ten years ago, the first Reg D offering reached out to us to help them re-brand and tell their story in the broker-dealer and advisor marketplace. We helped them raise $60 million, and since then, we have helped 100+ clients build their brands and tell their stories to the right audience.

 

Q: What services does your company provide for Reg A offerings? 

A: We are a full-service investor acquisition and creative agency, in that we provide everything from full-scale branding, marketing strategy, audience selection, website design and development, video production, lead generation, social media, email, native ad campaign management, and more. We always tell our issuers that we really want you to see us as the marketing director down the hallway. Even though we are remote, we want it to feel like we are on your team and not just a third-party vendor. If something creative or marketing-related needs to be accomplished, chances are we have done and can do it for our issuers. 

 

Q: What are your unique areas of expertise? 

A: I believe the most unique area we bring to the table is our creativity in storytelling. It all comes down to how you can tell your story to your prospects and investors creatively and relatively. So our unique ability comes from meeting with our clients and understanding who they are, what they are doing, and why that is important to the investor, and then putting the creative elements in place to tell that story in a captivating way.

 

Q: What excites you about this industry? 

A: One of the things we love about this industry is how much it feels like all the vendors, from legal to tech, to investor acquisition, to managing broker-dealers, truly feel like we are in this together. It feels more like we are a part of a giant team, all pushing for the same goal; to help our issuers succeed in their journey through the capital raise process. 

 

Q: What opportunities do you see RegA+ unlocking for MedTech companies? 

A: While we only have a handful of experience with MedTech companies in this space, we have heard an overwhelming, repetitive theme that venture capital firms take so much of a MedTech company that it leaves the founders with hardly any ownership of what they dreamed up and created in the first place. RegA+ unlocks the potential to keep their company in their hands and build a genuine following and investor distribution channel that they can reach out to repeatedly as they grow and need to continue to raise capital. 

 

Q: How is the partnership with KoreConX the right fit for your company? 

A: We love KoreConX because of the ability it gives an issuer to really brand their entire process from start to finish (from lead to investor) as their own. There are no random KoreConX logos that appear through the investment process, and it makes it such a smooth and easy user experience for the investor from the landing page to opt-in to start the investment process.

 

Do you really have permission to use those logos?

This post was originally written by our KorePartners at CrowdCheck. View the original article here

 

The Theranos jury’s fraud convictions of Elizabeth Holmes, former CEO and founder of the now defunct Theranos, Inc., should give pause to startups seeking to build their reputation by touting their relationships with other companies.  In the press to find financing, it can be tempting to use the logos of other companies, especially those that command market attention, to persuade investors to come on board.  In the case of Theranos, Ms. Holmes placed the logos of Pfizer and Schering-Plough on Theranos reports without receiving permission from those companies.  In her testimony, Ms. Holmes stated that she did not mean to deceive investors or business partners.  However, the jury disagreed.  In a Wall Street Journal article, Susanna Stefanek, also known as Juror No. 8, was quoted as saying that the unauthorized use of the logos was “the first smoking gun ….”  “Jury in Elizabeth Holmes Trial Seized on Two ‘Smoking Guns’ to Convict Theranos Found, Juror Says,” Jan. 6, 2022.

 

Startups should view this as a warning that using the logos of other companies to boost their profile and make their technology, services or products appear more developed than they actually are may be found fraudulent.  Startups and their founders should protect themselves by obtaining written authorization from other companies before displaying their logos for investors, including on their website, campaign page and marketing materials.  Even if a smaller company has a written agreement with a larger company, it is best practice to obtain the larger company’s permission to use its logo.  First, the use of the larger company’s logo may appear to be an endorsement of the startup and its technology, which may exceed the scope of the agreement between the companies.  Second, from the perspective of the larger company, this type of endorsement may cause it to become entangled in any materially misleading statements made by the startup and its founders – a risk assessment management of the larger company may need to undertake before giving authorization.

 

Further, companies should carefully consider the context in which they use other companies’ logos.  For example, displaying such logos for the purpose of touting certain companies as “potential partners” or “potential customers” might be perceived as misleading in light of the Theranos case.  In that instance, Theranos had engaged in discussions with Pfizer and Schering-Plough, but neither company had further contact with Theranos.  By subsequently adding the logos to the investor materials, Ms. Holmes was viewed by the jury as falsely representing the relationships between the companies.

 

Although not at issue in the Theranos case, displaying the logos of companies that happen to employ certain people who choose to invest in the startup could also be viewed as misleading.  Unless those investors did so on behalf of their employer, then the investment was made on an individual basis and the startup should not display the employer’s logo.

 

If Ms. Holmes decides to appeal her case, there is always the possibility that one or more convictions may be overturned.  Until that day, however, companies are on notice and should carefully consider how, when, and in what context, they display the logos of other companies.

Foreign issuers using Reg A and Reg CF

This post was originally written by our KorePartners at CrowdCheck. View the original article here

 

For some reason, this issue has been coming up a lot lately. Our usual response to the question “Can non-US issuers make a Reg A or Reg CF offering?” is to point to the rules:

  • Rule 251(b)(1) says Reg A can only be used by “an entity organized under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any State, Province, Territory or possession thereof, or the District of Columbia, with its principal place of business in the United States or Canada.”
  • Reg CF Rule 100(b) says Reg CF may not be used by any issuer that “is not organized under, and subject to, the laws of a State or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia.”

Slightly different formulations, as you can see, and note that Reg CF doesn’t say that the company needs to have its primary place of business here. But both exclude non-US or Canadian companies.

But we are getting a lot of pushback and “what if?” questions, so here are responses to a few of the most common:

  • What if we redomicile to the US? Well ok, that might work for Reg CF. It might work for Reg A too, if your management changes their domicile too (you need a bona fide principal place of business here). However, have you considered the tax consequences in your original home jurisdiction? Also, note that you’ll still need two years audited or reviewed financial statements, in US GAAP and audited or reviewed in accordance with US auditing requirements (US GAAS).
  • What if we form a subsidiary and it makes the offering? Yes, you can form a subsidiary here (it’ll have to have its principal place of business here too, for Reg A) and it can raise money under Reg CF. But the money it raises here has to be legit used for the sub’s own purposes. It can’t be upstreamed to the parent, because that would likely make the parent a “co-issuer” that needs to also file a Form C or 1-A and can’t. So the sub needs to be planning to undertake its genuine own business. Even then, if it’s not a new business but just taking over some part of the parent’s business, then the sub might need to produce financials (again, using US GAAP and US GAAS) from the parent’s business or the part of business it’s taking over, because that’s a “predecessor.”
  • What if we create a holding company in the US? Yes, although the same issues come up. If using Reg A, you need to move your principal place of business here. For either exemption, the foreign company that is now your subsidiary will be the “predecessor” company and so again we have the need for two years’ audited or reviewed financials using US GAAP and US GAAS.
  • What if we create a new company that licenses the foreign company’s product or service? This may be the most promising option, but it’s really going to depend on facts and circumstances. Proceeds of the offering have to be used for the new company’s operations, in the case of Reg A the company’s primary place of business has to be here, and you’ll have to look carefully at whether there are any predecessor issues.

How to Get Sued

This article was originally written by our KorePartner Jamie Ostrow at CrowdCheck Law. View the original post here

 

If you work with us, you will hear it many times that we strongly advise against financial projections …  as they can get you in trouble. However, companies always seem to want to include projections that start from zero, and grow exponentially. This type of financial projection that is untethered to reality is a primary driver of what will cause investors to sue for being misled because investors expect companies to believe that those projected results are attainable.

 

One such commonly used financial projection is the hockey stick graph, as in the example below:

 

CrowdCheck Law’s projected legal revenues. (FYI, the size of the entire global legal market is anticipated for 2026 to be $1.1T)

 

This example is pure bunk, because this is not the type of service that can grow exponentially. Maybe you believe that your company can achieve these types of results, and we appreciate that potential competitors may have used these types of projections when presenting to the institutional investor market. However, when done correctly, those numbers are reviewed by industry insiders who understand all the assumptions and trends that underlie these charts, along with the factors that will make these projections speculative.

 

Another common area where companies’ enthusiasm can run afoul of anti-fraud rules is potential market share. While we appreciate your enthusiasm, if you are a guy or a gal in a garage, you probably do not have a rational basis for assuming you will compete with multinational companies and have a 25% market share in the next couple years (or really at all).

 

A third of the many ways to be sued is absolute statements about future revenues that have conditions over which the company has no control.  For instance, in the Elizabeth Holmes trial (Theranos), one of the two “smoking guns” was financial projections of $40 million a year. Maybe Theranos could have reached those future revenues, but only if the science worked and the FDA cleared the product. Without qualifying statements of future potential revenue with what needs to happen to get there, the company, and Elizabeth Holmes, was found liable.

 

This is only a small sample of what can get a company sued. The universe of possibilities is only limited by the fury of disgruntled investors.

What is the Opportunity in RegCF for Franchisees and Franchisors?

Raising capital is a critical part of any business, and it can be especially challenging for franchisees and franchisors. Fortunately, there are several options available, notably Regulation CF crowdfunding. This regulatory framework, which was created as part of the JOBS Act, allows businesses to raise up to $5 million per year from a wide range of investors and introduced significant opportunities within the capital raising journey.

An Opportunity for Franchises

Regulation Crowdfunding, RegCF for short, is a securities regulation that allows companies to offer and sell securities to the general public through a crowdfunding portal. Since being passed into law just over 10 years ago, companies have raised over $1B in capital through this exemption.

Of course, there are also risks associated with investing through RegCF. As with any investment, there is always the potential that it may not gain the traction issuers anticipate and the desired capital may not be raised. However, if done carefully and with due diligence, RegCF can be an excellent way for franchisees or franchisors to raise capital.

Advantages of Reg CF for Franchisors and Franchisees

Several key points should be highlighted when it comes to the advantages of crowdfunding through Regulation CF for both franchisors and franchisees. Reg CF opens up a new way to raise capital for franchisors while retaining full ownership and control of their company. This is thanks to the lower investment minimums required and the ability to raise capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors. On the other hand, franchisees can use Reg CF to improve the reach of their franchise (with the approval of the franchisor) and raise the necessary capital to get their franchise off the ground or expand it.

When it comes to Regulation CF, there are a few key advantages that both franchisors and franchisees can enjoy, including:

  • Lower investment minimums are one of the key selling points of Reg CF for both franchisors and franchisees. This means that issuers can raise capital from their fans, customers, and others who already support the company.
  • The ability to raise capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors is another key advantage of Reg CF, which allows issuers to tap into a larger pool of potential investors.
  • Improved reach is thanks to the fact that Reg CF allows for the use of social media and other online platforms to reach a wider audience of potential investors and increase the likelihood that an offering will receive the exposure needed to be successful.

Getting Involved in Reg CF

For franchisees and franchisors, the opportunities are plentiful with Reg CF. However, the main thing to remember is that to be successful in Reg CF campaigns, you need to have a great product with an even better message.

The first step is to get your product in front of potential investors. This can be done through several channels, including social media, online advertising, and PR. Once you have people interested in your product, it’s crucial to provide them with more information about why your product is worth investing in. This is where having a strong value proposition comes in. Once you have an audience for your product, you can begin the process of getting your offering qualified with the SEC and listing it on a funding portal.

Your value proposition should be clear, concise, and compelling. It should address the needs of your target market and explain how your product can meet those needs. Additionally, your value proposition should be supported by data and customer testimonials. These will help to show potential investors that your product is the real deal.

Finally, it’s important to remember that raising money through Reg CF is a team effort. To be successful, you’ll need to build a strong network of support. This includes family, friends, members of your target market, and a supporting team of key players from lawyers to broker-dealers and marketing professionals to help you reach your goal in the most efficient way possible.

Preparing for the Future with Reg CF

This regulatory crowdfunding framework offers numerous opportunities for early-stage businesses to raise capital from a large pool of investors. Through RegCF, startups and small businesses can offer securities to the general public, allowing investors of all income levels to participate in their growth. Franchising is a great way to expand a business and bring it to new markets. With RegCF, there is now an opportunity for franchisees and franchisors to raise capital from everyday investors through equity crowdfunding.

What is a Fund and How Can it Utilize RegA+?

In the traditional sense of a fund, you may be thinking of something like a hedge fund, or other sort of entity that invests in smaller portions of other entities. However, these types of funds are not able to raise capital using Regulation A. So when it comes to RegA+ exemptions, what is a fund and how does it work?

In 1940, the Investment Company Act was passed into law, regulating how investment companies are organized and they types of activities they are permitted to conduct. This law also specifies the requirements for various types of funds, including open or closed-end mutual funds. However, under Regulation A, companies that fall under this definition of an investment company are prohibited from using the exemption to raise investments.

For a “fund” to utlize RegA, it is required to have an exemption from being an investment company. Some rules do apply here, such as the exemptions of having less than 100 investors or having certain qualified investor are not applicable. In the case of Regulation A+, a common exemption is that the fund is not investing in securities. Instead, it may be investing in assets such as real estate or collectibles.

Other considerations must be taking into account when trying to have the offering qualified by the SEC, such as being able to explain how investors will be getting their money back. For RegA+, funds must also have a business plan in place. For example, they must define the types of companies they are looking to invest in or acquire, especially by defining which companies specifically.

However, the process is generally complex, and requires careful planning and discussions with legal advisors to ensure that the raise is done compliantly and according to SEC regulations.

What Due Diligence Do I Need for My RegA+ Offering?

If you’re thinking of conducting a RegA+ offering, you’ll need to do some due diligence first. This blog post will outline what you should investigate before proceeding with your offering. We’ll cover the key areas you need to look at, including the company’s financials, management, and business strategy. So if you’re ready to take the plunge into RegA+, make sure to read this post first.

Be a Diligent Issuer

Due diligence is an essential part of the securities offering process. Issuers must carefully examine all aspects of their business and operations to comply with securities laws and regulations. Due diligence aims to identify and assess any risks associated with the offering, including reviewing the company’s financial statements, business plan, and disclosures. Issuers must also consider potential risks related to proceeds, insider trading, and other potential conflicts of interest. Due diligence is vital for RegA+ issuers because it helps to ensure that the offering is compliant with securities laws and regulations. It also helps to protect the company and the investors by identifying any potential risks associated with the offering.

When it comes to RegA+, issuers must conduct significant due diligence to ensure a successful offering to protect their interests and stakeholders. The first step in due diligence is the review of all documentation, including the offering circular and any other related materials. The goal is to get a complete understanding of the offering and to identify any potential risks. They can protect their interests and those of their stakeholders by doing so.

The next step is the assessment of activities. Issuers must assess their actions and identify any potential risks so they can ensure they meet regulatory requirements. They must also be clear in their marketing materials to ensure that they are not misleading potential investors.

The final step in due diligence is the review of marketing materials. Issuers must ensure that their marketing materials are not misleading and that they comply with all regulations. They can protect their interests and those of their stakeholders by doing so. If information is not accurate or is contradictory with information the issuer has published elsewhere, it can cause problems for the offerings.

Tips for Issuers

When you’re looking to conduct due diligence on your own business, it’s essential to have a clear plan of attack. Here are five things to keep in mind when preparing to complete due diligence for a RegA+ offering:

  1. Start by reviewing your business plan and finances. Make sure you understand your company’s goals and how it is making money.
  2. Look at your management team and Board of Directors. Ensure they are qualified and have the experience to run a successful business.
  3. Conduct a thorough review of your company’s operations. Make sure you understand your manufacturing process, marketing strategy, and sales channels.
  4. Keep your cap table up to date; ensuring it documents who holds shares in your company.
  5. Ensure you do not have information on your website that contradicts information in your offering documents.

These are just a few aspects that help you conduct due diligence more effectively and efficiently. Due diligence is an integral part of any business transaction, so it’s worth getting it done right.

Be Diligent with your Offering

When working with an attorney, you must provide them with all of the relevant information about your company and the offering. This includes both the business and financial aspects of your company and any legal issues or risks that you may be aware of. Attorneys will then use this information to help assess the offering and to identify any potential risks.

Auditors will also need access to all relevant information about your company and the offering. They will use this information to verify that everything is in order and that there are no financial risks associated with the offering. Auditors will also work with the attorney to identify any potential legal risks.

Working with both an attorney and an auditor during the due diligence process will help to ensure that your RegA+ offering is successful. By providing them with all of the relevant information, you can help reduce the risk of mistakes being made and help to keep everyone on track.

KoreClient Spotlight: Peter Kassel, CEO and Co-Founder of HealthySole

Peter Kassel is the CEO and co-founder of Healthysole, a remover of 99.99% of infectious bacteria, viruses, and spores that are tracked on your shoes. As the co-founder of HealthySole Peter has been with the company for its entire journey, which began in 2011. We recently sat down with Peter to discuss his company, the growing Medtech space, and the use of capital raising in this field.

Q: Tell me a little about your experience, company, and your company’s impact on clients and the Medtech space.

A: I have been working in the Medtech space for ten years as CEO and co-founder of Healthysole. Ten years ago, my family started this company on the simple concept that shoes and floors are dirty. We are now hoping to make a significant impact on the Medtech space. My family and I decided to address this issue when a family member acquired a near-fatal infection during a standard medical procedure. While Hospital Acquired Infections and Infection Control are prevalent issues, we found that shoes and floors were regularly overlooked as potential contributors to the problem.

Once we pivoted our product towards the Medtech and healthcare space, top leaders in the field contacted us to test their hypothesis and push the narrative of better protecting the patient and healthcare provider. We see that there is greater value and response for this product within the healthcare setting and beyond. We view the product as simple as washing your hands for the soles of your shoes. When people wash their hands with greater frequency, the environmental presence of pathogens decreases; HealthySole PLUS safely and unobtrusively applies the same principle, only to the soles of shoes in just 8 seconds. This helps limit the pathogens on one of the dirtiest parts of a hospital, shoes. HealthySole can be implemented to lower the amount of infectious pathogens responsible for hospital-acquired infections by addressing and limiting pathogens on your soles.

Q: What excites you most about the sector?

A: It’s one of these examples of a market sector where innovation has very little potential of downside. When working in the Medtech space, you’re trying to improve the experience of patients and healthcare professionals while lowering the chance of infection, better preventing illness, and reducing the spread of germs in facilities.

Q: How do you see the LSI Medtech event having an impact on your company?

A: We have been around for ten years. Once we proved out the device and had momentum, we felt we had a viable tool. Groups that adopted our product to deal with disease infection rates from patient to provider saw the benefits. At the very same time, all these world-shattering events kept occuring, putting a startup like ours at a disadvantage. When we want to put out our results, there’s lots of international news and we are unable to rise above the noise. LSI gives us the opportunity to speak directly to the medical community at large about the threat shoes and floors pose and how HealthySole PLUS can easily and effectively address it.

Q: Now that your company will be using Reg A+ for your next offering, how do you see it impacting your company?

A: It’s night and day. Medtech companies have a very hard time raising money, you need the talent to sell it, but you also need capital to support those sales efforts. Capital is needed for manufacturing at a greater scale, international advertising, researching, and Reg A+ helps us do all these things.

Q: Why do you think education on topics like regulation A+ play such a vital role in expanding access to capital for Medtech.

A: Every human interacts with a medical device, in a multitude of ways, numerous times throughout their life. Medicine is something every human must encounter. As a society, we want better outcomes, and this will never stop. We see during unprecedented events like COVID that the healthcare systems are incomplete. They work during times of calm, but can find it difficult to adapt to rapid change. Investing in a simple, yet effective product within the Medtech space provides an excellent prospect for investors, giving them the opportunity to financially benefit while changing the world of medicine to improve health outcomes all around the world.

Q: How do you see Regulation A+ impacting Medtech companies?

A: I see it transforming medicine as we know it. Medical innovations such as products, procedures and software come with a high cost and a number of difficult regulatory hurdles, leading to large investors’ hesitancy. With Reg A+, we can spread the risk and the reward so the general population can put their money towards a future they want to see. I see the renewed access to capital and alongside the ability for everyday investors to invest in products they believe in, changing the medical industry for years to come.

Q: What advice would you give a young MedTech entrepreneur as they begin their journey through capital raising and building their company?

A: It’s similar to being an entrepreneur in any company. You will need more capital than you expect because the world of medicine moves very slowly. Anything you do will take three times longer, and if it takes three times longer, it will be three times more expensive as well.

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

KoreClient Spotlight: Dr. Joseph McGinley, Founder and CEO of McGinley Orthopedics

Joseph C. McGinley. M.D., Ph.D. is a highly accomplished musculoskeletal intervention and sports medicine physician with over 15 years of experience in the field. He holds a Bachelor’s and Master’s Degree in Mechanical Engineering and a Ph.D. in Physiology and an MD from Temple University. He completed both his residency and fellowship at Stanford University. Dr. McGinley became the founder and CEO of McGinley Orthopedics, a company that designs, develops, markets, and sells orthopedic medical devices.

We recently sat down with Dr. Joseph McGinley to ask him about his company, the industry’s future, and raising capital for a Medtech company today.

Q: Can you tell me a little about your experience, your company, and your company’s effect on patients and the Medtech space?

A: My background is originally in mechanical engineering and I then went on to obtain a  medical degree and Ph.D.. Following that, I attended Stanford University for both my residency and fellowship in musculoskeletal radiology. After my fellowship, I transitioned into private practice in Casper, Wyoming, where I reside today. My passion for problem-solving and engineering inspired us to create our products. The idea was founded and conceptualized at a dinner meeting with colleagues when I was still in medical training. A surgeon was discussing a case about a teenager with a wrist injury. To repair it,  a screw was inserted, and it inadvertently plunged the bone, subsequently tearing the tendon on the far side of the bone. He reported that due to the inaccuracies of the depth measuring process, surgeries may result in incorrect screw sizes.  We knew if we placed sensor technology in the surgical tools, we could improve the surgical outcomes and reduce the occurrence of these all too frequent results.

The current standard of care when in orthopedic plate and screw surgeries is to manually measure depth and “feel” when to stop on the far side of the bone. This process is prone to errors that can be costly and impact patient outcomes. The IntelliSense Drill Technology® improves the level of care by putting sensors in the tools that simultaneously measures depth, telling the surgeon what size screw to use and has auto-stop features to help prevent plunging past the bone.  It makes it easier for the surgeon to expedite the procedure and improve the patient’s care level. The IntelliSense Drill® has been on the market for 7 years and is currently being used in operating rooms across the country.  As a company, we have continued to create products with the mission to improve the standard of care in orthopedic surgeries. Today our company boasts of over 137 patents in various stages of development.

Q: What excited you the most about this sector?

A: For me personally, it is all about making a difference in patient care. As a physician, we usually help patients on a one-on-one basis. Technology such as the IntelliSense Drill ® improves patient care and outcomes on a much larger scale impacting patient care worldwide. Many of us at some point may also find ourselves on the other side of that care. It is great to help provide a solution to enhance many lives globally.

Q: How do you see the upcoming LSI Medtech event having an impact on your company? 

A: We’re excited to be back at LSI. Last year was our first time attending the meeting, and we met many interesting people in diverse business sectors. It made us think about our company, improve ideas, and how to best set up success. There are a lot of innovators at the conference and I have learned from their expertise. We will use the platform of LSI to reach a variety of unique investors that can help change the standard of orthopedic care and improve the quality of care given to patients with their investment. All our investors are part of our team, and we are looking to tap into the experience of those involved. We are also excited to have a platform to share and get the word out about our products. Because we are addressing a real need in orthopedics, we know our message and goals will resonate with many in attendance.

Q: Since you are using Regulation A+ for your next offering, how do you see that fundraising style impacting your company?

A: We are new to Regulation A+. This opportunity will give us access to a broad investor base and allow us to promote our products on a larger scale. We are excited to share our products with new investors through this platform. Reg A+ allows for us to raise capital without losing control of the company.  It is an exciting time at McGinley Orthopedics. The influx of funding into our company will afford us the opportunity to grow and reach more patients with our technology. The funds will not only benefit our current technologies but allow us to bring to market numerous additional products in our pipeline.

Q: Why do you think education on the topic of Reg A+ plays such a vital role in expanding access to Medtech companies?

A: Until recently, I did not have a full understanding of Reg A+ and how it could help our company. I am excited to share what I have learned about its benefits to educate other companies about this approach. In the investment world, we are not used to a privately held company being able to solicit on a large scale. This approach levels the playing field while benefiting the company and the investor by eliminating the middleman. It has also opened doors to additional resources that I know would benefit other medtech companies.

Q: How do you see Reg A+ impacting the Medtech industry?

A: I think we are at the tip of the iceberg regarding Reg A+ in the Medtech industry. It gives companies the ability to access capital in an early stage a lot more easily. I think we will see an increase in adoption and a shift in private equity to Reg A+ in the future. You will see companies like ours reap the benefits, and it’s great for the entrepreneurial world.

Q: What advice would you give a young Medtech entrepreneur as they begin their journey through capital raising and building their company?

A: I would say it’s hard, and it requires dedication. If you want to be successful, you must think outside traditional approaches. Don’t eliminate any possibility and think of what works best for you. There is no easy path to success. We are an innovative company and sought unique ways to innovate while raising capital.  We innovate with our products, innovate with our sales, and innovate with how we raise capital including this new approach with Reg A+. It will be hard work, but hard work is part of the journey. Try to get varying perspectives, understand the pros and cons, and do what is best for your company.

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;
  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;
  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and
  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

KoreClient Spotlight: Brent Fawson, COO of Facible

Working at Facible, Brent Fawson believes that the company is poised to leave a lasting impact on lives around the world by making medical diagnostic testing more accessible. We sat down with Brent and talked to him about the medical industry, his company, and capital raising in the medical field.

 

Q: Tell me a little more about your company. How do you impact the Medtech space and the customers you serve?

A: Facible Diagnostics is a diagnostics company that uses our revolutionary Q-LAAD technology to take hospital-grade diagnostics out of the lab and to the point of care. Legacy diagnostic technologies often require a tradeoff between speed, accuracy, and ease of use. Q-LAAD technology enables the development of faster and more accurate diagnostic tests that are easier to run, and don’t require complex machinery so they can be run outside of a hospital laboratory making hospital-grade diagnostic testing available anywhere. It’s ideal for underserved and rural areas, urgent cares, physician’s offices or even the home.

 

Q: What excites you most about your industry?

A: I think with the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, we have all seen the limitations with some of the legacy technology platforms. To have a revolutionary technology at the forefront of the industry is very exciting. I feel we are just scratching the surface of understanding and using medical data to improve our lives. There are companies out there, like Apple, that are beginning to use this data for research purposes. We can create richer data sets to understand and address big challenges we all face. With the COVID crisis, we have all seen not only current deficiencies in diagnostics, but also an unprecedented investment at the same time which will work to improve our lives. 

 

Q: How do you see the LSI MedTech event having an impact on your company?

A: We are really excited to meet with like-minded people who understand the value a company like Facible can bring to the world through their partnership. We have a unique vision to offer investors and partners and love to collaborate and explore the endless possibilities of where our technology can go.   

 

Q: Now that your company will be using Regulation A+ for your next offering, how do you see this helping your company?

A: A startup like Facible is always at risk of choosing the wrong funding pathway. Biotechnology development is expensive and it’s easy to start chasing money to keep the company going. You then run the risk of partnering with investors with different goals, objectives, and understanding of how best to use the funds provided.  We feel that because our technology is so revolutionary, we want to see our vision realized and Regulation A+ is the best path toward making that happen. This also is a great way to allow people that have supported us all along to finally be able to invest in our future.

 

Q: Why do you think education on RegA+ places such a vital role in expanding access to capital for medical companies?

A: Right now, there are very traditional ways to raise money. It’s such a well-worn path, it’s great to have these other alternate options out there and understand them. As we started looking at Reg A+ a couple of months ago, we knew nothing about it. It’s vital that entrepreneurs understand all of their options for capital to allow their company to be as successful as possible. Along with that, Reg A+ is so new that there are not many people that really understand how it works. It’s only through talking to people like Oscar (CEO, President, KoreConX) and Doug (Senior Principle, Regulation D Resources) that we have been able to understand it.

 

Q: What effect do you think Reg A can have on Medtech companies in general?

A: Medtech development is expensive. For a small company who has great ambition, amazing science, but few institutional connections it can be nearly impossible to fund a company. To have access to a broader capital market allows us to sell our vision directly to investors that understand and appreciate the impact that these emerging technologies can provide.  

 

Q: What advice would you give a young Medtech entrepreneur as they begin their journey through capital raising and building their company?

A: You must have a good plan. You need to be willing to test your ideas with the right people so that you understand what value to bring. Make sure you are surrounding yourself with people who are willing to be critical. I have seen many companies try to move without fully vetting their vision. And beyond that, really try to understand what it’s going to take to bring your product to market. It’s an expensive and challenging process so make sure you go in with your eyes wide open.  

 

Regulation A Disclaimer

This communication may be deemed to be a solicitation of interest under Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, in which case the following apply:

 

  • No money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;

 

  • No offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is qualified, and any such offer may be withdrawn or revoked, without obligation or commitment of any kind, at any time before notice of its acceptance given after the qualification date;

 

  • A person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind; and 

 

  • An offering statement, which would include a preliminary offering circular, has not yet been filed with the SEC.

Attracting Impact Investors

Founders and executives of startup and early-stage healthcare companies seeking funding historically were limited to appeals to Venture Capital firms, Angels, and bootstrapping – struggling to survive by internal growth alone. In many cases, the founders resort to selling their businesses for values well below their potential. Fortunately, their options have increased due to

1. The Emergence of the Impact Investor

The economic devastation from the coronavirus and its evolving variants is a once-in-a-lifetime event that super-charged the nascent trend of individuals and institutions to invest in ventures intended to improve the quality of life. The dollar value of “impact investing” – experienced “remarkable growth over the past ten years, reaching $2.1 trillion in 2020, according to the International Finance Corporation (IFC).[i] Impact investments are investments made to generate positive, measurable social and environmental impact with a financial return. The bottom line is that impact investors look to help a business or organization complete a project, develop a new life-saving treatment, or do something positive to benefit society.

2. Exposure of Venture Capital Myths

For years, companies seeking funds avoided the tag of “social responsibility,” afraid that investors would avoid any company whose profit objective is compromised by non-financial returns. Nobel Prize-winning economist Milton Friedman ridiculed the idea that business has a “social conscience” and asserted that businessmen who believed such ideas were “unwitting puppets of the intellectual forces that have been undermining the basis of a free society these past decades.” [ii] Consequently, company leaders and investors unwittingly accepted

  • Myth #1 that impact investing produces lower financial returns that take years to materialize. A report by McKinsey & Company in 2018 found that investments in socially beneficial organizations produced returns comparable or exceeding those dedicated to profits only. Furthermore, the median holding period before exit (IPO or M&A) was about the same as conventional VC investments.
  • Myth #2 – An article in the 1998 Harvard Business Review[iii] challenged the belief that VC funding is the underlying force of invention and innovation in economic systems, finding that only a tiny percentage of VC capital (6%) invested in startups or research and development. A VC’s investment focus is on companies that have proven success and need funds for scaling.

Doing Well by Doing Good

Healthcare — where success is measured in improvements in disease progression and quality of life – is the focus of my firm. We promote Impact investing because the strategy provides an avenue in which people can do well by doing good, i.e., buying the securities of companies that positively affect the health of themselves, their families, and others. From the discovery of bacteria to the first artificial organs, significant medical discoveries have extended the quality and length of humans’ lives. Take a look at some of my clients and how they’re positively impacting the world of health and medicine.       

  • EyeMarker: developer of non-invasive assessment and tracking devices for traumatic brain injury (TBI) improving the speed, accuracy, and consistency of concussion detection and diagnosis.  
  • Facible: developer of revolutionary biodiagnostics technology for infectious disease which simplifies the diagnostic testing process while increasing the accuracy of results, empowering patients to better understand their personal health and the quality of products treating their wellness.
  • HealthySole: disrupting the infection prevention market with ultraviolet shoe sanitizer technology clinically proven to kill 99.99% of infections, contaminations, and pathogens in only 8 seconds. 
  • Kurve Therapeutics: provider of compact liquid drug delivery devices significantly enhancing the efficacy and safety of formulations treating Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s LBD, and ALS. 
  • McGinley Orthopedics: manufacturer of orthopedic surgical devices employing cutting-edge sensing and navigation technology reducing surgical time and cost while improving patient outcomes. 
  • Medical 21: reshaping the future of cardiac bypass surgery with an artificial graft which eliminates the harvesting of blood vessels, significantly decreasing procedure time and cost as well as the risk of infection, scarring, and pain for patients.

The recently updated JOBS Act of 2017[iv] offers founders of healthcare companies an alternative channel for fundraising to running the gauntlet of impersonal VC managers focused solely on extraordinary growth as quickly as possible. Using a Regulation A+ offering in place of venture capital allows company management to target those investors who believe in the company’s objectives and want to support them. For healthcare companies, the potential investors include the

  • doctors who work in the company’s field and know first-hand the impact your solution could have,
  • patients who have been affected and their family members and friends, and
  • people who support the non-profit organizations around those you help diagnose/treat.

Founders of healthcare companies will find a wide variety of investors eager to help them reach their objectives, according to the Global Impact Investing Network 2020 Annual Impact Investor Survey.[v] Their research estimates the current market size at $715 billion, attracting a wide variety of individual and institutional investors:

  • Fund Managers
  • Development finance institutions
  • Diversified financial institutions/banks
  • Private foundations
  • Pension funds and insurance companies
  • Family Offices
  • Individual investors
  • NGOs
  • Religious institutions

Rather than having one or more VC shareholders anxious to make a profit and move on to the next deal, Regulation A+ offers access to thousands of potential advocates – a legitimate community of people with a shared sense of purpose — for your business.

A Reg A+ offering allows investors to contribute to life-saving research, clinical trials, or tools and technology to assist victims in returning to everyday life, possibly within their families. For example, small biotechs are more likely to invest in research, spending up to 60% of their revenue on R&D.[vi] They account for up to 80% of the total pharmaceutical development pipeline in 2018,[vii] making small companies the driving force behind innovative new therapies, and 64% of all new drugs approved by the FDA in 2018 originated from small pharma.

Final Thoughts

Founders seeking new funding should ask, “Do I want a group of shareholders that focus solely on my bottom lines or investors who care about our company’s objectives for the full community – patients as well as shareholders?” The question is especially pertinent since an alternative process is available with less hassle, cost, and time. We believe that Regulation A+ offerings should be in the toolbox of every founder, owner, CFO, and Treasurer in the United States. Their use provides excellent upside potential with little downside risk.

 

Resources:

[i] Gregory, N. and Volk, A. (2020) GROWING IMPACT New Insights into the Practice of Impact Investing. International Finance Corporation. (June 2020) Access through https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/8b8a0e92-6a8d-4df5-9db4-c888888b464e/2020-Growing-Impact.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=naZESt9

[ii] Friedman, M. (1970) A Friedman doctrine‐- The Social Responsibility Of Business Is to Increase Its ProfitsNew York Times. (September 13, 1970) Accessed through https://www.nytimes.com/1970/09/13/archives/a-friedman-doctrine-the-social-responsibility-of-business-is-to.html

[iii] Zider, B.(1998) How Venture Capital Works. Harvard Business Review. (November-December, 1998) Access through https://hbr.org/1998/11/how-venture-capital-works

[iv] Littman, N. (2021) Healthcare-Focused Impact Investing: Another Way To Invest For Change. Forbes Magazine. (April 28, 2020) Access through https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbesfinancecouncil/2021/04/28/healthcare-focused-impact-investing-another-way-to-invest-for-change/?sh=3f4c7f501e5c

[v] Staff. (2021) WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT IMPACT INVESTING. Global Impact Investing Network. (August 25, 2021) Access through https://thegiin.org/impact-investing/need-to-know/

[vi] Coskun, M. (2020) How is R&D spending affecting Biotech company growth? Data-Driven Investor. (May 11, 2020) Access through https://www.datadriveninvestor.com/2020/05/11/how-is-rd-spending-affecting-biotech-company-growth/#

[vii] Kurji, N. (2019) The Future of Pharma: The Role Of Biotech Companies. Forbes Magazine. (May 29, 2019) Access through https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbestechcouncil/2019/05/29/the-future-of-pharma-the-role-of-biotech-companies/?sh=43d88c5f6bb3

KoreConX and Medtech-Ecosystem Together at LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022

Experts in the life sciences sector will teach investors how to use Regulation A+ for successful capital raising

 

KoreConX is thrilled to announce its participation at LSI Emerging Medtech Summit – USA 2022. This event will be held on March 15-18, 2022, in Dana Point, California, USA. It is led by Life Science Intelligence (LSI) and will bring together an ecosystem of experts who support medtech and life science companies to raise capital.

LSI is part of the Medtech ecosystem of KoreConX’s partners focused on Life Sciences companies. LSI offers insights to help investors and executives make decisions based on data provided by experts on their team. This vertical includes Medical Funding Professionals, a company that specializes in consulting to raise capital for pharmaceutical and medical businesses.

The group has built a value-added offering around Regulation A+ fundraising they call the Capital Planning Valuation Strategy™ (CPVS). The purpose of the CPVS approach, beyond a successful Reg A+ raise, is to help companies develop a strategic plan for their long-term capital needs that protects the interests of the founders and other early investors as these capital-intensive businesses go through R&D, clinical trials, FDA approval, and go-to-market execution.

Stephen Brock, CEO of Medical Professionals, highlights the impact of this sector: “One of the major trends in the financial world right now is impact investing. Life science—medtech, biotech, and pharma—is the ultimate impact investment. These companies are saving lives and limbs and brains—saving quality of life, as well. That’s why we do what we do.”

“In the many years I’ve been working with medtech innovators, I can’t count the number of great products I’ve seen that never make it to market for no other reason than lack of access to capital. That’s why I’m so excited about the possibility Reg A+ brings—with the new higher limits,” says Scott Pantel, CEO of LSI.

This vertical includes  FINRA Broker-Dealer (Rialto Markets), Offering Preparation (Regulation D Resources) and KoreConX, with its All-In-One Platform to support all stages of the offerings.

This team will be together at LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022 and attendees can participate in person or online. KoreConX will be represented by its Co-founder and CEO, Oscar A Jofre; its Chief Scientist & CTO, Dr. Kiran Garimella; and its CRO, Peter Daneyko. Visit their website for more information:  https://www.lifesciencemarketresearch.com/medtech-summit-2022

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms, all leverage our eco-system solution.

###

Media Contacts:
KoreConX
Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

Three Trends that We predict Will Shape Investment Crowdfunding in 2022

This article was written by Erin Holloway, KorePartner from Prime Trust. It was originally published on Crowdfund Insider, view the original article here.

 

Investment crowdfunding took off when the JOBS Act regulation went into effect back in 2016 and has become a booming industry in short order. We saw some significant regulatory changes in March of this year, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) confirming capital formation increases for Reg A+ and Reg CF. These increases solidified just how impactful this type of crowdfunding can be.

Equity crowdfunding has garnered trust and legitimacy from issuers, investors, broker-dealers, transfer agents, and lawyers—and raised $239 million via Reg CF and $1.6 billion via Reg A+ in the first half of 2021. Today, there’s nearly $800 million invested across 64 FINRA-licensed Reg CF funding portals.

Equity crowdfunding has garnered trust and legitimacy from issuers, investors, broker-dealers, transfer agents, and lawyers—and raised $239 million via #RegCF and $1.6 billion via #RegA+ in the first half of 2021 Click to Tweet

As the new generation of investors is looking for high growth and quick yield, they are increasingly unwilling to wait for value stocks and dividends to slowly build. The diverse investment opportunities that crowdfunding offers are exactly what these investors are looking for as they develop their portfolios.

These numbers are impossible to ignore: equity crowdfunding is here to say. But what comes next for this exciting space?

Here are three key equity crowdfunding trends that we anticipate to thrive in 2022 based on our work helping crowdfunding platforms and portals raise game-changing capital online.

Significant, positive economic ripple effects from equity crowdfunding

When it comes down to it, what 2020 and 2021 have clearly shown us is that investors want to participate in and support small businesses.

At my firm, we’ve seen 4,000+ issuers to date, including startups, small businesses, and medium-sized businesses. These SMEs are choosing equity crowdfunding instead of traditional, bank-led financing because they can control their offering and financing needs. No longer beholden to the mercy of a single small business banker with specific credit appetites, or a venture capital firm with narrow funding parameters, these entrepreneurs are now in the driver’s seat and their customers and supporters are riding shotgun alongside them.

Currently, the top five industries for issuers are software, distilleries and breweries, restaurants, internet and e-commerce, and movies, according to research from Crowdfund Capital Advisors. Ironically, all industries are significantly impacted by COVID. But investors in these spaces are eager to participate in crowdfunding for their favorite businesses, and in 2020 venture capital was particularly difficult to come by. The world watched as so many of our favorite restaurants, venues, and small businesses closed because they didn’t have the financial ability to stay afloat. But equity crowdfunding presents a chance for those businesses to get back in the game.

As we forge ahead into 2022, the impact of equity crowdfunding for COVID-affected small businesses will play out with positive ramifications in local economies by creating not only capital for businesses, but creating jobs as well.

Many types of businesses are being served by equity crowdfunding, meaning there is innovation across industries and greater competition—which in turn means more options for consumers and new jobs being created.

Ultimately, 120,000 local jobs have been created so far in 2021 as a result of successful Reg CF offerings, reported Crowdfund Capital Advisors. These salaries support government taxes, consumer spending, savings, and more. They’re supporting our communities and keeping food on our neighbors’ tables.

The rise of ATS

ATSs, or alternative trading systems, aren’t new. These are broker-dealers that have filed under Reg ATS to provide an electronic marketplace that creates an order book and matches sellers with buyers. ATSs have been around for a while, but are getting a renewed sense of interest—one we anticipate will carry well into 2022 and beyond.

ATSs, like tZERO ATS and StartEngine Secondary, enable investors to continue supporting issuing companies by giving them opportunities for liquidity. They’re the logical next step and the future of the crowdfunding industry.

The idea that you can invest from your phone while wearing your pajamas through a six-step widget is compelling for investors. ATSs offer a way for investors to stay in the investment ecosystem, liquidate their assets at a reasonable point, and reinvest as they choose. They open up the opportunities traditionally reserved for institutional investors to everyone.

What we are seeing is a cycle that benefits all parties. The ability to liquidate private securities increases the appeal of buying private securities. ATSs provide the financial breathing room that investors want to more easily buy and sell non-listed securities. In the same manner that one does trades with a large exchange, the secondary market is providing easier than ever access to investors who want to move in and out of private equity.

The industry has more support than ever from regulators, and we’re seeing a huge influx of interest to facilitate the ATS process. This will absolutely be a space to watch in 2022.

Accessible crowdfunding for all

At this moment, we’re defining the financial future — and that future needs to include more accessibility.

As we move into 2022, the equity crowdfunding industry will continue to build a foundation for underserved people to gain access to the financial system in terms of meaningful investments. Anyone—regardless of social status or annual income—should be able to begin investing in companies that hold meaning for them. It’s about radical accessibility and execution. Looking to the future, we’re building a system that allows for more equal access for both the issuer and the investor.

Whereas only 1.2 percent of the venture capital invested in U.S. startups in H1 2021 went to Black founders, and just 2.3 percent to women in 2020, women and people of color make up 40 percent of issuers using Reg CF.

These numbers point to a gap of businesses not receiving capital and offer incredible insight into the power of crowdfunding and the hope it can provide. We hope to see that 40 percent figure grows in 2022.

Final Thoughts

As an industry, we have a duty to provide a service and product to an underserved market of people that may otherwise never gain access to these opportunities. We have great hope for the future and in 2022, we believe we’ll see equity crowdfunding have a positive impact on the economy and the job market. We’ll continue working to make the world of finance and crowdfunding more accessible to all. And ATSs will play a huge role.

Is it only ATSs? Absolutely not. ATSs are just one of the possibilities to keep growing and offering new solutions that benefit all the parties involved in equity crowdfunding. It’s so important that we continue to be innovative and pioneers in this space. Push boundaries. Knock on doors.

As members of this industry, the onus is on all of us to continue pushing into new frontiers so that we can be better and do better—for ourselves, for our industry, and for our communities.

Can I Use My IRA for Private Company Investments?

Individual retirement accounts (commonly shortened to IRAs) allow flexibility and diversity when making investments. Whether investing in stocks, bonds, real estate, private companies, or other types of investments, IRAs can be useful tools when saving for retirement. While traditional IRAs limit investments to more standard options, such as stocks and bonds, a self-directed IRA allows for investments in things less standard, such as private companies and real estate. 

 

Like a traditional IRA, to open a self-directed IRA you must find a custodian to hold the account. Banks and brokerage firms can often act as custodians, but careful research must be done to ensure that they will handle the types of investments you’re planning on making. Since custodians simply hold the account for you, and often cannot advise you on investments, finding a financial advisor that specializes in IRA investments can help ensure due diligence. 

 

With IRA investments, investors need to be extremely careful that it follows regulations enforced by the SEC. If regulations are not adhered to, the IRA owner can face severe tax penalties. For example, you cannot use your IRA to invest in companies that either pay you a salary or that you’ve lent money to, as it is viewed by the SEC as a prohibited transaction. Additionally, you cannot use your IRA to invest in a company belonging to either yourself or a direct family member. If the IRA’s funds are used in these ways, there could be an early withdrawal penalty of 10% plus regular income tax on the funds if the owner is younger than 59.5 years old. 

 

Since the IRA’s custodian cannot validate the legitimacy of a potential investment, investors need to be responsible for proper due diligence. However, since some investors are not aware of this, it is a common tactic for those looking to commit fraud to say that the investment opportunity has been approved by the custodian. The SEC warns that high-reward investments are typically high-risk, so the investor should be sure they fully understand the investment and are in the position to take a potential loss. The SEC also recommends that investors ask questions to see if the issuer or investment has been registered. Either the SEC itself or state securities regulators should be considered trusted, unbiased sources for investors.

 

If all requirements are met, the investor can freely invest in private companies using their IRAs. However, once investments have been made, the investor will need to keep track of them, since it is not up to their custodian. To keep all records of investments in a central location, investors can use KoreConX’s Portfolio Management, as part of its all-in-one platform. The portfolio management tool allows investors to utilize a single dashboard for all of their investments, easily accessing all resources provided by their companies. Information including key reports, news, and other documents are readily available to help investors make smarter, more informed investments. 

 

Once investors have done their due diligence and have been careful to avoid instances that could result in penalties and taxes, investments with IRAs can be beneficial. Since it allows for a diverse investment portfolio, those who choose to invest in multiple different ways are, in general, safer. Additionally, IRAs are tax-deferred, and contributions can be deducted from the owner’s taxable income. 

Why is Your Community of Investors Important?

When companies begin the capital raising journey, it is no longer about going public or simply getting a company’s product in front of venture capitalists. To be successful in our current capital raising landscape with Regulations A+ and CF, organizations must build a community of investors. This not only brings life to your business, but companies are also now able to leverage this network to find success in capital raising activities. 

 

A Different Spin on Community

 

One of the most valuable parts of Regulation Crowdfunding and capital raising with Regulation A+ is that you can talk about your offering everywhere instead of keeping information confidential. This one fact has made building a community of investors vital to all companies looking to raise capital. RegCF platforms like WeFunder allows companies to raise millions of dollars by getting the investment opportunity in front of potential investors. Because of the many investors that can be brought and board and told about your investment opportunities, investment crowdfunding is not just an excellent way to raise capital but a way to build an army of brand ambassadors and customers.

 

Instead of just offering a means for investment, JOBS Act crowdfunding regulations create a new way to take investors on the journey of building your company. Regulations like A and CF provide a way to tap into customers who already care about your brand and bring them on the capital raising journey by making them part of your team as investors. Fostering this relationship with customers and investors is perhaps one of the most important things a company can do.

 

Creating a Crowd of Investors

 

While creating a crowd of investors can seem daunting, especially for smaller, less-established businesses, the crowdfunding journey starts from within. Start with your personal network and try to gain momentum there. Not only are you gaining investors, but if your offering doesn’t stick with your inner circle, then it probably needs some refinement before a larger community of potential investors accepts it. Many crowdfunding offerings have a lead investor who helps negotiate the terms of the offering and put their own money in the deal to ensure your valuation is in a place that will attract investors, not deter them. 

 

By offering a compelling opportunity and being open and honest with the customer and potential investors, you can begin building the community that will help you reach your capital-raising goals. While your inner circle is a great place to start with your capital raising effort, you also need to have a balanced mix of investors for potential success.

 

Channeling Investors 

 

There are a variety of different capital-raising regulations which utilize community building in various ways. Regulation CF offers lots of capital raising upside for those who leverage communities with the ability to publicly promote and get the word out about your investment to attract a larger community of potential investors. With Reg A+, issuers can raise up to $75 million through a similar crowd of accredited and nonaccredited investors. However, this comes with a lot of responsibility. Issuers must know how to nurture these relationships beyond just investing money. It is a privilege to allow these investors to invest in a company, something which must be remembered when building communities.

 

This need for the community makes things like media attention less of a metric to measure success on. You can put a campaign in front of a large audience, but without the support of a community and the drive of a fascinating company, it will not necessarily succeed. By building your community of investors, you can better capitalize on capital raising and brand awareness opportunities.

How to be Ready for Raising Capital

Whether you’ve raised capital in the past or are preparing for your first round, being properly prepared will help your company secure the funding it needs. Proper preparation will make investors confident that you are ready for their investments and have a foundation in place for the growth and development of your company. So if you’re looking to raise money, what must you do to be ready for raising capital?

From the start, any company should keep track of shareholders in its capitalization table (commonly referred to as the cap table). Even if you have not yet raised any funds, equity distributed amongst founders and key team members should be accurately recorded. With this information kept up-to-date and readily available, negotiations with investors will be smoother, as it will be clear how much equity can be given to potential shareholders. If this information is unclear, deals will likely come with frustrations and delays.

Researching and having knowledge of each investor type will also help prepare your company to raise money. Will an angel investor, venture capital firm, crowdfunding, or other investment method be suited best for the money that is being raised? Having a clear answer to this question will help you better understand the investors you’re trying to reach and will help you prepare a backup option if needed.

Once your target investors have been decided and you have a firm grasp on the equity you’re able to offer, preparing to pitch your company to them will be a key step. Having a pitch deck containing information relevant to your company and its industry will allow you to convince investors why your business is worth investing in. Additionally, preparing for any questions that they may ask will ensure investors that you are knowledgeable and have done the research to tackle difficult problems.

Before committing to raising capital, you should make sure that your company has an established business model. Investors want to see that you have a market for your product and are progressing. If investors are not confident that the product you’re marketing has a demand, it will be less likely they will invest. Investors will also want proof that the company is heading in the right direction and the money they invest will help it get there faster.

Once you have determined that your company is ready for investors, managing the investments and issuing securities will be essential. To streamline the process and keep all necessary documents in one location, KoreConX’s all-in-one platform allows companies to manage the investment process and give investors access to their securities and a secondary market after the funding is completed. With cap table management, the all-in-one platform will help companies keep track of shareholders and is updated in real-time, ensuring accuracy as securities are sold.

Ensuring that your company has prepared before raising capital will help the process go smoothly, with fewer headaches and frustrations than if you went into it unprepared. Investors want to know that their money is going to the right place, so allowing them to be confident in their investments will ensure your company gets the funding that it needs to be a success.

What is Rule 12(g)?

Rule 12(g) is a crucial rule that affects all issuers, but many issuers don’t start with it in mind. The rule began with the 1934 Exchange Act, and it states the threshold at when an issuer must register securities with the SEC. Read further to learn what rule 12(g) does and why it’s essential.

 

What is Rule 12(g)?

 

Section 12(g) of the 1934 Securities Exchange Act was updated alongside the JOBS Act. These amendments, including 12(g)-1 through 12(g)-4 and 12h-3, govern registration and reporting by private companies that have issued equity securities. 

 

These JOBS Act amendments resulted in issuers that are not a bank, bank holding, or savings and loan companies no longer needing to register if they did not exceed certain investor threshold rules. This includes:

  • Companies with less than $10 million in assets; and
  • when securities are ‘held of record’ by less than 2,000 individuals or 500 non-accredited investors

 

However, for companies using Regulation A+ and complying with ongoing reporting requirements, issuers under RegA+ don’t count towards the shareholder limits imposed by rule 12(g).

 

Why is this Important to issuers?

 

Before the JOBS Act, the private capital market was a different landscape. With Reg A+ and Reg CF, securities have become available to a larger audience of investors than ever without an IPO. With vast improvements to the potential for raising capital, private companies sought a way to circumvent 12(g) to remain unregistered with the SEC, based on the number of investors. JOBS Act exemptions like Reg D don’t fall under this exemption from registration. However, since Reg D primarily attracts larger investors, this is typically of less concern to issuers.

 

Understanding rule 12(g) and exemption from shareholder thresholds are essential for issuers to avoid registering their securities with the SEC. Especially as RegA+ allows companies to attract increasing numbers of private investors, these limits are not conducive to raising capital in this fashion. 

KoreConX and David Weild IV at LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 22

‘Father of the JOBS Act,’ Mr. Weild will join KoreConX to address a keynote on how Medtech is the new frontier to a successful capital raising

KoreConX and its partner, Life Science Intelligence, are bringing together top thought leaders in the private capital markets environment to the Emerging Medtech Summit 2022. This summit will be held on March 15-18, 2022, in Dana Point, California, USA. It is led by Life Science Intelligence (LSI) and will host one of the most important personalities of the JOBS Act scene, David Weild IV.

Mr. Weild, a former Vice Chairman of NASDAQ, is known as one of the key players in revolutionizing the democratization of capital in the United States. His work with the U.S. Congress and his testimonial to the U.S. House of Representatives Financial Services Committee on Capital Markets resulted in the signing of the JOBS Act into law by President Barack Obama in April 2012. Since the SEC introduced the framework for Regulation A+ and its subsequent amendments, companies are able to raise up to $75 million from both accredited and non-accredited investors.

“We understand the importance of the democratization of capital through Regulation A+. David Weild, in addition to being a game-changer in the JOBS Act, is also part of our advisory board. We are absolutely thrilled to be joining him in empowering the Medtech industry to benefit from the Reg A+ exemption,” says Oscar A. Jofre, Co-founder and CEO of KoreConX.

David Weild IV also highlights how the JOBS Act is changing the healthtech and pharmaceutical industry. “It’s gratifying to see so many Medtech companies using the JOBS Act since we created it in large part to fund innovative growth companies and social impact.”

Another seasoned speaker who will be present at the event is Manny Villafaña, who is Founder, Chairman, and CEO of Medical 21. He reinforces how this exemption is a change-maker to this sector. “Regulation A+ is the 21st Century way to raise capital.” Mr. Villafaña will be sharing his experience in using Regulation A+ for pharma and Medtech companies.

LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022 will take place on March 15-18, 2022, at Dana Point, California, USA.  Attendees can participate in person or online. KoreConX will be represented by its Co-founder and CEO, Oscar A Jofre, its Chief Scientist & CTO, Dr. Kiran Garimella, and its CRO, Peter Daneyko. Visit their website for more information:

https://www.lifesciencemarketresearch.com/medtech-summit-2022

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms, all leverage our eco-system solution.

###

Media Contacts:
KoreConX
Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

KorePartner Spotlight: Scott Pantel, President & CEO of Life Science Intelligence

With the launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

 

During the capital raising journey, many things must be in place to increase the potential for success. One of these critical factors is having the right team to assist with gaining information on your demographic is vital to a successful capital raise.

 

As the President and CEO of LSI, Scott Pantel knows the importance of this, which is why Life Science Intelligence was formed. Scott knows that the most important and strategic business decisions must be made based on data and insights from trusted advisors. LSI is proud to be the go-to-market research firm to support those making these big decisions because of their experience in the Medtech field. With a team of economists, analysts, and market researchers, LSI provides deep knowledge of the healthcare industry, guiding clients with actionable data to identify significant trends in medical devices, diagnostic, and digital health technologies that are rapidly evolving in the industry.

 

We took some time to speak with Scott to learn more about him, his company, and his thoughts on the future of market research, advisory, and raising capital.

 

Q: What does your company do, and how are you making a difference?

A: We’re a Medtech-focused market research and advisory company. We help early-stage companies all the way up to the largest healthcare companies in the world, and their investors, make the best strategic decisions possible. We do this through independent research, consulting, advisory and partnering events.

 

Q: What excites you about the Medtech, Life Sciences, and Biotech Industries?

A: The thing that excites me most about Medtech is that we get to have an impact on people’s lives. The innovators in our space save lives and reduce suffering. To borrow a quote from our 2020 Keynote Speaker and Co-Founder of Auris Health (acquired by J&J for $5.8B), “Medtech is the best and original impact investment sector.”  The innovators in our sector are literally changing and saving lives.  I also get excited to see that patients are increasingly becoming more involved in their healthcare decisions. The convergence of medical devices, data, and smart technologies improves patient outcomes and is slowly but surely making our healthcare system more efficient. We have a long way to go, but I believe we are on the right track, and we will see some quantum leaps in medical technology over the coming years.  

 

Q: How do you see the LSI Medtech event impacting your company and industry?

A: This event connects the innovators with the capital sources they need to commercialize life-changing and saving technologies.  Innovations need capital and strategic partners to scale and get to the market.  Our event connects all of the stakeholders in the Medtech ecosystem so that good things can happen and we can get technologies to market faster.

 

Q: Why do you think education on RegA+ plays such a vital role in expanding access to capital for Medtech companies?

A: Most of the companies we work with are totally unaware of what is available in terms of tapping the private markets and leveraging equity crowdfunding. The market is slowly but surely catching up, and we believe inside of the next 12-18 months, we’ll be seeing a huge uptick of healthcare companies taking advantage of the various Regulations that came from the JOBS Act. Specifically, we believe Reg A+ will see exponential growth within healthcare/Medtech companies.

 

Q: What impact do you think RegA+ can have on Medtech companies?

A: It is already having a huge impact. Companies are starting to jump in. In the last six months, I’ve personally gotten involved in supporting five Medtech companies that collectively raised over $200M. And it is just beginning – we are at a turning point, and the markets have a huge appetite for impact investment opportunities. This is a perfect setup for CEOs and founders that are running Medtech startups that are building solutions that can save a life or reduce suffering.

 

Q: What advice would you give a young Medtech entrepreneur as they begin their journey in capital raising and building their company?

A: Do your homework and see if a Regulation A+ capital raise path makes sense for you. Surround yourself with talented people that are committed to your vision. Stay positive and be willing to adjust as you go. 

 

How RegA+ Helps Pre-Revenue Companies

For many pre-revenue companies, especially started by first-time entrepreneurs, capital comes from sources like personal savings, credit card debt, friends, or family. However, when it comes to raising a significant amount of capital for growth, they might not have the market validation needed to secure funding from traditional sources. With Regulation A+ equity crowdfunding, these companies can realize incredible access to capital, in turn helping the company grow so that it can create jobs and return money back into local economies. Since passing as part of the JOBS Act in 2012, Reg A+ has raised billions, assisting pre-revenue companies in reaching their business goals while scaling their company for the future.

 

Raise Millions as a Pre-Revenue Company with Reg A+

 

RegA+ can help pre-revenue companies raise up to $75 million from accredited and unaccredited investors. This is powerful because it allows smaller companies to leverage their loyal fans to raise capital and make these loyal followers part of your company as investors. This has expanded opportunities for many private companies by allowing them to raise millions in capital while keeping control of significant decisions.

 

One of these opportunities is a larger pool of investors that can be tapped with Reg A+. Pre-revenue companies can often find it challenging to raise money from venture capital or private equity, so raising money from a wider assortment of investors can be helpful. Reg A+ allows companies to keep control of major decisions, helping pre-revenue companies remain competitive and flexible while keeping to their vision of company operations.

 

Reg A+ makes it more accessible than ever to raise capital for your organization by allowing a company to raise capital without going public. This means that the company can avoid the costs and regulatory requirements of being publicly traded while accessing similar benefits. Plus, investors under Reg A+ are still protected by the transparency and compliance requirements, giving them confidence in their ability to invest and help pre-revenue companies scale their company in a way they may not have been able to if faced with the hurdles of going public.

 

Increasing the Amount of Successful Capital Raises 

 

A pre-revenue company is typically in the early stages of development and hasn’t generated any revenue yet. This means the company is at a higher risk of failure since it has yet to establish a track record of success. For this reason, other capital raising methods such as angel investing and venture capital might be impractical for pre-revenue companies. RegA+ is an excellent way for pre-revenue companies to raise capital because the cost of compliance is considerably less.

 

Plus, companies raising capital through Regulation A+ can also attract investors by offering liquidity options through a secondary market. Unlike traditional private investments, where the only chance of a return is when the company goes public or has an exit, a secondary market allows investors to monetize their investments if there is interest in the shares so they can sell. This is a compelling possibility for investors that pre-revenue companies should utilize when constructing their offering. 

 

A company looking to raise money through Reg A+ must first file a Form 1-A with the SEC. This document includes important information about the company, including its business plan and financial projections. After filing form 1-A, the company will need to wait for SEC approval. This can take months, and this is a great time to focus on your community and prime potential investors. Once the SEC has approved the company’s filing, it will be able to start raising money from investors. 

 

Finding the right investors and investment opportunities can be difficult as a pre-revenue company. However, with Reg A+, you can increase your potential for capital raising success. Reg A+ allows companies to offer securities to the general public and accredited investors, widening the pool of potential investors.

KoreConX Partners With LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022


Medtech and Life Sciences main event will be held next March in California. KoreConX is one of the supporting sponsors.

KoreConX is pleased to announce its partnership with LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022, which will be held March 15-18, 2022, in Dana Point, California, USA. This is a major event managed by Life Science Intelligence (LSI) in the Medtech environment and will bring together investors, strategic partners, and experts within the Medtech, Life Sciences ecosystem.

Oscar A Jofre, Co-founder and CEO of KoreConX, highlights the importance of this partnership and event to the sector: “We at KoreConX are delighted to be part of this huge event focused on an industry that is flourishing like Medtech. This sector is critical to saving lives with its innovative solutions and healthcare impact. We are confident that this particular segment will reap the biggest benefits from Regulation A+, and we are honored to sponsor this summit. Also, we will be there in-person for the first time after two years, so we are more than excited to join LSI and our partners to be part of this.”

“A major current trend in the medtech industry is the democratization of capital through programs like Reg A+. We are embarking during a monumental time where we can finally achieve this grand goal and bring companies to market that have a fundamental impact in our lives,” says Scott Pantel, CEO of Life Science Intelligence.

This event will also feature the participation of an icon of the JOBS Act movement, David Weild IV, considered the “Father of the JOBS Act”. He will be giving a keynote address to stimulate and encourage everyone in this industry who wants to raise money using Regulation A+.

LSI is part of the Medtech ecosystem of KoreConX’s partners focused on Life Sciences companies. They are an essential part of this vertical, as they offer valuable insights to help investors and executives make decisions based on data provided by their team of market researchers, economists, and analysts.

LSI Emerging Medtech Summit 2022 will take place March 15-18, 2022, and attendees can participate in person or online. KoreConX will be represented by its Co-founder and CEO, Oscar A Jofre, its Chief Scientist & CTO, Dr. Kiran Garimella, and its CRO, Peter Daneyko. Visit their website for more information: https://www.lifesciencemarketresearch.com/medtech-summit-2022

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, all-in-one platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms, all leverage our eco-system solution.

###

Media Contacts:
KoreConX
Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

Reg A Offering : When is it the right offering type?

This post was originally written by our KorePartners at Capital Raise Agency. View the original post here.

There are a lot of questions we get from potential clients or people that hire us for consulting on their fund around Reg A offerings but one of the main ones is what type of fund should I use to raise capital for my offering?

It really depends on a couple of things;

  1. The amount you are wanting to raise
  2. How you want to raise it (broker dealer channel, RIAs, high net-worth individuals, etc)
  3. Do you want to do general solicitation? (advertise to non-accredited investors)

The answers to these questions really will help determine if you should do a 506c offering, Reg CF, or Reg A (or Reg A+).

If you want to raise less than $5,000,000 a Reg CF is probably the best option for you – however, if you want to raise more than $50mm a Reg A or Reg A+ is going to be the best fit.

Our personal favorite for the larger raise is the Reg A or Reg A+ because it allows you to market to non-accredited investors, and run ads, and do creative marketing campaigns that is often not allowed through your normal Reg D or Private Placement offering.

If you have already started the process of building out your Reg A or Reg A+ offering you can contact us for a quick brand audit, where we just check and see how everything is looking and give honest feedback on what you need to adjust or update going forward.

Reg A offerings allow people to go out and raise capital that use to only be seen by the big players.

If you have a dream and an idea that requires capital; a Reg A offering is a great place to start.

How Regulation Crowdfunding Will Reach $5 Billion

“We are adopting amendments to facilitate capital formation and increase opportunities for investors by expanding access to capital for small and medium-sized businesses and entrepreneurs across the United States.” – SEC, 2021

 

The continuous maturation of the crowdfunding industry has resulted in growth in the development of businesses and innovation. Since 2016, there have been 4,683 capital offerings, a third of which happened in 2021. This increase in crowdfunding spurs entrepreneurship while allowing startups to bring new technologies to market that will have a lasting impact. With over $775 million raised in crowdfunded investments in 2021 alone, this brings the total value of investments to $1.7B. This capital raised fuels companies to grow, create jobs, and positively impact their communities.

 

Growing with Crowdfunding

Before Regulation CF (RegCF), it was challenging for early-stage companies to access the capital they needed since it was often cost-prohibitive. However, this capital is essential for companies to succeed. Regulated crowdfunding is a robust tool for businesses to secure funding, with an average of 43.8% of pre-revenue startups being successful using this method of fundraising. Crowdfunding utilization has been steadily increasing since 2016, but in 2020 the success of startup companies declined to 39% due to COVID. This rebounded in 2021, with overall company success improving and 37% of all capital raised to new-revenue corporations.

 

Crowdfunded Capital

Out of 4,131 companies that have received crowdfunded capital, 2,700 were able to fund enough to innovate in their industry. Ninety-six of these organizations obtained three or more rounds of VC attention utilizing crowdfunding to improve their reach and innovation. With over 1 billion in capital deployed at an average of 1.3 million, these businesses create innovation and bring economic change to local communities.

 

An estimated $2.5 billion was pumped into local communities from crowdfunding companies in 2021, with money flowing as many as six times before leaving the local economy. Another way investment crowdfunding brings money to a community is by creating jobs; companies that utilize regulated crowdfunding support over 250,000 American jobs across 466 various industries. Crowdfunding helps industries grow and prosper, with 28% of funding going to manufacturing industries in the USA to rebuild the American manufacturing industry. Innovation grows with successful crowdfunding, with over 24% of capital being spent on IT services that make our future.

 

The Future of Innovation

 

With substantial growth in hundreds of industries, crowdfunding supplies businesses with the tools to simplify their success. With sizable exits leading to media and returns coverage, over $1 billion has been funded in over 2,500 offerings. This has led to other changes in the market, like a rise in technical innovations and digital assets like NFTs, which has also increased the growth of a secondary market.

 

Crowdfunding is an essential resource for startups, allowing companies to raise capital and turn dreams into reality. Crowdfunding efforts are an investment opportunity that helps organizations reach their goal by gaining the means to build an innovative business. We have seen the growth to $1 billion in record time, following the increase in investment limits earlier this year. Continual innovation and crowdfunding support will only help drive successful raises forward towards $5B.

Using RegA+ For Collectibles

RegA+ is a securities exemption that allows companies to raise capital from accredited and unaccredited investors. There has been a lot of interest around Regulation A+ and its potential uses for companies outside of the traditional tech and biotech sectors. In this post, we’ll take a look at how RegA+ could be used to offer equity crowdfunding opportunities for those in the collectibles space.

 

A Difference in Fundraising

RegA+ funding for collectibles is game-changing and different from the traditional process of raising capital, similar to real estate. This possibility allows issuers to offer collectibles in niche markets to a wide variety of investors who can usually not afford them on their own. Still, these offerings allow passionate audiences to invest in “holy grail” pieces of collecting with the hopes of the collectible appreciating in value. Even in this space, RegA+ for collectibles is closely tied to the theme of democratizing capital and investments. Anyone can participate in an offering and get their share of the pie.

 

Using RegA+ for Collectibles

Using RegA+ to offer equity funding opportunities for those in the collectibles space allows companies to raise up to $75 million per year from accredited and unaccredited investors. Opening up the opportunity to a much larger pool of investors can be crucial for businesses in the collectibles space, especially when seeking investments for high-worth assets.

 

However, the entire process is somewhat new and being figured out. For example, some items like autographs and music memorabilia are more tedious to ensure authenticity compared to something like cars, which have easily trackable and verifiable VINs. With almost anything able to be classified as a collectible, it is an interesting thing that the SEC will need to look at. 

 

Considerations of Collectibles Through RegA+

Collectibles are an interesting application of the RegA+ exemption, and there are a few things to keep in mind:

 

  • It allows investors to take part in collections they may not be able to otherwise.
  • RegA+ provides a high level of transparency and disclosure for investors.
  • More investment opportunities enable the value of collectibles to go up.
  • It may be challenging to find interested investors who have the capital to invest in high-value items.

 

Regulation A+ has opened the doors for a diverse range of companies to receive funding, from real estate to biotech and everything in between. Interestingly enough, one of these opportunities is collectibles. In these scenarios, an issuer will form a company around a collection of certain assets, whether cars, watches, or luxury handbags. Their offerings allow interested investors to own a piece of a collection they’re passionate about that they would not be otherwise able to be a part of.

Is Email Still King for Reg A, Reg CF, and Reg D Marketing?

This article was originally written by KorePartner Dawson Russell of Capital Raise Agency. View the original post here.

 

Email marketing has been around for a while. You might even be surprised to read that email has been around since the ’70s — over 50 years ago!

 

You’d think that as fast as the digital world moves, such a dinosaur of a marketing strategy would be nothing more than a relic or extinct.

But it’s not.

In fact, email marketing is somewhere in the ballpark of 40 times more of an effective marketing strategy than social media marketing, according to a study conducted by McKinsey & Company.

So why is that?

How is email marketing still king when we now have search engine optimization (SEO), social media marketing, mobile marketing, pay-per-click, content marketing, and influencer marketing all at our fingertips?

Here’s are 3 of the main reasons:

1. It’s Highly Customizable

The most crucial and effective way to have success with your email marketing strategy is to implement what’s known as “customer segmentation.” This means you can use customers’ recent and relevant searches & interests to your advantage and generate custom-made emails for them in a way that is MUCH more effective than other approaches. Customer segmentation also allows you to be much more tactful with your email timing, so you can avoid spamming their inboxes.

Even better, you can pivot your customer segmentation strategy quickly by reviewing click rates, bounce rates, and subscribe & unsubscribe rates.

2. It Provides Better Conversion Rates

It doesn’t matter if your focus is on Reg A email marketing, Reg CF email marketing, or Reg D email marketing, it will still have a better conversion rate than any other method.

Email has been traditionally regarded as the most transactional part of a company or business.

Think about it.

You can generate traffic to your business and/or convert a visitor to an investor with just a single click of a link. They can reply directly, sign-up for other newsletters, forward the email to other potential investors, and more.

According to a study done by Statista, over 93% of Americans between the ages of 22-44 used email regularly, and over 90% of Americans between the ages 45-64. Even 84% of people 65+ were regular email users.

3. It’s a Cinch to Automate

Once you get everything written out and running properly, you can launch a highly effective Reg A, Reg CF, or Reg D marketing campaign, with minimal effort compared to other methods.

With the right automation tools to go along with your campaign strategy, you can create and deliver automated emails that are not only relevant to your subscriber list but generate leads and new investors at the same time.

In Conclusion…

Email marketing really is still the best way to reach out to potential investors and remains the king of the digital marketing world. When utilized and implemented properly, it can build leads to potential investors, and strengthen brand trust and loyalty in a way that enables your fund to grow more than you would’ve thought possible.

PS: did you know that adding PS to your email marketing campaigns could increase click-through rates by an extra 2%?

Securities in Real Estate – A Beginner’s Guide!

This blog was originally written by our KorePartners at Crowdfunding Lawyers. View the original post here

 

Over the past few decades, real estate investing has seen a dramatic shift from individual private investors to syndications of commercial, multifamily and development projects. This has contributed to the substantial growth of the global real estate securities markets. This shift has been largely due to the increasing adoption of the modern real estate syndication structures amid growing investor demand for passive income.

Real estate developments and multifamily opportunities generally require enormous resources and large amounts of capital for acquisitions of and operations. Investors get excited for real estate investing when they expect above-stock-market returns through passive income investing. The passive income can come from rental operations and capital gains on sale. Such investments are generally securities, which are regulated by the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) and State securities regulators.

Private securities may take the form corporate shares, bonds, or futures/derivatives, and even promissory notes with private lenders may be categorized as securities. To make things even more confusing, some real estate investments are considered securities and others are not.

At a high level, the test for whether an investment contract is a security is referred to as the Howey Test and it considers whether the investment structure includes:

  • Investment of cash or assets
  • From a group (i.e., more than 1) of similar-interest passive investors
  • With an expectation of profits
  • From the efforts of others (e.g., management)

All securities are investments but not all investments are securities.

When should you care?

The starting point for analyzing whether securities law governs an investment real estate transaction is applying the “economic realities” test originally described by the US Supreme Court in the 1936 case SEC v. W.J. Howey. To apply this test, summarized above, it is important to consider if multiple people will put resources into a venture with an assumption that benefit will be procured through the efforts of another person.

Since a joint land venture might have different levels of investors, lenders, and stake holders, the Howey Test should be applied independently for each stake holder. As an example, there may be a first lien lender, a second position lien lender at materially different interest terms, a preferred investor that receives a designated rate of return, and common investors that receive the profit.

In the example above, the lenders would not be investing in securities because there is no commonality between them. It’s a similar evaluation of the preferred investor, assuming there is only one. Common investors expecting to receive profit would be purchasing securities and the sponsor would be responsible for complying with securities regulations (e.g., qualifying for an exemption from registration yet) for this group.

However, we can tweak one variable and each transaction can be considered a separate securities transaction. If there are multiple lenders sharing the same position loan or multiple preferred investors, then those are separate securities transactions similar to the common interest investors.

Let’s give illustration of how a single transaction may actually be BOTH a securities transaction and a non-securities investment. Let’s use an example of private loan for the acquisition of real estate. If it is a single source loan (one lender on note), the receipt of loan proceeds by the property owner would not be construed as a securities transaction. However, if the lender pooled together funds from multiple private lenders or investors for the purposes of making the loan, then the pooling of funds would still be considered a securities transaction. The property owner would have no obligations to maintain the securities exemption but the lender who is pooling investors would.

To put it in layman’s terms, whether a real estate venture is a regulated security depends on whether the investors depend on another’s efforts to earn a return. Unfortunately, since the application of the Howey Test actually depends on numerous guidelines and regulatory interpretations, court decisions frequently neglect to offer significant guidance. Likewise, the SEC will issue “no action letters,” which is the SEC’s response when asked for guidance on whether they would take action given a set of circumstances. There are thousands of these letters to consider, but they are also very fact-dependent, and therefore don’t always provide as clear a beacon as we would like.

This leaves the investment sponsor with few alternatives:

  • Hope they don’t get caught and accept investments without guidance
  • Hire an experienced securities attorney (e.g., Crowdfunding Lawyers) to evaluate and assist in the development of the investment program

Difference between a non-securities real estate transaction and a securities offering 

Real estate investments are often not securities when evaluated under the Howey Test for a variety of reasons.

Owners of a condo association are not purchasing securities although each member may have a similar passive interest in the building. Condo association members are generally expecting to reside at the property or rent out their portion rather than seeking profit from the activities of the leaders of the association.

The acquisition of rental properties is generally not a security when acquired by an individual since there is not commonality with other investors. However, if two or more investors acquire the property together, they may be purchasing a security if pooling their money to be managed by someone else.

When it comes to multifamily acquisitions, most often there are securities being offered to a multitude of qualified investors on similar terms, with the investment being managed by the investment’s sponsor. These syndications are securities and require either securities registration or exemption from registration under the appropriate securities exemption. Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933 is the most commonly relied upon securities registration exemption but there are other exemptions from registration that should be considered when developing a capitalization plan.

Another common securities structure includes tenants in common (TIC) investment opportunities, which are often promoted in connection with 1031 tax-deferred exchanges. A straight-forward analysis of TIC investments includes: direct property owners with a non-divisible interest in a property along with other owners, a manager responsible for daily operations, and a TIC agreement binding the property owners’ activities to certain voting approvals.

Many people ask if having an investment opportunity with fewer than 35, 10, 5, or even 2 individuals is not a security. However, there is no specific number of financial backers that disqualify an investment from being a security as long as all prongs of the Howey Test are met. Even a solitary piece of venture property, deeded to two individuals, can be categorized as a securities offering if the conditions bring it inside the applicable lawful definitions under government or state law.

Compliance, Avoidance and Hope

Although conforming to securities requirements has become simpler and there has been a recent broadening of exemptions available to securities issuers, it continues to be a highly technical area of the law. Some investment sponsors seek to avoid securities requirements by giving every investor critical autonomy and control. In some cases of joint ventures, franchises, or general partnerships which generally require active participation and unlimited liability to the investors. There are some reliable strategies to structure an opportunity so that it is not a security, but a cost/benefit analysis is important to determine if, as an investor or promoter, the benefits are worth the risks.

When an offering structure is within the gray area between security and non-security, regulatory agencies can and often will step in with an investigation or audit to ensure compliance. Hence, investment offerings designed to avoid securities requirements by shifting independence and control to investors may undermine the project’s success and create unnecessary scrutiny for the participants.

KorePartner Spotlight: Peter Wright, President and Co-Founder of Intro-act

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

 

Companies are burdened by high costs when raising capital through traditional public routes. In the private markets, raising capital in inefficient yet undiscovered markets is vital for newer industries to connect their investment opportunity with compatible investors.

 

Intro-act realizes that Wall Street resources overly cover large pensions, mutual funds, and hedge funds. At the same time, many family offices and RIAs do not have access to or are unwilling to spend a large amount of money needed to garner attention from more prominent brokers. Intro-act specializes in connecting compatible investors with various markets like SPACs, health care, industrials, finance, technology, consumer services, and energy to provide investors with monthly trackers and weekly newsletters in multiple industries to ensure investors and companies are on the same page. Some segments include AI, IoT, telemedicine, 3D printing, and cryptocurrencies.

 

Intro-act’s wide range of clients is connected with capital through three steps. Intro-acts identifies compatible investors, then educates them through research and access events, and finally engages with investors that engage the content. Intro-act clients are typically “diamonds in the rough” and are found by starting in the right mine. For Intro-act, this means mapping segments of each emerging industry that requires the latest capital and will soon become a focus of broker-dealers. The firm has found RegA+ offerings to be great starting places to identify these progressive industries and companies.

What are the Different Types of Investors?

Through the JOBS Act exemptions, private companies can access a wider pool of potential investors to fund their business ventures. With many diverse investor types available, it is essential to know who they are and how they work to reap their benefits. Here is our breakdown of the different investment types and their fit into the market.

 

Non-Accredited Investors: A non-accredited investor is anyone who does not meet income or net worth requirements stipulated by the SEC. These investors have a net worth of less than $1 million and make less than $200,000 annually. The term is also usually used interchangeably with “retail investor.” These investors are the majority of Americans, meaning that far more non-accredited investors exist than accredited ones. Non-accredited investors can participate in private markets, but there are some restrictions. Private companies can only have 35 non-accredited investors who can provide funding under Regulation D, for example. In addition, raises through RegA+ and RegCF limit the amount non-accredited investors can invest within a 12-month period.

 

Accredited Investors: An accredited investor is an individual or business that can invest in private securities not registered with the SEC. These individuals or entities must meet net worth guidelines to qualify, allowing accredited investors to invest in unregistered securities because they have been deemed to have the financial knowledge (and can take on the financial risk) to do so without SEC protection. In 2020 it was estimated there were 13,665,475 accredited investor households in America.

 

Angel Investors: These investors fund private startup companies in exchange for a piece of their business, often royalties or equity. Angel investors can be accredited or non-accredited if they have a high enough net worth or income. Angel investors can be business professionals, company executives, or even retail investors. Angel investors often invest while a company is still in its seed phase and contribution levels can vary significantly based on the company. There were around 334,680 angel investors and $25.3 billion funded by them in 2020.

 

Venture Capital: Venture capital investors, often known as VC, provide a large amount of capital to private companies in exchange for an equity stake in the venture. They often target companies with high growth potential. Typically, venture capital firms manage investments into companies in their early stages in exchange for equity and say in company decisions. In 2020, more than 10,000 companies received funding from nearly 2,000 VC firms that manage $548 billion in assets.

 

Family Office: A family office is an advisory firm that caters to high-net-worth individuals and can be either single or multi-family. Family offices provide wealth management, planning, and other comprehensive services, providing a broad spectrum of options. Because they are unregistered, data on family offices is often challenging to come by. Still, trends suggest that they have a growing ability to make substantial investments on par with large companies and private equity.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer: Sometimes called a QIB, a qualified institutional investor is a security purchaser that regulators legally recognize as requiring less protection than most public investors. Large QIBs own a minimum of $100 million of securities, not counting those issued by affiliates. This threshold is less for registered broker-dealers at $10 million, and banks need $25 million to be considered a QIB. The SEC allows only QIBs to trade restricted and controlled securities under rule 144A.

 

Institutional Investors: Often organizations or companies, institutional investors buy and sell with others money in blocks of bonds, stocks, and other securities. Mutual funds, hedge funds, and endowments are examples of institutional investors in the market. Because of their ability to invest the money of others in large quantities, institutional investors are one of the primary funders of private companies. The only type of investor that can officially call itself institutional files a 13F with SEC.

 

Private Equity: Private equity is an alternative investment class consisting of capital not listed on public markets. Investing funds directly into private companies, these private equity funds consist of limited partners who own 99% of fund shares and general partners who own 1%. Private equity can come in several forms, like venture capital and leveraged buyouts.

Why Digital Marketing is The Key to “Always Raising” Capital

In a recent webinar with StartEngine, Kevin O’Leary succinctly said, “great companies that are growing need money, and they should get it.”

 

With today’s unparalleled changes, raising capital in many ways is much easier said than done. Many great ideas are having a uniquely difficult time raising the money to fuel their vision.

 

Radical economic change due to COVID vastly disrupted the venture capital markets by 57%—a start-up’s traditional source of funding.

 

Rather than making new investments, Kevin summed, “venture capital firms are focused on making life and death decisions within their own portfolio.” Which means venture opportunity is sparse, and entrepreneurs are left wondering, “where can I turn for funding?”

 

The good news is there’s a silver lining and it’s called equity crowdfunding.

Traditional Venture Capital is Shifting Towards Online Equity Crowdfunding Platforms

 

Equity crowdfunding, or selling small shares of a company to the everyday (non-accredited) investor started not too long ago when the Title III section of the JOBS Act was passed in 2017.

 

Now, when venture capital is failing, more entrepreneurs are looking to the crowd of the everyday investors to fund their business in exchange for offerings like promissory notes, convertible notes, SAFE agreements, and revenue shares.

 

Everyday investors can invest in businesses through one of many equity crowdfunding platforms such as Wefunder, StartEngine, and MicroVentures. Since the platforms and investors are solely online, it means that businesses must have a strong online presence and digital marketing plan to meet their raise goals.

 

It means a brand trying to disrupt the market with a game-changing idea, must have an equally innovative online marketing strategy. For instance, say you’re trying to raise the full Reg CF cap of one million dollars when on average an everyday investor invests a minimum of $150 into your company. You’ll need to be backed by 6,667 investors.

 

But the real question is how do I drive awareness and attract the number of investors in the first place?

 

That’s where digital marketing comes in.

 

Digital Marketing Lets You Tap Into the Growing Everyday Investor Community

 

Most entrepreneurs make the mistake of believing that if they post a raise video, write engaging copy, post an interesting graphic, and that the investors will flood in from the crowdfunding platform. Wrong.

 

As an expert in digital marketing for crowdfunding campaigns, I see this mindset often. When entrepreneurs ask why their equity crowdfunding campaign failed, the answer is always the same—the offering was not marketed enough and the brand did not have a strong enough presence online.

 

Digital marketing mitigates both and helps drive accredited and everyday investors to their raise page with proper testing, optimation, and scaling.

Because here’s the thing:

 

Equity crowdfunding platforms are digitally native, which means new everyday investors that are not a part of your existing network or family, must be found online. Thus, failing to target and nurture an online audience with a closely managed digital marketing strategy is not only failing to plan, but it’s also planning to fail.

 

Accredited Investors Want to See a Strong Digital Marketing Strategy

 

The beauty of equity crowdfunding is that any campaign can still pique the interest of accredited investors and inspire them to fund you. We all know that a single large investment can take your campaign to the next level, thus it’s paramount to make your campaign as attractive as possible to them.

 

One of the best ways to do so is to show a strong digital marketing strategy that drives investor interest and audience growth. Your marketing strategy not only shows investors why you’ll succeed, but also highlights your ability to find, capture, and convert your target audience.

 
 

Digital Marketing Can Turn $1K into $1M During an Equity Crowdfunding Campaign

 

As more of the world log online to cope with the new norm and as venture capital slowly recovers, private investing is dramatically shifting

 

Equity crowdfunding is in the spotlight, giving everyday people the power to invest in potentially the next Uber or Instagram but also back the problems they’re passionate about—all while helping entrepreneurs keep their business growing and their dreams alive.

 
 

If equity crowdfunding is the door to always raising capital through and beyond this pandemic, then digital marketing is the key.

 

With its native abilities to connect people, build trust, and tell stories, digital marketing is uniquely positioned to help any start-up looking to scale, find new users and investors from around the world.

 

Thus, digital marketing is an essential part of your campaign, and it’s important to work with the right professionals who know how to create the right strategy, target the right investors, and find the right message.

 

Remember, turning on some ads and writing a few blog posts won’t cut it. Scaling your business with digital marketing takes time, constant testing, monitoring, and creativity. From experience we can’t emphasize enough that you start early in your campaign, don’t give up, and always be raising

KoreConX Webinar: Why cannabis and RegA+ are the perfect match!

A virtual event held by KoreConX that featured Cannabis experts and Top Thoughts Leaders discussing the potential and possibilities of raising money using Regulation A+

[New York, NY – 03 November 2021 ] – The KoreSummit, an event created by KoreConX to explore major aspects of the capital raising journey, Equity Crowdfunding and technology with experts, was held last week.  Partners included Moxie, Crowdcheck Law, Carman Lehnhof Israelsen, Dalmore Group, Rialto Markets, New Direction Trust, Ext-Marketing,  and DNA (Digital Niche Agency). More than 116 companies interested in raising capital in Cannabis attended this virtual event.

Guests discussed how Cannabis and Regulation A+ fits and how to create a capital raising journey for their business. Experts from different sectors shared their experience and knowledge about all the stages in using Regulation A+ to create a successful campaign for Cannabis companies and investors. It’s important to note that this business is expanding and creating more space – as more states continue to legalize this sector, more opportunities for investments to come.

“The idea of our KoreSummit is to demystify the capital raising journey opportunities and provide education to anyone who wants to raise money for their business. With more than 11 years of living and learning how crowdfunding works, we at KoreConX want to offer free education to entrepreneurs and companies seeking to raise capital,” says Oscar Jofre, CEO and Co-founder of KoreConX. “I am an enthusiastic learner. I believe that knowledge is a key to empowering people. In addition, our partners bring a broad base of expertise that can  help people who are looking for reliable information on creating crowdfunding campaigns”.

The Cannabis KoreSummit covered all the stages of raising money and had the collaboration of lawyers, broker-dealers, compliance, and marketing experts to help participants understand this Regulation. KoreConX’s team members discussed the requirements of an “All-in-One” technology platform with solutions that unify all parts of the Reg A+ offering process. 

KoreConX will hold two more KoreSummits until December this year.  These KoreSummits will bring focus to diverse themes and sectors, such Digital Securities. Participation is always free.

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets, and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms all leverage our eco-system solution. For investor relations and fundraising, the platform enables private companies to share and manage corporate records and investments: it assists with portfolio management, capitalization table and shareholder management, virtual minute book, security registration, transfer agent services, and virtual deal rooms for raising capital. The All-In-One platform manages the full life cycle of digital securities, including their issuance, trading, clearing, settlement, management, reporting, corporate actions, and custodianship.

Media Contact:
KoreConX

Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

Stable Coin for RegA+

For many, an issue with cryptocurrency is the intense volatility that persists. For example, the prices of Bitcoin hit a record high on October 20th before dropping over $6,000 in value per coin. Because of this volatility, it is not helpful for everyday use and makes some wary about their investments being tied to such a volatile asset. However, there is an alternative; the stable coin.

Unlike cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, stable coins are stabilized by being backed by the US dollar or a commodity like gold. This price stability is a feature many cryptocurrencies lack. Stable coins are, therefore, more suitable for everyday use or even applications like issuing securities through Regulation A+ exemptions.

RegA+ is highly protected by compliance actives, broker-dealers, the SEC, filings, etc. The uncertainty behind a stable coin for RegA+ goes away because there is transparency and allows people to transact more efficiently with these assets. When it comes to RegA+ and stable coins, the security is pegged to a stable coin created with a smart contract to ensure stability from a technology perspective. With stable coins, especially those received when investing in a company, shareholders can use them in secondary market transactions that are FINRA-registered and fully compliant with securities regulations.

Still, stable coins are largely in their infancy. There will continue to be developments as to what types of assets or currency they are backed by. Because it is stable, it will have a far more practical use when compared to other cryptocurrencies. However, the main thing is that the infrastructure and engineering for stable coins already exists; it’s more of a matter of how quickly their use grows.

 

KoreConX’s KoreChain Infrastructure Leveraged by SEC-Qualified Companies Raising Capital

The KoreConX All-In-One Platform is the first to market with a fully compliant blockchain technology (KoreChain) to connect investors, companies, broker-dealers, secondary market ATS, and all stakeholders to the private capital markets

KoreConX’s Infrastructure of Trust launched in 2016 is a cornerstone of the private market’s capital-raising ecosystem, designed to reduce friction in every aspect of raising capital and managing large numbers of investors. Today marks a major milestone in the private markets, with KoreConX as the only company to see its technology, which is based on a permissioned blockchain, to be used by companies that have been “qualified by the SEC,” which is a first for the blockchain.

Companies that use the Infrastructure of Trust can have the assurance of working with a technology that other companies have used and received qualification by the SEC. The technology also includes regulated connected services such as a registered SEC-Transfer Agent, FINRA broker-dealer, and FINRA & SEC registered Secondary Market ATS.

The KoreChain infrastructure provides an end-to-end solution for the private markets to ensure that a company offering its digital securities, security tokens, non-fungible tokens (NFT) or stablecoins is fully compliant.

KoreConX’s End-To-End RegA+ solution allows companies raising capital to manage the full life cycle of their offering. The All-In-One platform provides complete overview from pre-during-post raise including shareholder management, monetization of investments and other features to meet compliance requirements.

These solutions are provided on a decentralized permissioned-based blockchain infrastructure technology. This permissioned-based blockchain, KoreChain, is being used by companies that have had offerings qualified with the SEC and also provides a roadmap for companies that want to issue digital securities, non-fungible tokens, and stablecoins.

To complement all the solutions that KoreConX offers, the ecosystem includes KorePartners with expertise in fields related to RegA+ like securities lawyers, FINRA broker-dealers, auditors, escrow, SEC transfers agents and investor acquisition firms.

About KoreConX

Founded in 2016, KoreConX is the first secure, All-In-One platform that manages private companies’ capital market activity and stakeholder communications. With an innovative approach and to ensure compliance with securities regulations and corporate law, KoreConX offers a single environment to connect companies to the capital markets, and now secondary markets. Additionally, investors, broker-dealers, law firms, accountants and investor acquisition firms all leverage our eco-system solution. For investor relations and fundraising, the platform enables private companies to share and manage corporate records and investments: it assists with portfolio management, capitalization table and shareholder management, virtual minute book, security registration, transfer agent services, and virtual deal rooms for raising capital. The All-In-One platform manages the full life cycle of digital securities, including their issuance, trading, clearing, settlement, management, reporting, corporate actions, and custodianship.

Media Contact:
KoreConX

Carolina Casimiro
carolina@koreconx.com

The 1% Broker-dealer & What you need to ask!

When working with FINRA Broker-dealer, it’s not enough that they simply have the required licenses that are necessary, so make sure to ask some questions:

  • Are you registered in all 50 states
  • Are you register for RegA+

It is also key to understand what they actually do when you are raising capital. These are some of the basic questions you need to ask of them:

  • Who contacts the investor if payment does not go through?
  • Who contacts the investor if there is a problem with KYC (Know Your Client information)?
  • Who contacts the investor for IRA payments?
  • Who contacts the joint investors?
  • Who contacts the investor if there are problems with sub agreement?
  • Who contacts the investor if there are problems during the investment process?

Bottom line:  

As a company, do you need to do anything once the investor clicks submit to make their investment?

Answers is:   NO

You should be focusing on raising capital and the FINRA Broker-dealer (who charges 1% for compliance services) is responsible for doing all of the above compliance and +.

 

What is the difference between Title II, III, and IV Crowdfunding?

Through the JOBS Act, issuers can access new sources of capital to fund their business, create jobs, and provide new investment opportunities for everyday investors. Through the legislation, there are various options to choose from depending on which type of raise is best for a particular company. These different modes of fundraising are referred to as Title II, Title III, and Title IV crowdfunding. 

Title II Crowdfunding

Through Regulation D, Rule 506(c), issuers can conduct what is referred to as Title II crowdfunding. This offering places no maximum limit on the amount raised, but only accredited investors can invest in Title II offerings. Similarly, there is no limit placed on individual investors. The process is to launch this type of offering is typically very quick, requiring no audited financial statements. However, there is a maximum of 2,000 shareholders placed on these offerings. Issuers can sell Title II offerings through a regulated portal, but it is not a requirement for shares to be sold. 

Title III Crowdfunding

Title III crowdfunding is most commonly referred to as Regulation CF (Reg CF). In these offerings, issuers can raise up to $5 million every 12 months from non-accredited and accredited investors. For non-accredited investors, they are limited to investments of $2,200 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth. Accredited investors face no such limitations. These issuances must be sold through an online crowdfunding platform. Similarly, the process from start to having a live offering is pretty fast.

Title IV Crowdfunding

Title IV Crowdfunding often goes by its more well-known name, Regulation A+. Of the three options for crowdfunding, Reg A+ allows companies to raise the most, up to $75 million every 12 months. Just like Reg CF, investors can be either accredited or non-accredited. For non-accredited investors, they are limited to the greater of 10% of their annual income or net worth. Accredited investors have no limitations as to the amount they can invest in these offerings. The cost to launch a Reg A+ offering is more than that of Reg D or Reg CF, but far less than a traditional IPO and allows company leaders to retain more control over their company than traditional venture capital or private equity routes.

The Similarities

While the differences are listed above, there are some similarities between each crowdfunding option. All three allow issuers to “test the waters,” which means that they can test the market themselves to see if there is enough investor interest in the raise. All three options allow non-US investors to participate as well and can use a portal for the offering. 

Additionally, neither Reg A+ nor Reg CF offerings limit the number of investors an issuer can have.

Depending on where your company is in its life cycle, there are various options available to raising capital. It is even possible for raises like Reg D or Reg CF to serve as a stepping stone for later Reg A+ raises. If going this route, the less expensive raises can help raise the necessary capital to afford the various costs associated with Reg A+ raises. 

For more information, KorePartner Mark Roderick from Lex Nova Law shared a very helpful guide to the differences (and similarities) between these different forms of raising capital

 

Shareholder vs. Investor: What is the Difference?

When it comes to supporting a business, whether public or private, there are many ways to go about accomplishing it. There is the public stock market, common knowledge for anyone in the United States, and a central component in many discussions about the economy, and there is the private market. The private market was opened to everyday people through the JOBS Act in 2012 and its subsequent updates, allowing more and more people to invest without being accredited investors.

 

Although there are many ways to support a business, there is a difference between being a shareholder and an investor. There are cases in which a person can be both. This can best be described by a square being a rectangle, but not all rectangles are squares. A shareholder, in general, is an investor, as they are looking for their investment in their share of the company to grant them a financial gain. But, by this logic, an investor is not always a shareholder, as they can invest in a company and not gain shares. 

 

The difference has to do with the relationship between the person or entity who invests in a company. For instance, a share represents ownership of the company. The amount of ownership is dependent on how many shares are owned by the individual. The owner of a share is always invested in the company, as the financial gain that this stock represents is dependent on the company’s success or failure. The relationship between a shareholder and company also establishes rights for that shareholder to vote in meetings and the right to inspect documents, within a reasonable limit, among other rights depending on the share and company. This relationship is regulated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to protect the rights of the shareholder and make sure that these owners of stock can exercise them. 

 

In this regard, an investor invests money into a company without the exchange of shares. The investor can lend money to a company that can be returned in the form of securities. However, they can remain just an investor by not receiving shares and receiving something like a bond that represents the loan. Both parties are independently regulated by the SEC, but the relationship does not guarantee shareholder rights. The relationship between an investor, like a venture capital firm, angel investor, or a private equity firm, and the corporation is determined between the two parties. 

 

Though it is subtle, and the terms investor and shareholder are often used interchangeably, there is still a difference between them. It has to do with the relationship between the two parties involved and how they handle the financial relationship.  

 

KorePartner Spotlight: Sean Levine, Managing Director and Head of Reg A & CF at Entoro

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem.

 

As an investment banker, attorney, securities analyst, entrepreneur, and consultant, Sean Levine has a wealth of experience in the private capital markets. He began his career as a lawyer, and subsequently worked with a broker-dealer until the financial crisis, earning four securities licenses during that period. Sean then transitioned to the financial publishing industry, serving as the director of research at a large publishing house. In his last year in that role, the company had launched a newsletter on private deals as Regulation A and CF grew more popular, generating massive interest from retail investors. 

 

In 2019, Sean became affiliated with Entoro. At that point, Entoro had created a listing site for Regulation D 506(c) offerings that resembles a crowdfunding portal’s listing page. In part due to Sean’s leadership, the firm has since grown its practice to include Regulation A and CF clients, as well. In addition to the fact that few broker-dealers have a network of thousands of accredited investors to market their offerings, Entoro plugs its issuers into unmatched retail distribution through its ecosystem partners. The team also provides issuers access to OfferBoard, the company’s listing platform, and manages compliance efforts including KYC-AML. In addition, Entoro operates Clear Rating, a third-party valuation service that helps companies and investors understand the value of their investments. Lastly, they have established a network of preferred service providers especially suited to these exemptions, as many attorneys and other relevant professionals don’t have a comprehensive knowledge of Regulation A or CF. Entoro is registered in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.

 

Being a banker (recently earning a fifth securities license) and an attorney, Sean has the expert knowledge to efficiently navigate the complexities of capital raising. With the continued growth of investment opportunities through exemptions like Regulation A and CF, Sean is excited about the benefits to everyday investors. He said: “It’s sad that regular investors feel that the industry is so against them. These kinds of deals, A and CF, are a huge opportunity for regular investors to get in before it gets to [the point of an IPO].”

 

In working with KoreConX, Sean has seen how the company’s investor funnel streamlines the process. Plus, in some instances, it is more beneficial for issuers to offer their securities through a standalone platform, which is where KoreConX comes in. 

USA vs. Canada: Who Has Better Capital Raising Rules

When it comes to raising capital for your business, there is some confusion between rules in the United States and Canada. Can Canadian companies file for Regulation A+ like a United States company? Yes, but with some important caveats. The important thing that separates the two North American countries are some simple but distinct differences in securities law.

With the 2012 JOBS Act (and its subsequent additions), Rule 251(b)(1) says Regulation A can only be used by: “an entity organized under the laws of the United States or Canada, or any State, Province, Territory or possession thereof, or the District of Columbia, with its principal place of business in the United States or Canada.” The United States, through the SEC regulation, has allowed Canadian companies to file the same as US companies, but the rules of law in Canada still apply. You have to follow the rules established by the SEC or any federal law, as there are significant ramifications if you are not compliant.

Broker-Dealers

The best thing about having a broker-dealer is that they can act as an insurance policy. Some companies expect that they can handle the offerings for a Reg A+ on their own, which is possible, but it will ultimately end up costing you more money in the end. This means that for several states in the US, you have to be a FINRA licensed broker-dealer, who is registered as a broker-dealer in that state, to sell securities. If you ignore this rule, it only takes one complaint to have a state securities regulator coming down on you.

Essentially if this were to happen, you would need to give all the money raised back and pay a fine, but most importantly, they would bar you from ever raising capital in that state. Now, as a bad actor in one state, you may not be able to raise capital in any state. There are huge repercussions to doing this wrong when you can pay a broker-dealer to handle this for you. This is the same for a US company as well as a Canadian company.

The beauty of the SEC and FINRA is that it forces transparency and accountability. While this is a safeguard for the investors more than for the company, it is still an important step to doing this process correctly.

Lawyers

As the system is created, in the United States, a lawyer can practice law in a state and federal law in all 50 states without needing a license in each state. However, if a US lawyer is licensed to practice in Florida, they cannot give legal advice in another state about state law. Instead, you would have to involve a licensed lawyer from that state if issues arise there. The difference here is that in Canada, this is not the same. If you have a lawyer in Alberta, they cannot provide you with advice in British Columbia or Ontario.

Securities

One of the many differences between the United States and Canada is the number of citizens. Within the US, the current population is nearly 333 million. In contrast, the Canadian population is just over 38 million. When you raise capital through Reg A+, you want to have access to as many potential investors as possible. You will most likely end up spending the same amount of money in either country, as the Reg A+ laws make it easier to file than it used to in the US.

The main difference you will see is in the rules about offering to US citizens and Canadian citizens. The American investor can freely trade securities in a secondary market, while the Canadian investor can do nothing but hold it. The primary raise is one set of laws, but the secondary rules in Canada are different.

Auditing

When it comes to Reg A+, the financials of a company need to be audited before filing and they need to qualify. First, an important note is every company attempting a Reg A+ needs two years of audited financials if they’ve been in business for two years. If they’ve been in business one year, they need one year. Even if they are a startup, they still need to provide audited financial statements, even if there is not much to show. The difference here comes from the agency they can file with. In the United States, it is US GAAP and US GAAS. In Canada, they have the option of using IFRS.

When it comes to raising capital in either jurisdiction, there are notable differences in securities laws that need to be met. Whether you are a US or Canadian company looking to use the exemptions like Regulation A+, building a team of experienced broker-dealer and legal partners will ensure a successful and compliant capital raise.

KorePartner Spotlight: Douglas Ruark, President of Regulation D Resources

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

For over two decades, Douglas Ruark has been involved in the corporate finance world specifically focused on SEC-exempt securities offerings.  In 1992, he co-founded Heritage Financial, a company specializing in sourcing commercial real estate and corporate debt financing for commercial borrowers, which later merged with the investment banking firm InvestCap Partners in 1994. Five years later, Douglas served as the primary founder of Regulation D Resources, a company founded to advise corporate clients on the preparation and execution of Regulation D private placement offerings. Since the company’s formation in 1999, Regulation D Resources has provided advisory services for over 5,000 securities offerings. The company currently provides securities preparation and execution services for Regulation D, Regulation CF, and Regulation A+ exempt offerings.

 

Douglas and his expert team work with their clients to structure the offering, draft offering documents and SEC filings, advise on key metrics, and in Regulation A+ offerings convert and submit such filings for SEC qualification.  The Regulation D Resources team also provides compliance support once the client is ready to market their offering to ensure the client is properly supported through the close of the offering. The firm handles offering clients across a wide array of industries including real estate (which is one of the top sectors they work with), energy, technology, and manufacturing. 

 

One of the factors setting Douglas and Regulation D Resources apart is the 22 years of experience in the securities industry, an unblemished compliance track record, and the significant transactional experience developed in that timeframe.  Beyond his experience, Douglas is genuinely excited to be in this space. He says: “I love seeing what entrepreneurs have developed. The fun deals are companies that have developed technology that can have a big impact on an industry or be a game-changer.  Assisting them in raising funding to advance their dream and capitalize future corporate success is truly rewarding.”   

 

Douglas enjoys his partnership with KoreConX, sharing the same drive and vision regarding the application of technology to streamline processes. In addition, the responsiveness of the KoreConX team, he feels, has been great.  As soon as he was interested in learning more about the KoreConX platform, “Oscar reached out and set up a call introducing the services.  We instantly connected as our firm’s focus has been furthering the ability of small and medium-sized companies to access private capital and democratizing that access via SEC-exempt offerings.  Oscar’s work in streamlining processes and keeping costs contained for entrepreneurs aligned perfectly with the mission at Regulation D Resources.”  

What is the private capital market?

In recent years we have seen exponential growth in the issuance of private capital to companies in the US, nearly doubling the amount of money raised by public companies through Initial Public Offerings. The private capital market has dramatically changed in the last ten years as more investors have entered the playing field. This shift was made possible by the 2012 JOBS Act (which has recently expanded) and significantly impacted the private investment market.

 

Previously, before the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), it was more challenging to raise capital as a private company, as there were fewer overall players in the market. It was mostly limited to venture capital firms, wealthy investors, and hedge funds. However, this is no longer the case as the barrier for entry for investment into private companies has been lowered and allows lower-wealth individuals to invest a percentage of their income. 

 

Now, with the JOBS act adding in options like Regulation A+ and Regulation CF, a private company can raise close to $80 million in 12 months without having to enter the public market. With Regulation CF, anyone can invest in the offering. No longer is it an opportunity limited to wealthy participants. Investors with either a net worth or annual income less than $107,000 can invest $2,200 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth into RegCF offerings. 

 

While the $5 million that a company can raise from this investment opportunity may not seem like much in the grand scheme things (Regulation A+ allows up to $75 million), this new rule has opened the floodgates to new investors and new capital for the private market. In 2020, 358,000 investors participated in Reg CF campaigns. That is 358,000 people that have added their money into the private capital market, which if each person invested only invested $2,200, that means there was $787 million added to the private market. That is significant.

 

For companies that are scaling fast, staying private longer is an advantage as they can spend more time increasing their valuation and their eventual share price if they were to go public. By raising this private capital, they are not only proving the concept is viable and that there is a market for what they are selling, but they are also able to operate without the same scrutiny as public companies. They will have to open up their books and meetings to the private investors as that is their right, but it is certainly less intrusive or time-consuming. 

 

Focusing on your business as you scale and grow is an incredible advantage for you as a business owner and your investors. The more valuable your company is by the time you go public, the better it will be for your investors. So, if you weigh the options for capital raising options, don’t forget that there is a thriving private market. 

 

Meet the KorePartners: Louis Bevilacqua of Bevilacqua PLLC

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to the ecosystem. 

 

For the past 25 years, Louis Bevilacqua has served as a corporate and securities lawyer. After spending the majority of his time at large, international law firms, Louis discovered his passion for “representing entrepreneurs and helping them accomplish their goals.” Noticing that it was often more difficult to help small or microcap companies, Louis began his firm to eliminate the prohibitive costs typically associated with large law firms. 

 

Utilizing technology to allow lawyers to work virtually, Bevilacqua’s savings are passed onto its clients. Now, small companies can access the same top-tier resources that previously only large ones may have been able to afford. “Since most of our attorneys, like me, have decades of experience at big firms, we know how deals are supposed to be done and can provide excellent representation at lower price points,” Louis said. 

 

Not only is Bevilacqua’s team comprised of experienced lawyers, but many are also entrepreneurs. Understanding first-hand the challenges that small companies face, they are experienced problem solvers that are both flexible and proactive. Also, Louis says that “we also have a vast network of contacts with investors, broker-dealers, transfer agents, Edgar printers, audit firms and other service providers in the industry and can easily make the right referrals to anyone that the company needs.”

 

Through the JOBS Act and RegA+, investors have access to investments that they may not have had previously. Since the SEC requires substantial disclosure for RegA+ offerings, investors are provided more detailed disclosures than other private offerings. Companies also benefit from the lower costs associated with RegA+. Since it is more flexible and cheaper than a traditional IPO, the cost is not prohibitive. One of the primary reasons that Louis supports the regulations is that it “helps facilitate the raising of capital for smaller issuers, who always need capital and do not have as many avenues to obtain it.”

 

However, Louis also thinks that the resale market could be improved. Currently, companies looking to allow their shares to be traded “must identify a market maker willing to file a 211 application with FINRA”, which can be a difficult process. Making this process easier will allow more people to trade the shares purchased through a RegA+ offering. Additionally, for investors to deposit the shares they’ve purchased into a brokerage account, they typically must incur the fees associated, as the brokerage is generally required to perform their due diligence. 

 

For companies looking to raise money through RegA+, Bevilacqua provides clients with the legal services they need for a successful offering. Whether they need help “testing the waters,” filing the offering statement, drafting shareholder agreements, etc., Louis and his team provide expert guidance. Also, “ having a platform like KoreConX that brings all the components necessary to accomplish a Reg A offering in one easy to use platform is a fantastic tool to help us help entrepreneurs raise capital.” 

Shareholder Rights and Why They’re Important to Know

The first thought that comes to mind when someone says “shareholder,” is Wall Street, understandably, as Wall Street is home to the New York Stock Exchange and NASDAQ, the two largest stock exchanges in the world. In this sense, becoming a shareholder is dependent on owning stock. A common word in the financial industry, a stock is a unit of measure for how much of a company a shareholder owns. When it comes to the stock market found on Wall Street, those are stocks being traded in public companies, like Apple, Microsoft, and Amazon. These are household names, but there are also privately-owned companies that you would know by name, like Koch Industries, Bloomberg, Staples, and Petsmart. These private companies also have shareholders, who have rights associated with their ownership in a private company. For private company shareholders, there are three major rights; access to information, voting rights, and the ability to attend and participate in meetings.

 

One quick comparison we can make between private and public companies is the number of shareholders they have. Because a public company has shares available on the stock market, there is a greater opportunity for everyday people to grab at least one share, while private companies traditionally have far fewer shareholders because there is less access. However, the JOBS Act is changing the landscape, allowing the everyday investor to access more investment opportunities in private companies through Regulation A+ and Regulation CF. These regulations allow investors to invest smaller amounts of money in exchange for shares of a private company. No longer are these types of investments limited to accredited, angel, and venture capital investors. 

 

However, this plays a role in the rights of shareholders due to the volume of your voice in meetings and decisions. One right that shareholders have is the ability to attend meetings on major decisions in the company. When there are fewer investors in a company, the louder your voice will be in the room. This is important because by owning a part of that company, shareholders gain the right to participate and attend meetings to protect their investment from decisions that they feel would misuse their funds.

 

As a shareholder, you have the right to vote on major decisions being made by the company that could very well change the direction of the company. This again goes back to protecting your investment, as investing in a private company is often a long-term investment. Private company earnings can be paid out to shareholders, but the more likely scenario for a shareholder in a private company, especially if it is not a particularly large company, is a liquidity event, such as going public, buying out shareholders, or by being able to offer shares for sale on a secondary market alternative trading system. Making sure that your investment is safe is why you have the right to vote on major decisions. The same is true for your access to information. As a shareholder in a private company, you have a right to know how the company is doing, to see how your investment is playing out.

 

It is important to know your rights as an investor whether it is in a public or private company because you have put your money in the hands of others with the expectation that they will use it to grow and make more money for you in the future. As an investor in a private company, you have more say than an investor in a public company by the fact that you are one of few as opposed to one of many. Use that power and protect your investment; remember that if you own stock, you own part of the company and have rights. 

What is the role of a CCO?

When it comes to business executives with acronyms, there are a few that come to mind fairly quickly: CEO (Chief Executive Officer), COO (Chief Operations Officer), and CFO (Chief Financial Officer). These are the well-known names, but there is one that has as recently as 2000 entered the business executive lexicon outside of the heavily regulated industries, like healthcare and financial services, and that is the CCO (Chief Compliance Officer). Historically, there are two reasons for a CCO to be a part of your business: Government regulations or security regulations. It is the role of the COO to lead their compliance officers in managing compliance risk so the business passes audits by the government or security audits.

 

The CCO role is generally on the executive level and who they report to is up to the company, but they play a very important role in the health of the company. They evaluate the company’s compliance issues and take steps to ensure that they do not become long-term problems. The CCO learns the laws and regulations that govern the company, which is essential as increases in regulations have made it necessary for an executive with a sophisticated skillset, so the rest of the company can focus on the business. The role of the CCO differs between public and private companies.

 

Many public companies (i.e. traded on the stock market) following the scandals of Enron and WorldCom in the early 2000s and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, created a position for a CCO and filled it. Basically, the United States Government required businesses to have a Chief Compliance Officer so that the companies would be compliant with the law the SEC created to regulate accounting in public businesses. 

 

In a private company, it is more likely that a CCO will be acting to prepare and manage the acquisition of security clearances like SOC 2 or ISO 27001. Security clearances are incredibly important to businesses looking to expand into servicing industries with sensitive material that require higher levels of security. For the CCO, Something like SOC 2 would be on their to-do list; they would create policies and manage the processes needed to pass the AICPA’s (American Institute of CPAs) Trust Service Criteria of Security, Availability, Confidentiality, and Privacy. This ensures that the consumer’s information is protected while still being available to use and disposed of properly. 

 

At the same time, CCOs for private companies must also ensure that if choosing to raise money, they meet all SEC requirements for their raise. Choosing to use financing methods such as Regulation A, Regulation CF, or Regulation D requires that companies follow the requirements set by the SEC, such as enforcing investor limits and ensuring that Blue Sky laws are met in each state the raise is taking place. Failure to comply with regulations can result in severe penalties and may require the company to refund investors.

 

Whether you are a part of a public or private company, a Chief Compliance Officer is a valuable part of your team. They are focused on making sure the company is compliant with compliance, government, or security regulations so the rest of the company can focus on their day-to-day functions without worry.

KorePartner Spotlight: Brian Belley, Founder and CEO of Crowdwise

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

Brian Belley, founder and CEO of Crowdwise, has always been passionate about investing and alternative investments. By training, Brian is an aerospace engineer, but the JOBS Act represented the culmination of his interests. He took this as a great opportunity to build a platform providing a wealth of information centered around crowdfunding.

 

At Crowdwise, the primary service is free educational material for investors through courses and industry data on crowdfunding and early-stage investing. From his own experience and education on private investments, Brian understood what was most applicable to investors. The goal is to make this information easily digestible, translating data into the essentials that can be understood by new investors. Brain’s specialty lies in tech and early-stage startups, as well as analyzing industry data and trends. 

 

The private capital market is particularly existing for Brian because of the opportunities he foresees. In two to five years, the space will likely look completely different as it continues to be democratized and open to new investors. There are increasing opportunities for investors to build a diversified portfolio with broad investment types. At the same time, more investment opportunities for the everyday investor will lead to more access to capital, and new businesses will be able to come into existence because of it. 

 

Brian is excited about Crowdwise’s partnership with KoreConX, saying that it is completely about cooperation and building an ecosystem. He said: “not everyone has to be a competitor.” As more people continue to drive the private market forward, it will benefit everyone in the space, both investors and companies alike.

There is a Market for Your Private Securities

KoreConX is proud to announce the upcoming KoreSummit event, “There is a Market for Your Private Securities.” The event, co-hosted with Rialto Markets, CrowdCheck, and Fintech.TV continues our mission of powering private markets with a half-day event dedicated to enhancing education on the availability and potential of the secondary market for private companies.

 

On Wednesday, June 9, 2021, join KoreConX, Rialto Markets, CrowdCheck, and other KorePartners to learn everything you need to know about a secondary market for private companies. Kicking off at 12:30 PM EST, the event begins with keynote speaker David Weild IV, Father of the JOBS Act. 

 

The opening session is followed by five panels featuring industry experts and thought leaders to bring you the most up-to-date information and insights into secondary markets. The first panel begins at 12:45 PM, titled: “What is Secondary Market Trading and How Does it Work?” This panel covers topics like blue sky laws, securities manuals, and ATS listings. 

 

Beginning at 1:45 PM is the second panel, “Building the Network: Diversifying Customer Acquisition.” This session covers strategies for successful and diverse customer acquisition. 

 

“Price Discovery & Research in Secondary Markets” is the third panel starting at 2:45 PM. The fourth session follows at 3:45 PM and is titled “What Companies Want to Know About Secondary Markets.” The event closes with the fifth and final panel at 4:15 PM, “Rialto Secondary Market for Companies, Investors, and Broker-Dealers.”

 

Join us for the KoreSummit event, There is a Market for Your Private Securities, starting at 12:30 PM EST on Wednesday, June 9, 2021. The event is free to attend and 100% online. You can register for attendance at: http://koresummit.io/

 

 

What is a Minute Book and Why is it Important?

Unlike the name suggests, a minute book is by no means minute. As a business grows, a well-kept minute book becomes an essential record of all important company meetings and allows for the information to be easily accessed when required. With an up-to-date minute book, it makes it easier for companies to keep track of resolutions that affect financial transactions. If the company is ever audited, the minute book provides all the necessary information and references to documents in one place. Let’s break down what exactly you should find in a proper minute book.

 

A minute book should have the company’s certificate of incorporation that serves as proof of the company’s registration. This includes information such as the business’s address, company directors, voting rights, and the company’s purpose. The minute book should also have the company’s bylaws or the rules and regulations that the company and its officers must adhere to. Maintaining a record of bylaws ensures that the company is following the rules they have set to operate by.

 

The minute book typically contains the criteria by which the company’s Board of Directors and officers are chosen. For the Board of Directors, this may include how many are on the board and how long they are to serve.  For officers, it may include which ones are required for the company. In this section of the record, documents can also maintain a record of those who have previously served as a director or officer for the company. Additionally, the minute book should keep track of any meetings or communication with board members.

 

Maintained in the minute book is a record of shares and shareholders. Stock options granted to employees are kept track of, along with the number of shares the company is authorized to sell. Ensuring the company knows the limit to the shares they are legally allowed to sell is very important and is outlined in the certificate of incorporation. Additionally, companies usually maintain a record of any documents they’ve filed in their minute book. Having all documents filed in a common location makes them easier to track and refer back to when needed. Kept in this collection of documents are also various reports, whether they’re annual or special, so that they are easily accessed by authorized parties.

 

While keeping track of all of this information may seem like a daunting task, it is made easier by companies such as KoreConX. Integrated into its all-in-one platform, the KoreConX Minute Book ensures that all company documents are easily located and kept up-to-date. With all documents in a central location, both legal and board members can edit the material directly, without worrying about various versions that might exist offline. This consistency provides companies the ability to better manage their documents, ensuring that everything is accurate and easily accessed when needed.

 

An understanding of what goes into a proper minute book can help your company achieve success and transparency in business. In any situation where essential company documents are necessary, having them readily available cuts down on delays and frustration, making it a smoother process for everyone involved.

What is Investor Acquisition?

If you’re a company that is in the process of raising funds for your business, you’re likely looking to do so with the help of investors. By trading a piece of your company in exchange for some much-needed capital, you can fund your ideas and the growth of your business. With Regulation A+ opening up the investor pool to include those who would not be regularly included in a traditional IPO, it is essential to choose the right investors with whom you are going to grow your business. As investors become shareholders that often have some kind of say in the company, it will be important to choose investors that will aid you on your journey to grow your company. But how exactly do you find the right investor for you and your company’s vision?

 

Investor acquisition is targeting the best investors for the offering based on their demographics. Are you trying to raise money from your customers or people with similar behaviors? Are you targeting investors based on location, age, or other demographics? With investor acquisition, it allows companies to find and target the investors that will be best suited for the offering. If companies are targeting the investors that are most likely to invest, less time is wasted and more money is raised by eliminating the need to interact with those who aren’t going to invest.

 

Additionally, through investor acquisition, you can turn current customers into investors and investors into customers. With the addition of RegA+ to issuers’ toolbox, the ability to raise money from customers is now easier than ever. The customers who already know and support you can turn into important advocates for your company, which in turn can entice either more investors or customers to support your company.  Through RegA+, investors are not required to be accredited, so everyday people now have the opportunity to invest in companies that they believe in and support.

 

Once you’ve found investors to invest in your offering, keeping proper records of them will be essential to long-term success. Issuers need to manage their cap table, maintain investor relations, perform securities transfers in a compliant way, transfer agent, and more. With the KoreConX all-in-one platform, companies can securely manage who their investors are, issue shareholder certificates, and maintain their cap table in real-time, as changes occur. For investors, they can securely manage their portfolio of investments, receive important company information, and vote on company matters. With the platform, companies can maintain compliance and manage their information seamlessly.

 

Once you’ve decided to raise capital for your company, the next most important should be who you are going to raise the money from. With the help of investor acquisition, you can analyze information about your target so that you can best understand their behavior and what will get them to invest. Making smarter decisions about who you want investment from will help your company grow in the direction that you see best.

Are You Ready to Raise Capital?

Whether you’ve raised capital in the past or are preparing for your first round, being properly prepared will help your company secure the funding it needs. Proper preparation will make investors confident that you are ready for their investments and have a foundation in place for the growth and development of your company. So if you’re looking to raise money, what must you do to be ready for raising capital?

 

From the start, any company should keep track of shareholders in its capitalization table(commonly referred to as the cap table). Even if you have not yet raised any funds, equity distributed amongst founders and key team members should be accurately recorded. With this information kept up-to-date and readily available, negotiations with investors will be smoother, as it will be clear how much equity can be given to potential shareholders. If this information is unclear, deals will likely come with frustrations and delays.

 

Researching and having knowledge of each investor type will also help prepare your company to raise money. Will an angel investor, venture capital firm, crowdfunding, or other investment method be suited best for the money that is being raised? Having a clear answer to this question will help you better understand the investors you’re trying to reach and will help you prepare a backup option if needed.

 

Once your target investors have been decided and you have a firm grasp on the equity you’re able to offer, preparing to pitch your company to them will be a key step. Having a pitch deck containing information relevant to your company and its industry will allow you to convince investors why your business is worth investing in. Additionally, preparing for any questions that they may ask will ensure investors that you are knowledgeable and have done the research to tackle difficult problems.

 

Before committing to raising capital, you should make sure that your company has an established business model. Investors want to see that you have a market for your product and are progressing. If investors are not confident that the product you’re marketing has a demand, it will be less likely they will invest. Investors will also want proof that the company is heading in the right direction and the money they invest will help it get there faster.

 

Once you have determined that your company is ready for investors, managing the investmentsand issuing securities will be essential. To streamline the process and keep all necessary documents in one location, KoreConX’s all-in-one platform allows companies to manage the investment process and give investors access to their securities and a secondary market after the funding is completed. With cap table management, the all-in-one platform will help companies keep track of shareholders and is updated in real-time, ensuring accuracy as securities are sold.

 

Ensuring that your company has prepared before raising capital will help the process go smoothly, with fewer headaches and frustrations than if you went into it unprepared. Investors want to know that their money is going to the right place, so allowing them to be confident in their investments will ensure your company gets the funding that it needs to be a success.

How a Member of the Crowd Made Crowdfunding Easier

A while back, one of our favorite start-up clients called me and asked me to speak to a potential investor. Paul Efron, a resident of Arizona, wanted to invest in the company’s Regulation A offering. However, when he went onto the company’s website to invest, his subscription was rejected. The company was accepting subscriptions from investors in every state but Arizona and Nebraska.

Why Arizona and Nebraska, asked Paul?

The reason was that while federal law and most states’ laws say that a company selling its own securities is exempt from broker-dealer registration, that’s not the case in a handful of states. These states say that if a company isn’t using a registered broker-dealer to sell in their state, the company has to register itself as an “issuer-dealer.” Depending on the state, that can involve letters to the regulators showing that the company and its officers are familiar with securities regulations, fingerprints, and, in the case of Arizona, a requirement that the company comply with “net capital” requirements as if they were an actual broker. Start-ups, of course, very rarely have any excess capital sitting around. So our client decided just not to sell in Arizona. (There were similar issues in Nebraska, which has since changed its rules.)

Paul could have done several things at this point. He could have pretended he lived somewhere else. He could have given up and invested in something else. But, being an entrepreneur himself, he decided the law needed to be changed, and set about changing it.

He reviewed the Arizona legislature website and saw that every legislator gets an email address on the website.  The way the website email system is setup, doing a mass email campaign with individual emails was possible.  Paul sent out an email to every one of the 30 Senators and 60 Representatives which took about an hour of click, click, cut and paste.  He found the autofill function very helpful.  Republican Senator Tyler Pace and Democratic Representative Aaron Lieberman replied to the email.  Having a member of both parties from both houses was perfect for this nonpartisan bill.  He brought me in to explain the issue to the legislators, their staff and the relevant committee staff. They listened, understood, and drafted. The first attempt at getting the legislation through was derailed because of COVID.  Paul contacted the legislators again.  The bill was reintroduced, passed this session, and the Governor signed it into law last week.

Start-ups (and Arizona investors) owe Paul. Not just for getting this roadblock removed, but for setting an example of what can happen when a citizen looks at a regulation and says “Well that doesn’t make any sense; how do I fix that?”

Managing Your Investments in Private Companies

For investors, investing in private companies can be a beneficial way to diversify their investment portfolios. Whether the investment was made through private equity or RegA+, proper management can contribute to long-term success. However, once the investment is made, investors need to ensure that they are correctly managing their shares. With this in mind, how should investors manage their investments once they have been made?

 

Investments made in private companies can often come with voting rights. Being a part of company decisions is an important aspect of being an investor and helps to elect company directors and resolve issues. Investors exercising their voting rights can be a major aspect of managing their portfolio.

 

Whether information is provided directly to the investors by the company or through a transfer agent, as companies release reports and other key information, shareholders should maintain current knowledge of the information. Understanding the company’s direction and changes that are occurring can give investors a picture of the future so they can determine how their shares will affect their portfolio. The investor should also know where the data can be found so that they are easily able to access and assess it.

 

Additionally, investors should monitor the liquidity of the shares. Since some private company shares can be traded in a secondary market, understanding the value and the option to trade is important for investors. If they know how much their shares are worth, and they have the ability to sell them, investors can freely trade their shares. This is key if they decide that they no longer want to be a shareholder in a particular private company.

 

However, for investors who own shares in multiple different companies, managing this information can become a burdensome task. With an all-in-one platform that incorporates portfolio management for investors, KoreConX streamlines and simplifies the process. KoreConX Portfolio Management allows investors to manage their investments from a centralized dashboard. Investors are easily able to see the shares that they own in each private company they’ve invested in. Through the platform, investors can access critical company information and performance data in one place, eliminating the need to remember where each piece of information is kept. Investors are also notified of upcoming shareholder meetings and can exercise their voting rights through the KoreConX platform. When companies and investors utilize the KoreConX platform, they can achieve higher success rates by maintaining compliance with necessary regulations. Utilizing KoreConX Portfolio Management is a powerful tool for investors to make informed decisions regarding their investments.

 

When dealing with private company investments, it is incredibly important that investors properly manage their portfolios. Remaining up-to-date on company decisions and performance can help them plan for the future of their shares while allowing them to make decisions to increase the success of their investments. When investors understand their voting rights, company developments, and the liquidity of their shares, they can be an active participant in their financial success.

Can IRAs Be Used for Private Companies Investments?

Individual retirement accounts (commonly shortened to IRAs) allow flexibility and diversity when making investments. Whether investing in stocks, bonds, real estate, private companies, or other types of investments, IRAs can be useful tools when saving for retirement. While traditional IRAs limit investments to more standard options, such as stocks and bonds, a self-directed IRA allows for investments in things less standard, such as private companies and real estate.

 

Like a traditional IRA, to open a self-directed IRA you must find a custodian to hold the account. Banks and brokerage firms can often act as custodians, but careful research must be done to ensure that they will handle the types of investments you’re planning on making. Since custodians simply hold the account for you, and often cannot advise you on investments, finding a financial advisor that specializes in IRA investments can help ensure due diligence.

 

With IRA investments, investors need to be extremely careful that it follows regulations enforced by the SEC. If regulations are not adhered to, the IRA owner can face severe tax penalties. For example, you cannot use your IRA to invest in companies that either pay you a salary or that you’ve lent money to, as it is viewed by the SEC as a prohibited transaction. Additionally, you cannot use your IRA to invest in a company belonging to either yourself or a direct family member. If the IRA’s funds are used in these ways, there could be an early withdrawal penalty of 10% plus regular income tax on the funds if the owner is younger than 59.5 years old.

 

Since the IRA’s custodian cannot validate the legitimacy of a potential investment, investors need to be responsible for proper due diligence. However, since some investors are not aware of this, it is a common tactic for those looking to commit fraud to say that the investment opportunity has been approved by the custodian. The SEC warns that high-reward investments are typically high-risk, so the investor should be sure they fully understand the investment and are in the position to take a potential loss. The SEC also recommends that investors ask questions to see if the issuer or investment has been registered. Either the SEC itself or state securities regulators should be considered trusted, unbiased sources for investors.

 

If all requirements are met, the investor can freely invest in private companies using their IRAs. However, once investments have been made, the investor will need to keep track of them, since it is not up to their custodian. To keep all records of investments in a central location, investors can use KoreConX’s Portfolio Management, as part of its all-in-one platform. The portfolio management tool allows investors to utilize a single dashboard for all of their investments, easily accessing all resources provided by their companies. Information including key reports, news, and other documents are readily available to help investors make smarter, more informed investments.

 

Once investors have done their due diligence and have been careful to avoid instances that could result in penalties and taxes, investments with IRAs can be beneficial. Since it allows for a diverse investment portfolio, those who choose to invest in multiple different ways are, in general, safer. Additionally, IRAs are tax-deferred, and contributions can be deducted from the owner’s taxable income.

KoreConX CEO Oscar Jofre was Recently Interviewed on DNA Podcast

Recently, KoreConX President and CEO Oscar Jofre had the pleasure of joining Jason Fishman on the Digital Niche Agency podcast. Jason and DNA are valued KorePartners and their podcast Test. Optimize. Scale. feature actionable insight for industry leaders on how to grow and optimize brands. 

 

In this episode, Jason and Oscar discuss how he was able to test, optimize, and scale KoreConX. In addition, they discuss the growing potential of Regulation Crowdfunding (RegCF) and the impact it will have on the private capital markets. 

 

The full episode can be listened to on Spotify or YouTube

KorePartner Spotlight: Jonny Price, Vice President of Fundraising at Wefunder

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

Jonny Price has always had an interest in economic development and a passion for economic justice and equity. In his first role in the fundraising sector, he worked for a company called Kiva, which provided crowdfunded micro-loans to US entrepreneurs. With his experience as the head of Kiva US, it was a natural transition to Wefunder, where he serves as VP of Fundraising.

 

For too long, investments in private companies have been limited to only accredited investors. For the average person, their only chance to invest was once the company went public. Wefunder makes it so that private investments are not just limited to wealthy investors – through Wefunder, anyone can become an angel investor for as little as $100.

 

Jonny is excited about how this is changing the private investment space. When ordinary people can invest in brands they care about, more capital is available for founders and entrepreneurs to grow their businesses. Especially in minority and women-run businesses, there is a great disparity in access to capital. Only 1% of VC funding goes to black founders, and 3% goes to female-only founding teams. Crowdfunding helps to level the playing field tremendously.

 

Partnering with KoreConX was the right fit for Wefunder. Jonny said: “I have known Oscar for a while and am impressed with the services they offer. A number of Wefunder clients have used the platform, and had very positive things to say about the KoreConX team.”

Conducting a Successful RegA+ Offering

If your company is looking to raise funding, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. Since the SEC introduced the outlines for Regulation A+ in the JOBS Act, the amount companies are able to raise was increased to $75 million in January 2021 during rounds of funding from both accredited and non-accredited investors alike. If you’ve chosen to proceed with a RegA+ offering, you’ve probably become familiar with the process, but what do you need for your offering to be a success?

 

When beginning your offering, your company’s valuation will play a key role in the offering’s success. While it may be tempting to complete your valuation in-house, as it can save your company money in its early stages, seeking a valuation from a third-party firm will ensure its accuracy. Having a proper valuation will allow you to commence your offering without overvaluing what your company is worth.

 

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a realistic marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers that already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about.

 

After addressing marketing strategies for gaining investments in your company, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for people to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying.

 

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage their offering. KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform. Companies can easily manage their capitalization table as securities are sold and equity is awarded to shareholders, and direct integration with a transfer agent allows certificates to be issued electronically. Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies.

 

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your RegA+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company. Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential.

CrowdCheck’s Analysis of the New Exempt Offerings Rules: Testing the Waters comes to Reg CF

While the costs of preparing an offering under Reg CF are significantly lower than other types of securities offerings, they can still be expensive in terms of professional and marketing fees prior to having any sense of whether the offering will be successful. The SEC heard the complaints from issuers on this point and have adopted a testing the waters provision that is substantially similar to that used in Reg A.

Under new Rule 206, issuers contemplating an offering under Reg CF may make written or oral offers to test the waters (“TTW”) prior to filing a Form C. Once the Form C is filed, the offering is live and no more TTW can be done. There is no restriction on the content of TTW communications, as there are for solicitations after the Form C has been filed under Rule 204(b), however, any TTW must include a legend containing the following:

(1) That no money or other consideration is being solicited, and if sent in response, will not be accepted;

(2) That no offer to buy the securities can be accepted and no part of the purchase price can be received until the offering statement is filed and only through an intermediary’s platform; and

(3) That a person’s indication of interest involves no obligation or commitment of any kind.

Rule 206 also provides that the information that may be received by the issuer includes “name, address, telephone number, and/or email address” of any prospective investor. While the language is permissive, which would allow for additional information to be collected, such as pricing or other rights that prospective investors would want, this permissiveness would likely not extend to collection of payment information.

Issuers should note that any TTW materials used must be filed as part of the Form C under new Rule 201(z). This requirement is meant to ensure that all prospective investors gain access to the information that the issuer has made publicly available before the offering, as well as to provide a record of compliance with Rule 206.

Going forward, funding portals will need to evaluate whether any issuers have complied with Rule 206. If an issuer approaches a funding portal having already undertaken TTW without the required legend, the funding portal would likely have to deny access to that issuer for at least some period of time, because the issuer has not complied with the conditions of Reg CF, and thus violated Section 5 of the Securities Act. Likewise, an evaluation of whether all TTW materials have been included in the Form C is necessary. If not everything is included, then, again, the issuer has not complied with Reg CF and may be in violation of Section 5.

Further, TTW materials are still subject to the anti-fraud rules of federal and state securities laws. Misleading statements regarding projections, business plans, risks, financial condition, etc. during the TTW phase can still be a source of liability for an issuer and funding portal if the offering goes forward. These are certainly going to be matters that FINRA will be evaluating in funding portal compliance with Reg CF.

In its rulemaking, the SEC has also created a concept of “generic” TTW not tied to any particular type of exempt offering, which is new Rule 241. An issuer could use Rule 241 prior to a Reg CF offering, but would be wise to follow the filing requirements as if the TTW was conducted under Rule 206. We note that Rule 241 is unlikely to be used widely, since any such communications would be subject to state law, which is not preempted.

CrowdCheck, as a leading provider of due diligence, disclosure, and compliance solutions for online securities offerings, including crowdfunding, is ready to help you navigate compliance with the changes to Reg CF.

Tax Alert for Sponsors and Fund Managers: IRS Issues Final Regulations for Carried Interests

Every real estate syndication and private investment fund involves a “carried interest” for the sponsor, also known as a “promoted interest.” The IRS just issued final regulations on how those interests are taxed.

A carried interest is what the sponsor gets for putting the deal together. For example, a typical waterfall might provide that on sale of the project investors receive a preferred return, then investors receive a return of their capital, then the balance is divided 70% to investors and 30% to the sponsor. That 30% is the sponsor’s carried interest.

For as long as anyone can remember the sponsor’s 30% carry has been taxed as capital gain. This favorable tax treatment has been the subject of considerable controversy given that the carry is paid to the sponsor not for an investment of capital but for the performance of services. Why should fund managers and deal sponsors be taxed at capital gain rates while hardworking Crowdfunding lawyers are taxed at ordinary income rates? Or so the issue has often been posed.

As a gesture in the egalitarian direction, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 – the same law that gave us qualified opportunity zones – added section 1061 to the Internal Revenue Code. Section 1061 provides that while carried interests are still taxed at capital gain rates, the threshold for long-term rates is three years rather than 12 months.

That means if an investment fund buys stock in a portfolio company and flips it at a profit after two years, the investors are taxed at long-term capital gain rates while the sponsor is taxed at ordinary income rates, a big difference.

IMPORTANT NOTE:  In the real estate world section 1061 applies to vacant land or a triple-net lease, but not to a typical multifamily rental project. (The issue is whether the asset constitutes “property used in a trade or business” under Code section 1231.)

The final regulations just issued by the IRS clarify a few points:

  • They clarify that the three-year holding period doesn’t apply to an interest the sponsor acquires by investing capital along with other investors.
  • They clarify that if the sponsor receives a distribution with respect to its carried interest and reinvests the distribution, the interest the sponsor receives as a result of the reinvestment is not subject to the three-year holding period.
  • They provide that if the sponsor sells its carried interest, you “look through” the partnership to determine the holding period of the partnership’s assets.
  • They provide that if the sponsor transfers the carried interest to a related party, the sponsor can recognize taxable phantom gain.
  • They deal with in-kind distributions of assets to the sponsor with respect to the carried interest.

Section 1061 is one more tripwire for deal sponsors and their advisors. Be aware!

The State of the Jobs Act 2021 KoreSummit Webinar

The JOBS Act was signed into law just nine years ago, in April of 2012. Since then, thousands of companies have taken advantage of the Act’s exemptions to raise capital for their companies.  More than half a million investors have participated, providing funding to these companies—and it’s just getting started!

 

The JOBS Act’s fundamentals are simple:

  • Democratize capital so everyone can invest
  • Give ownership back to the owners
  • Create jobs

 

The proof of momentum is in the numbers and there now exists real tangible growth in the private markets.

 

The JOBS Act’s Impact by the Numbers for 2020

Total Funding Portals: 51

Total Companies Funded: 1,100

Total Companies Raising $1M USD: 229

Number of States: 48

Total Raised: $239.4M

Total Number of Investors: 358,000

Average Raise: $308,978

 

On November 2, 2020, SEC Commissioner Jay Clayton announced an amendment to two regulations that have truly expanded investors’ access to the funding of startups, emerging growth companies, and affinity-based projects online.  Companies can now use Reg CF to raise up to $5M USD, and RegA+ to raise up to $75M USD.

 

On March 15, 2021, our webinar brings together two individuals who began this journey more than a decade ago. You will hear them reflect on their experiences and, more importantly, what lies ahead for the next version of the JOBS Act and the following chapter on capital raising for entrepreneurs.

 

David Weild IV is a stock market expert best known for his position as Vice Chairman of NASDAQ. He is currently the Founder, Chairman, and CEO of Weild & Co. Inc., the parent company of the investment banking firm Weild Capital, LLC (dba Weild & Co.). Weild is also known as the “father” of the JOBS Act and has been involved in drafting legislation for the US Congress.

 

Sara Hanks, CEO of CrowdCheck and Managing Partner of CrowdCheck Law, is an attorney with over 30 years of experience in the corporate and securities field. CrowdCheck and CrowdCheck Law together provide a wide range of legal, compliance, and due diligence services for companies and intermediaries engaged in online capital formation, with a focus on offerings made under Regulations A, CF, D, and S, whether traditional or digitized securities.

 

Sara’s prior position was General Counsel of the bipartisan Congressional Oversight Panel, the overseer of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP). Prior to that, Sara spent many years as a partner at Clifford Chance, one of the world’s largest law firms. While at Clifford Chance, she advised on capital markets transactions and corporate matters for companies throughout the world. Sara began her career with the London law firm Norton Rose. She later joined the Securities and Exchange Commission and as Chief of the Office of International Corporate Finance, she led the team drafting regulations that put into place a new generation of rules governing the capital-raising process.

 

Sara received her law degree from Oxford University and is a member of the New York and DC bars and a Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England and Wales. She serves on the SEC’s Small Business Capital Formation Advisory Committee. She holds a Series 65 securities license as a registered investment advisor. Sara is an aunt, Army wife, skier, cyclist, gardener, and animal lover.

 

This fireside discussion will be hosted by Vincent Molinari, co-founder and CEO of Molinari Media (Fintech.TV), who has followed the industry and is using the JOBS Act to raise capital for his own firm.

Announcing the 2021 JOBS Act Program RegCF

KoreConX has long been dedicated to helping companies meet all regulatory compliance requirements in the most cost-effective way. This commitment continues with our complimentary 2021 JOBS Act Program for RegCF, which will enable eligible companies to use the KoreConX all-in-one platform for free. KoreConX pledges to make this available to companies who have completed, started, or are in the middle of their RegCF raise. 

 

The KoreConX platform meets the regulatory SEC transfer agent requirements in addition to a dedicated agent, Cap Table Management, Portfolio Management, Shareholder Management, and BoardRoom Management. Companies using the KoreConX platform can efficiently manage SAFEs, CrowdSafes, promissory notes, debenture, and digital securities.

 

The JOBS Act Program will begin accepting applications on March 01, 2021.  KoreConX has committed to supporting your RegCF raise up to $1.07M with our complimentary (100% FREE) JOBS Act Program solution, complete with an SEC-registered transfer agent. With this increased access to capital, private companies have the chance to grow and create jobs in an economy greatly affected by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. KoreConX is proud to continue to provide the solutions that companies are in need of, in order to compliantly raise capital cost-effectively and efficiently.

 

Eligible companies can apply on the JOBS Act Program website. Once a submission has been received, the KoreConX team will begin the review process and notify accepted applicants within 48 hours.

 

www.JOBSActProgram.com

Regulation A+ Is Even Better After Passage Of The Economic Growth Act

On May 24, 2018, President Trump signed the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the Act) into law. The Act was introduced by Senator Mike Crapo, a Republican Senator from Idaho, in the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs on November 16, 2017. The 73-page-long Act contains a short and sweet Section 508 entitled “Improving Access To Capital” that changes Regulation A in a big way.

Some Background

In mid-2015, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (Commission) amended Regulation A in order to expand the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as mandated by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act, to enhance the ability of smaller companies to raise money. Regulation A allows companies to offer and sell securities to the public, but with more limited disclosure requirements than those that apply to full reporting companies under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). In comparison to registered offerings, smaller companies in earlier stages of development are able to use this rule to more cost-effectively raise money.

Why Is This A Big Deal?

(1) Reporting Companies Will Be Able to Rely on Regulation A: Prior to the Act, reporting companies were prohibited from utilizing Regulation A to raise capital. The Act requires the Commission to finalize rules that amend 17 C.F.R. Section 230.251 to remove the requirement that the issuer not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act immediately before the offering. Therefore, reporting companies will be able to rely on Regulation A to raise capital.

(2) Reporting Companies Will Not Be Required To File Additional Reports: The Act requires that the Commission finalize rules that amend 17 C.F.R. 230.257 to deem reporting companies as having met the requirements of 17 C.F.R. 230.257. Therefore, reporting companies that already meet the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act do not need to file additional reports required under 17 C.F.R. 230.257.

When Will The Rules Be Finalized?

Rulemaking is the process by which federal agencies implement legislation by Congress that is then signed into law by the President. Rulemaking generally involves the following steps:

(1) Concept Release: The Commission issues a concept release when an issue is unique and complicated such that the Commission wants public input before issuing a proposed rule. The Act is very straightforward so the Commission will probably not issue a concept release and go straight to the next step.
(2) Rule Proposal: When approved by the Commission, a rule proposal is published for public notice and comment for a specified period of time, typically between 30 and 60 days. A rule proposal typically contains the text of the proposed new or amended rule along with a discussion of the issue or problem the proposal is designed to address. The public’s input on the proposal is considered as a final rule is drafted.
(3) Rule Adoption: When approved by the Commission, the new rule or rule amendment becomes part of the official rules that govern the securities industry. The new rule or rule amendment is in the form of an adopting release that reflects the Commission’s consideration of the public comments.

 

See the original article, published on our KorePartner’s blog here.

Using a Transfer Agent Doesn’t Mean You Have a Single Entry on Your Cap Table

Many issuers are concerned that “Crowdfunding will screw up my cap table.” In response, several Title III funding portals offer a mechanism they promise will leave only a single entry on the issuer’s cap table, no matter how many investors sign up.

The claim is innocuous, i.e., it doesn’t really hurt anybody. But it’s also false.

The claim begins with section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act. Under section 12(g), an issuer must register its securities with the SEC and begin filing all the reports of a public company if the issuer has more than $10 million of total assets and any class of equity securities held of record by more than 500 non-accredited investors or more than 2,000 total investors.

17 CFR §240.12g5-1 defines what it means for securities to be held “of record.” For example, under 17 CFR §240.12g5-1(a)(2), securities held by a partnership are generally treated as held “of record” by one person, the partnership, even if the partnership has lots of partners. Similarly, under 17 CFR §240.12g5-1(a)(4), securities held by two or more persons as co-owners (e.g., as tenants in common) are treated as held “of record” by one person.

With their eyes on this regulation, the funding portals require each investor to designate a third party to act on the investor’s behalf. The third-party acts as transfer agent, custodian, paying agent, and proxy agent, and also has the right to vote the investor’s securities (if the securities have voting rights). The funding portal then takes the position that all the securities are held by one owner “of record” under 17 CFR §240.12g5-1.

Two points before going further:

  • Title III issuers don’t need 17 CFR §240.12g5-1 to avoid reporting under section 12(g). Under 17 CFR §240.12g6(a), securities issued under Title III don’t count toward the 500/2,000 thresholds, as long as the issuer uses a transfer agent and has no more than $25 million of assets.
  • 17 CFR §240.12g5-1(b)(3) includes an anti-abuse rule:  “If the issuer knows or has reason to know that the form of holding securities of record is used primarily to circumvent the provisions of section 12(g). . . . the beneficial owners of such securities shall be deemed to be the record owners thereof.”

But put both those things to the side and assume that, by using the mechanism offered by the funding portal, the issuer has 735 investors but only one holder “of record.”

Does having one holder “of record” mean the issuer has only a single entry on its cap table? Of course not. At tax time, the issuer is still going to produce 735 K-1s.

The fact is, how many holders an issuer has “of record” for purposes of section 12(g) of the Exchange Act has nothing to do with cap tables. The leap from section 12(g) to cap tables is a rhetorical sleight-of-hand.

As I said in the beginning, the sleight-of-hand is mostly harmless. Except for some additional fees, neither the issuer nor the investors are any worse off. And the motivation is understandable:  too many issuers think Crowdfunding will get in the way of future funding rounds, even though that’s not true.

Even so, as a boring corporate lawyer and true believer in Crowdfunding, I’m uncomfortable with the sleight-of-hand. When SPVs become legal on March 15th perhaps the market will change.

KorePartner Spotlight: Shari Noonan, CEO and Co-Founder of Rialto Markets

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to
feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

With over 20 years of experience in financial services, Shari Noonan has been instrumental in
the electronification of the equities market. Shari began her career in the ‘90s at an electronic
trading pioneer called Instinet and was excited about making a change in the market. Shari
joined Goldman Sachs after her years with Instinet and then moved on to Deutsche Bank. At all
these stops, Shari’s focus was on creating efficiencies, implementing effective governance, and
delivering technology to create greater efficiencies and solve a wide variety of capital markets
issues. Firsthand experience with the issues and solutions in the public markets gave Shari
important and unique insight into the inefficiencies within the private placement market.

 

Shari and the co-founders of Rialto Markets saw an opportunity to leverage their experience to
create new capital formation and interaction capabilities that reduce friction, expand access, and
lower the overall cost of capital. As a FINRA registered Broker-Dealer operating an SEC
recognized Alternative Trading System (ATS) for Private Securities (including those issued as
digital asset securities), Rialto helps issuers meet AML and KYC requirements, onboard
investors, and navigate numerous other services throughout every phase of the capital
formation process. Additionally, Rialto’s ATS enables secondary trading for private securities.
This gives investors a powerful opportunity to monetize without waiting for a private company to
go live through an IPO and affords opportunities for new participants to invest in these private
securities.

 

This industry has many aspects that excite Shari. She sees it at the intersection of capital
markets and technology, which will make processes both scalable and cost-efficient no matter
the size of the capital raise. Shari says, “What excites me the most is we have the unique
opportunity to open a new market.” The introduction of various regulations in private securities –
like Reg A+, Reg CF – allows companies like Rialto to implement solutions that democratize
private capital markets. With efficient platforms that attain necessary scale, all investors can be
serviced effectively and more investors can participate in private securities, thereby expanding
and diversifying their respective portfolios.

 

Of their partnership with KoreConX, Shari Noonan said: “KoreConX offers the ingredient we need to
facilitate our vision.” Tools such as Cap Table Management form the necessary infrastructure
and ecosystem to facilitate everything in the middle.

What Role Does a Transfer Agent or Share Registry Provider Play?

For companies, both private and public, a transfer agent plays a vital role in financial success. With everything a company needs to keep track of on a day-to-day basis, maintaining an accurate record of shareholders is one of these important tasks. However, it is also time consuming, so having a transfer agent or share registry provider that can keep accurate and timely records may be a convenient solution.

 

One of the main functions of a transfer agent is to issue and cancel certificates. When someone purchases shares in the company, the transfer agent issues a certificate of their ownership, either physically or electronically. As shares are issued to investors, the transfer agent also records all transactions, keeping a record of who the investors are and what they own. When shares are transferred to a new owner, typically through a secondary market, the transfer agent cancels the certificate issued to the original investor and issues a new certificate to the new owner.

 

The transfer agent must maintain an accurate and up-to-date record of all investors, as the company will need it to maintain its capitalization table (also known as the cap table). When it comes to future business deals, having the equity distribution clearly outlined in the cap table will be essential to know how much equity remains for future investors. Additionally, accurate records of investors’ shares are essential to facilitating smooth secondary market transactions. 

 

It is also the transfer agent’s responsibility to work as an intermediary for the company they represent. If dividends are to be paid to shareholders, the transfer agent pays the distributions due to each investor. As an intermediary, the transfer agent also communicates on behalf of the company with investors. They are responsible for mailing any reports and proxy materials released by the company. If the company were to hold a vote, shareholders with voting rights would communicate their choice to the company through the transfer agent. 

 

In addition to issuing and canceling certificates, the transfer agent is also responsible for handling lost or stolen certificates. If an investor were to lose their certificate, they would need to contact the transfer agent. The transfer agent would then place a “stop transfer” on the shares so that they cannot be transferred from the investor to another individual. 

 

Companies can choose to issue certificates electronically and may choose to use software such as KoreConX’s Transfer Agent. Completely integrated with their all-in-one platform, the KoreConX Transfer Agent is SEC-registered, ensuring compliance with worldwide securities regulations. Streamlining and simplifying the process, the KoreConX Transfer Agent updates records in real-time and is seamlessly integrated with the company’s cap table. Reducing errors that may result in manually filing and updating information, the KoreConX Transfer Agent creates reliability and transparency for both investors and issuers. 

 

Understanding the role of a transfer agent and share registry provider is essential for successfully managing shareholders and the many forms of securities that companies can choose to offer. Choosing the right transfer agent will enable companies to provide real-time information to their investors, without unnecessary expenses. More importantly, a good transfer agent allows for integration with other capabilities, allowing them to manage their data more efficiently. 

KoreConX CEO Oscar Jofre’s Interview on Recent EINBLICK Podcast

Recently, KoreConX President, CEO, and Co-Founder Oscar Jofre had the pleasure of joining Christian Klepp, Co-Founder of EINBLICK Consulting, on their podcast B2B Marketers on a Mission. 

 

With Christian, Oscar discusses empowering and transforming the private capital markets through pivotal regulations enabling them to better raise capital. Along with these changes, companies need the education and tools to manage their data and shareholders. No longer are private companies limited to a VC or fund to raise capital, they have the power to leverage their customers and shareholders to raise needed capital. However, they need to keep learning to understand their options and responsibilities. 

 

You can listen to the full interview with Oscar Jofre here.

 

Can I Use My IRA for Private Company Investments?

Individual retirement accounts (commonly shortened to IRAs) allow flexibility and diversity when making investments. Whether investing in stocks, bonds, real estate, private companies, or other types of investments, IRAs can be useful tools when saving for retirement. While traditional IRAs limit investments to more standard options, such as stocks and bonds, a self-directed IRA allows for investments in things less standard, such as private companies and real estate. 

 

Like a traditional IRA, to open a self-directed IRA you must find a custodian to hold the account. Banks and brokerage firms can often act as custodians, but careful research must be done to ensure that they will handle the types of investments you’re planning on making. Since custodians simply hold the account for you, and often cannot advise you on investments, finding a financial advisor that specializes in IRA investments can help ensure due diligence. 

 

With IRA investments, investors need to be extremely careful that it follows regulations enforced by the SEC. If regulations are not adhered to, the IRA owner can face severe tax penalties. For example, you cannot use your IRA to invest in companies that either pay you a salary or that you’ve lent money to, as it is viewed by the SEC as a prohibited transaction. Additionally, you cannot use your IRA to invest in a company belonging to either yourself or a direct family member. If the IRA’s funds are used in these ways, there could be an early withdrawal penalty of 10% plus regular income tax on the funds if the owner is younger than 59.5 years old. 

 

Since the IRA’s custodian cannot validate the legitimacy of a potential investment, investors need to be responsible for proper due diligence. However, since some investors are not aware of this, it is a common tactic for those looking to commit fraud to say that the investment opportunity has been approved by the custodian. The SEC warns that high-reward investments are typically high-risk, so the investor should be sure they fully understand the investment and are in the position to take a potential loss. The SEC also recommends that investors ask questions to see if the issuer or investment has been registered. Either the SEC itself or state securities regulators should be considered trusted, unbiased sources for investors.

 

If all requirements are met, the investor can freely invest in private companies using their IRAs. However, once investments have been made, the investor will need to keep track of them, since it is not up to their custodian. To keep all records of investments in a central location, investors can use KoreConX’s Portfolio Management, as part of its all-in-one platform. The portfolio management tool allows investors to utilize a single dashboard for all of their investments, easily accessing all resources provided by their companies. Information including key reports, news, and other documents are readily available to help investors make smarter, more informed investments. 

 

Once investors have done their due diligence and have been careful to avoid instances that could result in penalties and taxes, investments with IRAs can be beneficial. Since it allows for a diverse investment portfolio, those who choose to invest in multiple different ways are, in general, safer. Additionally, IRAs are tax-deferred, and contributions can be deducted from the owner’s taxable income. 

409A – A Guide for Startups

We “Get It”

We understand that the last thing any start-up wants to worry about is tax compliance, especially when you have so many other things to worry about. Like product development, sales, recruiting, etc.… But it is wise for a start-up to think about compliance early on to avoid potential penalties and distracting complications from lack of compliance later down the road. If you don’t know about an issue ask a professional like your lawyer, accountant, etc.…here is a little background on 409A valuations and choosing the right 409A provider.

 

What is 409A

What is 409A?

409A refers to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code for the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) of the United States of America. This code governs the taxation of non-qualified deferred compensation. Section 409A was added to the Internal Revenue Code in January of 2005 and issued final regulations in 2009.

Stock options give employees, consultants, etc. (any grantee) the right to buy stock at a predetermined price (the strike price). But you first need to determine what the strike price should be. The IRS 409A regulation stipulates the strike price must be equal to the Fair Market Value (FMV) of your company’s common stock.

But how do you value the company stock, especially if the company has a complex capital structure (i.e. has raised money via equity or debt)? Third party valuation firms with experience in these valuations are your best bet for staying compliant. But be careful. Not all firms are created equal.

There are three “safe harbor” methodologies provided by the IRS regarding setting the fair market value (FMV) of common stock for privately held companies. Almost all VC or angel-backed startups follow will use a third-party firm and follow the Independent Appraisal Presumption: A valuation performed by a qualified third-party appraiser. The valuation is presumed reasonable if the valuation date is set no more than 12 months prior to an applicable stock option grant date and there is no material change from the valuation date to the grant date. If these requirements are met, the burden is on the IRS to prove the valuation was “grossly unreasonable.” If the valuation does not fall under “safe harbor” then the burden of truth falls on the taxpayer.

 

There are severe penalties for Section 409A violations which include, immediate tax on vesting, additional 20% tax penalty, and penalty interest.

So why is safe harbor important and how you can get it?

Ideally, safe harbor insulates you from persecution. Luckily, IRS has provided avenues for companies to safely offer deferred compensations. If you have a safe harbor, IRS will only reject the valuation if they can prove that it is grossly unreasonable. The burden of proof is with IRS to prove that you are in error. However, this burden of proof is shifted to the company and BOD if don’t have safe harbor. In this case, you are treated as having granted cheap stock unless you can prove otherwise and defend your strike price.

For the valuation to be treated as safe harbor valuation, it must be done in any of the following ways, but we will focus on the first two.

 

Valuation be done internally by a qualified staff

Valuation be done by a qualified third-party valuation company

Stock be offered through a generally acceptable repurchasing formula


Using Internal Value

In this option, the company will appoint a qualified individual from the internal team to conduct the valuation. This can be one of the easiest and cheapest options, but it has several other conditions attached to it. The individual doing the valuation and the company must meet set standards.

The individual appointed to do the valuation must have at least five years’ experience in a field related to valuation. This includes business valuation, private equity, investment banking, secured lending, or financial accounting. This can be tricky because there is room for subjectivity. IRS, upon its discretion, may determine that the individual who did the valuation did not meet the required standards. Further, what we have seen too often is the internal valuation results in values way to high or just plain wrong. Experience matters.

Moreover, a company can only use this option if it can meet the following requirements:

  • It is a private company
  • Has no publicly traded stock
  • Is less than ten years old
  • Has no stock that is considered as a call, put, or similar derivative

Appointing a Third-Party Firm

While this may be the most expensive option, it is also the safest. The only condition is that the firm should follow consistent methodologies in the valuation. So, it is important to supply the firm with all the necessary information to carry out the valuation. The information includes the following.

With the requested information, a qualified firm can do a reasonable valuation. In some instance, a third-party firm may arrive at a favorable fair market value without going too low to raise alarm. The advantage of working with a third-party firm is that you get double protection. Most firms will be interested in saving their reputation, so they are more likely to protect you. Moreover, the burden of proof lies with IRS.

 

The Dangers of Working with Non-independent Valuation Firms

For a company to be deemed as independent, in IRS context, it should only provide you with valuation services. Some companies may be tempted to register a separate LLC company to handle valuations, but the conflict of interest is their regardless.

409A independent valuation

To qualify for a safe harbor, valuers must be seen to be independent. They should also employ objective judgment in arriving at their conclusion. In this case, there should not be any conflict of interest, and valuation should be based on merit, free of bias. Therefore, if a valuation company receives other forms of income that are not related to valuation from your company, then that amounts to a conflict of interest. There is even a bigger conflict of interest if the valuation firm offers liquidity to the same shares it is valuing.

Legally, conflict of interest indicates the presence of economic benefit. In that case, IRS requires valuation firms to declare that there have no relations with their clients. On top of this, they should also attest that the compensation is not based on the results they deliver. The bottom line is that you will not achieve safe harbor if is there is a conflict of interest.

 

So, when can you say you have fully achieved safe harbor?

If your valuation has respected all the requirements for achieving a safe harbor, then you are almost guaranteed of protection, but you are not off the hook yet.

The following caveats need to be taken into consideration:

  • If there is material change that might have a direct impact on the value of the company, then the valuation will become invalid
  • The valuation is valid for 1 year, so if you are issuing additional shares after 12 months, then you should do a new valuation
  • IRS still has room to determine if the valuation was grossly unreasonable

It may seem like a daunting task to do 409A valuation the right way, but it is worth the effort because the consequences for violations are severe. Remember that safe harbor is the best way to protect yourself against harsh penalties.

How Do I Get a 409A Valuation?

In order to get a 409A valuation you want to work with a reputable firm that has experience in rendering valuation opinions. We recommend staying away from 409A only shops, firms that are not independent, or are “giving away” in conjunction with a software sale.

How Much Will a 409A Valuation Cost?

409As are relatively new. When they were first introduced in 2005, everyone scrambled to comply. Valuation firms were born into a world where they were desperately needed but without a precedent to set a price for their services. Since then, with more options becoming available, the costs have decreased. The DIY and qualified individual methods are typically more cost-effective, but significantly riskier, so if you want safety and a good deal, keep reading…

It can be difficult to know what market or fair prices for valuation services are if you have not had experience with these services before. Below we are presenting what we feel are middle of the road prices for quality service and reports with technical rigor that would pass a big four auditor. You can find cheaper, but you run all kinds of risk for your company, employees, and board.

409A market prices

No matter what, make sure you choose a valuation firm you trust and that you can see yourself having a good relationship with because that relationship may be a long one. If you’re ready to get your 409A valuation and start issuing stock options to employees.

What is Investor Relations?

No matter the size of the company, investor relations (IR) should be a key component of conducting business. It’s never too early to implement a solid investor relations approach, but if your company has never tackled this issue, the term may seem confusing. Understanding what investor relations entail will allow your company to begin implementing strategies that will help your company succeed. 

 

Simply put, investor relations provide all investors with accurate information about the company. IR plays a key role in communication between investors and company executives. Rather than shareholders contacting the company’s CEO or other executives directly, the IR department acts as an intermediary, determining when it is important to involve the CEO.  If company executives were continually contacted by investors with requests, they would have to devote their already limited time to manage these requests. However, it is also up to IR teams to still ensure that company executives are still available for shareholders, so they must find a balance that works best. 

 

IR departments also have a responsibility to ensure that the company is compliant when reporting to investors. For public companies, the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act, passed by the US government in 2002, increased reporting requirements and set standards for companies to follow. With the bill in place, IR departments are required to distribute financial information to investors accurately. For private companies, ensuring they are meeting compliance early will save them time if they were to go public. The transparency increases confidence in the company for investors and ensures that the business is being run the right way. 

 

As a key line of communication between the company and investors, investor relations departments are typically responsible for communicating any changes or initiatives that the company will be undergoing. Being included in discussions with the executive team will help the IR team understand why decisions are being made so that they can communicate the reasoning effectively with investors. 

 

For private companies, software such as KoreConX’s all-in-one platform can help easily manage relationships with their shareholders. The KoreConX IR feature allows companies to work seamlessly with investors by providing them online opportunities to vote and access company financial information and news releases. By giving investors a secure platform on which they can both nominate and vote on company matters, they can feel confident in the way voting is held. Additionally, the investor relations feature allows the company to easily organize meetings with its investors. 

 

By maintaining transparent investor relations, private companies can prepare themselves for success. Keeping investors up to date on important company information allows them to have confidence in the company’s leadership and their investment. Having a track record of good relationships and transparency with current investors may also be beneficial when it comes to raising future capital, as it could help to attract potential ones

How does Investor Acquisition Help Find the Right Investors?

If you’re a company that is in the process of raising funds for your business, you’re likely looking to do so with the help of investors. By trading a piece of your company in exchange for some much-needed capital, you can fund your ideas and the growth of your business. With Regulation A+ opening up the investor pool to include those who would not be regularly included in a traditional IPO, it is essential to choose the right investors with whom you are going to grow your business. As investors become shareholders that often have some kind of say in the company, it will be important to choose investors that will aid you on your journey to grow your company. But how exactly do you find the right investor for you and your company’s vision?

 

Investor acquisition is targeting the best investors for the offering based on their demographics. Are you trying to raise money from your customers or people with similar behaviors? Are you targeting investors based on location, age, or other demographics? With investor acquisition, it allows companies to find and target the investors that will be best suited for the offering. If companies are targeting the investors that are most likely to invest, less time is wasted and more money is raised by eliminating the need to interact with those who aren’t going to invest. 

 

Additionally, through investor acquisition, you can turn current customers into investors and investors into customers. With the addition of RegA+ to issuers’ toolbox, the ability to raise money from customers is now easier than ever. The customers who already know and support you can turn into important advocates for your company, which in turn can entice either more investors or customers to support your company.  Through RegA+, investors are not required to be accredited, so everyday people now have the opportunity to invest in companies that they believe in and support. 

 

Once you’ve found investors to invest in your offering, keeping proper records of them will be essential to long-term success. Issuers need to manage their cap table, maintain investor relations, perform securities transfers in a compliant way, transfer agent, and more. With the KoreConX all-in-one platform, companies can securely manage who their investors are, issue shareholder certificates, and maintain their cap table in real-time, as changes occur. For investors, they can securely manage their portfolio of investments, receive important company information, and vote on company matters. With the platform, companies can maintain compliance and manage their information seamlessly. 

 

Once you’ve decided to raise capital for your company, the next most important should be who you are going to raise the money from. With the help of investor acquisition, you can analyze information about your target so that you can best understand their behavior and what will get them to invest. Making smarter decisions about who you want investment from will help your company grow in the direction that you see best. 

 

What is Needed for a Successful RegA+ Offering

If your company is looking to raise funding, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. Since the SEC introduced the outlines for Regulation A+ in the JOBS Act, companies have been able to raise amounts up to $50 million (which increases to $75 million in January 2021) during rounds of funding from both accredited and non-accredited investors alike. If you’ve chosen to proceed with a RegA+ offering, you’ve probably become familiar with the process, but what do you need for your offering to be a success?

 

When beginning your offering, your company’s valuation will play a key role in the offering’s success. While it may be tempting to complete your valuation in-house, as it can save your company money in its early stages, seeking a valuation from a third-party firm will ensure its accuracy. Having a proper valuation will allow you to commence your offering without overvaluing what your company is worth. 

 

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a realistic marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers that already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about. 

 

After addressing marketing strategies for gaining investments in your company, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for people to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying. 

 

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage their offering. KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform. Companies can easily manage their capitalization table as securities are sold and equity is awarded to shareholders, and direct integration with a transfer agent allows certificates to be issued electronically. Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies. 

 

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your RegA+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company. Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential.

Regulation A Offering Limits Increased to $75 Million

On Monday, November 2, exciting news was announced by the SEC regarding Regulation A offerings. The Securities and Exchange Commission approved long-awaited amendments to offering limits to “promote capital formation and expand investment opportunities.” These amendments, going into effect on January 2, 2021, drastically increase the amount of capital that issuers can raise through RegA+ offerings.

 

Before the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) of 2012, Regulation A was a relatively obscure and underutilized regulation since adherence to Blue Sky Laws in all 50 states made it time-consuming and costly. The JOBS Act transformed RegA into a company-friendly law allowing businesses to raise millions of dollars. Broken down into two tiers, Tier 1 allows companies to raise a maximum of $20 million after meeting compliance with Blue Sky Laws in each state, while Tier 2 previously allowed up to $50 million to be raised after the offering statement has been reviewed and accepted by the SEC. While neither tiers place limits on the amount an accredited investor can invest, Tier 2 limits individual investors to either 10% of their net worth or annual income.

 

With this latest amendment to Regulation A, companies will now be able to raise a maximum of $75 million under Tier 2 offerings. This comes as great news for companies looking to raise capital through RegA offerings since Tier 2 offerings comprise the majority of those conducted, with 73% of qualified offerings falling under this tier. This substantial increase allows issuers to raise larger sums of capital to fund their business and its development. In addition, the updated Regulation A raises the offering limit of secondary sales from $15 million to $22.5 million. With Tier 2 offerings preempting Blue Sky Laws in each state, it offers companies an efficient tool for efficiently raising capital on a nationwide scale. 

 

With an increase of $25 million, this drastic improvement to Regulation A offerings will empower more companies to raise the capital they need for success.

SEC Approves Increases to RegCF Maximum Offering and Investor Limits

On Monday, November 2, 2020 the SEC approved updates to Regulation Crowdfunding significantly increasing the limits of offering under this regulation. These changes will go into effect at the beginning of the coming year, January 2, 2021. This move will introduce new business opportunities to companies looking to raise capital. In their Monday press release, the SEC stated that “today’s amendments are the next step in the Commission’s efforts to improve the exempt offering framework for the benefit of investors, emerging companies, and more seasoned issuers.”

At the introduction of RegCF in Spring 2016, companies could raise a maximum of $1.07 million within 12 months.  Sherwood Ness, the principal of Crowdfund Capital Advisors, said: “When we began lobbying for Reg CF, we artificially set a low maximum target of $1 million so that we could test the model and make sure there was no fraud. Under those limits, more than 2,800 companies in 430 industries, across 50 states have raised over 500 million dollars in just 4 years, with no fraud.  The model is working incredibly well.” Now, this limit has increased to $5 million, which will allow more business access to the capital they need to grow, create jobs, and launch innovative products and services.

In RegCF’s initial form, the total amount of securities sold to an individual investor could not exceed $107,000 within 12 months. For accredited investors, this limit has been removed. For investors with either a net worth or annual income less than $107,000, investments in RegCF offerings were limited to $2,200 or 5% of the lesser of their annual income or net worth. With the November amendments to the regulation, for non-accredited investors, the limit was changed to the greater of their annual income or net worth.

In addition, companies raising capital through RegCF offerings are now permitted to “test-the-waters” before filing their offering with the SEC. “Demo day” communications are also now permitted and are not deemed to be a general solicitation or general advertising. Lastly, through this update to the regulation, Special Purpose Vehicles are permitted to facilitate investments in RegCF issuers. 

This update comes at a critical time in the US economy. For companies around the country, turning to their customers to invest the funds necessary to keep their doors open, the increase to RegCF will enable them to raise larger sums of capital in the new year.

KoreSummit RegA+ 2020

KoreSummit is all about education,  We are pleased to be able to offer you the opportunity to receive first-hand knowledge from leading thought leaders to help you in your journey to capital raising.

The KoreSummit RegA+ 2020 online event was a huge success because of you who attended and shared it with your friends.  As promised here are the video segments.

Complete Live Stream

 

RegA+ Verticals

 

Legal RegA+ Global Companies

 

Investor Acquisition/Distribution

 

PR/IR/Social Media/Press

 

Research, Ratings

 

Role of FINRA Broker-Dealer

 

RegA+ Success, the CEO’s

 

The Main Event

 

Digital Securities for RegA+

 

Compliance for RegA+

 

Shareholder Management & Communications

Forbes interview with KoreConX founders

Do you know how to invest in the private capital market?  Not many people do.  It is complicated, requires a lot of paperwork, has low transaction volume, comes with risk and volatility, and not very liquid.

Could distributed ledger technology (DLT) be used to reduce back-office fees and expand the market for this asset class?

I interviewed Oscar Jofre, CEO and co-founder of KoreConX, who believes his platform and infrastructure can help.

KoreConX is a company working to change how businesses raise capital.  Mr. Jofre is an advocate for using DLT to bring transparency to a fractured process.  Mr. Jofre mentioned, “There are over 90,000 companies in our platform from around the globe who have raised more than $6.6 billion. Companies who use the KoreConX platform raised capital working with broker-dealers or direct offerings on their own. We are purely providing the technology to make sure they are fully compliant and to manage the entire process.”

What is the private capital market?  What are the problems?

The private capital market represents companies not publicly traded on stock exchanges. Private funds, venture capital investors, and some mutual funds are typically the main buyers.  Investments can be in new start-up enterprises, mature business, or sometimes struggling firms. This type of asset is considered to be highly risky.

One critical problem, the team at KoreConX explained, was the lack of market access for small firms. Dr. Kiran Garimella, KoreConX’s CSO and CTO, said, “The majority of participants in private capital markets are smaller entities who are closely connected with local companies and investors. They cannot afford huge expenses for integrated systems.”  KoreConX specializes in connecting all sizes of firms rather than limiting their scope to more mature enterprises.  Interestingly CEO Oscar Jofre’s background is crowdfunding, which is a driving influence in his business.

Jason Futko, CFO and co-founder, said, “It is often difficult for companies in the private capital markets to identify investors to present their opportunity. The fragmentation in this market can make it difficult to find investors or other professionals to help you grow your business.”

On June 26th, 2019, Broadridge bought from Northern Trust a similar blockchain platform.  There is competition in this space from many players. Mr. Jofre said, “There are companies like Carta, Capshares, ComputerShare, AST, and Link Group that offer some of the features KoreConX provides in our all-in-one platform. We have a much different view of the market. To truly transform it, we need to make sure all participants have all the tools they need. If they don’t, then we will never see any great change in the private capital markets.”

KoreConX launched on October 11th, 2019, their new blockchain ecosystem for fully compliant digital securities worldwide.  Their mission is to ensure compliance with securities regulation and corporate law.  The KoreConX platform includes securitized token issuance, trading, clearing, settlement, management, reporting, and corporate actions.

As explained to me by the management team, the lack of data integrity and regional knowledge of jurisdictional compliance can restrict investment opportunities offered to the public.  Mr. Futko continued, “Obviously part of the solution under KoreConX has to be around connecting document fragmentation, providing access to professionals and creating trust through our blockchain, which ensures both business and regulatory logic.”

Why can blockchain technology help now?

The KoreConX team stated that the private capital markets serve over 450 million private companies worldwide today.  They have a lack of document transparency and high fees. Compare this to public capital markets, which have established listing standards and rules.  Furthermore, open markets are used every day and can handle many transactions.  Dr. Garimella said, “Blockchain offers technology that provides solid mechanisms for trust through immutability and consensus among parties.”

I asked Mr. Jofre to explain why his work was different from larger companies, like Broadridge? He responded, “KoreConX is entering a market with many providers who have a single feature or application. For private capital markets to be as efficient, as public listed markets, it needs an infrastructure layer and an application layer.  KoreConX brings both.  We do not exclude anyone because of size or geography.”

Equity Crowdfunding Platforms (RegCF)

As of 02 JUNE 2020, there are 51 active RegCF Equity Crowdfunding Platforms helping companies raise up to $1.0M USD.

We are all anticipating that RegCF is going to be potentially increased to a $5 million funding cap.   The SEC has proposed this increase, along with some other changes, and many observers expect the Commission to move forward with a higher funding cap.    

We recently did a Q&A with  Wefunder on what RegCF companies require.

We have compiled the list of 51 Active Equity Crowdfunding Platforms along with the sectors they serve.

Company Name URL City State Sector
Bioverge Portal, LLC https://www.bioverge.com/ San Francisco CA Healthcare
Buy the Block https://buytheblock.com/ Denver CO Community
CollectiveSun, LLC http://collectivesun.market/ San Diego CA Social Ventures
Crowd Ignition https://crowdignition.com/ New York NY General
CrowdsourcedFunded https://crowdsourcefunded.com/ Chicago IL General
EnergyFunders Marketplace http://www.energyfunders.com/ Houston TX Energy
EnrichHER Funding, LLC https://ienrichher.com/ Atlanta GA Loans
Equifund Crowd Funding Portal Inc. www.equifundcfp.com Kanata ON General
EquityDoor, LLC https://equitydoor.com/ Austin TX Real Estate
Flair Portal ( Flair Exchange) https://www.flairexchange.com/ Vancouver BC Gaming
Flashfunders Funding Portal www.flashfunders.co Sherman Oaks CA General
Funders USA https://www.fundersusa.com/ Newport Beach CA Technology
Fundit http://fundit.com/ Fairfield NJ General
Fundme.com, Inc. www.fundme.com Murray UT Technology
Fundopolis Portal LLC https://www.fundopolis.com Boston MA General
GrowthFountain Capital www.growthfountain.com New York NY General
Honeycomb Portal www.honeycombcredit.com Pittsburgh PA General
Hycrowd https://www.hycrowd.com/ Jersey City NJ General
Indie Crowd Funder www.indiecrowdfunder.com Los Angeles CA Film
Infrashares Inc. https://infrashares.com San Francisco CA Infrastructure
IPO Wallet LLC https://ipowallet.com/ https://invest.ipowallet.com/ Sachese TX General
Jumpstart Micro www.jumpstartmicro.com Bedford MA General
Ksdaq https://www.mrcrowd.com Monterey Park CA General
MainVest, Inc. https://mainvest.com/ Newburyport MA General
Merging Traffic Portal llc www.mergingtrafficportal.com Orlando FL General
MinnowCFunding www.minnowcfunding.com Pasadena CA Real Estate
MiTec, PBC (Crowdfund Main Street) https://www.crowdfundmainstreet.com/ Fremont CA Impact
NetCapital Funding Portal www.netcapital.com Lewes DE General
NSSC Funding Portal (SmallChange) www.smallchange.com Pittsburgh PA Real Estate
OpenDeal (Republic) www.republic.co New York NY General
Pitch Venture Group LLC https://letslaunch.com/ Houston TX General
         
Raise Green, Inc. http://www.raisegreen.com Somerville MA Impact
Razitall www.razitall.com Basking Ridge NJ General
SeriesOne https://seriesone.com/ Miami FL General
SI Portal (SeedInvest) www.seedinvest.com New York NY General
Silicon Prairie Holdings, Inc. https://sppx.io/ St. Paul MN General
         
SMBX https://www.thesmbx.com/ San Francisco CA Bonds
Sprowtt Crowdfunding, Inc. https://www.sprowttcf.com/ Tampa FL General
         
StartEngine Capital www.startengine.com Los Angeles LA General
STL Critical Technologies JV I, LLC (nvested) www.nvstedwithus.com St. Louis MO General
         
Title3Funds www.title3funds.com Laguna Beach CA General
Trucrowd www.us.trucrowd.com https://fundanna.com
https://cryptolaunch.us
https://musicfy.us
Chicago IL General
VedasLabs Inc. https://vedaslabs.io/ New York City NY General
Vid Angel Studios (VAS Portal LLC) https://studios.vidangel.com/ Provo UT Film
Wefunder Portal https://www.wefunder.com San Francisco CA General
Wunderfund www.wunderfund.co Cincinnati OH General
WWF Funding Portal LLC https://www.waterworksfund.com/ Detroit MI Water

If you have any questions about how we can help you with your RegCF contact us

lily@koreconx.io

FINRA BD Requirements for RegA+ & Digital Securities

FINRA BD Requirements for RegA+ & Digital Securities

The private markets are receiving a much updated revamp by the SEC which is having a major impact on registered FINRA Broker-dealer firms.  Here are two (2) of the most common activities for which FINRA Broker-dealers (BD) are approached by companies.  Most BD’s are not aware that in order to help companies raise capital utilizing these regulations, there is a registration they must first do with FINRA.

We went to the source that has been helping many FINRA Broker-dealers and put the responses in a simple way.  Ken Norensberg, Managing Director, Luxor Financial provides the answers to which all BDs need to pay extra attention to make sure you are fully compliant.

RegA+ (Regulation A)

Broker-dealers today have the ability to help companies that are using either Regulation D (RegD) or regulation A(RegA+).  Now what they are not aware of is that in order to allow them to help companies with RegA+ they do need to be registered with FINRA. If that registration isn’t done, they are not allowed to proceed in offering those services. This process can take anywhere from 60 to 90 days or it could happen sooner.  Most firms are not aware that when they take on a RegA+ client, they must apply to FINRA to represent them in the offering. This is done at the same time the company is filing their Form 1A with the SEC for their RegA+ offering.

Digital Securities

Digital Securities are now becoming main street language and most Broker-dealers want to offer this to investors. Unfortunately, if they do not have FINRA approval for digital securities, it’s not a product they can represent or offer to investors.  Digital Securities require registration. The process is like putting a full new member application, and it will take anywhere up to four (4) months.  Your firm must file with FINRA for each of the exemptions you want to use for Digital Securities (RegD and or RegA+.  Here is what your firm will be required to answer to FINRA in its application.

  • You will need a detail business plan
  • What entities are the holders of the “private keys” in the DLT network that would be required to gain access to the digital securities, cash-backed digital securities holdings or digital currency? 
  • Are multiple keys needed to gain access or is a single key sufficient?
  • Who controls or has access to the DLT network where the assets are held?
  • What happens in the event of a loss or destruction of assets (either due to fraud or technological malfunction) on the network?
  • If the broker-dealer was to fail and is liquidated in a proceeding under the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, as amended, how would customers’ securities and funds be treated, and how would customers access their assets?
  • In instances where firms have established partnerships with other firms to serve as their back-ups and to carry out critical functions in the event of emergencies, what type of access would those back-up firms have to the private keys?
  • How will customers or the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC) trustee access the customers’ assets in the event of a defaulted broker-dealer? What parties will be involved, and what are their roles and responsibilities?
  • How does the use or application of the DLT network affect the market risk, liquidity or other characteristics of the asset?
  • What information is maintained using the DLT network?
  • What will be deemed as the physical location of the firm’s records maintained on a node of a DLT network that may extend over multiple countries?
  • What parties have control or access to the firm’s records? What are their rights, obligations and responsibilities related to those records, and how are they governed?
  • What is the firm’s (and other participants’) level of access to the data, and in what format would it be able to view the data?
  • How does the DLT network interact with the firm’s own systems for recordkeeping purposes?
  • How would the records be made available to regulators?
  • How will the firm’s traditional exception reporting, used to supervise transactions, be generated from a DLT network?
  • How will the firm protect any required records from tampering, loss or damage?
  • Clearance & Settlement?
  • Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Procedures & Know Your Customer (KYC) Rules?
  • Customer Data and Privacy?
  • Trade & Order Reporting Requirements?
  • Supervision & Surveillance of Transactions?
  • Fees & Commissions?
  • Customer Confirmations & Account Statements?
  • Anticipated Customer Base?
  • Facilities, Hosting?
  • Licensed & Qualified Staff

As the market is evolving to provide more alternatives to companies and investors, FINRA Broker-dealers need to also make sure their licenses are up to date to be able to offer these updated alternatives.  It’s not enough that you are registered with FINRA.

Thank you to Ken Norensberg, Managing Director of Luxor Financial, who provided this valuable information to assist Broker-dealers to stay compliant.  Ken has been helping FINRA Broker-dealers manage these new registration requirements. 

About Ken Norensberg & Luxor

Luxor Financial Group, Inc. a NY based Broker-Dealer Consulting Firm that specializes in setting up Independent Broker-Dealers. We are experts in New Member Applications, Continuing Membership Applications, Expansion Filings, FINRA and SEC Audits, Anti Money Laundering Reviews, Business Development and general compliance and business development services. www.luxorbd.com

Ken is a former Member of the FINRA Board of Governors. FINRA oversees the regulatory activities and business practices of over 4,500 Broker-Dealers, 163,000 Branch offices, 630,000 registered representatives and 3,500 employees and consultants with annualized revenues and a budget of approximately $800,000,000 (Eight hundred million dollars.)

The Board contends with many complex issues that affect large organizations from generating revenues, managing expenses, personnel, legal, regulatory, political and operational issues.

Additionally, Ken was a Member of the following committees and subcommittees:

  • Regulatory Policy Committee
  • Emerging Regulatory Issues (Subcommittee)
  • Financial, Operations & Technology Committee
  • Pricing (Subcommittee)
  • Ex-Officio of the Small Firms Advisory Board (SFAB)

What is Reg A plus versus Reg A?

The simple answer is that today, Regulation A (Reg A) and Regulation A+ (Reg A+) are the exact same law. There is no difference, and the two terms may be used interchangeably.

Some confusion stems from the two similar terms, and there is much misleading information about this online. I’ve even spoken at events where I’ve heard other lawyers claim the two laws are different. They are not.

Historically, there was no Reg A+, there was only Reg A. Regulation A was an infrequently used law that allowed a company to raise up to $5,000,000 from the general public, but with the company still having to go state-by-state to get Blue Sky law approval for their offering.  This expensive and time-consuming process of dealing with review of an offering by 50+ state regulators made Regulation A far too expensive and time-consuming for most issuers to only be allowed to raise $5,000.000. 

 In 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) became law, and Title IV of that act amended Regulation A in many ways, most notably (a) doing away with the state by state blue sky law requirement and (b) raising the limit from $5,000,000 to $20,000,000 or $50,000,000, depending on which “tier” of the law is used. Congress took a virtually worthless law, and turned it into an excellent and company friendly law that has allowed many companies since to raise millions.

Interestingly, since in 2012 when the law went into effect, and even since 2015 when the SEC passed its rules allowing the law to actually be used, the law is still officially called Regulation A. But, both the SEC, and commentators also started simultaneously calling the law “Regulation A+” or “Reg A+” to note that it was a supercharged version of the old Regulation A law.

Finally, to get super-lawyer-nerdy here, the official name of the law is Regulation A – Conditional Small Issues Exemption, and is part of the Securities Act of 1933, found at 17 CFR §§ 230.251 – 230.300-230.346.

What are investor limits on investment size of both?

As noted in my other blog article, these is no difference between Regulation A (Reg A) and Regulation A+ (Reg A+). They are the exact same law.  The two terms may be used interchangeably. Therefore, investor limits on investment size are the same for either term.

However, there are investor limits on how much an investor may invest in Regulation A. These limits depend on which “tier” of the law is being used.

Tier 1 of Regulation A allows a company to raise up to $20,000,000, but the company must go through Blue Sky law compliance in every state in which it plans to offer its securities. There are no limitations on whether someone can invest, or how much someone can invest, in a Tier 1 offering. 

As a side note, Tier 1 offerings tend to be limited to one state, or a small number of states, because of the added cost of Blue Sky compliance. The SEC does not limit the amount of investment, but states may have limitations in their securities laws, so an analysis of each state’s securities laws is necessary if doing a Tier 1 offering.

Tier 2 of Regulation A allows a company to raise up to $50,000,000, and the company does not have to go through Blue Sky law compliance in any state in which it plans to offer its securities. However, there are limitations on how much someone can invest, in a Tier 2 offering if the offering is not going to be listed on a national securities exchange when it is qualified by the SEC.  If the Tier 2 offering is going to be listed on such an exchange, there are no investor limitations.

For a Tier 2 offering that is not going to be listed on a national exchange, individual investors are limited in how much they can invest to no more than 10% of the greater of the person’s (alone or together with a spouse) annual income or net worth (excluding the value of the person’s primary residence and any loans secured by the residence (up to the value of the residence).

There are no limitations on how much an accredited investor can invest in either a Tier 1 or a Tier 2 Regulation A offering.

Global Crypto Twins one on one with Oscar Jofre co-founder of KoreConX

The Crypto Twins are well-recognized faces in the blockchain space and have been advocates and the voice for those who are supporting the global ecosystem of digital securities formation.

This was a great interview by the Crypto Twins to gain insight from a global leading authority on where the market is moving towards.  What is the private capital markets, this is one interview if you are looking for insight you want to make sure you watch.

Blockchain Radio’s one on one with KoreConX Chief Scientist/Technology Officer

This is a rare occasion to have our very own Dr. Kiran Garimella interviewed by Blockchain Radio’s Pierre Bourque, a leading talk show host for blockchain enthusiasts.

Kiran highlights the need for trust, compliance, and investor protection in the private capital markets. This is why the participants on the KoreChain and the owners of KoreNodes, launched in 23 countries, are regulated entities who are subject to stringent compliance requirements and who have to take on fiduciary responsibilities. 

Kiran explains how the global private capital markets are fragmented, yet the world is becoming globalized and there is a need for cross-jurisdictional opportunities. KoreChain has a large knowledge base on worldwide regulations to help the participants safely navigate through complex securities transactions.

KoreConX is not in the business of risky disruption and disintermediation. Trying to dominate this ecosystem will not work. KoreConX’s Infrastructure of Trust welcomes all reputable participants, including the regulators. KoreConX has already seeded this Infrastructure with an integrated suite of compliance-related applications that are in active use in thousands of companies. Kiran points out that rather than excluding, all are welcome because the Infrastructure of Trust and the all-in-one platform is ‘all about you.’

Hear the lively dialog between Blockchain.Radio’s Pierre Bourque and Dr. Kiran Garimella:

TalkCents Radio based in UAE interviews KoreConX Director MENA

So much of blockchain is spoken in USA, Europe here is TalkCents coming live from Dubai, UAE.  TalkCents brings the latest leaders in the MENA region. Our very own Edwin Lee has an opportunity to speak to TalkCents and discuss how KoreConX’s solution in the MENA region is leading for those who are looking to do fully compliant offerings. 

KoreConX launches $15M Digital Securities Offering using its own Fully-Compliant KoreProtocol

KoreConX is excited to announce its Digital Securities Offering that will utilize its own KoreProtocol. The KoreProtocol is the world’s first complete end-to-end protocol that has built-in AI to manage the entire lifecycle for tokenized securities, from issuance, trading, and all types of corporate actions.

The global securities marketplace is changing, and the future is tokenization. Combining corporate and securities law with tokenization facilitates efficient liquidity and fully-compliant transactions in multiple jurisdictions.

“We are thrilled about developing and launching our Digital Securities Offering on our KoreChain. KoreConX’s AI-enabled blockchain, based on Hyperledger Fabric and hosted at IBM, provides the highest level of security. The KoreProtocol handles the complete lifecycle of the security token, from issuance, secondary trading, and all types of corporate actions,” said Dr. Kiran Garimella, KoreConX’s Chief Scientist and CTO.

KoreConX will be working with established broker-dealers worldwide to make this initial offering of $15 million USD available to accredited investors in multiple jurisdictions (countries).

KoreConX believes in complying with securities regulation and corporate law to protect investors, issuers, and other participants in the global capital markets.

“KoreConX has been a fully operational all-in-one platform for several years helping many clients worldwide with compliance activities. The opportunities are tremendous for using tokenized securities to create efficiencies, reduce costs, and provide stronger governance for private companies. Our unrelenting focus is on ensuring the safety, security, and investor protection in global private capital markets,” said Oscar Jofre, co-founder, CEO of KoreConX.

For more information visit www.koreconx.io

Reg A+ Webinar: Q&A Part I

The content on this webinar and associated blogs are provided for general information purposes only and does not constitute legal or other professional advice or an opinion of any kind.

During our last Regulation A+ webinar with Sara Hanks and Darren Marble, we received dozens of questions about the topic.

As promised, we have answered each one of these questions and we are publishing the results here. To make things simple, we are diving it in Part I (Sara Hanks answers) and Part II (Darren Marble answers).

If you haven’t watched the webinar or want a recap, you can access the full version here.

Reg A+ Webinar – Q&A Part I

  • Is there a specific exemption that can be used in Canada along with Reg A to sell in Canada?

You need to check with Canadian counsel. Canada does not generally have federal securities laws as we do in the U.S., and you have to find an exemption from the Canadian equivalent of registration in each Canadian province you want to sell in. Some provinces have crowdfunding-type exemptions (not Ontario) and most have some type of exemption for sales to accredited investors.

  • If a company decides not to list on an exchange, can they have a bulletin board on their own website where their own shareholders can buy and sell their shares to others?

Under limited circumstances, yes. Any kind of “matching platform” will need to follow existing no-action letters that specify the circumstances in which a company operating some kind of introduction service for buyers and sellers will be deemed not to be a broker-dealer. You need to make sure the service does not amount to acting as a broker or an “alternative trading system” (ATS). In very general terms, the more sophisticated and automated a matching platform gets, the more it is likely to be deemed to be an ATS.

  • I am quarterbacking a Reg CF offering, they have a product that used to exist and want to bring it back. What are the top two questions I should be asking?

Do you still have the intellectual property rights to the product? And if a different/earlier company sold the product before, is that company a “predecessor” under the accounting rules?

  • Do you need to complete the offering before filing Form 211 for a listing?

In general, we have found that the market maker for a company that is going to be listed or quoted on OTC (a minority of Reg As) want to be able to confirm that all the existing shareholders were acquired in legit offerings before it files the 211, which would mean you would need the Reg A offering to be closed, but it may depend on the market maker.

  • I understand that there is a Blue Sky nuance if you do not use a BD, is this correct?

Yes. If you don’t use a broker, there are some states that won’t let you offer (Nebraska) or require the issuer to file as an “issuer-dealer.” More details here.

  • Sara and Darren have mentioned real estate, etc. in terms of companies best suited for Reg A offering, are there any Blockchain/DLT based startups that have successfully gone through the process yet?

Not yet; perhaps coming soon.

  • Can you comment, in general, on the Blockstack filing?

I’ll wait till I see the correspondence between the lawyers and the SEC (published when the offering qualifies) before I comment on the implications of this offering.

The second part of the Q&A will be published next week. If you want to read more from Sara Hanks, you can visit the CrowdCheck Blog. We highly recommend it. You can also contact Sara and her team here.

Minimizing Failure Vector Surfaces for Digital Securities

Modern capitalists and ancient Chinese may disagree on many things, but the one thing they do seem to agree on relates to security of the realm. George Washington, back in 1799, said, “…offensive operations, often times, is the surest, if not the only (in some cases) means of defence.” A similar sentiment can be seen in Sun Tzu’s writings. It is now a common saying in football: The best defense is a good offense.

If digital securities are to play an innovative and differentiating role in modern capital markets, the one thing they have to support is the trend towards democratization of capital. Ironically, Main Street retail investors have been sidelined in the ‘public’ markets that ostensibly were designed with the general public in mind. 90% of households are generally unaffected by the gyrations of the stock market.

Decentralization of capital brings with it several risks. Inefficiencies aside, some of the financial risks are poor governance, insecure transactions, hacking, and architectural instabilities in the financial platforms. The general public will never be able to store their own private keys safely. Public blockchains are still too new and fragile to support widespread adoption by the vast majority.

The most important lens through which we need to look at this is that of the lay investor, whose primary need is safety. They may not say it, but they definitely think it. For financial systems and in particular digital securities, we need to minimize the number of ways in which the security of digital securities is compromised. Security experts have a fancy term for this, ‘attack surface’, which is the entire set of vulnerabilities possible through all the ‘attack vectors’, each of which is one method of attacking applications or networks.

Unlike the usual attack vectors such as phishing, email, pop-ups, attachments, chats, etc., digital securities can be compromised by non-traditional vectors such as forking, hacking, and adverse selection by miners’ activities, and commingling of cryptocurrencies and digital securities. Adverse selection, in particular, is not criminal activity, but the net effect is that retail investors suffer the consequences since concentration of mining power centralizes points of failure or throttles securities transactions.

All of the ways in which digital securities can fail are the ‘failure vectors’. The collective magnitude of these failure vectors defines a failure vector surface. The surface area, in some intuitive sense, captures the magnitude of potential failures. The larger the surface area, the higher the risk. (Move your mouse onto the various surfaces for color highlights.)

The spider chart above shows various failure vectors, some of which are outright attack vectors, while others represent potential failures not from attacks but due to the inherent nature of the underlying blockchain. Such a visualization is useful only when comparing two or more subjects of evaluation and that too in a relative way and by ignoring the actual values.

One caution: Do not conclude from this chart that public blockchains are necessarily bad. This chart is not an evaluation of the technology or the competence of the developers. It just speaks to the potential problems that developers and users must keep in mind when using it for this particular use case, that of digital securities.

Can public blockchains systematically reduce the magnitude of all these failure vectors? There is certainly awareness of these failure vectors. However, all current reengineering in public blockchains, such as the ERC20-based protocols, is a defensive strategy.

Keeping to the wisdom of the ages about offense being the best defense, another approach is to start with a blockchain that has been engineered from the ground up to specifically minimize the failure vector surface as much as possible.

For this reason, we chose Hyperledger Fabric as the base blockchain on which we built the digital securities platform. The risk of failure is mitigated because some of these failure vectors either don’t apply or they are considerably minimized due to the nature of the Fabric blockchain. We prefer to let Fabric deal with a number of these failure vectors, while we focus only on those failure vectors that are specific to KoreChain, the digital securities blockchain application.

Meet the KorePartners: David Benizri, Rivver

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: David Benizri, CEO & Co-Founder at Rivver

Born in: Montreal, Canada
Based in: Tel Aviv, Israel

What was your first job?
Ice hockey referee

How and when did you get involved in the tech industry?

July 2016, I was hired as a sales associate in an e-commerce startup in Montreal. I then fell in love with the dynamic nature of the Hi-Tech field and began launching my own ventures in both Canada and Israel.

How do you see the Tech industry today, especially when it comes to the new Digital securities wave? In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?

To me what is beautiful about the tech industry as a whole is the fact that there are always new technologies being discovered, which by association ensures that there is always room for startups to build applications on top of that new technology and monetize. The last big innovation which we knew was technologically unprecedented was Blockchain, so we decided to apply it to securities. Within 5 years time, we see a securities industry where the use of distributed ledger technology is a given.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

Rivver brings the first blockchain-based fund issuance and administration platform, specialized for Private Equity funds. By building the first fund administration platform for the digitized fund ecosystem, Rivver’s goal is to ensure that KorConX Private Equity clients and the entire Digitized Fund ecosystem can scale.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?

For Digital Securities to achieve adoption, industry leaders will have to provide a solution which is adoptable for legacy players today and not just in 10 years. By us both building on top Hyplerledger Fabric, we at Rivver saw obvious synergies and are certain that our partnership with KorConX will help materialize this mission.

*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

Reg A+ Webinar: The Highlights

In our last webinar, we’ve talked about a very complex topic in the startup industry: The Regulation A+.

For those of you who have never heard of it (no shame in learning, folks), Regulation A+, or Reg A, is a section of the JOBS Act that allows private companies to raise up to $ 50 Million while offering shares to the general public.

This can have a profound impact on how startups work. Unfortunately, there’s still a great deal of confusion surrounding the topic.

That’s why we brought in Sara Hanks, a top attorney with over 30 years experience in the corporate and securities field and Founder of CrowdCheck, and Darren Marble, Co-Founder and CEO of Issuance, with extensive experience in the capital raising process.

Here are some highlights of the discussion:

Sara Hanks: Regulation A+ is a popular name for a series of amendments to existing laws there were made in 2015. The Regulation A was an exemption for full regulation with the SEC, that permits a company to make a public offering, without the restrictions on the security being sold, but not to go through the full SEC process. So it’s an exemption for a public offering.

And that’s important because it’s public, the securities that are sold are not restricted, they can be free traded, if you can find a place for them to trade, you can trade them immediately, after the qualification of the offering. The companies who can use Reg A are U.S. or Canadian companies.

Darren Marble: The most interesting question to me is what companies are ideal candidates to use the Reg A Securities exemption as a capital raising tool. And just because you might be eligible to do a Reg A offer doesn’t mean you should. You know, if there’s a cliff that’s 50 feet above the ocean and you’re on that cliff, and you can see the ocean, doesn’t mean you should dive in. You probably need to be a professional diver.

I say that you don’t choose Reg A, Reg A chooses you. And what I mean by that is I think the Reg A exemption discriminates in that aspect. They will save a very particular type of issuer and it will punish or harm another type of issuer.

We also talked about:
– Marketing strategies that need to be considered for a Reg A+
– Who qualifies for it?
– What are the benefits?
– What does the Due Diligence look like?
– What liability is there for the issuer?
– What liability is there for any who promotes the offering?

To watch the full webinar, click here.

You can also watch the full version of our previous webinars:

Digital Securities Webinar

Marketing Your Raise Webinar

 

Digital Securities Webinar: Your Questions Answered!

We had an overwhelming response to our last webinar on Digital Securities. While Oscar Jofre and Darren Marble did their best to answer all the questions, we didn’t have time to go through it all.

So as promised, here are the remaining questions from our Q & A on Digital Securities. If you missed the webinar, you can watch the full version using the link at the end of this post.

ICO vs. STO vs. DSO Webinar Q & A
Oscar Jofre and Darren Marble
April 17th, 2019

 

Is an ETO (Equity Token Offering) the same as an STO?
ETOs are essentially ICOs that sell “stock shares”, by issuing cryptocurrencies over a public blockchain.

Are there any exchanges today that trade Securities Tokens?
Yes, there are.
In the USA: OpenFinance, Templum, TZero, AX Trading, RialTo Trading, SharesPost
In Europe: Blocktrade
Asia: Vaultex

What jurisdictions in the world have regulated STOs?
Securities are regulated in all countries in the world. When you decide to do a Securities Offering you must follow the securities law of each country you are selling the securities into.

Can Securities Tokens be marketed to retail investors?
Digital Securities can be sold via RegA+ which allows you to sell to retail investors worldwide.

If one uses a Reg D exemption for digital security, how does one move to secondary trading of those securities? You cannot publicly trade Reg D securities, correct?
Under RegD 506(c) the investors will be on a 12-month mandatory hold. Once that hold period is removed the company can apply to the Regulated Secondary Market platforms for a listing of their company so their shareholders can trade. Secondary Market is NOT a Stock Exchange

What actions do you see from local regulators to take steps? I believe OSFi in Canada issued some guidance recently, can you speak to the regulatory aspect?
Each Securities Regulator USA (SEC), Canada (CSA and the OSC and many other provincial regulators), Switzerland, Singapore (MAS), China, Australia, have come out with Warnings that if you are selling these Digital Securities, calling them a Token or utility will be deemed a Securities and you will need to make sure that you follow the securities law.

Does a DSO require a Blockchain platform?
Digital Securities are created on blockchain technology.

What do you all think about the liquidity solution that Reitbz offering from BTG Pactual has adopted?
This is not an offering that meets any of the regulatory requirements in the countries we operate on so it’s difficult to comment on something that is not following securities laws. But since it does not, this cannot offer any investor any form of liquidity as it does not meet any of the regulatory securities obligations.

In Oscar’s 1st slide, he states that Digital Securities allows for 24/7 trading. And later on, when talking about Reg A+ advantages, Oscar (I think) said upon closing of Offering, Securities are tradeable. But if there are still no secondary markets, where do they trade?
As the SEC Transfer Agent to many RegA+ companies, we are required to do transfer and trades. Now, these trades are not done on a secondary market, this is where the seller has found a buyer on their own without posting anywhere who is interested in purchasing their shares in the company.

Click here to watch the full webinar.

Click on the link below to watch our previous webinars:
Marketing Your Raise From Traditional Capital to Digital Securities

Webinar sheds light on Digital Securities Terrain

The regulator’s message is clear: there’s no room for tampering with the regulation when it comes to capital raising, and many companies that invested time and energy on ICOs (Initial Coin Offering) are now facing the consequences.

But that doesn’t mean that the private capital markets are dead when it comes to digital assets, on the contrary. Companies have been tirelessly researching to find an alternative to ICOs that is compliant with regulations.

The private market industry is now being inundated by terms such as Digital Securities, Tokenization, STOs, ICOs. To decide the fate of their business in the digital arena, entrepreneurs need to be on top of the game and know the concepts, the differences, and who are the stakeholders behind every new term.

Having all this in mind we, at KoreConX, put together a Webinar “An Industry Evolving: Digital Securities, Tokenization, STOs, ICOs… What are they? How do they differ? Who’s regulating them?“.

To provide the public with the most up-to-date information about the topic, we invited two experts in the field. Oscar Jofre, CEO and Co-Founder of KoreConX, and Darren Marble, CEO and Founder of Issuance, will discuss the landscape for traded securities utilizing different forms of distributed ledger technology.

The webinar will happen this Wednesday, April 17th, at 11 am EDT.

Click here to register for free.

Click on the link below to watch our previous webinars:
Marketing Your Raise From Traditional Capital to Digital Securities

Much Ado About Nothing: the SEC’s No-Action Letter

On April 3, the SEC issued its first no-action letter saying that the tokens proposed to be issued by the applicant, TurnKey Jet (or TKJ, a Florida-based charter airline operator), are not deemed securities. The actual letter is here. The media widely reported this using, in their headlines, the words “crypto”, “ICO”, and one reference to Turnkey Jet as a “cryptocurrency business” (which it is not).

None of these phrases are referenced in the SEC’s no-action letter itself. In fact, the Forbes article is blatantly misleading, beginning with calling Turnkey Jet a “cryptocurrency business”. The very first paragraph of the Forbes article sounds very encouraging to the ICO community:

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has issued its first ever letter assuring investors in a startup using crypto-tokens similar to bitcoin to raise capital that it will not take an enforcement action against the company, and in a separate document explained the rationale behind the decision for future companies.

If anything, the no-action letter implies exactly the opposite!

Firstly, TKJ is not a “cryptocurrency business”.

Secondly, TKJ  is not proposing to raise capital through the issue of tokens, which are purely utility tokens and have no investment value. The company’s tokens are neither cryptocurrency nor securities.

Thirdly, the SEC letter does not provide investors an absolute guarantee that no action will be taken against them or the company, since this is not legally binding precedent and the SEC staff reserves the right to change positions reflected in prior no-action letters. Even the current no-action letter is valid only as long as the representations made by the applicant (TKJ ) are correct and fully followed subsequently.

Unfortunately, the misleading headlines give false relief to those who do not read beyond the headlines. It is important to read the actual submission by TKJ and the SEC response in the form of a no-action letter. In the murky world of ICOs that for the most part turned out to be fraudulent, and of the rest, only a tiny fraction had even a semblance of a credible business plan, TKJ stands out as an example of a legitimate business that took great pains to ensure that its utility tokens have absolutely no resemblance to ICOs or bitcoin. Here are the key factors that led the SEC to issue its no-action letter:

  1. No investment or capital raise. The proceeds of TKJ’s token sale are not to be used for developing the product or solution; instead, the funds are kept in escrow to be used for payments to service providers upon redemption of the tokens by its customers (travelers on their charter jets), or for repurchase or liquidation (but only at a discount). The only “capital raise” aspect of this is that the interest amount from the interest-bearing accounts is kept by the company and the interest amount is not distributed to the token holders. However, to prevent this becoming a potential loophole by mimicking an ICO-type of sale, the tokens are to be used only for purchasing air charter services and not for development.
  2. No trading. The tokens can be traded, but only among members of TKJ, and not in a wide secondary market; the motivation to trade is not speculation or investment. TKJ makes unlimited tokens available at a face value of USD 1 per token and repurchases them only at a discount, so speculative trading is meaningless.
  3. No gain in value. The tokens obviously cannot gain in value from their face value of USD 1 per token, since the company issues them at that price in unlimited quantities as necessary.

In summary, the SEC granted this no-action letter to TKJ as long as the following conditions are met: no capital raise for funding development, the existence of viable products and services before the tokens are sold, no trading on secondary markets for speculation or investment, no storage in third-party wallets, no repurchase at premium, no expectations are set for increase in the value of the tokens, and that the tokens are not marketed as investments.

This is as different from an ICO as a camel is from a camel-dropping.

What is astonishing about this whole issue is that there is already a well-established model that doesn’t even come under the aegis of the SEC: rewards points in various flavors, from Uber Rewards, AMEX Membership Rewards, Starwoods’ Starpoints, Delta SkyMiles, etc.

All of these membership and loyalty reward programs have been chugging along merrily for decades without any controversy. Utility tokens are no different, except that they are implemented on a blockchain or DLT—and therein lies the rub. The fraudulent ICOs have so tarnished the use of blockchain that any company with a legitimate business such as TKJ feels they have to go through the time and expense to seek a no-action letter for what is no more than a sophisticated implementation of a membership program.

The real value of enterprise blockchain or DLT, in general, is in its ability to bind a fragmented ecosystem of participants into a trusted network and provide operational efficiencies for their business processes, not to flout regulation at the expense of investor protection.

Meet the KorePartners: Dan Eyman, Meld Valuation

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Dan Eyman, Founder and Managing Director of Meld Valuation

Born in: Seattle, USA
Based in: San Francisco, USA

What was your first job?

My first job was washing dishes for $4.00/hour at an Italian restaurant.

How and when did you get involved in the business industry?

I used to be a research scientist. My background is/was in Molecular Biology. Not wanting to pursue a PHD I opted to pursue my MBA and rest is history.

How do you see the SME scene today? In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?  

I think it is promising. I believe the level of venture and PE funding will level off in the coming years forcing companies to focus more on profitability and core business, while some might debate, I think this is a good shift for the SME market.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

We bring focused and tailored valuation services combined with a rigor not seen at other firms, all at a reasonable price.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy

Being of service both professionally and personally is part of our mission. I have seen this resonate across both companies.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

Meet the KorePartners: Adrian Alvarez, InvestReady

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Adrian Alvarez, Co-Founder & CEO at InvestReady

Born in: Miami, USA
Based in: Los Angeles, USA.

What was your first job?

I was a clerk for a mortgage service company. Very exciting =)

How and when did you get involved in the startup industry?

In college, I was the first employee of a tutoring company for standardized tests. That led me to go off on my own with my own tutoring service a few years later. During grad school where I did a JD/MBA, I became involved with the University’s startup incubator and after graduating, I worked there for 4 years as the assistant director and program manager. We helped advise thousands of startups and helped a lot of students with their projects. I also met my co-founders for InvestReady in that job as well.

How do you see the startup scene today?

I’m seeing a lot of work behind the scenes preparing for 2019 in the crypto and private investment scene. I believe 2019 is going to be huge for security tokens and we’re preparing ourselves for it. It’s an exciting time.

 

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

InvestReady provides accredited investor verification services under the US and international law. Our API allows issuers, brokers, exchanges, portals, service providers and more verify that their users are eligible to participate in the investment in a secure and scalable manner.


What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy

I believe our shared focus on providing exceptional service at scale is a huge factor. We’re also both constantly re-tooling and thinking about how we can improve our service which also helps.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

Meet the KorePartners: Rick Tapia, Blockchain Agility

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Rick Tapia, Chief Marketing Officer & Partner at Blockchain Agility

Born in: Indianapolis, USA
Based in: Miami, USA

What was your first job?

My first job was as a congressional intern in the state of Indiana. I learn and experienced so much about politics, networking, the U.S. government, and many other areas. It really helped lay the foundation for my future endeavors.

How and when did you get involved in the Blockchain Technology industry?

I first got involved with blockchain technology just over 2 years ago. Like many others, I had started off by learning about Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies. From there, I began to understand the underlying technology and how it could be applied to a vast array of businesses across many different industries. I’ve always been an entrepreneur at heart and have helped many startups in the past and felt that this technology could provide value in a multitude of ways. From there, I began advising different startups on how they could utilize blockchain technology to add value to their business. Thereafter, my 3 partners and I got together and formed a blockchain advisory firm to help guide companies that are wishing to utilize blockchain technology.

How do you see the Blockchain scene today? In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?

I believe we are starting to see the merging of the “blockchain world” and the “real world”. Meaning that blockchain technology is beginning to be utilized vastly across many different industries and niches and isn’t just being used exclusively by startups or technology platforms. Additionally, the capital markets realm is beginning to jump in as the benefits of issuing digital security tokens is being realized. I don’t have a magic 8 ball that can see into the future but I believe that blockchain technology is here to stay and that in the next 5 years, it will be intricate part of how private companies raise funds in a compliant manner in addition to being the underlying technology in a lot of different existing businesses that we know today.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

Our firm brings value in a few different ways to the KorePartners Ecosystem. For one, we have a vast industry network that provides a strong level of value to the ecosystem with the many connections and introductions we can make. Secondly, our firm is committed to helping organizations that are looking to conduct a digital security offering and can help with many different areas from start to finish. We believe our services can help take an organization to the next level.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?

I believe our partnership aligns with KoreConX because we are committed to a collaborate approach. In my experience, collaboration with other organizations that share similar values and goals is vitally important, especially in a niche’ that is still new and emerging. And with the world of digital securities coming into the fold, it’s more important than ever to make sure that organizations that are leading the movement work together as we have a tremendous opportunity in front of us to help usher in a new era of tokenization.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

The Right Technology – The Case of Mercury Cash

Nothing proves the wisdom of choosing the right technology for the right job than the case of Mercury Cash, a hosted-wallet solution for real-time liquidation and transfer of cryptocurrency and fiat assets. Recognizing the importance of being prepared for a new cryptoworld, Mercury Cash set out to explore various blockchain protocols to find the one that can stand the test of the real world.

The real world is full of messy complexities. We may think the mess is unnecessary and we should sweep it all away and usher in a new world order, but we do have to recognize that regulation and corporate law make it possible to protect investors and shareholders.

As someone pointed out regarding the tragic debacle of QuadrigaCX, Canada’s own Mt. Gox, “When was the last time your banker died and you lost access to your money?”

I’d add, “When was the last time you forgot your bank account password and your money became irretrievable?”

Can regulation and corporate legal processes be more efficient? Yes.

Are some of the regulatory requirements onerous or unnecessary? Yes.

But pretending that all regulation is unnecessary is like pretending that protections are unnecessary. Disruption with technology is good, as long as it doesn’t lead to destruction!

Click here to download Mercury Cash Case Study.

Many issuers are finding out the hard way two fundamental truths about how the real world works:

One, transactions don’t exist in atomic silos, least of all in securities; every transaction is connected with others and impacts multiple entities at various points in time in an ever-expanding ripple effect. One buy/sell securities trade requires validation of participants, ensuring protection for all parties, recording changes to captables, distribution of dividends, exercise of rights, filing reports, getting notifications of corporate events, voting, etc., all of it over a long time cycle.

Two, choosing a technology based on hype, popularity, and promise is not the way to go; instead, understand the characteristics of the problem and then identify the technology to solve it effectively.

In the case study, Mercury Cash describes the capabilities that will keep their business processes humming in a fully compliant manner. Most importantly, they found that ERC20-based protocols are inadequate for full lifecycle management of securities. This is not a knock against Ethereum, which is a fine platform for many types of DApps; much of the technology work is praiseworthy. But a Ferrari, no matter how shiny or powerful, cannot sail the high seas.

Many of our clients are coming to the same realization. Interestingly enough, a company could conduct its main business using public blockchain, while managing its security tokens on KoreChain. There is nothing wrong with that – it’s just like transporting a car on a ship. In many conversations with some of these technologists, I point out that the issue is not that ERC is inadequate for securities, just that it’s not the right tool. The same can be said if someone tries to use KoreChain for building cryptokitties.

When many companies are coming to us abandoning ERC20 protocols for various reasons, it validates our own approach to technology: first understand the problem you are trying to solve, then carefully pick the technology stack to solve it. In doing so, some of us have to leave our technology egos behind to move forward.

Click here to download Mercury Cash Case Study.

Meet the KorePartners: Luka Gubo, Blocktrade

 

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Luka Gubo, CEO at Blocktrade

Born in: Celje, Slovenia
Based in: Ljubljana, Slovenia and Schaan, Liechtenstein

What was your first job?
 High Frequency Trader at a proprietary trading firm.

How and when did you get involved in the Blockchain industry?
I started reading about Bitcoin in 2015 and mostly dismissed it as an alternative for fiat currencies. In 2016 I read about other Blockchain protocols and immediately saw the potential for disrupting the capital markets – both on the primary market (issuance of securities) and also the secondary market (for post-trade processes).

How do you see the Blockchain scene today?
There was a lot of regulatory uncertainty in past years and I think this will change in 2019. Crypto assets have their place in broader financial markets as a unique asset class where more and more institutional investors will seek uncorrelated returns. On the technology side, I think we will see a lot more use cases where several counterparties are involved – we are focused only on the capital markets, while we see a lot of disruption in banking, payments, transportation and other industries.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?
Blocktrade is a secondary market for crypto assets with a focus to bring institutional clients to this new market. With the MTF license (pending regulatory approval) we will be able to list security tokens issued on KoreConX and bring necessary liquidity.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?
KoreConX provides a full suite of services that companies that are issuing (or just tokenizing) their shares on blockchain must have in place when admitting securities to trading on a regulated trading venue. Covering the full lifecycle of these securities (from issuance, reporting, trading, etc.) we can together create a seamless experience for companies and investors. I believe that Blocktrade and KoreConX can together disrupt how the capital markets operate.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

Decentralized vs Distributed Systems Part I

Blockchain per se is not about decentralization; rather, it is a distributed system technology. The two terms, decentralized system and distributed system, are often confused, so much so that the term ‘blockchain’ seems almost synonymous with a public, decentralized system.

The usual picture used to show the distinction between decentralized versus distributed systems is the one below:

This picture is inadequate since it doesn’t draw a clear distinction between decentralized and distributed systems. The differences in the pictures are rather arbitrary. A slight re-arrangement of the layout of the nodes might convert a decentralized picture to a distributed one or vice-versa.

Decentralization should be rightly used in the context of decision-making, power, authority, and control. Distributed systems are about geographical diversification of storage or processing. The terms ‘centralization’ and ‘decentralization’ come with the baggage of value judgment and philosophy, while the phrase ‘distributed systems’ has a purely technical connotation.

Centralization is about power, control, authority, accountability, and risk management. Distributed systems are about partitioning, dispersing, or part ownership of storage or computational capacity.

All decentralized systems are distributed practically by definition. However, not all distributed systems are decentralized. Enterprise systems at large companies can be distributed, but the company holds all power and decision-making centrally.

The other point to note is that centralization is not automatically evil and decentralization is not automatically good. It depends on the context and the way an application is implemented.

Similarly, distributed systems are not automatically efficient. Poor architectural choices may provide none of the benefits of distributed systems and may increase vulnerabilities.

Centralization becomes a problem only if participants have an incentive to take unfair advantage and the system—by whatever name we call it—allows such manipulation. We also have to recognize that not all problems can be solved through technology alone. If that were true, there would be no need for partnerships, service-level agreements, intermediaries, and so on. So, the real challenge is to create an architecture that leverages technology in a cost-effective way while delegating the rest of the problems to the human institutions or social networks.

In a subsequent post, I’ll point to different ways of understanding the nuances between the two, including references from both the public blockchain and academic communities. I’ll also discuss the challenges of designing incentives in decentralized and distributed systems.

 

Meet the KorePartners: Kyle Asman, BX3 Capital

This post is part of a series of short interviews about the companies and faces that are part of the KorePartners Ecosystem*.

We believe that behind every great company there are people, and behind every person, there is a story to tell.

KorePartner: Kyle Asman, BX3 Capital

Born in: Livingston, USA
Based in: New York, USA

What was your first job?
My first job was as a Bank Teller.

How and when did you get involved in the business industry?
Growing up as a kid down the shore I had a close family friend who was a day trader, and I was fascinated by markets, their pace, their complexity and the impact they had on the world. Billions of dollars are flying around the globe every single second.

How do you see the Financial Markets scenario today?
I see tremendous opportunity that financial markets have created today that wasn’t present five or 10 years ago. You can be in any corner of the globe, and still be a member of the global economy.

In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?
I think digital currencies will allow a number of new businesses to be created, and wealth to begin accumulating in the emerging markets around the globe. For the first time, I think we are going to see real economic growth and opportunity come from emerging markets.

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?
We bring expertise in PR, Tax, Accounting, and Business Strategy. We have helped dozens of companies over the course of the years. We are proud to be experts in our respective industries, and sharing that knowledge to help grow new businesses.

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?
The KoreConx team shares a similar ethos to BX3 Capital. We are like-minded in that we are both focused on building companies, not just simply turning a profit.


*The KorePartners Ecosystem is a group of organizations that follows our governance standards and share with us the same goal: to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to grow their business.

 

Meet the KorePartners: Michel Aliphon, SME Brokers

This week we are launching a special series to introduce you to our KorePartners. These are the people and companies who share KoreConX’s governance standards, such as Investor Protection, Compliance, Integration, Security, and Efficiency.

We believe that behind every great company there are great people, and each of those people has a unique story to tell. We will be publishing a series of short interviews introducing who our KorePartners are and what they think about the startup industry, blockchain technology, legislation and more.

 

Michel Aliphon, Managing Director at SME Brokers

Born in: Curepipe, Mauritius.
Based in: Perth, Australia.


What was your first job?

My first job was Futures Broker with a Malaysian based company.

 

How and when did you get involved in the business industry?

I completed my bachelor of commerce degree in Economics and Finance and started my career with Citibank Limited as an Executive Manager in 1994.

 

How do you see the Small and Medium Enterprises scene today?

The Australian SME Scene today is struggling to make ends meet, due to the tightening of monetary policy and the government realizing they need to intervene to assist SME’s to grow to create more employment. About 80% of Australian SME’s are worried about cash-flow.

 

In that aspect, is it possible to have an idea of what the next five years will bring?

Recently, the Australian Federal Government announced a new AUD $2 billion Australian Business Securitisation Fund to help provide additional funding to SME lenders, realizing SME’s are the backbone of the economy and SME’s find it difficult to obtain finance other than on a secured basis.

The new Australian crowdfunding amendment legislation bill passed in 2018, will also assist SME access non-bank funding which will further ease cashflow restrictions placed on SME’s making the next 5 years a better and brighter future for SME’s     

 

What does your company bring to the KorePartners Ecosystem?

SME Brokers bring a nationwide distribution network of qualified and dedicated SME Brokers whose primary role is to assist SME’s with their startup and exit succession plans, making them aware of the many opportunities available through the KoreConX Platform as they expand their business locally, nationally and potentially globally.

 

What is it about the partnership with KoreConX that most aligns with your company strategy?

The ability of the KoreConX Platform to provide SME’s the opportunity to streamline their business processes, preparing for the challenges ahead that come with economies of scale.

KoreChain & KoreContract

What is the KoreConX blockchain strategy & why choose KoreChain?

In this video, KoreConX Co-Founder and CEO, Oscar Jofre, and our Chief Scientist/CTO, Kiran Garimella, share the details of our permissioned blockchain. Built on the Hyperledger Fabric, it is secure and governed with the ability to have full lifecycle management of contracts for tokenized securities for global private capital markets.

 

Technologies of Blockchain Part 4: Conclusion

In parts 1, 2 and 3, we briefly touched on some of the historical foundations of blockchains from computer science and mathematics, including their sub-topics such as distributed systems and cryptography. Specific topics in either of these categories were consensus mechanisms, fault-tolerance, scaling, zero-knowledge proofs, etc.

Obviously, this brief series doesn’t do justice. The history of computing and mathematics is rich, with many interconnections and dependencies. The goal of this series was to provide just enough to make the point that the technologies that power blockchain (whether public or private) were built on a well-established foundation of various topics with contributions from real scientists in both industry and academia. The graphic below depicts the broad brush-strokes of development, clearly showing how current blockchain technologies are based on a wide spectrum of historical developments.

Technologies of Blockchain – Historical Timeline

Conclusion
As you can see, a tremendous amount of development that took place for almost half a century made the modern blockchain possible. Bringing these technologies together—almost all of them based not on just techniques but deep mathematical foundations—into a cohesive whole in the form of a bitcoin application was no doubt a tremendous achievement in itself

Moving forward, we need to keep in mind the initial motivation for each of these technologies, their strengths, their limitations, and determine how to create different architectures based on business needs. A good example of this is to relax the requirements of anonymity, strengthen safety, incorporate recourse, improve security, and incorporate the enormous complexity of regulatory compliance in securities transactions. Making such trade-offs doesn’t detract from the need for public, decentralized blockchains. On the contrary, this strengthens the use of the blockchain technology ‘horizontally’ across many industries and use cases.

In the near future, we expect to see some innovation in blockchains to improve performance and scalability, which is a special challenge for public blockchains. Along the same lines, there will be new consensus mechanisms going mainstream (such as proof-of-stake). For consensus and validation, blockchain researchers are investigating efficient implementation of zero-knowledge proofs and specific variants such as zkSNARKs.

Read Part 1: The Foundations, Part 2: Distributed Systems and Part 3: Cryptography, Scaling, and Consensus

Technologies of Blockchain Part 3: Cryptography, Scaling, and Consensus

In Part 2, we saw how a simple concept of a linked list can morph into complex, distributed systems. Obviously, this is a simple, conceptual evolution leading up to blockchain, but it’s not the only way distributed systems can arise. Distributed systems need coordination, fault tolerance, consensus, and several layers of technology management (in the sense of systems and protocols).

Distributed systems also have a number of other complex issues. When the nodes in a distributed system are also decentralized (from the perspective of ownership and control), security becomes essential. That’s where complex cryptographic mechanisms come into play. The huge volume of transactions makes it necessary to address performance of any shared or replicated data, thus paving the way to notions of scaling, sharding, and verification of distributed data to ensure that it did not get out of sync or get compromised. In this segment, we will see that these ideas are not new; they were known and have been working on for several decades.

Cryptography

One important requirement in distributed systems is the security of data and participants. This motivates the introduction of cryptographic techniques. Ralph Merkle, for example, introduced in 1979 the concept of a binary tree of hashes (now known as a Merkle tree). Cryptographic hashing of blocks was implemented in 1991 by Stuart Haber & W. Scott Stornetta. In 1992, they incorporated Merkle trees into their scheme for efficiency.

The hashing functions are well-researched, standard techniques that provide the foundation for much of modern cryptography, including the well-known SSL certificates and the https protocol. Merkle’s hash function, now known as the Merkle-Damgard construction, is used in SHA-1 and SHA-2. Hashcash uses SHA-1 (original SHA-0 in 1993, SHA-1 in 1995), now using the more secure SHA-2 (which actually consists of SHA-256 and SHA-512). The more secure SHA-3 is the next upgrade.

Partitioning, Scaling, Replicating, and Sharding

Since the core of a blockchain is the database in the form of a distributed ledger, the question of how to deal with the rapidly growing size of the database becomes increasingly urgent. Partitioning, replicating, scaling, and sharding are all closely related concepts. These techniques, historically used in enterprise systems, are now being employed in blockchains to address performance limitations.

As with all things blockchain, these are not new concepts either, since large companies have been struggling with these issues for many decades, though not from a blockchain perspective. The intuitively obvious solution for a growing database is to split it up into pieces and store the pieces separately. Underlying this seemingly simple solution lies a number of technical challenges, such as how would the application layer know in which “piece” any particular data record would be found, how to manage queries across multiple partitions of the data, etc. While these scalability problems are tractable in enterprise systems or in ecosystems that have known and permitted participants (i.e., the equivalent of permissioned blockchains), it gets trickier in public blockchains. The permutations for malicious strategies seem endless and practically impossible to enumerate in advance. The need to preserve reasonable anonymity also increases the complexity of robust solutions.

Verification and Validation

Zero-knowledge proofs (ZKP) are techniques to prove (to another party, called the verifier) that the prover knows something without the prover having to disclose what it is that the prover knows. (This sounds magical, but there are many simple examples to show how this is possible that I’ll cover in a later post.) ZKP was first described in a paper, “The Knowledge Complexity of Interactive Proof-Systems” in 1985 by Shafi Goldwasser, Silvio Micali, and Charles Rackoff (apparently, it was developed much earlier in 1982 but not published until 1985). Zcash, a bitcoin-based cryptocurrency, uses ZKPs (or variants called zkSNARKs, first introduced in 2012 by four researchers) to ensure validity of transactions without revealing any information about the sender, receiver, or the amount itself.

Some of these proofs and indeed the transactions themselves could be implemented by automated code, popularly known as smart contracts. These were first conceived by Nick Szabo in 1996. Despite the name, it is debatable if these automated pieces of code can be said to be smart given the relatively advanced current state of artificial intelligence. Similarly, smart contracts are not quite contracts in the legal sense. A credit card transaction, for example, incorporates a tremendous amount of computation that includes checking for balances, holds, fraud, unusual spending patterns, etc., with service-level agreements and contractual bindings between various parties in the complex web of modern financial transactions, but we don’t usually call this a ‘smart contract’. In comparison, even the current ‘smart contracts’ are fairly simplistic.

Read Part 1: The Foundations, Part 2: Distributed Systems and Part 4: Conclusion

Lessons To Be Learned From The SEC’s Recent Penalties for ICO Companies

The Securities and Exchange Commission recently brought their regulatory hammer down on several ICO-related companies. After months of public statements from officials and rumors of numerous subpoenas and investigations, the SEC sent a strong and undeniable message to companies that have held unregulated initial coin offerings, and to those who are considering it.

Don’t do it.

There are lessons to be learned from these recent regulatory actions. These lessons confirm what I have been preaching in my securities law practice to all of the coin/token/crypto companies I have been talking to or representing: Follow the existing securities laws to raise capital selling tokens or be prepared to suffer some extreme consequences. In this article, I will dig into the story of Carrier EQ, also known as AirFox, whose story is a perfect illustration of the dangers a company faces when they hold an ICO without following securities laws.

I am going to get into a lot of specific facts because what AirFox did is so common in the ICO world, so we can all learn from their mistakes. I will also explain in layman’s’ terms what happened to AirFox as the SEC reviewed their offering, in an effort to provide a “heads-up” to companies that still believe they can get away with holding an ICO in the United States without going through the SEC. It appears that AirFox did not receive very good advice in their ICO, and despite all the recent warnings and negative publicity, I still have ICO companies contacting me wanting to use these same methods (“But I’m selling a utility token!”) that got AirFox in trouble.

Two things are obvious after this SEC enforcement action:

  1. You cannot call what you are selling a “utility token” and have securities laws magically not apply to your offering (see Lesson 7 below), and
  2. Unless you can definitively prove what you are selling is not a security, you need to follow securities laws in your offering.

The AirFox ICO

AirFox is a U.S. company that sells mobile technology that allows prepaid mobile phone customers to earn free or discounted airtime or data by interacting with ads on their smartphones. From August to October 2017,[1]AirFox offered and sold blockchain-issued digital tokens called AirTokens in an ICO where the company raised about $15 million to create a new international business and ecosystem. AirFox told potential ICO investors that the new ecosystem would include the same functionality of AirFox’s existing U.S. business (allowing prepaid mobile users to earn airtime or data by interacting with ads) and would also add new features such as the ability to transfer AirTokens between users, peer-to-peer lending, credit scoring, and eventually using AirTokens to buy and sell goods and services other than mobile data. In the ICO, AirFox stated that AirTokens would potentially increase in value as a result of AirFox’s efforts, and that AirFox would provide investors with liquidity by making AirTokens tradeable in secondary markets.

Any advisor who even has a basic understanding of securities law would look at this and say “Hey, AirFox, you are selling securities. You are selling tokens to the general public, that you are alluding to an increase in value, to finance a new business.” Apparently, AirFox’s “crypto advisors”[2] and lawyers (if they had any) did not bother to Google “what is a security?”[3]

The SEC Penalties

On November 16, 2018, the SEC instituted “cease and-desist proceedings” against AirFox. This means, in laymen’s terms, that the SEC told AirFox to “Stop Breaking The Law!” because the SEC is about to come in, and effectively shut their company down with penalties. As a result, AirFox reached a settlement with the SEC so they could have some hope of continuing in business. The settlement requires AirFox to:

· Pay a $250,000 fine,

· Inform each person that purchased AirTokens of their right to get their money back if they still own the tokens or if they can show they sold them for a loss,

· Issue and post a press release on the company’s website notifying the public of the SEC’s order, containing a link to the order, and containing a link to a “Claim Form” for investors to get their money back,

· File the appropriate paperwork with the SEC to register the AirTokens as a class of securities — this means the AirFox now must follow all securities regulations and ongoing reporting requirements as to these tokens — an extremely expensive requirement, and

· Deal with a lot of other ongoing reporting requirements related to these penalties to keep the SEC informed.

In essence, the SEC made AirFox pay a large fine, forced them to return up to $15 million back to investors, publicly admit on online and in the press that they broke the law, and be subject to a ton of time-consuming and expensive paperwork (disclosing information like audited financial records that investors typically need to decide if a stock is a good investment ).

How many companies that held an unregistered ICO could financially stay viable with the imposition of such penalties? My suspicion is that there are very few.

What do we learn from the AirFox settlement?

1. The SEC is going to follow the Howey test[4] at least as a baseline to determine if a token sold in an ICO is a security. AirTokens were “securities” under the Howey test because people buying the tokens would have had a reasonable expectation of obtaining a future profit based upon AirFox’s efforts, including AirFox revising its app, creating an ecosystem, and adding new functionality using the proceeds from the sale of AirTokens.

Lesson: If your token offering cannot pass muster with a well-known 76-year old Supreme Court ruling, you are selling securities.

2. If you sell tokens that are securities, you have to either (a) register the securities with the SEC or (b) qualify for one of the well-known exemptions from registration such as Regulation D or Regulation A when you sell the tokens. In other words, follow existing securities laws. AirFox, like many ICO companies, did neither of these things, which is illegal.

Lesson: This isn’t rocket science. Either file an S-1 and register your token offering or be sure you qualify under one of the exemptions from registration (like Regulation A) before you sell any tokens to anyone.

3. The SEC is going to read your “white paper”[5] and review everything[6]related to your token offering. With AirFox, the SEC specifically noted that “in September 2017, AirFox explained to prospective investors in a blog post that the ‘AirFox browser is still considered ‘beta’ quality and will continue to be improved over the coming months as we execute on the AirToken plan.’” This blog post helped the SEC satisfy one of the Howey prongs of what constitutes a security: Money from the token sale was being used in a common enterprise for the company raising capital to build their business.

Lesson: Follow securities laws in all offering documents, marketing materials, media interviews, and everything whatsoever associated with the token offering.

4. AirFox’s white paper informed investors that 50% of the proceeds of the offering would be used for engineering and research and development expenses. In AirFox’s whitepaper, the company proposed a potential timeline of development milestones which covered from August 2017 through the second quarter of 2018.[7] Again, the company’s own documentation showed they were selling securities under Howey, by explaining that the company was going to use the funds from the token sale to fulfill their business plan.

Lesson: If you are using the funds from the token offering to build your business, follow your business plan, or build your ecosystem the tokens will be uses in, you are probably selling securities.

5. In its ICO, AirFox raised approximately $15 million by selling 1.06 billion AirTokens to more than 2,500 investors. The number of investors is important: A company selling securities is required to register their equity securities under “Rule 12(g)”[8] if the class of securities was held of record by more than 2,000 persons and more than 500 of those persons were not accredited investors. In other words, if you sell securities to 2,001 total investors, or 501 non-accredited investors, you have to be registered with the SEC.[9] With more than 2,500 investors, AirFox would be subject to these expensive registration requirements, if their tokens were considered to be securities.

Lesson: Watch the number of investors in your offering. Even when you are selling tokens that are clearly securities, you must pay attention to the rules surrounding how many investors you are allowed based on the laws applicable to your offering.

6. AirTokens were available for purchase by individuals in the United States and worldwide through websites controlled by AirFox. The company is based in the United States. The websites selling the tokens in the U.S. were controlled by the company. This all subjected AirFox to the jurisdiction of the SEC.

Lesson: If your company does business in the U.S., or wants to touch the U.S. investor market, you need to follow U.S. securities laws. If you are not a U.S. company[10], and do not sell or market at all to U.S. investors, most of this article may not apply to you at all.

7. The terms of AirFox’s the ICO required purchasers to agree that they were “buying AirTokens for their utility as a medium of exchange for mobile airtime, and not as an investment or a security.” In other words, AirFox assumed they could agree with their token purchasers that they were selling a “utility token” and not a security. It doesn’t work that way. Calling something a “utility token” and saying it “is not a security” is meaningless to the SEC. As the SEC notes “at the time of the ICO, this functionality was not available. Rather, the AirFox App was a prototype that only enabled users to earn and redeem loyalty points, which could be exchanged for mobile airtime. According to the company, the prototype was “really just for the ICO and just for investment purposes so people know . . . how it’s going to work” and “[did not] have any real users” at the time of the ICO. Despite the reference to AirTokens as a medium of exchange, at the time of the ICO, investors purchased AirTokens based upon anticipation that the value of the tokens would rise through AirFox’s future managerial and entrepreneurial efforts.”

This quotation from the SEC is important for two reasons:

· It makes it clear that the AirTokens violate the Howey test. Investors purchased AirTokens anticipating that the value of the tokens would rise through AirFox’s future managerial and entrepreneurial efforts. That is, almost literally, the definition of a security contract from Howey — someone investing in a company where the company’s efforts will increase the value of the investment.

· More importantly, the SEC seems to have cracked the door open a little. The SEC specifically set out several reasons why the AirTokens are securities and not “utility tokens” …but what if those reasons did not exist? What if this ICO had taken place later, and the following facts had been in existence:

(a) At the time of the ICO, the tokens’ functionality was available,

(b) The app was a not a prototype but was fully functional,

(c) The app had real users at the time of the ICO,

(d) The tokens were being used onlyas a medium of exchange at the time of the ICO, and

(e) Purchasers of the tokens had no anticipation that the value of the tokens would rise through the company’s future managerial and entrepreneurial efforts, because the tokens were not allowed to be traded on an exchange or otherwise.

While the marketplace for such tokens would not likely yield nearly $15 million in purchasers like in AirFox’s ICO, it seems that the SEC mightentertain characterizing tokens in the scenario[11] above as not being subject to securities laws.

Lesson: You can’t call what you are selling a “utility token” and have securities laws magically not apply to you. What you call your tokens is irrelevant to the SEC’s legal analysis.

8. AirFox’s whitepaper described an ecosystem to be created by the company where AirTokens would serve as a medium of exchange and that the company would maintain the value of AirTokens by purchasing mobile data and other goods and services with fiat currency that could be then purchased by holders of AirTokens and that the company would buy and sell AirTokens as needed to facilitate the purchase and sale of goods and services with AirTokens. In other words, the investors in the tokens would, again, be relying on the future efforts of AirFox, clearly one of the Howey prongs that make the AirTokens clearly securities under the law.

Lesson: If you are relying on the future efforts of the company selling the tokens to give the tokens value, the tokens have failed one portion of the Howey test.

9. Prior to the ICO, AirFox communicated to prospective investors that it planned to list the tokens on token exchanges to ensure secondary market trading. Obviously, liquidity in any investment is a huge part of the investment decision by a purchaser, and AirFox made it clear (a very common trait in unregulated ICOs) that their tokens would be traded on crypto exchanges, so buyers could sell them and potentially make a profit. This satisfies the “investment” arm of the Howey test. If investors have a reasonable expectation of profit from being the tokens, the tokens are very likely securities.

In fact, in the middle of the ICO, AirFox announced that it was reducing the token supply from 150 billion to 1.5 billion without changing the anticipated market cap “to alleviate concerns raised by many current and potential token holders and token exchanges who prefer each individual token to be worth more.”

Imagine a tradition initial public offering of stock, where the IPO company suddenly changed the number of shares of stock available but kept the valuation of the company the same. “Hey, those shares you first-in buyers got for $20 are now worth $2000 each because we decided to sell 1/100thof the number of shares.” This kind of market manipulation would likely end of with a few people in federal prison.

Lesson 1: If you tell purchasers of your token that the tokens are going to be traded and that you are going to do things to make the tokens more valuable for these investors, you are selling securities, without any question.

Lesson 2: Changing the material terms of a securities offering in the middle of it = bad idea.

10. The SEC noted the following interesting bit of information. Following the ICO, AirFox attempted to list AirTokens on a major digital token trading platform, and answered an application question that asked, “Why would the value increase over time?” AirFox’s response was “As time lapses the features and utility of AirToken will go up as we continue to build the platform. As of today, the people are able to download our browser to earn and purchase AirTokens to redeem mobile data and airtime across 500 wireless carriers. Over the next two years, the utility of the token will expand and therefore, more people across the world will need to have AirTokens in their possession to participate on our platform and ecosystem.”

Lesson: The SEC reads and reviews everything, including interactions a company has with third-party companies.

11. AirFox offered and sold AirTokens in a general solicitation to potential investors. This means AirFox advertised the ICO to the general public and solicited investments from anyone willing to send them money. In the securities world, general solicitation is limited to certain types of securities under certain exemptions, and allowing any investor to purchase securities, regardless of their accredited status, is not allowed in most cases.

Lesson: If you are going to advertise your token offering (and how else would you get the word out and find investors?) you need to follow securities laws and regulations related to general solicitation.

12. Through a “bounty” campaign, AirFox provided “free” AirTokens to people (crypto advisors) who helped the company’s marketing efforts. AirFox entered into an agreement with a crypto advisor who had previously led similar ICO promotions by other companies. This crypto advisor received a percentage of the AirTokens issued in the ICO in exchange for his services, recruited other people to translate AirFox’s whitepaper into multiple languages and to tout AirTokens in their own internet message board posts, articles, YouTube videos, and social media posts. More than 400 individuals promoted the AirToken initial coin offering as part of the bounty campaign. These individuals also received AirTokens in exchange for their services.

While the SEC did not specifically address this point in their ruling, I would not be surprised to see some regulatory or legal investigation undertaken against these crypto advisors. Depending on several factors that there is not enough publicly available information to know for certain, it is possible these crypto advisors may have conducted illegal broker-dealer activities subject to various regulations. The advertising and marketing of securities is highly regulated and based upon the representations made by those who were paid “bounties” by AirFox, it is also possible that some of these individuals did not follow existing laws and regulations as to how such advertising should be conducted.

Lesson: Follow all securities laws and regulations related to marketing, and only deal with advisors who understand and follow securities laws. When interviewing advisors, ask them about their experience in token offerings that were done in compliance with SEC regulations, not their experience with unregulated ICOs.

13. AirFox aimed its marketing efforts for the ICO at digital token investors rather than the anticipated users of AirTokens.

· AirFox promoted the offering in forums aimed at people investing in Bitcoin and other digital assets, that attract viewers in the United States even though the AirFox App was not intended to be used by individuals in the United States.

· AirFox’s principals were interviewed by individuals focused on digital token investing.

· In a blog post, AirFox wrote that an AirToken presale was directed at “sophisticated crypto investors, angel investors and early backers” of the AirToken project and in a pre-sale, prior to the public offering, AirFox made AirTokens available to early investors at a discount.

AirFox made no effort to market the ICO to the anticipated users of AirFox tokens — individuals with prepaid phones in developing countries. Instead, AirFox marketed the ICO to investors who “viewed AirTokens as a speculative, tradeable investment vehicle that might appreciate based on AirFox’s managerial and entrepreneurial efforts.”

Lesson: If you are going to claim you are selling “utility tokens” in an offering, you should sell those tokens to the ultimate users of the tokens. If you do not, you are likely selling securities to speculating investors, and your argument of selling “utility tokens” falls apart very quickly.

Conclusion (The Final Lesson)

I’ve been talking to (and in some cases, actually representing) token and crypto companies ever since the DAO decision when the floodgates opened to companies realizing that the only safe way in the U.S. to issue a digital asset, token or coin is to follow securities laws. It’s not that hard. Every mistake AirFox made was avoidable, and everything they did to violate well-established securities laws could have been avoided if they had received good advice. Selling investments to U.S. citizens is one of the most highly regulated industries in the world. To think a company can avoid following these well-established laws and regulations just because of a new technology, and because “everyone else is doing it,” is ridiculous.

Can I start openly selling cocaine online to anyone who wants to buy it because I keep the records of the sales on a distributed ledger and track each kilo on a blockchain? No, and nobody would be so stupid to try.[12]

This is not that difficult. The final lesson is: If you want to sell tokens without following securities laws to the U.S. market, you need to be 100% certain they are not securities, and that is going to be very difficult to do in most cases. If you and your advisors are not 100% certain that what you plan to sell is not a securitiy, get advice from reputable securities counsel before you do anything.

Once more thing: if you find yourself creating arguments to get around parts of the Howey Test rather than being able to definitively prove your tokens do not fit the Howey definition of a security, then the SEC is most likely going to disagree with you, and deem your tokens to be securities.


[1]It is important to note these dates. One month before the AirFox ICO, in July 2017, the SEC announced that it viewed the tokens offered by The DAO, an ICO that raised more than $150 million in 2016, as securities. This ruling was widely reported and sent shockwaves through the “unregulated” ICO industry. It would be hard to imagine that those advising AirFox were not aware of the DAO ruling when they started their ICO one month later.

[2]Some “crypto advisors” are persons (nearly always without a law degree) who advertise that they have “helped companies raise millions” in other ICOs (none of which followed U.S. securities laws). They often have influence in the ICO community and on ICO review websites where, in many cases, the review of an unregistered ICO is based on how much money you pay the website.

[3]Or, their advisors Googled it, read the Howey test, and decided “Let’s make like an ostrich and ignore the obvious.” Advisors to ICO companies should not take the attitude of “but everyone else is doing it and raising millions of dollars so it must be okay” or, my favorite, “there are no rules for ICOs, these are unregulated!”

[4]SEC v. W. J. Howey Co., 328 U.S. 293 (1946). The “Howey Test” is the U.S. Supreme Court’s definition of what a security is and has been the law for 76 years. In a nutshell, the four-part Howey Test determines that a transaction represents an investment contract if a person (a) invests his money (b) in a common enterprise and is (c) led to expect profits (d) solely from the efforts of the promoter or a third party.

[5]A “white paper” in the ICO world is a document that explains the business and the offering. In most cases, these documents are heavy on technical language regarding the tokens and blockchain but offer little to no guidance on the financial health of the business and rarely disclose all the risks of investing in the offering. In many cases, these “white papers” are not even close to what a securities lawyer would draft for any securities offering. But, many ICO companies apparently are advised to believe their white paper, with its page of legal disclaimers copied from other white papers found online, will magically protect them from any securities laws repercussions.

[6]The SEC will look at a company’s white paper, any other offering documents, websites, social media, media interviews, and any other online or offline matter related to the offering. If it is publicly available, the SEC is going to review it. Even if it is not publicly available, the SEC may subpoena it. In the AirFox case, the SEC noted that AirFox talked about prospects for development of the AirToken ecosystem on blogs, social media, online videos, and online forums and even gave a specific example of quotes from AirFox’s principals making claims in a YouTube video.

[7]These are typical White Paper 101 inclusions in an ICO. A breakdown of what the funds will be used for (which is actually a normal part of a securities law compliant offering document) and a timeline. While there is nothing wrong with these disclosures, the problem is that these white papers rarely discuss the risks involved with the offering, and almost never disclose anything about the financial condition of the company — staples of a compliant securities offering.

[8]17 CFR 240.12g-1

[9]There are notable exceptions to this rule under certain exemptions from registration, including under Regulation A, as amended in the JOBS Act.

[10]Without getting too technical, if you are a New York City based company, with offices and employees in Manhattan, who sets up a shell company in the Virgin Islands that has no office or employees and you run that company out of New York, you are not being clever and avoiding the fact that the SEC is probably still going to consider you a U.S. company. All you have done is sent up a red flag.

[11]There are other factors to consider, as Howey is just part of the analysis as to whether something is, or is not, a security. But, for illustrative purposes, this section of the SEC’s analysis is very helpful for companies considering a token sale, because it illustrates a potential path to a token not being subject to securities laws, and the possible ability in very narrow circumstances to sell a token outside of securities laws.

[12]Okay, someone might be dumb enough to try. Never underestimate the stupidity of some people. The TV show America’s Dumbest Criminals filled three years of episodes with people who might have tried this. For the record, if a stupid criminal tries this, and says it was my idea, please remember that they are, as noted, a stupid criminal and do not believe them.

Disclaimer (because I am wearing my lawyer hat): Kendall Almerico is a securities lawyer who represents companies raising capital in JOBS Act offerings (Regulation A in particular) and companies that want to sell tokenized securities in a compliant manner through a security token offering. This article does not contain legal advice and should not be relied upon bu anyone for legal advice. It is simply the opinions of Kendall Almerico interpreting certain matters that were recently in the news. Do not rely on this article for legal advice as every situation is different. In all cases, consult your own attorney or advisors.

There, I said it.

Technologies of Blockchain – Part 2: Distributed Systems

We saw in Part 1 that linked lists provide the conceptual foundation for blockchain, where a ‘block’ is a package of data and blocks are strung together by some type of linking mechanism such as pointers, references, addresses, etc. In this Part 2, we will see how this simple concept gives rise to powerful ideas that lay the foundation for distributed systems.

What happens when one of the links in the linked list or one of the computers (aka, ‘nodes’) in a distributed system falls sick (and responds slowly), gets taken down (‘hacked’), or dies? How does the full list (or chain) recover from such tragic events? This brings us to the notion of fault tolerance in distributed systems. Once changes are made to the data in one of the nodes (blocks), how do we ensure that the same information is consistent with other nodes? That introduces the requirement for consensus.

Pushing the analogy of the linked list a bit further, algorithms that manage linked lists are carefully designed not to break the list. Appending links to the end or the front, for that matter, is an easy operation (we just need to make sure that the markers that indicate the start and end of the list are updated correctly). However, removing a link (or member of the chain) or adding one is a bit trickier. When it is necessary to remove or insert into the middle of the list, it’s a bit more complicated, but a well-understood problem with known solutions. We won’t go into the specifics in this article because the intent is not to describe these operations but to convey a high-level historical perspective.

In distributed systems, fault tolerance becomes a very important topic. In one sense, it is a logical extension to managing a linked list on a single computer. Obviously, in real-world applications, each of the nodes in a distributed system are economic entities that depend on other economic entities to achieve their goals. Faults within the system must be minimized as much as possible. When faults are inevitable, recovery must be as quick and complete as possible. Computer scientists began studying the methods of fault tolerance in the mid-1950s, resulting in the first fault-tolerant computer, SAPO, in Czechoslovakia.

Besides fault tolerance, when information needs to be added to the distributed system (a bit like adding, deleting, or updating the elements of a linked list), the different parties must agree. The reason for agreement is that the data that goes into the ‘linked list’ is data that arises out of transactions between these parties. Without agreement, imagine the chaos! My node would record that I sent you $90 while your node would record only $19! Or, if I send you payment for a product, I expect to receive the product. There should be agreement, settlement, and reconciliation between the transacting parties. A stronger requirement in distributed systems is that once the parties agree to something, the data that is agreed upon cannot be changed by one of the parties without the concurrence of the other party or parties. The strongest version of this requirement is ‘immutability’, where it is technically impossible to make any changes to data that is agreed to and committed to the chain.

Fault-Tolerance and Consensus

Distributed systems, therefore, require fault-tolerance, consensus, and immutability in varying degrees, depending on the needs of the business. Mechanisms for fault-tolerance and consensus evolved since the early days. Notable developments are:

  • Byzantine Fault Tolerance (BFT) by Lamport, Shostak, and Pease in 1982, to deal with situations where one or more of the nodes in the distributed system become faulty or malicious.
  • Proof-of-Work (POW), first described in 1993 and the term coined in 1999, which is a technique for providing economic disincentives for malicious attacks. A precursor idea of POW was proposed in 1992 by Cynthia Dwork and Moni Naor, as a means to combatting junk mail—a problem that was already a significant nuisance way back in 1992!* Their solution was to require a sender to solve a computational problem that was easy enough for sending emails normally but becomes computationally expensive for sending massive amounts of junk emails.
  • Hashcash, a POW algorithm, was proposed by Adam Back in 1997. This was used as the basis of POW in bitcoin by Satoshi Nakamoto in 2008, which brought awareness of POW to a much wider audience.
  • A high-performance version of BFT, called Practical Byzantine Fault Tolerance (PBFT), by Miguel Castro and Barbara Liskov, in 1999; and so on.
  • Paxos**, a family of consensus algorithms, has its roots in a 1988 work by Dwork, Lynch, and Stockmeyer, and first published in 1998 (even though conceived several years earlier) by Leslie Lamport.
  • Raft consensus algorithm was developed by Diego Ongaro and John Ousterhout. Published in 2014, it was designed to be a more understandable alternative to Paxos.

State machine replication (SMR) is a framework for fault-tolerance and consensus is a way to resolve conflicts or achieve agreement on the state values. SMR’s beginnings are in the early 1980s, with an influential paper by Leslie Lamport, “Using Time Instead of Timeout for Fault-Tolerant Distributed Systems” in 1984.

In Part 3, we will do a high-level review of mechanisms designed to keep distributed systems secure, consistent, and able to handle large volumes of transactions.

Read Part 1: The Foundations, Part 3: Cryptography, Scaling, and Consensus, and Part 4: Conclusion

*Their paper, “Pricing via Processing or Combatting Junk Mail”, begins with a charming expression of exasperation: “Some time ago one of us returned from a brief vacation, only to find 241 messages in our reader.”

**No known relation to the blockchain company, Paxos.com

Technologies of Blockchain – Part 1: The Foundations

Blockchain is not just a single technology but a package of a number of technologies and techniques. The rich lexicon in the blockchain includes terms such as Merkle trees, sharding, state machine replication, fault tolerance, cryptographic hashing, zero-knowledge proofs, zkSNARKS, and other exotic terms.

In this four-part series, we will provide a very high-level overview of each of the main components of technology. In reality, the number of technologies, variations, configurations, and considerations of trade-offs are numerous. Each piece in this puzzle was motivated by certain business requirements and technical considerations.

In this first part, we look at the origins of the ‘chain’ and the most important technological advancement that makes blockchain (and all e-commerce) possible, i.e., the Internet.

While there have been genuine innovations within the last decade, blockchain’s underlying technologies are mostly quite old (in computer science time scale). Let us unpack a typical blockchain to trace out the origins of the constituent technologies. In this short post, I’ll only point to a very small (some may say, infinitesimally small) subset of the historical origin of technologies that make the modern blockchain possible. I’ll make no attempt to trace the development of these concepts from origin to the present time (that would fill up several books). The fact that blockchain’s technologies have a long and respectable history should help us gain confidence that blockchain, as a technology, is not some fly-by-night, newfangled idea cooked up by the crypto fandom.

What is less certain and much more controversial is the economic justification for blockchain (or at least some types of blockchain), ranging from the unrealistic expectation that it is a panacea for all of humankind’s ills (most optimistically, for social and economic inequities), to the total and premature dismissal of blockchain in its entirety.

The Beginnings

At the conceptual heart of blockchain is the ‘chain’. By definition, the links of the chain are, well, linked. It’s a list of data elements or packets of information (in blockchain, these are called ‘blocks’) that are linked. A blockchain is, therefore, a type of linked list.

The concept of a linked list was defined by pioneers of computer science and artificial intelligence, Alan Newell, Cliff Shaw, and Herbert Simon, way back in 1955-56.

In the early days of computer science, data and processing power lived on individual computers. Soon, people wanted these computers to ‘talk’ to each other. The grand idea of an Intergalactic Computer Network was put forth by J. C. R. Licklider as early as 1963. Unfortunately, even after half a century of rapid development, we have achieved only a planetary-wide Internet so far. An ‘intergalactic’ network is still a few years away!*

These ideas and the need to connect dispersed computers gave rise to wide-scale distributed systems in the 1960s-70s, with the advent of ARPANET and Ethernet. Technically, these linked computers are not necessarily treated in the same way as a traditional linked list that lived on one computer, but the conceptual idea is similar. When data and computational power get dispersed, layers of management, coordination, and security become increasingly important.

Blockchain would not exist without the Internet, which itself would not exist without TCP/IP, developed by Bob Kahn and Vint Cerf in the 1970s and ‘80s. Along the way, some scientists managed to have some fun too. They carried out an April Fools prank in 1990 by issuing an RFC (1149) for IPoAC protocol (IP over Avian Carriers, i.e., carrier pigeons). The punch line was delivered in April 2001 when a Linux user group implemented CPIP (Carrier Pigeon Internet Protocol) by sending nine data packets over three miles using carrier pigeons. They reported packet loss of 55%. A joke that takes a decade to pull off is practically Saturday night live comedy in Internet time scale!

In part 2, we will see how the extension of the concept of linked list on the Internet leads to distributed systems, the attending challenges, and their solutions.

Read Part 2: Distributed Systems, Part 3: Cryptography, Scaling, and Consensus, and Part 4: Conclusion 

*We first need to take care of a minor detail: find or colonize alien planets in this and other galaxies.

The Three Fallacies of Smart Contracts

Smart contracts have become popular due to the extensibility of the Ethereum blockchain beyond its main foundation as a cryptocurrency platform, where it competes with Bitcoin. The phrase ‘smart contract’ caught on in the popular imagination. After all, contracts are important mechanisms for transacting business, and what better than to make our contracts smart with computers and artificial intelligence.

Unfortunately, the glib phrase ‘smart contracts’ hides the ugly truth, which consists of three fallacies:

  1. Smart contracts are smart
  2. Smart contracts are contracts
  3. Smart contracts are comprehensible

Smart contracts are approximately dumb

There’s nothing smart about smart contracts. Perhaps ‘smart’ is a matter of definition, so let me rephrase. If a simple “Hello, World!” program is considered smart, then so is a smart contract ‘smart.’ Maybe we can raise the bar one notch. Let us consider a simple program that, when you access it, determines the time of day (wherever the server on which the program runs or perhaps the browser from which a user invokes it). The code in the program implements the following logic:

If Time >= 6:00 am AND Time < 11:30 am THEN say “Hello, good morning!”

If Time >= 11:30 am AND Time < 3:00 pm THEN say “Hello, good afternoon!”

If Time >= 2:00 pm AND Time < 9:00 pm THEN say “Hello, good evening!”

If Time >= 9:00 pm AND Time <= 12:00 am THEN say “Good night, sleep well!”

If Time > 12:00 am AND Time < 6:00 am THEN say “Hi, you are up late – or did you get up early?”

The above are examples of what is called an IFTTT or “If This Then That” code. This is a bit more intelligent, but just barely. However, this is not necessarily smart enough in the financial world. The ERC-20 and its derivatives in the Ethereum world would have, one hopes, a bit more complicated IFTTT ‘rules’. For example, the protocol has a function that checks to see if the sender of the cryptocurrency actually has the amount in their account. This check is obviously important and a ‘smart’ thing to do. But, this type of check is performed by your bank when you use your bank’s debit card or credit card. However, banks don’t call their cards ‘smart cards’, even though there is more intelligence built into card processing than we give credit for.

In the age of artificial intelligence and machine learning, calling the above types of simple functionality ‘smart’ is an insult to the definition of ‘smart’. Even the earliest examples of AI software of the 60s were smarter. So, calling these ‘smart contracts’ smart is a throwback to prehistoric days of software engineering.

Incidentally, the moniker “IFTTT” is a bit of intellectual plagiaristic packaging passing off as a recent innovation. In reality, IFTTT has been around ever since the very first days of computing. All programmers know this, as well as it’s cousin, IFTTTE, which is “If This Then That Else.” Enough of this remarketing of old and well-known programming constructs.

Smart contracts are not contracts

Technologists who drool over smart contracts are obviously unfamiliar with what constitutes a contract. A loose definition of ‘contract’ may be fine for most casual applications, but for the financial world, the definition has to be legal and enforceable. Legally enforceable contracts have certain specific characteristics without which they don’t stand a chance of being defensible or enforceable. These characteristics include offer and acceptance, competence, unforced, mutual consideration, legal intent, and enforceable.

Transactions involving cryptocurrency or security tokens do not automatically become contracts because the transactions may violate one or more of the above provisions.

  1. Offer and Acceptance: One of the parties must make an offer; the other must accept it. The offer and acceptance are subject to the other requirements of contracts. For example, if someone comes up to your car when you are stopped at a red light, polishes your windshield without your consent, and demands payment, it does not obligate you, legally or morally, to pay; there was no offer of a service and you did not consent to the polishing of your windshield.
  2. Competence: Both parties must be of sound mind and competent to enter into a contractual relationship. For example, those who are mentally incompetent (in the legal sense) and minors may not enter into contracts. This assumes that the identity of the parties is known to each other and each party – or perhaps an intermediary – can assess competence. This may not be true in a decentralized crypto world.
  3. Unforced: Both parties must have entered into the contract of their own free will and knowledge. This may not be true in the crypto world where cryptocurrency can be stolen, forced at gunpoint, or mistakenly sent to another party. In all cases, the sender (or victim) has no recourse or recovery.
  4. Due mutual consideration: All parties to the contract must receive something in return in this exchange; transactions cannot be one-sided (gifts are not contracts, by definition, but otherwise perfectly legal). In a crypto world, there may not be clarity about exactly what this due consideration is and if it was mutual.
  5. Moral and legal intent: A contract to kill someone or commit an immoral act is null and void. A payment for such an action is illegal and does not constitute a contract. Obviously, this may not be easy to detect in a crypto world.
  6. Enforceable: The performance of the terms of the contract must be enforceable and observable. None of this may be true in the crypto world, because in a decentralized system with no governance, no auditing, and indeed no identity, who could observe and who could enforce?

Smart contracts are incomprehensible

In general, people find regular contracts impenetrable, especially the fine print clauses. The article “Does Anyone Read the Fine Print? Consumer Attention to Standard Form Contracts” (by Yannis Bakos, Florencia Marotta-Wurgler, and David R. Trossen) generally concludes, unsurprisingly, that very few people do so.

In those rare cases when people read contracts, they may not actually understand them fully. Contrary to popular feeling, legal contracts are not obtuse by deliberate intention. If anything, they are as incredibly precise (or at least, strive to be) as possible without the use of mathematics. Despite the attempt at precision, there is still room for miscommunication and misunderstanding, whether that is due to the inexperience of the legal counsel (rare), the inexperience of the participants (very often), or the lack of clarity of the underlying regulation (probably rather common). When the application of the law is unclear in complicated cases, the courts resort to case law. All this points to the difficulty of understanding legal contracts. If that is not persuasive enough, consider that just about in all lawsuits both parties have previously signed contracts that were drafted and reviewed by experienced lawyers on both sides, yet one of the participants had to resort to a lawsuit.

In the case of smart contracts, the primary representation of the so-called contract is not the legal document but the computer program. Even simple transactions, when implemented in code, are very difficult to understand. Computer programmers are notorious for being poor documenters (or for their writing skills in general). What is less well-known is that programmers are deeply reluctant to read other programmers’ code because code is generally impenetrable, even when that code has been written by the same programmer who is reviewing it after a lapse of time.

Lay participants of contracts, such as investors and issuers, are asked to read the code in order to infer the underlying legal provisions! This is several steps removed from the requirement to read the actual legal document itself. Every step in the process has enormous potential for misrepresentation, misinterpretation, information loss, and outright incomprehensibility.

Indeed, the research data shows that many ICOs have “backdoor centralization”, but in the most negative sense of the term (unlike responsibly governed centralization), including pump-and-dump, insider trading, no expression in code of promises made on the website or whitepaper, unauthorized and unadvertised rights of modifiability, and so on. See “New Research Finds Backdoor ‘Centralized Control’ In Many ICOs” for a good summary.

You may think that the situation with smart contracts cannot be direr. But wait, it gets worse! In a 104-page study, “Coin-Operated Capitalism,” by the University of Pennsylvania Law School, “If ICO investors  were scrutinizing smart contract code before buying into an ICO, we would expect to see (all else [being] equal) higher capital raises by teams that faithfully coded supply and vesting protections, and also disclosed their modification powers. We find no evidence of that effect in our sample.

What this means is that ICO investors are either the dumb money (generally, the uninformed retail investors), highly speculative and risk-tolerant (hopefully in amounts small enough not to matter, or those with intense fear-of-missing-out), or outright criminal in nature with deeper motives. Obviously, this is a general conclusion and does not implicate the legitimate investors who may have invested in ICOs for diversification (though the use of the word ‘invest’ or ‘diversification’ in connection with ICOs is highly suspect).

As far as ICOs go, none of this should paint all ICOs with the same broad brush. But it does call into question the underlying architectural philosophy of smart contracts in general. Smart contracts should be designed by lawyers because smart contracts are primarily contracts. Only when contracts are truly legal contracts can technologists then strive to make them more or less automated and intelligent. All this automation should be wrapped into governance, risk, audit, and manual review functions precisely because even the smartest contracts cannot anticipate all scenarios in the real world.

Now, that’s smart!

Difference between Crypto and Security Token

Is there a difference between cryptocurrency and a security token?

The answer is yes, there is a big difference. And it is time we get these right so the thick fog around this topic can begin to clear up. It is very important to understand how each of them is very different from each other.

You probably read or hear these two words every day and in most cases in the wrong context. Before we get into the difference lets make one thing clear.

Crypto or Cryptocurrency is an alternate (i.e., non-fiat) CURRENCY
Security Token is an EQUITY POSITION IN A COMPANY

All over the web, there are many discussions, blogs, articles, and tweets on using blockchain. Of course, many of them follow to the extraordinary words “Crypto”, or “Cryptocurrency” and “Security Token”.

I am amazed by the number of people who use these two words interchangeably, yet they are so different as stated above. Let’s have a look at each one in more detail.

What is Crytpo or Cryptocurrency?
Wikipedia has a clear definition: “A cryptocurrency (or crypto currency) is a digital asset designed to work as a medium of exchange that uses strong cryptography to secure financial transactions, control the creation of additional units, and verify the transfer of assets.”

Crypto or Cryptocurrency is just a currency. Other examples of currency are Dollars, Euros, Pesos, etc. These currencies are traded worldwide by currency traders. Nowadays we have the introduction of digital currencies such as Bitcoin, Ethereum, Litecoin, etc. Wikipedia has put together a list of these digital currencies.

Currencies are regulated by a securities commission or foreign exchange agencies. The rules around who can purchase currency and trade them are very simple. In most cases, it is required to be 18 years or older. ID Verification, AML (Anti Money Laundering), and some basic KYC (Know Your Customer) will be done. Not more than this is required to purchase a currency.

For trading, the platforms will need to be registered with commissions and/or regulators in their country to legally operate the exchange. This financial regulator is regulating the currency, transfer, and trading business.

What is Security Token?
In 2017 we saw the emergence of companies issuing tokens to raise capital. In countries such as USA and Canada, regulators have been very clear on this form of capital raising.

When a company offers a token from their company for an investor to invest in, the goal is for the token to trade and gain in value. Security agencies, including the SEC in the USA and the CSA in Canada, have made it clear that when companies are conducting a token offering in which the token has the ability to trade and gain in value, it must be issued as a security token.

Security Token is a tokenized security that is issued by a company. The security represents an equity position in the company. In order to issue the security, the company must comply with regulations as to how it can market the offering, who it can attract to invest in their company, reporting requirements, trading restrictions, and custodianship (Transfer Agent) requirements.

For a company to issue a security token it must:

  • Determine what jurisdiction (countries) it wants to attract investors from
  • Determine what exemption to use to offer their security token to investors (accredited or non-accredited investors)
  • Determine trading restrictions per jurisdiction and exemption
  • Determine reporting requirements per jurisdiction and exemption
  • Determine Transfer Agent requirements per jurisdiction and exemption
  • Determine if Broker Dealer is required per jurisdiction
  • Determine what regulated ATS Secondary Market is available for trading

As you can see it’s clear how different these two are from each other and there should be no confusion going forward.

Here is how the two can come together and be used in the proper context. You can use cryptocurrency to invest in a security token offering by a company. But that can only happen as long as the company has agreed to accept this form of digital currency, the investor meets regulatory requirements, the company can offer their securities in the country (Jurisdiction) of residence of the investor, and if the company is using a broker-dealer, the dealer is also prepared to accept that form of payment.

Joining Hyperledger to Revolutionize Tokenization of Private Securities Globally

We are thrilled to announce our membership in the Hyperledger Project. This was a carefully thought-out decision, but given the nature of our business, a fairly easy one to make.

Our roots are in providing managed compliance-related services to private companies globally. Building on this experience and success, we are well into executing on our vision of revolutionizing the tokenization of private securities. The revolutionary nature of our journey is in providing an environment for security tokens that ensures full compliance, safety, and complete lifecycle management. Investor protection has always been our unrelenting focus. We look to the business requirements to drive the selection, design, and deployment of technology.

Hyperledger, with its roots in the Linux Foundation and Apache culture, gives us access to a community of dedicated practitioners and researchers in technology. Fabric, in common with the other Hyperledger projects, is all about enterprise-class applications. Anything involving money had better be serious business.

One of the most critical aspects of finance is the safety and security of transactions. Legitimate participants in the financial markets may be frustrated by the inefficiencies of regulation, but they welcome the protections offered by such regulation. Fabric chose not to create its own native cryptocurrency. This avoids the dependence on crypto-mining and its attendant issues of fraud, forking, fictitious participants, and losses. By avoiding commingling of payment mechanisms (which include legitimate cryptocurrencies) with securities instruments, we can keep our economics clean. We can also avoid confusing currency regulation with that of securities regulation.

The architecture of Fabric includes several characteristics that are highly-desirable for financial transactions: modularity, performance, scalability, and security. It also helps that many financial institutions have adopted Fabric and over 400 applications are in development on it. All this is certainly a confidence-booster.

In a series of posts, I’ll cover the various aspects of Fabric, the philosophy behind the KoreToken protocol, and how KoreChain’s business functionality fits into this solid foundation.

KoreSummit is honored to have Mr. David Weild IV as its keynote speaker

The first KoreSummit event just got even more interesting. We are thrilled to announce Mr. David Weild IV, the father of the JOBS Act, as our keynote speaker. Weild is currently CEO and Chairman of Weild & Co.

He also gathers the expertise of the most competitive stock markets, as he was a former Vice Chairman and executive committee member of NASDAQ, and spent years running Wall Street investment banking and equity capital markets businesses.

Weild will speak at 1 p.m. at the KoreSummit New York. This is an invite-only event. Seats are limited, but you can still apply to attend here: https://koresummit.io/apply/

KoreSummit – an opportunity to learn about what is a fully compliant Security Token

Security Token – and all the technology and buzzwords that go with it – is not an easy topic. Search these terms online, and you can get lost in a labyrinth of links, manuals and definitive guides. Above all, you will find many experts that will guarantee this is the next big thing and they know all about it.

The complexity surrounding the security tokens is second only to the importance it carries in the financial world. It can indeed be the next big thing. If companies get the foundation and development of security tokens right, this has the potential to bring down the market as we know today.

Which only adds more pressure to get to the right information. Take, for instance, the thousands of ICO that emerged with the blockchain phenomena. Thousand of investors thought they were well informed and ended up victims of scams.

If you want to invest in the blockchain, by buying security tokens or offering it through your own company, you better listen to experts. That is why events such as the KoreSummit, in which renowned professionals share their insights with the public, are so important.

No wonder this is an invite-only event. This is exclusive information that you may not get elsewhere. All aspects around the new KoreToken protocol, including the KoreChain, Hyperledger Fabric, and Security Tokens will be discussed with the public.

Usually, you would pay a significant fee to access this type of information. But the KoreSummit is for free, in the same spirit of the KoreConX platform.

You can apply for the event here, and our team will review your application.

Hope we can meet there.

Top Questions a Securities Lawyer will Ask an STO Issuer (in USA or Canada)

Security Token Offering is a serious business. The days of the ICO are over. These are clear messages not only from the SEC and other regulatory bodies but also from thoughtful and experienced professionals. The SEC, in particular, is delivering this message mainly through regulatory actions and the position of SEC Chairman Jay Clayton. Most recently, a federal judge ruled that the U.S. securities laws may cover ICOs, giving the Feds a much-needed victory in their battle against fraud and money laundering.

Regardless of the nuances and the debate, what should be clear to issuers who have legitimate businesses or startup plans is that investors, as well as issuers, require protection. If anything, legitimate issuers should welcome such scrutiny and regulation which ensures the market is kept free of bad actors and questionable affiliations.

However, companies considering a security token offering need to be prepared to respond to questions that their securities lawyers will ask. To this end, we reached out to top lawyers to learn which information is crucial to them when a client reaches out for advice on their Security Token.

The professionals that contributed to this list are Sara Hanks (CrowdCheck Law, LLP – USA); Ross McKee (Blake, Cassels & Graydon, LLP – Canada), Lewis Cohen (DLX Law, LLP – USA); Rajeev Dewan and Kosta Kostic (McMillan, LLP – Canada); Alessandro Lerra (Lerro & Partners – Italy), and Alan Goodman (Goodmans, LLP – Canada).

Below is the list of items on which lawyers and other advisors will be focusing. There is no particular order, but you should be ready when contacting your securities lawyer or advisors to make sure you are prepared. This list is subject to change as the market develops.

  1. What jurisdiction is your company incorporated in and in what jurisdictions is your company doing or will do business?
  2. In which countries are you planning to offer your security token?
  3. Is the company already a public reporting issuer anywhere or are any of its other classes of securities already listed on an exchange?
  4. Will you be conducting a Direct Offering or a Broker-Dealer Offering?
    1. If a Direct Offering, how will you manage all of the regulatory requirements (including “Know Your Client” requirements)
    2. If you aren’t using a Broker-Dealer and you are selling to retail investors, how will you comply with the requirements of states that require you to register yourself as an issuer-dealer?
  5. Will this be for accredited investors only or will it also be made available to non-accredited investors?
  6. How do you plan to confirm or verify accredited investor status?
  7. How do you plan to confirm or verify investors are not on prescribed lists?
  8. Do you have a method to establish the suitability of the investment for an investor?
  9. What securities law exemptions do you intend to rely on for each jurisdiction you want to sell your security token?
  10. What documentation or certification will investors be required to sign?
  11. What is your investor record-keeping system and how do you plan to handle regulatory reporting of the distribution of securities tokens?
  12. What are the tax implications of the sale of the token for both the issuer and the investor?
  13. If ongoing tax reporting (e.g., FATCA) is required, how will that be handled?
  14. Which blockchain is the token going to be created on?
  15. Does the client understand the differences between public blockchains and closed or permission blockchains?
  16. Does the platform already exist?
  17. Do you know which Security Token Protocol you would like to use?
  18. Does the Security Token Protocol manage the lifecycle, custodianship requirements, and corporate actions of the security token?
  19. Does the Security Token Protocol have the capabilities to be managed by a regulated Transfer Agent?
  20. Has the smart contract code for the token been audited by a code audit firm?
  21. What level of assurance does the code audit firm give in terms of their work?
  22. Is the Security Token Protocol implemented on robust, highly-secure, and enterprise-class technology platform?
  23. Does the blockchain for the STO prevent cryptocurrency fraud, unauthorized mining, and forking?
  24. Does the blockchain for the STO provide guaranteed legal finality for securities transactions?
  25. Does the blockchain for the STO provide for recourse with forking or technical intervention in case of errors, losses, or fraud?
  26. Is there a utility element in the token?
  27. Is the security token coupled with a cryptocurrency?
  28. Does the blockchain have a well-defined and published governance model, and are you confident that the governance processes and governing entities are credible?
  29. Does the blockchain have adoption and recognition from financial institutions?
  30. Will the tokens be immediately delivered to the purchasers?
  31. What is the stated purpose of the offering and what is the business of the issuer?
  32. Is the number of tokens fixed or unlimited? Is there a release schedule for future tokens?
  33. How many tokens, if any, are being retained by management?
  34. Will the tokens have a fixed value?
  35. How many security token holders do you expect?
  36. Are you aware of the requirements for a Transfer Agent?
  37. What are the rights of security token holders?
    1.  Voting?
    2. Dividends?
    3. Share of revenue/profits?
    4. Wind up the business?Will the purchasers be seeking a return on their investment or are they buying the token for other purposes?
  38. Will the purchasers be seeking a return on their investment or are they buying the token for other purposes?
  39. What is the exit strategy for the company?
  40. Does your company currently have a Shareholders Agreement?
  41. Does the company have a board of directors?
  42. Do you have financial auditors?
  43. Do you intend to list the tokens on any secondary markets and are those markets in compliance with regulatory requirements that apply to securities exchanges?
  44. Following issuance of the tokens, are any lock-up periods required or advisable with respect to the token?
  45. Are there any requirements that the tokens may only be traded with persons in (or outside) certain jurisdictions?
  46. Once any lock-up period has concluded, where will the tokens be able to trade?
  47. How will any applicable resale restrictions be implemented and complied with? How will subsequent sellers and purchasers of tokens be made aware of these resale restrictions?
  48. How are any requirements for the tokens to trade on a given market or alternative trading system being handled?
  49. Does the company intend to provide ongoing reporting to investors and if so, how will that be handled?
  50. Will the blockchain be used to facilitate any additional levels of transparency?
  51. What social media platforms are you using?
    1. Telegram
    2. Twitter
    3. Facebook
    4. Medium
    5. LinkedIn
  52. Do you know what limitations on communication or other requirements (such as legending or delivery of an offering document) apply to social media communications?
  53. Are you planning set up a “bounty” or similar program that offers free tokens?
  54. Will you be using airdrops?
    1. How are recipients selected and what do recipients need to do in order to receive airdrops?
    2. Have you made sure the airdrops comply with applicable securities law?
  55. Do you have a white paper?
    1. Has the whitepaper been released?
    2. Does the whitepaper include a clear business plan?
    3. What statements, representations, or comments have been made by management in the whitepaper, any other publication, or orally, about the future value or investment merits of tokens?
    4. Should the whitepaper be characterized as an offering memorandum and if so, does it have the prescribed disclosures and notices?

We hope this can assist you in preparing for your security token offering (STO). Obviously, for those who have already raised their money, tokenizing their securities will require some of the same questions.

Life of a Company

I know, the title is odd. But the goal is to show how a company is formed and what is required for it  to be maintained. What most of the public sees is only related to sales or marketing, never the insides of the corporate structure or management.

The first step each of us make is to incorporate our organization, and we are provided with the company’s papers, also known as theMinute Book”.

The Minute Book
For entrepreneurs, board directors, management, lawyers, auditors, shareholders, and broker dealers, the Minute Book is a lifeline. It is the historical log of all the key decisions and corporate actions made in the company.  Now, some of you will go to your lawyer and get a Minute Book binder, and some will go online and construct your binder.

One very important thing about your company’s Minute Book is that there is only ONE original and you must protect it. At the same time, you are required to provide access to your lawyers, auditors, board directors, shareholders, and anyone who is doing due diligence on your company.

What do you get in your Minute Book:

        • Certificate of incorporation – this provides a unique number to your company
        • The official date of incorporation in your jurisdiction
        • Bylaws: the rules you must follow in operating your company, such as
          • Number of directors
          • How many shares you can issue and class of shares
          • How to conduct board meetings
          • How to conduct shareholders meetings
          • Quorum for board and shareholders meetings

     

  • The Minute Book also has many other tabs for you to insert the ongoing corporate actions in the company.
  • The Minute Book is a living document and it requires that you update it as you are conducting your corporate actions. Those actions need to be recorded in your Minute Book and properly documented, so in the future when you are going through due diligence—for financing, acquisitions, going public, or opening a bank account—this information will be ready so you can move forward.Here is a list of some of the corporate actions your Minute Book needs to have. Some of these corporate actions will be in different sections of your Minute Book depending on how many documents are created.
          • Appointing director
          • Appointing officers
          • Notice of Shareholders Meeting
          • Opening a commercial bank account
          • Appointing auditors
          • Granting options
          • Accepting new shareholders
          • Accepting a loan, debenture, SAFE
          • Name change
          • Merger
          • Acquisition


      For each of these corporate actions, you will need directors’ resolution and/or shareholders’ resolutions and, in some cases, agreements, government filings, and regulatory filings. All of these documents will need to be stored in different sections within the Minute Book.

      This is important to know because as your company grows, more and more of these documents start to add up and the historical tracking becomes even more challenging to maintain.

      If your records are not up to date or properly recorded you will spend thousands and thousands of dollars to get those completed so that you can proceed with a transaction such as raising capital, loan, merger, acquisition, going public, etc.

      Along with managing all the corporate documents, you are also required to manage, report, and track all your shareholders on a timely basis. Depending on which exemption you used, the company would be required to provide quarterly,semi-annual, or annual reporting to your shareholders.

      I know all this might seems overwhelming. Welcome to being an entrepreneur! There are no shortcuts, but there is a way to do it so you are not burdened by all this and end up spending thousands of your hard earn money to fix issues when they emerge.

      As a fellow entrepreneur, I felt this pain. Having all these documents and no central place that everyone (board directors, shareholders, lawyers, auditors, regulators, etc.) could access 24/7, created further strain on my time.

      For a long time, I found apps that did only one thing but were not able to do all that I needed to meet my fiduciary obligations as an officer and director of my company.  It was very frustrating, but finally, in 2015 we launched the world’s first all-in-one platform—yes, an all-in-one platform—that takes care of everything I described above and so much more.

      Once you have a secure and centralized platform to bring your stakeholders, you have the assurance to meet your obligations and focus on growing the business rather than managing paper.

      No more duplicating your efforts – only do it once and KoreConX takes care of the rest.

      As you grow, the platform provides even further enhancement, so if you are a one person company or a company with 500,000 shareholders or more, KoreConX is your all-in-one platform.

A Big Lesson from the Delaware Blockchain Amendments

Andrea Tinianow, the founding director of the Delaware Blockchain Initiative (and ‘Blockchain Czarina’), recently published a very insightful article on the significant gap in the mainstream protocols for security tokens. The gap is in the way the Delaware Blockchain Amendments are interpreted by the mainstream security token platforms.

The Delaware Blockchain Amendments were an outcome of the Delaware Blockchain Initiative. The Amendments were introduced in the Delaware Senate Bill 69 and signed by the Governor on July 21, 2017. This landmark legislation allows Delaware corporations to maintain their stock ledgers on a blockchain. In making this provision, what the Delaware Bill meant was that all of the stock ledger data should be maintained on the chain, rather than only a portion of the data.

The more accurate interpretation of the provision bumps up against one limitation that public blockchains face. As the number of nodes in the chain grows dramatically—as it should in a truly decentralized system—the performance of the chain suffers. Validation, consensus, and finality take longer and longer. The problem becomes significant when security tokens are involved, since the data payload of securities transactions is much larger than the normal token payment data within Bitcoin and other payment-oriented cryptocurrencies and tokens. More importantly, contract execution is much more complicated than technical (or cryptographic) validation of transactions. Even simple contracts can generate a multitude of mini-transactions that need to follow a labyrinth of complex processes in the securities world. All this activity generates more data, exacerbating a problem that currently has no clean solution in fully decentralized public blockchains.

One way around this problem is to put securities data off-chain and store the keys on-chain. This can provide some relief on storage but probably not as much impact on performance. Even with the limited payload, the Bitcoin blockchain has grown from around 1 MB in 2010 to more than 170 GB eight years later! Transactions speeds are even less impressive. Hardcore fans of Bitcoin deem it unfair to compare its 7 transactions per second with that of Visa (which conducts around 20,000-30,000 or even more transactions per second), since Visa had over 60 years to improve its technology. Presumably, Bitcoin fans predict that Bitcoin’s transaction speed would match that of Visa if the Bitcoin network too had a couple of decades of improvements. But these arguments miss the point: by the time Bitcoin achieves Visa’s throughput, Visa itself could double or treble its own performance. Ethereum too is facing similar issues and currently experimenting with various approaches, including sharding and proof-of-stake.

In any case, putting securities data off-chain violates the provisions of the Amendments. “Thus, although the ERC-884 is designed to transfer shares of stock, the share ownership information is captured in an off-chain database,” says Andrea Tinianow, alluding to a derivative of the ERC-20 protocol. “This arrangement is in stark contrast to what was contemplated by the Delaware Blockchain Amendments….”

In contrast, the KoreChain maintains all information on the chain. Scalability and performance are not issues precisely because this is a permissioned chain with functional sharding (a topic for another blog) but no mining, proof-of-work, or proof-of-stake. The KoreToken protocol also addresses the full ecosystem of participants in securities transactions. The implementation of services is too important to leave it to interpretations and all the subsequent hassle of reconciling varied interpretations. For example, even the most basic partial sale of security tokens on a secondary market exchange requires a minimum of twenty-five separate sub-transactions involving upto five participants. In order to be robust, real-life implementations have many more steps. Currently, all these steps do take place, but the majority of them happen after the primary sale transaction occurs. These tasks fall into various groups of activities such as clearance, settlement, reporting, disclosure, and corporate record-keeping.

There is no debate that the whole process is inefficient, costly, and error-prone. This makes the process an excellent candidate for true smart contracts on the blockchain. But this does not imply that the blockchain makes these tasks unnecessary. From the context of a naive security token protocol, Andrea Tinianow points out in her article, “Tokenized shares do not eliminate many of the types of errors that are symptomatic of a system that relies on third-party intermediaries to manage and control shareholder databases.” KoreChain, engineered carefully to be fully compliant with all the complexities of securities regulation and corporate law, mitigates errors and creates efficient end-to-end securities transactions without ignoring the risks. The KoreChain implements all tasks that are mandated by securities regulation and corporate law.

A Security Token for Full Lifecycle Compliance

ICOs suffer from disapproval from not only the SEC but also several media that have banned ICO advertising. This disapproval seems justified, since many of the ICOs had no business plans, no product, no service, no credible team, and no roadmap for generating value. Of the remaining well-intentioned ones, the problem of passing regulatory scrutiny for a utility token is insurmountable since it is a utility in name while a security in intent and form. The only way out is to re-classify it correctly as a security token.

The Responsible Approach of the KoreToken Security Protocol

The ERC-20 protocol and the concept of smart contracts are steps in the right direction for many use cases and great for many applications. However, for the financial markets, we need a protocol that can meet all regulatory requirements. We have taken an approach that originates solidly from securities law. We recognize the paramount need for safety, security, and risk management. We know all parties in a securities transaction must be protected at all times – these are the investors, issuers, directors, officers, lawyers, broker-dealers, transfer agents, secondary exchanges, and secondary token holders. There must be complete traceability and auditability.

Blockchain, in creating an immutable record, guarantees validity and (perhaps eventual) finality. However, this validity is technical validity and finality is the committing of the block to the chain. In the securities world, validity and finality means a lot more. Technical validity is necessary but not sufficient. Validity should include contractual validity and legal validity. Similarly, finality is achieved only upon authorized approval of transactions. KoreChain, our implementation of blockchain using Hyperledger Fabric, addresses this broader and more comprehensive definition of validity and finality. The KoreToken protocol and specification includes modular methods to implement various aspects of business validity and finality.

A Comprehensive Specification and Implementation

The KoreToken’s specification and protocol address the requirements for data and methods for the complete lifecycle of a security token. KoreConX will itself use this specification and protocol to create its own security token as well create security tokens for its issuers. The protocol includes data and methods that fall into three broad categories: public interface layer, business layer, and governance layer. The methods themselves can be invoked by participants in various transactions.

The execution of security transactions, from issuance to corporate actions to exit, cannot happen in a vacuum. Registered entities are accountable for knowing where these securities are, who are their holders, and the state of their compliance. More than issuing a protocol, KoreConX has taken the unique approach of providing a full operational platform as well as partnerships with other participants in the ecosystem such as broker-dealers and secondary market operators. KoreConX itself is an SEC-registered transfer agent, meaning that we can offer full custodianship services for securities.

The KoreToken architecture is modular, allowing security token designers to compose entire securities transactions and implement various use cases. The heavy lifting of blockchain functionality as well as business-related functionality such as event management, transaction management and process management are handled by the KoreChain.

Please see the following Executive KoreBriefing on The KoreToken Specification and Protocol.

We will release the detailed technical whitepaper shortly.

 

Capital Raising “Capital markets point of view” dealer

For private issuers, raising capital is the next natural step once you have exhausted other traditional forms of financing. It becomes even more enticing when you read about other firms doing it, and thinking why shouldn’t that be us.

However, being prepared to take the issuer to the next level can be a source of frustration if you’re not ready for it. Nobody is willing to just hand out money; you have to make a convincing case based on fact and incomplete due diligence documentation can leave you out in the cold.

Issuers must prepare comprehensive information which covers who the guiding minds behind the issuer are, who the current shareholders are, business continuity planning, company financials, what is it that makes you unique and a comparison with competitors in the same industry.

Dealers are bombarded by people who claim to have the next best thing, but if you can’t boil it down to facts and figures, they won’t spend much time looking at you. Using up to date technology to gather all the corporate information is critical to your success. Using a platform to house your cap table management, minute book, financials, investor relations and corporate data in electronic format means you can walk into a meeting prepared for whatever they throw at you.

For dealers, having a platform whereby issuers can login and input all the relevant information that you need from them, allows you to control the process and weed out the unprepared ones before you devote a lot of time to analysing potential deals. A controlled mechanism whereby issuers know what information they need to provide and where to put it, saves everyone significant time and effort.

Taking it one step further, for registered dealers to have the ability to easily showcase their approved products online, along with pertinent information about the issuer – corporate biographies, financial information, information about the proposed raise –  helps dealers to bring their proposed offerings to potential investors. From a compliance perspective, it means having all of your due diligence in one place, for when the regulators come to visit.

Taking it two steps further, for investors to b able to view potential offerings, input their Know Your Client (KYC) information to determine their eligibility, answer questions to determine the suitability of the investment, have the platform conduct the necessary AML checks and then provide an efficient method for payment, once approved by the CCO, and you have an efficient and cost effective ecosystem which helps issuers, dealers and investors communicate.

KoreConX has an all-in-one platform to accomplish this and ensures that all parties are acting in compliance with securities regulations. Issuers can effectively connect with dealers who in turn can connect with investors all while ensuring that they have the necessary KYP/KYC processes and documentation in place, should they get audited.

What is Investor Relations for Private Companies?

While Investor Relations may seem like an all-encompassing term referring to the relationship between investors and the company that they invest in, in practice the definition is more precise.

Investor Relations professionals are tasked with providing investors with up-to-date information on company affairs, so that private and institutional investors stay informed on the goings of companies.

Considered to be a sub department of Public Relations, Investor Relations works to create holistic and financially beneficial communication between investors, shareholders, and the general financial community.

Investor Relations professionals’ are always aware of the key corporate information including in depth knowledge of the product and services offerings, the latest updates on the company’s operational and financial performance, as well as its key performance indicators.

This information is then compiled and presented in a coherent manner so that investors understand how well the company is performing. A description of the company’s financial statements, financial statistics, and an overview of the company’s internal organization is made available to investors. This helps to paint an accurate picture of the company’s private internal workings.

Two-way communication, as opposed to a one-way flow, is essential to investor relations in the modern economic climate that is characterized by periods of high volatility.

Investor Relations has been equated with full disclosure – where only important or relevant information is shared with shareholders. But that is no longer the case.

With the rise in popularity of Alternative Finance Platforms like regulated equity crowdfunding, investors now want, need, and expect so much more: consistent and honest communication between companies and their shareholders. In other words, they want to see full transparency.

It is the responsibility of Investor Relations professionals to integrate finance, communication, marketing, and securities law compliance to enable effective communication between the company and relevant parties.

Why is communication so important? Through transparency, investors are able to get a grasp of the true value of a company’s business. Therefore, the primary goal of Investor Relations is to help investors understand true value of the company and its key performance indicators.

For Investor Relations professionals to be efficient and effective today, they must employ a number of tools to accomplish the above goals and achieving effective two-way communications with investors.

  • Excel sheet to manage shareholders/investors
  • Sales automation tool
  • eMarketing tool
  • Meeting Planner

Time is wasted in trying to combine the data from each of these fragmented tools. KoreConX solves this problem by providing Investor Relations professionals one tool to do what normally takes more than 4. Register today https://bit.ly/2izdVf7

Overview of the features the IR Module will include:

  • Manage Current Shareholders
  • Manage Potential Investors
  • Provide free Portfolio Management tool for investors
  • Meetings (AGM, Shareholders Meeting, One-on-One)
  • Reports (Monthly, Quarterly, Annual, Information Circular, Proxy)
  • Media Releases
  • Social Media
  • eVote (ability for your shareholders to vote online)

and much more

Here is what IR professionals are saying:

“I have been providing investor relations services to private and public companies for 2 decades, and for the first time I’m seeing a tool, KoreConX IR Module, that provides me everything I need to manage shareholders, meetings, reporting and media releases through a single dashboard. This is the tool for every person working in an IR position today.” Kai Blache Investor Relations Professional, Digitz, Cray Pay, TicketSocket, Slyde

Register to pre-launch program. https://bit.ly/2izdVf7

Today Investors Want

The internet changed everything when it was first introduced but it has not been until now that Broker Dealers, Exempt Market Dealers (EMD) are playing catch up to what clients expect from them.

Investor want this today:

They ask for all this because in other parts of their daily lives they are doing their tasks from the comfort of their home.

For Broker Dealers, EMD’s it’s important to not overlook what clients want from a financial services company in today’s market.

What is Portfolio Management?

Anyone that invests in more than one company or investment asset has a portfolio of investments to manage. With global markets opening up and alternative finance platforms such as P2P (Peer to Peer) or Equity Crowdfunding platforms we are seeing a variety of new investments in private companies becoming available to non-accredited investors (non high net worth investors) and accredited investors. Portfolio management isn’t just for the financially savvy accredited investor types, but rather for anyone who invests their money in hopes of making a future return.

For those rainy days, you want to make sure your investments are all kept in check. A portfolio is a collection of these investments . Your portfolio might include investments in shares (including options and warrants), bonds, loans (including convertible debentures, promissory notes), assets, mutual funds and cash.

Portfolio management is not just about managing the amount and types of investments, but it should also provide you the documents, reporting, schedule of shareholder meetings, news and updates from the companies you have invested in. Typically most investors do this in one of two ways: by hiring a portfolio manager who will then charge fees based on the total investment; or the investor manages their own investments using word, excel, and some form of document storage.

There are numerous benefits to working with a portfolio manager. Fiduciary responsibility often tops that list. These managers have a fiduciary duty to act with care and good faith, always keeping in mind the best interest of their clients. However, the vast majority of people don’t use a portfolio manager because they are not economical, they don’t deal with private company investments, or the investor prefers to manage their own investments. The Alternative Finance sector is evidence that more and more people investing in private companies and this type of investment is something that is not normally managed by the traditional portfolio managers.

Until recently, investors have lacked useful tools to manage and track their investments, forcing them to use Excel and filing cabinets. As you can imagine, this is hard to track and manage manually.

A whole new do-it-yourself mentality has people looking for new ways of doing things. With advances in Fintech, Alternative Finance, Crowdfunding, etc. you are seeing more and more pressure to develop efficient online solutions. There are many great advances and new technology solutions being created to assist people in tracking and managing information, and the Portfolio management sector is no different.

Managing your assets can be complicated. This is why we at KoreConX developed our all-in-one business platform with the investor in mind. Recognizing that there are not any good tools for investors to use to effectively manage their private investments, coupled with the new do-it-yourself mentality, we developed a simple to use and FREE Portfolio Management platform. With the KoreConX platform you can manage your investments in private companies whether they are shares, debentures, options, warrants, promissory notes, SAFE’s or Crowd Safe’s as well as all the documents, reporting, voting, news releases and company annual meetings associated with those investments. Through KoreConX you always stay connected to the company you invested in and always have access to your investment documents.

Hiring in the Securities Industry: What you Need to Know

Hiring a new employee can be challenging in any environment, but it’s even harder in the securities industry.  Employee not only have to be the right choice for the firm, but they must also pass muster with the securities regulators who approve registration. In reviewing an application for registration, the regulators focus on three key aspects: proficiency, integrity and solvency.

PROFICIENCY

Securities legislation requires applicants to have the proper education, training and experience in the particular category in which they are applying. Dealing Representatives (DRs) of an Exempt Market Dealer (EMD) must have completed either the Canadian Securities Course (CSC) or the Exempt Markets Products Exam (EMP). There is no requirement to have any previous work experience, just the course completion. If registering through a Portfolio Manager (PM), Associate Advising Representatives (AARs) must have or complete:

  •    CIM or CFA designations; or
  •    CFA’s Level I Exam and 24 months of Relevant Investment Management Experience (RIME)

Advising Representatives (ARs) must have either the CIM and 48 months of experience, or the CFA and 12 months of experience. The course requirements are straightforward in that you either have them or you don’t; interpretation comes into play when examining a prospective employee’s work experience to determine whether she has the relevant experience.

RIME

Relevant work experience is composed of the ability to perform research and analysis, and apply it to portfolio selection. The firm must evaluate a potential applicant’s experience in light of the regulations. Here are some tips for applicants.

  •    There’s a difference between industry experience and RIME. Having worked in corporate finance or as an analyst does not necessarily mean the candidate meets the requirements. For someone like this, regulators may only approve the applicant as an AAR until she gathers the necessary portfolio selection experience.
  •    Letters of recommendation are required from previous jobs. Regulators require letters of confirmation from former supervisors to back up any claims the candidate makes about past experience. This ensures whatever information is filed on the National Registration Database (NRD) is verifiable.
  •    Candidates must apply for registration within 36 months of having taken the necessary courses from when they were last registered in a relevant category, or have 12 months of relevant experience within the last 36 months to maintain the validity of their courses.
  •    There are exceptions. Regulators may entertain exemption applications if the applicant’s industry background does not meet the rules as they are written. But, while many years of relevant experience may make up for a lack of courses, no amount of extra book knowledge can make up for a lack of work experience.

INTEGRITY

Regulators expect that a registrant will act fairly, honestly and in the best interests of their clients—so they must assess the integrity of applicants. This means asking whether the person has ever been investigated by any regulatory body, or been subject to any public proceedings. They also want to know whether she has been involved in any criminal or civil proceedings.

All this information is reviewed in light of assessing the applicant’s character. Further, applicants must disclose whether any non-securities regulators, such as FSCO for insurance and mortgage brokers, regulate them.

This forms part of an applicant’s disclosure about her outside business activities, which may impact how she deals with her clients and the investment recommendations she makes. This includes if she serves on the board of directors of any company, or if she has any other type of relationship with an affiliate.

SOLVENCY

Applicants must reveal on NRD whether they have ever declared bankruptcy, insolvency or are subject to garnishment.

Regulators use this information to assess an applicant’s financial condition. This forms part of the overall process to assess an individual’s suitability for registration, as someone who has had financial problems may not be suitable for registration. Having had this occur does not automatically disqualify someone from being registered—regulators understand that personal events, such as divorce, may lead to bankruptcy. It may simply mean that an individual may be approved but require closer supervision by compliance.

When hiring, a firm obviously wants to employ individuals who will be a good fit, do their job effectively and help the company succeed. However, compliance should be involved in the process by conducting background checks and reviewing an applicant’s education, experience and overall fitness for registration. A firm doesn’t want regulators to unearth problems in the applicant’s past, so make the decision as straightforward as possible.

Proficiency Requirements

Securities legislation is quite clear on what courses and designations you need in order to register in the various categories, but what relevant experience is sufficient is less clear cut. No matter the category you are applying under, the regulators must determine than individual is fit for registration. They look at the proficiency of the individual based on their education, training and whether they have the requisite experience to meet the requirements of the particular category of registration. They also look at an individual’s integrity regarding outside business activities, potential for conflicts of interest – anything which may impact an individual’s ability to deal in the best interests of their client. They also look at the solvency of prospective registrants; a bankruptcy does not automatically disqualify you, but it could.

As for the proficiency requirements, to be a Dealing Representative of an Exempt Market Dealer, you must have completed the Exempt Markets Products Course or the Canadian Securities Course; there is no experience component required. The requirements to be the Chief Compliance Officer have become more stringent, along the lines of other categories of registration. The CCO must now have 12 months of relevant securities experience which includes the training and experience to perform the tasks required of a CCO, such as implementing and maintaining an effective compliance system.

There are only three categories of registration for individuals of a Portfolio Manager: Associate Advising Representative (AAR), Advising Representative (AR) and the CCO. To register as an AAR, you need to have completed either the first level of the CFA program or have achieved the CIM designation and have 24 months of Relevant Investment Management Experience (RIME). AAR’s can meet with clients and can make specific investment recommendations to clients but must be supervised by an AR. The most common qualifications for an AR are the CFA Charter and 12 months of RIME or the CIM designation and 48 months of RIME. The CCO must qualify as an AR and have completed either the PDO Course or Chief Compliance Officers Qualifying Exam.

Where things become less clear relates to exactly what can be considered Relevant Investment Management Experience; this is open to interpretation. Typically, it is made up of the ability to conduct research and analysis of securities in the context of portfolio selection and the ability to manage investment portfolios on a discretionary basis. Just because you have worked in the financial industry does not mean that all your experience is pertinent. You would need to show that you can conduct independent analysis of securities and then be able to create a portfolio according to clients’ needs.

There are many instances where individuals do not qualify, such as someone who works in corporate finance performing take-over bids and mergers and acquisitions. Their ability to conduct securities analysis may not be questioned, but the ability to apply it to portfolio selection is difficult to prove. Registered Representatives of IIROC firms do not typically qualify because although they do make specific investment recommendations and do construct client portfolios, many are limited by their firms to specific model portfolios, which may not involve the in-depth analysis the regulators require. MFDA Representatives also usually do not qualify because they are selling pre-packed products which do not involve the necessary analysis. However, each application is reviewed according to the information provided by the applicant so it is important to highlight relevant experience showing your activities in this field.

For those individuals that do not have the necessary courses to neatly fit into the requirements, there is the possibility of filing an exemption application. However, you would have to have many years of relevant experience to make up for the lack of book knowledge. A simple rule of thumb is that enough experience can make up for a lack of courses, but no amount of courses can make up for a lack of experience. In applying to be registered under a Portfolio Manager, the regulators do ask for letters from former supervisors attesting to your past activities and should match what you have put in your application, so always leave your past employers on good terms because you will need their support when seeking registration.

The Death of the ICO and the RISE of #TAO

The term ICO has been very confusing to the investing market, even those selling ICOs have no understanding of it — when you start asking questions people give you a look like a deer caught in headlights. So, what does ICO stand for?

#ICO = Initial Coin Offering

COIN = CURRENCY = MONEY

The most famous coin in the world is the “Bitcoin” there are many others but it’s the one that started it all.

So, the question is, of the 254 registered ICOs how many of them are COIN offerings vs TOKEN offerings?

Over 90% of the ICO’s in 2017 were actually Initial TOKEN Offering (ITO) but in a frenzy the term did not catch on and the market got misled creating confusion between tokens and coins.

Maturing through 2018:

With the banning of ICOs by Facebook and more organizations to follow, the term has become tainted creating both a perception and image issue.

For companies who are going to launch their TOKEN offering then it’s time for the market to be informed properly of what you are doing. Take the first step.

Education

There are two types of TOKEN Offerings and you must clearly identify this. The market has awaken and you can no longer afford to play coy with the market.

Utility Token

(use the term ITO “Initial Token Offering” to reflect your offering, the purchasers of your token will automatically know what you are selling and what to expect)

AND

Security Token

(Use TAO “Token Asset Offering” or STO “Security Token Offering” this will help investors understand the investment opportunity you are presenting

2018 is the year of the TAO and companies like FileCoin, and KodackCoin have shown that the market is ready and prepared to invest in these tokens that are properly structured and articulated to the market.

Product Due Diligence (Company/Issuer)

Dealing Representatives are only allowed to sell products that have been approved by the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) — and only after they’ve been trained on a product features, risks and costs. Depending on your firm’s size, product due diligence may be performed by the CCO herself, or by a dedicated corporate finance team.

Here’s how you can supplement your firm’s process.

  1. STICK TO WHAT YOU KNOW

It makes sense to only look at opportunities that fit in with your expertise. If you are expert in mining, it is unlikely that you would be in a position to effectively evaluate the future prospects of a technology firm. If the investor in interested in a product that you don’t understand, you have a responsibility to turn them away or refer them to a qualified colleague.

  1. ASK WHO’S BEHIND THE PRODUCT

A product is only as good as the guiding minds behind it. Research who they are, where they’ve worked and how their experience applies to this venture. You want to do business with a management team that has the necessary expertise and a proven track record.

Also, look for potential conflicts of interest. For instance, if you’re vetting an exempt product, you may want to avoid a car part manufacturer that receives services from a related company (i.e., both companies are owned by the same people). That manufacturer may not look for the best deal on services if management receives compensation on both sides of the deal.

  1. SCRUTINIZE THE PRODUCT ITSELF

Examine the investment’s features to determine whether the product’s structure is overly complex and whether there is sufficient transparency in the product’s disclosures. What are the expected returns and do they make sense given the risks?

You’ll also need to determine the risks to a profitable outcome. This is particularly important when examining an illiquid product, which will offer few opportunities for selling if the investment does not perform as expected.

To do so, look at internal and external factors: if the CEO dies, are their qualified people to take over? If the first product prototype fails, does the company have enough cash to try again? If the Canadian dollar goes up, how would that impact the firm’s operating costs? If you recommend this product to a client, could they lose the full investment?

You also have to look at where the product is situated within its industry. Does the firm have something to offer that no one else does? Why would you choose this investment and not another one? You also have to ensure that the product issuers are abiding by their regulatory obligations regarding appropriate disclosure in their offering documents. Depending on the nature of the product, they may need to produce audited financial statements, file exempt distribution reports on a timely basis and have their marketing material conform to securities legislation. The type of product and how it is distributed will determine what sort of filings have to be done and whether or not they’re public. However, as part of the due diligence process, the issuer must be willing to share whatever information is necessary for you to make an informed opinion on the suitability of the investment.

  1. PUSH FOR BETTER ADVISOR TRAINING

Your firm should be able to provide detailed information to prospective clients about the product and teach you to do a suitability analysis. The training should include specific information about the features, risks, and costs associated with the investment. It should also explain what differentiates this product from others available. The compliance department must document who has attended the training and when, and include copies of the presentations in those people’s training files.

Having a compliance platform in place to manage both KYP and KYC, as offered by KoreConX, will help you to manage your due diligence process. All firms inherently do due diligence as part of their business activities, but one must be able to document each step in the process to show why one particular investment was favoured over another.

Wild Wild West of ICO’s time to move over, Regulated ICO’s are coming (#TAO)

Those that can remember the wild wild west of crowdfunding back in 2010-2011 will have a feeling of dejavu seeing the 2017 ICO market take off.  Not that crowdfunding ever saw the numbers that we are seeing in the ICO market, but that is because the securities regulators stepped in early when crowdfunding launched in order to protect the market.

What ICO’s are demonstrating, that crowdfunding never had the chance to, is the global willingness of investors from a variety of countries to invest in all sorts of early stage companies.  The main reason here why ICO’s are having success where crowdfunding did not comes down to the underlying technology, namely “Blockchain”.

ICO’s have demonstrated that investors are willing to invest in companies anywhere in the world.  Traditionally, it was believed that investors like to only invest locally.  This local investing premise has been the driving force behind the success of Silicon Valley and other hot spots where companies and local investors meet.  

So what is different with ICO’s?  It is mainly due to the underlying Blockchain technology that brings TRUST to investors/contributors who immediately get a token in exchange for their contribution.  

According to the cryptocurrency statistics website Coinschedule, a total of 235 ICO’s have raised over $3.7 billion in 2017.  There does not appear to be any slow down in this market as this seems to be the new flavour for companies raising money.

Going forward what does it mean for investors and issuers alike who are preparing for the opportunity of utilizing an ICO as a way of accessing capital in 2018?

The wild wild west of ICO’s is now done and the days of fluff whitepapers, will not be enough to get your ICO off the ground.  Going forward companies will need to comply with full disclosures, managing, directors, agreements, compensation, financial statements, etc

So where to start:

I won’t go into the merits of which type of token you want to offer: utility or security.  This article will be solely based on Regulated ICO, Security Token, or TAO (Token Asset Offering) in the USA and Canada for companies, investors and platform operators.  But I strongly believe that most global regulators (as we are seeing more and more) will be regulating ICO’s as securities.

What is a Security Token, Regulated Token, or TAO?

The main characteristic of all of these that is important to understand is that they are subject to securities laws.  The token has to be sold through a securities exemption to allow the investor to purchase and sell the token in a secondary exchange.

It’s very important to understand the exemptions you will use to sell your Security Token as each one will have different qualifications and rights to the investor who is purchasing your token.  This is outside of the workings of your token, these exemptions must and should be applied using a smart contract to protect the company, investor and platform who are all part of the crowd sale for the Security Token.

For the pre-sale stage of your Security Token companies are opting for issuing a Simple Agreement For Future Tokens (“SAFT”) to investors, this allows the company the time to build out its protocol and issue the token to the general public under the securities exemptions they will use.  The SAFT was created by one of the leading authorities in the USA Marco Santori at Cooley LLP.  

What is a SAFT?  Simple Agreement for Future Tokens

As outlined in the article, SAFTs are designed to be sold to accredited investors as a means of funding development in a way similar to the way equity changes hands in traditional venture capital. In a SAFT sale, no coins are ever offered, sold or exchanged, rather, money is exchanged for traditional paper documents that promise access to future tokens.

Now we have the framework so let’s look at how investors, companies and platforms operated by dealer can participate in these Security Tokens.

USA Investors, Issuers & Platforms

USA has two main exemptions that investors must fall under in order to invest:  

  • Accredited Investor (AI) 506(c) Reg D

Any accredited investor (AI) who qualifies under the regulations can invest any amount and purchase Security Tokens from any qualified issuer.  The AI will have the ability to also sell and exchange their security token in a secondary security exchange like Overstock Tzero.  Filecoin raised US$150M utilizing this exemption with a SAFT.

  1. Non accredited Investors RegA+

This is for everyone else over the age of 18 who can now invest in companies and also have the ability to purchase Security Tokens.  For companies who have used this exemption it has allowed investors after a 4 month hold to sell their securities in public stock exchanges.  For the same to occur in token’s a new exchange will be required to able to sell or purchase these tokens.  

For companies based in the USA you have two exemptions under which you can sell your Security Tokens.  For non USA based companies you can only used the AI exemption unless you are a Canadian based company in which case you are allowed to use the RegA+.

Canadian Issuers & Platforms

Canada is similar to the USA in that it has two exemptions that can be utilized by investors:

  • Accredited Investor Exemption

Similar to that of the US, and many global jurisdictions, AI’s can invest in private companies.  Any issuer, Canadian or not, can use this exemption to raise money from AI’s in Canada.

  1. Non Accredited Offering Memorandum (OM) Exemption

Canada offers two types of non-accredited investors under the (OM exemption).  Anyone over the age of 18 (with limits) can invest and purchase securities and Security tokens but they are not able to resell them on any secondary exchange.  

Any issuer, Canadian or not, can use this exemption to raise money in Canada.  Issuers can use the OM to sell their tokens to investors which allows you to reach everyone over the age of 18 who can invest as low as $100.  So this exemption gives you the ability to reach the masses.  Any investor who purchased a token under this exemption there is no liquidity, you cannot take his token to an exchange to trade.

Summary

For issuers you need to understand the exemptions that you can use and how it will impact your investors.  For companies based in the US and Canada, you must follow these exemptions to make sure you are not offside with securities regulators.

For issuers from outside of USA and Canada, you need to understand what investors you might be able to sell to and what your regulatory requirements are for accepting that investment in your Security Token.

The best exemption at the moment in both countries and globally is the AI (accredited Investor) exemption. This exemption allows the AI to take their token to a secondary exchange and sell it to another AI.

2018 first company to announce a Security Token is KodakCoin who has also made a follow on announcement that it will list its coins on TZeros secondary exchange for Security Tokens.  

As you can see the emergence of Security Token is already happening so it is time to get your company ready for the new wave – Security Tokens ( #TAO ).

Investor Relations Hashtag #IRPrivate

I know what you are thinking, why on earth do a blog regarding a hashtag.  Clearly everyone knows what Investor Relations (IR) is and how to find it.

I felt that it was time to launch a new tool to find information about private companies online for 2018.

Like any good article I wanted to make sure it had the two elements:

The Problem
Yes it’s true globally we all know the term Investor Relations (IR).  Most companies hire an IR professional internally or externally to perform investor relations functions.  The problem is when you go online and start searching on google, twitter, facebook, and LinkedIn and you search for IR, all you get is IR for public listed companies.  The hashtags they have are all about public listed companies.

2nd part to our problem.  
With the emergence of online investing also known as “Equity Crowdfunding and ICO’s” these private companies conduct themselves like public companies

Although these companies are still private, the tools and strategy that you would apply to public listed company does not work with private companies.

Private companies have one great advantage over public listed companies and that is they know all their shareholders.  Each shareholder is directly connected to their company unlike listed companies.

The industry is maturing and more companies are understanding the value of having the appropriate strategy, resources and tools for performing their IR strategy.

We are also seeing a convergence of IR professionals leaving the public listed companies to take their experience and apply it to private companies.

More investors today are investing in private companies and private companies need the guidance, strategy, resources, experts and tools to be able to deliver.

The Solution
The private companies need a way to be seen and filtered separately from the publicly listed companies.  The introduction of this new hashtag will help the industry, media, journalists, investors and market at large.

Today private companies, professionals, service providers, etc.. can use the hashtag  #IRPrivate

Looking forward to seeing the activity of private companies using the hashtag and those who are engaged in providing services, tools, etc to private companies.

Happy Investor Relations #IRPrivate

2018 The year that Private Companies enhance their Investor Relations (IR) efforts.

The Good, The Bad, and the Confusing Messaging

Think of yourself standing in front of a room full of strangers, about to give a speech on particle physics.  You don’t know if they are experts on the topic, or know nothing at all.  You don’t know what their interests are, what they think you’re going to tell them, what they want to hear about, or even what language they speak.  What if, on top of that, there were rules about how and when you could speak to them.  How would you make your case?  What would you say?  How would you make sure you’re understood? Would you try and say anything at all?

This is the issue most companies face when it comes to shareholder communications. When I began researching this article, it initially seemed that discussions about shareholder communications and tactics only happened during proxy season, or the time of year when most companies hold their annual shareholder meetings.   There’s volumes of material analyzing proxy season trends, pointing to spikes in engagement at that time.

But even these discussions recognize that the shareholder relationships are evolving, becoming more involved.   Increasingly, the powers that be in many organizations are beginning to appreciate the need for proactive shareholder communication, and directly engaging year-round.  If communications are reactive only, then boards and management are opening themselves up to risk.  Shareholders are interested in transparency and being actively engaged by the companies they have invested in.  56% of S&P 500 companies disclosed engaging with investors in 2015.  This is up from a mere 6% in 2010.

Larger companies establish strict parameters for information flow, drafting Shareholder Communication Engagement Policies detailing who, what, when, where, how, and why.  The goal of such policies is to ensure transparent, accurate, and open communications that lead to good governance, and they reveal a slowly shifting perspective on proper governance, and what it means to be a good corporate citizen.  They’re often publicly available to review, and easily searched.

Investors are wary of engagement for engagement’s sake alone, but the fact remains that transparency, quality of communications, and building in mechanisms to keep shareholders in the loop are measures essential to not only reducing the chances of shareholder activism and risk, but also improving overall relations, and creating good will.

Case in point, there are volumes of conversation around what best practices in Investor Relations are.  Under some definitions, these are practices most widely adopted because they minimize possible legal compliance issues, and are standard practice, but investor relations is multifaceted, as is the related discussion.

When Vanguard announced it would urge the boards of companies it’s invested in to  found a Shareholder Liaison Committee in December of 2014, it sparked a conversation about shareholder-director communications, and the idea that directors can and should be shareholder advocates, according to Edelman.  It marks a departure from the, at times cozy, relationship boards have had with management in the past that has left shareholders in the dark, and out of the conversation.  Often the purview of management alone, boards have been hesitant at times to add their voices to the conversation for fear of creating a conflict, but how can they be effective spokespeople for their shareholders if not involved in the dialogue?

What is obvious is that in the age of information gluttony, engagement is unavoidable, and when done right, extremely beneficial.  Over the course of this series on Shareholder Communications, we’ll dive in depth into best practices, dos and don’ts, regulations, trends, and pitfalls of silence.

Compliance Review

Compliance Review

Compliance reviews by regulators follow a prescribed format depending on what has triggered the visit, whether a full compliance review, targeted review or a for-cause review based on information that has come to their attention. But, during any type of review, there are certain deficiencies that are more significant than others. Here’s what regulators look for.

  1. STRENGTH OF COMPLIANCE SYSTEMS

Many firms go through the whole registration process, and still don’t have a solid compliance system in place. This includes: detailed written policies and procedures that actually reflect what the firm does and how it operates; and all staff having ready access to it. Firms must devote sufficient resources to compliance based on their size, complexity and potential for associated risks. Firms can’t expect advisors to do the right thing without giving them specific written rules. These should include how to gather KYC information, explain the products available, what documentation is required, marketing rules and general employee conduct. The Chief Compliance Officer must, on an annual basis, also produce an annual report to the board assessing how the firm is complying with securities legislation, including any deficiencies and how they’re being addressed. Regulators will read this report to get an idea of how seriously the firm takes its compliance responsibilities.

  1. DEALING WITH CLIENTS IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS

Advisors cannot deal with clients in other provinces unless they’re registered there. If your client moves to another province, then the mobility exemption will allow you to continue dealing only with those types of clients, with certain restrictions.

For those clients who live outside of Canada, you have to ensure you meet the registration requirements of the foreign jurisdiction. The rules vary greatly from country to country, and regulators will expect you to have taken steps to confirm you’re not contravening foreign regulations. Their view is that if you contravening the regulations of another jurisdiction, then you are not taking your compliance responsibilities seriously.

  1. OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

Advisors must disclose all OBAs on the National Registration Database (NRD) and detail what policies are in place to mitigate the potential for conflicts of interest. This disclosure includes items such as: if you’re licensed to sell insurance; have a holding company; coach junior hockey; and are involved in a charity or a religious organization. It’s best to over-disclose to ensure you’re not accused of hiding anything.

Regulators will review OBAs to determine whether you’re using your position unfairly and to the detriment of the client. This is particularly important when you are promoting a product from a related issuer as many EMDs do. You have to be extremely careful to show that, even though you have a vested interest in promoting a particular issuer, you are still acting in the best interests of the client. A fulsome suitability review and backup notes must explain why the investment was appropriate for the client. This includes a detailed KYC form containing information about the client’s current financial position, their objectives, investment knowledge and risk tolerance. In recommending a particular product, advisors need to explain in writing what makes this investment appropriate, as opposed to similar products. Simply ticking the boxes on the KYC form does not demonstrate that you have had a meaningful discussion with a client.

  1. DELEGATING KYC AND SUITABILITY TO A THIRD PARTY

In some firms, relationship managers, account executives or other third parties fill out KYC forms. Regulators have repeatedly stated this does not conform to registration requirements, nor does it ensure that an advisor will deal fairly, honestly and in good faith with a client. The view is that these third parties are not qualified to have the type of meaningful conversation that a registered individual needs to have to determine the client’s financial needs. Further, it doesn’t give the advisor an opportunity to explain the firm’s investment strategies and what the client can expect. This leads to client confusion about who is actually managing her account, and leaves an advisor open to claims that certain investments were inappropriate if the KYC is deficient. So, you must make every effort to meet clients face-to-face. If that’s not possible, at least speak to each client via phone or email. And ensure compliance doesn’t sign off on an application until they’re confident the client information is accurate and investments are suitable.

  1. SELLING SECURITIES TO NON-QUALIFIED INVESTORS

The current rules surrounding distributing prospectus-exempt products can be confusing and don’t easily apply to clients’ real-life situations. However, if an advisor cannot clearly show that a client qualifies as an accredited investor, and that the investment is suitable, compliance has a duty to reject the trade. You need to ask detailed questions and take copious notes to explain the client’s financial position, and why you’re recommending a particular investment over another. The sale of securities to non-qualified investors is a serious breach of securities legislation, and can lead to having your registration terminated, the trade being unwound and even the firm’s registration being suspended.

A compliance review can be a useful tool to determine how effective you are in adhering to securities legislation. Perform an internal review, which includes an annual review of your policies and procedures manual, all NRD profiles, and a random sample of client accounts. Having a compliance platform in place to manage both KYP and KYC, as offered by KoreConX, goes a long way to preparing your firm in case the Regulators come knocking.

Happy 2nd Anniversary KoreConX !

We are so excited to be celebrating the 2nd year anniversary of the KoreConX all-in-one business platform launch.  It’s amazing how fast the past 2 years have gone by.  We have made friends all over the world who have shared their stories of how they use KoreConX to manage their investments with our Portfolio Management tool and how managing their companies corporate information is so easy.

We want to thank you for making our journey an amazing one and to let you know we are just getting started.   Our goal is to help the millions of companies around the world, and their stakeholders, to better manage, organize, share and communicate their information.

To achieve our goal we provide a free all-in-one business platform that provides (among other things):

  • Structured file management with access level sharing;
  • Boardroom management tools to schedule meetings, manage committees and ensure compliance;
  • Deal Room feature that we will continually update with third party financing sources you can apply to;
  • Captable management to manage all your companies securities; and
  • Portfolio management section allowing you to keep securities holders connected and up to date.  

By providing this platform, companies can finally move their businesses out of the dark ages and onto a platform that will keep evolving by adding new features and third party services that may be of use to you while you run your business.

In keeping with our plan, we will be introducing additional functionality over the coming months that you will be able to utilize on a subscription basis but without affecting the features you already use for free.

So what is in store for you in the coming months?  Here are some of the new features and services we are adding (or have already added):

New Investor Relations Module (subscription service):
This is going to help companies stay connected to their securities holders by providing:

  • Online reporting in a secured environment, ensuring your private information isn’t at risk of being intercepted via unsecure email channels

  • Plan your Annual General Shareholder Meeting (AGM) directly in this new module

  • Messaging securely with shareholder and track their engagement

  • Use our eVoting tool to tally votes in real time

We have been busy testing the IR Module and we will soon provide you with the opportunity to take advantage of this new enhancement.  For more information, or to be one of our first 1,000 subscribers eligible to take advantage of our early bird 50% special for the first year, please click here…

Transfer Agent (subscription service)
For those companies that need a third party custodian to manage your securities, we at KoreConX are now offering this service at a much reduced rate than other providers in the sector.  But not only are we doing it cheaper, we will give you full transparency at all times through our dashboard.  In light of USA securities rules that require companies with 500 or more shareholders to have a transfer agent, we felt it was time someone helped out the small to medium sized private companies with the right solution.  So for those companies about to do a capital raise and are considering crowdfunding please consider our transfer agent services to help you out.

Personal Dashboard
Some of you may have already noticed and for those who have not, please login you see your new Personal Dashboard.  We simplified the dashboard to help you navigate and find what you need faster.  We look forward to your feedback.

Company Dashboard
The company dashboard has also received a major facelift that will help companies manage all their activities more efficiently.

Portfolio Management
We have done a major rebuild on your personal portfolio and corporate portfolio pages.  Now you will be able to see your security holdings information, the company details, reports, meetings, and any eVoting items that you need to deal with.

Yes ONE login Yes ONE platform

The All-in-ONE platform

The promise land of technology since the early days (going back to the 80’s) was to have one platform to make us more efficient, bring us online to collaborate and connect to a variety of other technology services like Fintech, InsurTech, LegalTech, RegTech, etc.

The internet changed a lot for businesses and how companies operate.  The emergence of online applications became the way for most of us to manage our business with such companies as Quickbooks, FreshBooks, Zero that provide you online accounting; Hubspot, SalesForce, Agile that provide you CRM online; and the list goes on and on in an attempt to automate different departmental functions of your businesses.

The challenge most companies are now having is how to manage all these applications which are all standalone online.  First came NetSuite, the perfect platform to manage the daily operations of a company (Accounting, Sales, HelpDesk, etc..).

What NetSuite has done for the day to day operations of a business, KoreConX is doing for companies corporate, boardroom and investment activities.  The KoreConX all-in-one platform helps companies manage their non day to day operations such as: BoardRoom, Cap Table, Shareholders (all securities holders), DealRoom, Portfolio (Investments), Investor Relations and so much more…

The 21st Century is about ONE login ONE Platform                          KoreConX

 

 

Shareholders = Customers = Ambassadors

Each interview I’ve had in the past two weeks has asked a question about how some companies or outsiders believe that having a large pool of investors is not good for a company and is distracting. I pondered my response on a number of occasions and then I reflected on comments from the founders of the JOBS Act (Sherwood Neis, Jason Best and Douglas Ellenoff) that crowdfunding is the democratization of capital and the “publification” of private companies. They went on to state that when investors invest in companies through these equity crowdfunding portals, the investors become the best ambassadors to the company.

So the creators of the JOBS Act envisioned what really was going to happen, and for it to work, the relationship between the company and its shareholders would change. Since the entire world is being disrupted by this new crowdfunding sector, it makes sense that even the roles of companies and the relationships they have with shareholders would fundamentally change.

Let’s Look at the Attributes of the “Customer” from a Company Perspective

A company cannot survive without customers. In fact, it’s often said the first customer the company receives is really investing in the company. Wow – “investing”.

So how does the company go about getting this customer, attracting new ones and managing them? The company employs a sales and marketing team to attract and maintain customers, and will also provide customer support. I only need look at our own company. At KoreConX we have invested heavily on attracting the best for each of these roles.

These individuals are responsible for learning about the needs of the customers today and tomorrow. Understanding what customers are looking for in a company and where the customers can be found is crucial to effectively marketing to them. It is important to demonstrate your thought leadership in your sector and why your product or service is better or unique.

All the work we do to attract customers and maintain them is truly amazing. All of these activities are being managed by a number of tools such as HubSpot, Salesforce and Lynkos that can manage all your activities with the customers and documents you send, tracking tools to see if they read it, etc. Companies around the world spend billions in this area because they understand that the more automation we add, the better we are at serving our customers.

The justification for the cost or investment by the company is simple. Companies do all this so the customers will keep buying, in essence re-investing in the company.

Great companies like Google, Inc. ($GOOG) have shown the world that every person is a customer and a shareholder that can eventually become your ambassador, and that is priceless to your brand and company.

The New View of a “Shareholder

The first investor in a company is often a customer who sees the great opportunity and vision the company is building.

The problem is that companies see shareholders as a burden, and make no effort to apply the same logic or business sense as they do for their customer acquisition and maintenance. In reality, shareholders are even bigger brand ambassadors than customers, and should be afforded the same care and consideration. Since shareholders identified the company as being worthy of investment, and they have a vested interest in the success of the business, they will always be the best brand ambassadors.

Yes, I said Shareholder = Customers = Ambassador!

Think of a time when you have either heard from a friend or told a friend the following: “Wow, Apple ($AAPL) iPhone and Apple Watch is a great combo, and see all the great things it does? If you use it so often and talk about it so much you must own shares.” This implies that if you are a true brand ambassador you must be a shareholder.

Equity Crowdfunding and the Growth of your Brand Ambassadors

In today’s social media driven world, people are connecting on a much more personal level to businesses and/or products that they are interested in. The emergence of equity crowdfunding presents an amazing opportunity for companies to capitalize by turning their loyal and dedicated ambassadors into shareholders and vice versus.

Because in today’s world, they will be connected with you and your company and your team using all the social media properties that they can find you in so they can feel connected. They want to be cheerleaders for your company because they believe in what you are doing.

The interesting thing that companies have severely overlooked with shareholders is that these individuals invested in their company and did not receive a product, and that these individuals will sell more of your products/services than any new customer you attract to your business.

Companies need to apply the same principles they have for operating the front lines of their business to the way they deal with their shareholders. Spending time cultivating, converting, empowering and managing shareholders will yield exponential returns. Which means you need to see both customers and shareholders as equally vital to the company’s success and be vigorous in using tools like KoreConX.

KoreConX provides you with the missing piece to efficiently and effectively bring the companies together with their shareholders, to manage them, empower them, connect them, and make them the best ambassadors of your company. Equity Crowdfunding is about disrupting how things have been done, not just for raising capital, but for creation of legal documents, due diligence processes, and most importantly how you manage those valuable new shareholders/ambassadors.

So embrace the 50, 100, 1000, or 4000 new shareholders! I’ve never known any company that does not want customers to help them grow their business. What is great about equity crowdfunding is that the more shareholders you have, the more ambassadors for your brand, and the more new customers they will drive to you to help you grow your business.

I say welcome and embrace equity crowdfunding, and make it work to your advantage.

Register today to manage your new ambassadors:

https://koreconx.com/user_signups/new_signup

Who is KoreConX

Welcome to the KoreConX blog. You are probably wondering who we are and what we do?

As our first blog, we wanted to start by telling you our story, explaining what we do and our target audience.

First lets start with our company name. For us, it was important to select a name that would to speak to everyone that would use our platform. We faced major challenges since the audience we serve is global and have similar but different requirements. See the info-graphic below to understand the attributes, stakeholders, and eco-system our platform supports.

At the Kore of our business, is the legal entity that needs to reduce their regulatory risks. Our secure patent-pending technology platform was developed to help entities manage their corporate records while connecting them to valuable tools and services in the capital markets, private equity, mergers and acquisitions (M&A), and crowdfunding industries. The infrastructure platform we provide connects (ConX) the eco-systems together for entities to effectively and efficiently manage their business while maintaining proper governance, transparency and compliance.

We are at the Kore of the eco-systems where our platform ConX all the pieces…hence KoreConX was born.

“I believe that KoreConX provides real value to our company and our shareholders. For us it provides an integrated, secure, transparent and efficient way for the management of WAFU to interact with its shareholders and its board of directors. The time and costs saving alone make it a no brainer for a small company like ours which currently has 20-30 shareholders but which is expecting to expand to more than 50 shareholders as a result of our upcoming equity crowdfunding round.” per Gil-Michel Garcia, CEO, WAFU

To understand KoreConX better let’s start with the users (the people) we support in our platform. Each entity or organization is run by key people such as the President, CEO, CFO, CCO, COO, Corporate Secretary, IR (Investor Relations), Partner, or Executive Director (collectively known as the “Management”). To make effective decisions, the Management works alongside the external users (people) such as the Lawyers, Accountants, Board of Directors, Members and Shareholders. Together the internal and external users make up the Stakeholders of an entity.

Each of these Stakeholders will want to use the KoreConX platform for different functions that are inherent to their position within their entity.

The one thing that all our users have in common is their connection to an entity (in our world an entity is our “Client”). An entity is governed by a legal structure that all users must work within. The types of entities that use our platform are Private Companies, Non-Profit Organizations, Public Listed Company, Associations, Condominium and Strata Corporations.

The legal structure of each entity is represented by the articles, bylaws and minute book that dictate how the Stakeholders are to run the business; how to conduct themselves in their organization; and acts as a historical record.

Stakeholders engage the KoreConX platform for the ability to: Manage their information more effectively and securely; Organize it so it can be understood and easily accessed by all; Share in a collaborative manner; and Communicate with all key Stakeholders in a secure environment.

KoreConX allows organizations to demonstrate that they are citizens of good governance, maintaining their compliance and being fully transparent to relevant Stakeholders.

Why is this all important? Our Clients need to appropriately manage corporate records because they may need to access capital via equity/debt investment; they may need to prepare for an M&A transaction; and/or they may wish to seek a public listing for their stock. It is also very important to properly manage these records to avoid regulatory risks or financial damages.

KoreConX is a multi-jurisdictional eco-system connector that facilitates efficient and effective management of corporate records in a secure online cloud. We are here to save our Clients time and money and facilitate good governance and compliance.

We are delighted to say that the CROWD helped us in the last mile of making our decision with our name “KoreConX”. Just further validating the power of the CROWD when you need help. Entrepreneurs not only can use the CROWD to access money, but could utilizing them to access new clients, partners or in our case feedback on the company name.

We are happy to present to you our new venture:

Facebook News

Visit us at www.koreconx.com to “Be the first” “all-in-one” (#BeTheFirst) to partner with us or to register, or see how we can help you.

Don’t Let Compliance Become Chaos

Are you spending too much time on compliance and getting frustrated with all the paperwork? Compliance Officers have to deal with compliance and regulatory issues on a daily basis, but it does not have to be a burden or paper shuffling affair. The smart Compliance Officers take control of their situation and find effective and efficient tools to make their lives easier.

Kore Platforms, in partnership with KoreConX, have developed an elegant automated solution to make your life easier. Imagine a system that is automated from beginning to end for all of the investor, issuer and the Compliance Officer. That means automated due diligence and investment process that includes ID Verification, AML checks, KYC and suitability as well as managing the payments using VISA, MC, AMEX, VISA/MC Debit, eCheque, TFSA and RRSP. As a Compliance professional wouldn’t it be great to manage all your work through one convenient dashboard that tracks all your historical work and keeps you audit ready at all times?

If you would like to learn more, click below to see a demo.

How to Build an Effective Compliance System

Regulators are paying increasing attention to firms’ compliance structures to ensure there is a system of control and supervision in accordance with securities rules and regulations. The system should include internal procedures to detect non-compliance and contain remedies to resolve these issues. By implementing online technologies to assist and make compliance more efficient.

Here’s what should be part of your compliance system.

  1. THE NATURE OF THE FIRM’S BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

This includes the products you sell, who has responsibility for what, and the types of clients you serve. The key personnel that should be in charge are the Ultimate Designated Person (UDP) and Chief Compliance Officer (CCO). The role of UDP lies with the CEO of the firm or the individual acting in a similar capacity. The UDP must ensure there are sufficient resources dedicated to compliance, show visible commitment, foster a culture of compliance and oversee the system. This is done by having regular contact with the CCO on compliance issues and communicating to staff its importance and the risks of failing to adhere to their obligations. This person doesn’t need to be involved in day-to day compliance issues — that responsibility falls to the CCO, who must meet the applicable proficiency requirements.

  1. SPECIFIC CONTROLS TO MINIMIZE RISK AND PROTECT CLIENT ASSETS

You can mitigate potential risks by having accurate books and records, ensuring trading is closely monitored, managing conflicts of interest, and having procedures to detect money laundering (AML). Firms must determine areas of non-compliance and have a structure to remediate these problem areas. Day-to-day monitoring includes reviewing trading, approving new account applications and reviewing marketing materials to ensure that the disclosure conforms to securities regulations. The size and scope of the firm will determine how closely involved the CCO needs to be, as certain activities may be delegated to other employees. The CCO may delegate the creation of marketing material, the preparation of regulatory filings and the initial review of a client complaint to Branch Managers or other staff within the Compliance Department. However, the CCO must sign off on all final documentation.

  1. A COMPREHENSIVE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES MANUAL

This guide ensures that everyone understands the steps the firm needs to take to function effectively. It should be tailored to actual operations, and closely reflect the firm’s business activities. The manual should set out who does what and when, the steps for new account opening procedures, trading policies, how research is conducted, and what books and records need to be kept. And when conducting these activities, firms must clearly document their actions because that’s what regulators look for when they conduct an audit. It’s not simply a matter of doing it properly; it’s about showing you’ve done it in accordance to internal policies and securities regulations. This includes keeping a folder of marketing material and having the CCO approve each communication. The folder should also include employees’ disclosures of outside business activities, and those disclosure documents should indicate senior management approval where applicable.

  1. CCO ANNUAL REPORT.

The CCO is required to provide this report to the board of directors, detailing the firm’s adherence to its compliance responsibilities. It should include what legislative changes took place in the past year, and how the firm made the necessary adjustments to comply. The CCO must reveal whether there have been instances of non-compliance, how they were dealt with, and what future obligations the firm must meet. When a regulator does an audit, being forthcoming will indicate that your firm is serious about its compliance responsibilities.

Maintaining an effective system is a firm-wide responsibility. Each employee must keep compliance in the forefront of their minds to fulfill the requirement in order to operate in the best interests of clients.

Till now accomplishing the compliance requirements had been daunting task for compliance professionals and costly for firms.  Today the tools are available for compliance teams to accomplish these regulated tasks.

Typically we have seen compliance tools solely for the backend of the firm but now we have companies like KoreConX which provides a compliance platform that manages both the KYP, KYC and the compliance process around both.  This by far reduces the cost for a firm to have all its information centralized and accessible, which can be very advantageous at audit time or regulatory reporting.

How should I manage my shareholders?

Just raised money via crowdfunding? Have you raised money traditionally several times and have lots of shareholders to manage? So, what is the best way to manage all your shareholders?

Managing one’s shareholders via equity crowdfunding is something that gets raised a lot. It is a hot topic because now companies are finding they have shareholder bases of well over 50 shareholders and find this burdensome. This can also be the case if you have raised money outside of crowdfunding also. Are your shareholders a burden? If you answered yes, then there is a problem. Shareholders are and should be your biggest advocates. They believe so much in what you are doing they invested their money in your business. There are fewer bigger advocates then those willing to stick their necks out with the founders and help your business grow. See Oscar Jofre’s article on making shareholders your business champions….

The quickest way to turn a shareholder into a burden is by avoiding them. Keeping them in the dark, failing to communicate, and waiting for them to harass you for an update turns them from champion to burden. Remember that the customer that has a bad experience is 10 times more vocal than the happy customer, well the same applies to shareholders. We believe that frequent updates and transparency on how your business is doing is the best approach to keep the engine running smoothly and the engage your shareholders.

But my business isn’t going as well as I had planned and I’m afraid to tell my shareholders. If this is your concern, it is a common one. However, by not telling them you are failing to give them a chance to help you. Your shareholders bought into your business because they like it. Some of them may have run businesses themselves and may have valuable input or advice for you. Proper engagement will bring you advice and the possibility of more financing if the well has run dry. In my experiences, shareholders can be understanding and helpful even if you give them the opportunity.

To manage the shareholders in an optimal manner requires firstly that the entrepreneur knows his investors. Knowing the investors or shareholders goes far beyond just sending them updates or asking for more money. It involves building a professional relationship where the worries and struggles of the company are shared by all and not by one.

The entrepreneur also needs to regularly e-mail about the progress of the company so that trust, transparency and openness within the boundaries of the company are norms that are expected of everyone. Having a proactive attitude and taking the initiative to sharing new updates regarding internal accounting and auditing, financial information, product and manufacturing, research and development, marketing strategies and sales forecasts should happen regularly.

The entrepreneur should also reach out to collect shareholder feedback via polls and personal communication in a way that makes shareholders feel as though their views are really being taken into consideration. Obtaining feedback and keeping abreast of shareholders in a personal way can significantly affect their willingness to support you when the going gets tough, and makes for a better experience for everyone!

Hopefully you now agree that keeping your shareholders engaged is important. Now, what is the best way of doing that? There are many tools to help and I bet many people started with an excel list and outlook, maybe even progressing to mailchimp or some other mail program. While this is a common approach it is rot with inefficiencies and risk. What if a shareholder moves or changes their contact details? Did you know email is NOT secure and that once you send it from your server it becomes in the public domain? Are you comfortable with your private information being publicly available? How are you tracking their engagement?

There is one tool that can help you do all of this and much more. At KoreConX all-in-one free platform have been building tools to help small and medium sized businesses operate more efficiently and save money in the process. For instance, did you know that our free version allows you to: Manage your boardroom activities, manage your Cap Table, manage your due diligence processes using our deal room, provide portfolio management to your shareholders, and much much more. Check out www.koreconx.com to learn more.

By providing portfolio management to your shareholders for free in KoreConX you are allowing them to stay connected with you at all times within a secure environment. When they move or change any of their contact details in the system that information automatically updates your records so you are always up to date. Our Investor Relations module allows you to communicate and engage directly through the platform and track the results. It offers a variety of other features to manage meetings, perform and tally evotes for shareholder meetings, perform outreach to potential investors, etc. This is the true way of optimizing your shareholder value.

All Hands On Deck

All too often, the responsibility of a company raising capital is left in the hands of a few people…and that weighs on them, affecting everyone. The majority of the team is left out of the process, carrying on day to day operations without input into where the company is going, and how it’ll get there.

Prior to the advent and adoption of equity crowdfunding, some companies going through capital raises would hire a professional to do it for them as they are busy running the company. But what if you are not a Fortune 500 company, but one of the remaining 130 million private companies that may not have the means to hire a professional?

With the emergence of regulated (equity, debt, flow through, royalty) crowdfunding, it’s not possible to use the same methods as before. Every member of your team needs to be involved, informed, and ready to go to bat for the company, and they need to do so actively, with humor and grace.

This means that every member of the team need to be informed on what is happening and actively engaged, while also supporting the company through their own social media presence. Potential investors want to hear directly from the company and the team, not a stranger. They want to feel connected.

Regulated crowdfunding has transformed an entire industry. Other traditional models of raising funds no longer work for 99% of companies around the world. Now you must apply the principle of “all hands on deck,” which means you are not alone. You CAN’T go through the process alone, you need to have a crowd – yes, your “inner crowd”.

Accessing your Inner Crowd

The inner crowd is everyone in your company management, board of directors, advisors, employees, advisors, partners, customers, lawyers, auditors, vendors: notice how large your inner crowd is and how many people and companies your capital raise affects? Does it make sense that they get involved? YES!

The new era of capital raising is called crowdfunding (not solofunding), and transparency means visibility.

Everyone must get involved right from the beginning, and if they are not ready to support, find those that will, and move forward…because the traditional way of capital raising is gone. Your team needs to know what you’re planning to do, and how you’re planning to do it…and they need to be empowered with the skills to create and maintain an active online presence.

Every CEO has the ability to sell their vision and goal to others, inspiring others to follow. This is no different. It’s now transparent so everyone can see that YES, they support you.

Dentons is a great example of a company being involved in every aspect while standing by their word to help companies. They not only supply legal services, but also reach out to their clients to bring introductions via social media.

This is the new paradigm that we are a part of. We all stand to benefit one way or another from a company successfully raising money. People can ‘vote with their money,’ and companies can leverage the power of the crowd to attract their best customers and biggest advocates: their shareholders.

Now get your inner crowd ready for regulated crowdfunding.

Three Compliance Commandments to Obey

Advisors have a duty to act fairly, honestly and in good faith with clients. To meet these obligations, they must know their clients, understand the products they sell them and ensure investments are suitable.

KNOW YOUR CLIENT (KYC)

Having clients complete a basic KYC form isn’t enough. You also need to make detailed notes about client discussions. This will help protect you in the event of a dispute. CSA lets you accept client statements at face value unless you have good reason for doubt. According to Staff Notice 31-336, “A person may rely on factual representations by a purchaser, provided that the person has no reasonable grounds to believe the representations are false.” So, if a client has significantly more money than you’d expect given where he works, for instance, you need to discover and document where the money’s coming from before doing any trades.

Regulators don’t provide a list of documents you need to obtain from clients. Advisors have to have a sense of what’s needed to paint a complete picture of the client’s financial situation.

This is especially important if you have Accredited Investor (AI) clients. They must demonstrate they meet annual income and asset thresholds to be eligible for certain types of investments, including prospectus-exempt products. Having these clients sign subscription documents stating they’re AIs simply isn’t enough.

Consider formulating a supplemental, plain-language questionnaire with specific queries about the client’s financial picture. This will help ensure you aren’t missing any important details; it will also help compliance determine if a trade is suitable. Ask about clients’ ultimate financial goals (e.g., saving for retirement, paying off loans, buying a cottage).

Having an idea about how much money they need, and by when, will assist in choosing the right investments. Understanding risk tolerance by asking a client how concerned they would be if an investment dropped in value by 20% over a six-month period will give a better picture of how much risk they really could withstand. This is far more pointed than having a client say their risk tolerance is low, medium or high, which is how most KYC forms characterize risk. Regulators also expect you to ensure client information is up to date. Contact clients at least once a year to confirm or revise your files.

KNOW YOUR PRODUCT (KYP)

Advisors must understand the products they sell. The firm needs to review offering documents and marketing materials to ensure they meet regulatory requirements.

It’s also important to do a risk and cost assessment that includes a comparison with similar products. If other offerings are less costly and risky, it may be appropriate not to approve the product under review. To be approved, a product should have a reasonable prospect of meeting its objectives and be suitable for client portfolios.

Firms may use third-party analysis as part of their due diligence on a product, but this doesn’t replace an internal review. Advisors must be trained on a product’s specifics before they can recommend it. Advisors should ask questions covering the features, structure and risks of the products approved for sale. They should also know about competing products to be able to show why one is more suitable than another. As with KYC, each step of this process must be documented. Imagine the regulator auditing your firm in three years. Do your files justify all recommendations?

SUITABILITY

The products you recommend must be suitable for clients. This is particularly important for firms dealing in prospectus-exempt offerings, because these investments are typically more illiquid and may have to be held for longer.

Firms that have a related-party relationship with an issuer must ensure they’re putting client interests first. And just because a client is eligible for an investment doesn’t mean it’s suitable. A client may be an AI, but if she needs to access her money in the short term to buy a property, an illiquid product wouldn’t be suitable.

Since these investments are generally high-risk, avoid allocations of more than 10% of client assets. There are no specific regulations governing the concentration of assets in specific investments, but the Regulators will look long and hard at advisors who invest too much in too concentrated assets, particularly illiquid ones. Compliance should review all trades to ensure suitability.

Entrepreneurs Get Naked for Money

I think you should get naked.

There’s a reason why people have nightmares about being naked in front of a crowd, and it’s because they hate the idea of being that vulnerable.  As an entrepreneur, it can be even more daunting.  Your success or failure depends on what that crowd decides, and you’ve likely been through a pitch or two, and maybe some of them unsuccessful.  So when it is your turn to do so again, it’s tempting to feel defensive.

But you have to get naked for money.  
I’m not being literal when I say this, naturally. I mean that if you want buy-in from a crowd of investors, then you need to go out of your way to be transparent with them.  Transparency is paramount.  There are two reasons to do this.

Reason Number One: People are Buying YOU
I’m speaking as a fellow entrepreneur.  What’s essential to keep in mind, here, is that you aren’t pitching, you’re marketing. And at the core of your strategy is putting yourself out there, fully and transparently, in order to pass the strict requirements equity crowdfunding portals put in place to make sure you’re fit for their equity portal.

If you’re pitching venture capitalists, chances are that you can assume some basic understanding of your company or industry.  You need to show that you’ve done your homework, but you don’t necessarily need to explain it all.  You’re  speaking to an informed audience that means their risk in taking your company on is diversified.

With equity crowdfunding, you’re starting from scratch.  Your potential investor may or may not know your company, may or may not know your industry, and may or may not have faith.  They aren’t investing simply on the merit or potential of your idea, they’re buying YOU.  That means complete and exhaustive visibility because these investors are a different kind of savvy.  They’re digitally so.  You need to proactively share everything about yourself and your company, and make sure your messaging and exposure is managed.  If these new investors find nothing on your company and are given no information, alarm bells will ring, and you’ll fail.  For more information on how this plays out as a marketing strategy.

Reason Number Two: You Are Not A Beautiful and Unique Snowflake.
The rules that govern every company, public or private, apply to you, casual and cool company culture aside.  Coca-Cola, Wal-Mart, Salesforce, Alibaba and Facebook are held accountable for their compliance and need to be aware of the regulatory environments they’re operating in, and you’re no different.

In business, silence may be cause for suspicion.  In this case, transparency is a strength, and by far the best way to protect yourself, to make your funding round successful, and to stay compliant with the SEC.  A few weeks back, the SEC announced the first equity crowdfunding fraud case. While the story is still playing out, penalties are likely to be stiff, and damaging to the reputations of all involved. So it’s clear that proactively playing by the rules is paramount, and yet people so idolize new companies and innovation, that they forget the old rules still apply.  We learned a lot from this fraud case that could have been prevented.

For startups companies, wrapping their collective heads around the fact that by definition, the company will not always be that is difficult.  You can’t stay a startup and be successful, so I say start acting like you’re bigger than you are.

Lumbering behemoths listed on most public exchanges are used to acting compliant, and most have been managing thousands of shareholders for years, some for decades, so they’re both well-versed in keeping them happy, and fairly resistant to bumps along the way.  I think optimism is in order – start acting like you’re publicly-traded now, and you’re much more likely to get there.

If you’re looking for funding to help your company thrive, you need to lay it all on the table.  If your idea is as great as you think and you stand in front of the crowd, naked, and show them who you are, they’ll give credit where credit’s due.

Get ready to be naked so you can take advantage of Title II or Title III equity crowdfunding. Enjoy being naked !!! It’s here to last.

Be Ready ! Tool to help you as an Entrepreneur be prepared !

https://koreconx.com/user_signups/new_signup

Becoming an EMD

So, you’re thinking of setting up your own Exempt Market Dealer “EMD”. Starting your own firm, along with the additional compliance responsibilities, can be daunting, but being your own boss can be rewarding.

Since NI 31-103 was enacted in 2009, regulators have imposed more obligations on EMD registrants: audit, insurance, proficiency, and now Chief Compliance Officer experience requirements. It’s important to vet the details before you file the application, since incompleteness can result in delays and, possibly, extra fees.

First, you need to incorporate an entity, open a bank account, and fund it with at least $55,000 to cover the minimum capital requirements and the insurance deductible. Then get in touch with an auditor, since regulators also require audited statements attesting to your financial health.

Next up: obtain necessary insurance coverage. This is a basic requirement that protects against fraud, theft and other losses. Errors and omissions insurance may be obtained separately, but is not specifically required. While waiting for word from the insurers, an application form to join the National Registration Database (NRD) can be submitted and provincial commission applications can be prepared. Once these two steps are complete, you can file the application with your principal regulator.

Registering to be an EMD used to be simpler, but now regulators are asking more questions to ensure principals are suitable.

Over the last couple of years, regulators have found recurring problems with EMDs selling products to non-accredited investors, inadequate suitability assessments coupled with incomplete client documentation, and a lack of due diligence on the products being promoted by representatives. As a result, regulators are trying to weed out unsuitable applicants before granting registration. Applicants who have little prior securities experience, no understanding about the role of compliance, and vague notions about the proposed activities of the registrant will set off alarm bells.

THE APPLICATION PROCESS

There are two main parts to the application process: the firm application and the registration of key people at the firm.

Regulators will want to know what the firm’s future activities will be, what type of products will be offered, and that the firm has proper policies and procedures in place.

The regulators usually take about a month to review the application and follow up with questions. And they always have questions, because no application is complete in their eyes. These aren’t necessarily as a result of problems that the regulators have found, but usually are them wanting to understand more about the firm and its individuals.

The most common issues raised by the regulators involve incomplete information. They’ll focus on who the key personnel behind the firm are, and will want to know the shareholders, directors, officers and dealing representatives. Each of these people must file their personal information online with the NRD, where commission staff will review it.

Further, the reviewer will look closely at what’s disclosed under the Current Employment section. You must include not only your employment with your sponsoring dealer, but also any outside business activities. Commission staff Google people, and if an activity is not disclosed, it can lead
to questions.

If you have a holding company, are on the board of a charity or even act as a coach in a youth organization, you’re considered to be conducting an outside business activity. The regulators’ view is that you can influence potential clients. So it’s better to over-disclose, rather than have them ask you to justify why you did not include an activity they feel should have been mentioned.

And, if you’ve had a bankruptcy or credit arrangement in the past, this must also be disclosed. Having had these problems does not mean they won’t register you; it is simply one factor they use to determine your suitability.

BUSINESS PLANS

The British Columbia, Alberta and Manitoba Securities Commissions require you to provide a business plan up front; the other commissions do not. You will need to have a clear idea about what you need the registration for, so have a good understanding of the products you want to distribute, as the commissions will ask about your proposed activities. This includes who your target market is, what exemptions you’ll be relying on and what types of due diligence you will perform.

To keep the application process moving along, respond to regulators’ follow-up questions within 48 hours so there’s no reason to delay your registration. If you meet the general requirements, there is no reason for commissions to deny your registration.

For more information on becoming an EMD

Jonathan Heymann
Director Compliance & Registration
KoreConX

jonathan@kinsta.cloud

Equity vs. Debt Crowdfunding

There is a lot of media focus on crowdfunding, but sometimes the types of crowdfunding are not properly distinguished. You hear a lot about the Kickstarter’s and Indiegogo’s of the world and people are confusing these with actual investments in companies. To understand debt (lending) vs. equity based crowdfunding you must first know the four basic types of crowdfunding:

  • Donations based crowdfunding is being used by major charities and by individuals who are asking for donations to their cause. Examples of these types of portals include: GoFundMe, Crowdrise.com
  • Rewards based crowdfunding is one the most popular and widely used versions to date. This is where individuals and companies are seeking contributions in order to develop and launch a new product. These have been very successful with films and new technology or products ideas that need funding to launch. It needs to be clarified that under rewards based campaigns the contributors do not receive shares in any of the companies, but rather receive some reward (such as a version of the new product once developed, a T-shirt or trinket, a DVD version of a film, etc.). Examples of these types of portals include: Kickstarter, Indiegogo
  • Equity based crowdfunding has been getting more and more attention over the last year with the JOBS Act in the U.S.A. and other regulators around the world releasing regulations to allow equity (and debt) crowdfunding. Under these regulations some serious funds have been raised to date and this is expected to grow rapidly over the next few years. In equity crowdfunding companies raise money through investors who receive shares in the company in exchange. Examples of such portals include: OfferBoardCircleUpOurCrowdASSOB.com.auAppVested, I-Bankers.com, CrowdCubeSymbidCrowdfunder.comEnergyFundersKlondikeStrike
  • Debt based crowdfunding is where lenders are able to provide needed debt financing and the lender receives a debt instrument that pays interest return. Examples of these types of portals include: Prosper, Funding Circle, LendingClub

So what is the difference between equity and debt crowdfunding and why is there confusion? The biggest confusion is over the types of crowdfunding as briefly explained above. Even the media has confused these in the past. Generally people lump debt and equity crowdfunding into one category and call them both equity crowdfunding. They are lumped together because both equity and debt crowdfunding are regulated in much the same way, whereas donations and rewards are unregulated.

Regulators around the world have had rules to regulate the sale of securities for a long time. Since both equity and debt financing fall under the term security, they must be regulated to protect the public from fraud and scams. This is why equity and debt crowdfunding has taken longer to be released around the world as regulators have had to revise their local securities regulations and corporate legislation to allow securities to be crowdfunded.

As an investor in equity or debt crowdfunding you are investing in a security of the company. With equity you are receiving shares for your investment in hopes that the company will pay you a dividend on your shares out of the company’s profits, or you are expecting the company to grow to a point where you will eventually be able to sell your shares at a higher price then you paid for them.

In debt crowdfunding you are also investing in a security of the company (namely a debt instrument of some type) where your goal is to loan your money to the company with a fixed repayment term and the company pays you a specified interest rate during the term of the loan.

There are a variety of types of debt instruments that are available to investors. Some allow for conversion into common shares so that investors have the potential upside growth in the company while they receive steady interest payments, while others are straight interest yielding securities. There are secured and unsecured debt instruments. All of these factors plus the risk associated with the invest influence the interest rate and conversion rights (if any).

Debt crowdfunding is very attractive for those investors who desire a fixed return, making it easier for financial planning purposes. Traditionally debt investments that are secured against the company assets are seen as less risky and hence provide a lower interest rate yield than the unsecured instruments.

It should be noted that even though debt investments has are perceived to be lower risk, the portals will still be required to do the same level of due diligence as they would for equity type investments. They will also have to assess the company’s ability to meet the repayment schedule to the investors.

When you have a better understanding of the types of crowdfunding available then you can assess what investments help you meet your investment objectives. If you need help further assistance in assessing what type of investments best suit your particular circumstance it is best to contact a professional for advice.

Role for Corporate Secretaries in Companies with Equity Crowdfunding?

The Corporate Secretary’s role to date has only been utilized, appreciated and well understood by listed companies and larger private company enterprises. Rules mandate their extensive role in corporate governance.

Small & Medium Enterprises (SMEs) and start-ups however, have not seen the importance of this role in their business and have very little understanding on the value they bring.

Enter the meteoric rise of global #EquityCrowdFunding

The number of private companies seeking #equitycrowdfunding globally will grow to over the coming year to over 2 million. Legislation rising to govern #equitycrowdfunding will universally mandate that private and start-up companies use the need of corporate secretaries to keep minute books current, shares registered and other controls and procedures in place.

To date, private SMEs and start-ups have been restricted in their activities with very little governance or compliance responsibilities. However, if a private company or start-up wants to access #equitycrowdfunding they will need to follow new rules that regulators will put in place to protect investors including comprehensive transparency, governance and compliance requirements.

Private and start-up companies will remain private but with new regulations requirements, notably record keeping. Securities regulators have identified this area as critical. Gone are the days of managing your minute book, corporate records via a simple spread sheet in an email or drop box environment. New tools are needed.

KoreConX Enables the Corporate Secretary

KoreConX is a leader in providing a all-in-0ne business platform for FREE, helping private companies manage complex information assisting them with ever expanding governance and compliance requirements.

Importantly, KoreConX can help corporate secretaries manage corporate records, the capitalization table of private companies and more broadly shareholder expectations.

KoreConX is merely the tool, now we need to get corporate secretaries trained to provide this service to clients in Europe, Asia, South America, Middle East, Canada, Australia, and USA. To that end, KoreConX  is creating a global database of Corporate Secretaries who are seeking additional clients and have an interest in #equity crowdfunding.

If you are a Corporate Secretary or would like to become one click here to register on database and to receive a brief on how your role will expand in the age of #equitycrowdfunding.

https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/?whocanuse=corporate-secretary

What will happen to blockchain in 2017?

Banks are beginning to recognise the potential of blockchain. Oscar Jofre looks at what this could mean for financial services in 2017.

Blockchain is transformative. It has this massive potential to alter the economic framework, bringing it in line with the age of the internet. What’s been holding it back thus far has been the confusion as to what we’re actually talking about when we talk about blockchain and how it can be applied.

In the past 12 months, as I’ve attended events and meet-ups, I’ve noticed much of the discussion has centred around the tokens, currency and creating miners, and so on. I would argue that these conversations miss the point. Blockchain cannot be insular – its consequences are too far-reaching. We’re now just starting to have discussions on how the blockchain framework can be applied to numerous business sectors beyond banking, and change the way things are done for the better.

In order to understand what impact blockchain framework is going to have in 2017, we need to break the discussion down into a couple of buckets.

Banking

Banks around the globe are setting up sandboxes to test and see how blockchain can be implemented within their core business. While it’s tempting to assume that banks are slow-moving beasts at the tail end of the technological adoption curve, this isn’t really the case. They’re early adopters for blockchain testing at the very least, but of course it will take time for them to adapt.

While the sandboxes allow internal teams to work without distraction, they need to remove barriers so the teams can test and build the technology.

Many blockchain enthusiasts and companies are focused on being selected to work with banks, but I caution many that, in the end, banks will create their own internal expertise, since it’s the only way for them to be competitive in the marketplace.

Business

The real opportunity is in blockchain’s potential real-world impact on businesses outside of the financial and banking industries. There’s less regulation there, so it’s much easier to adopt.

Ask yourself this question: does it really matter to the end user that you’re using blockchain to store their information? Generally, the answer will be no. What they do care about is that you can provide them with access to an application that will never be tampered with. Now that’s a real business solution.

For blockchain framework to make a real impact globally, it needs to be adopted by application providers who provide software for business.

Companies are attempting to build applications using blockchain, but have no experience in it, a market trend that means for that reason alone, it’s more difficult to make blockchain work. There are countless blockchain-focused companies raising capital, presenting their solution or their tool to be much better from the front-end – that is, something users can see and benefit from, because it’s on blockchain. But the question needs to be asked, do they understand the entire processes that are needed for the proper implementation?

This comes down to the following: how are software programs created in North America, and how is it done in other places globally – for instance, Asia?

Changing public capital markets

Here’s a quick example: a program called WeChat is an all-in-one social media platform that’s very popular in Asia. Its capabilities are like Twitter, Facebook, Google+, Instagram, Skype, Google Wallet and Apple Pay, combined (to name just a few).

For blockchain to truly function properly, its builders need to fully comprehend the entire ecosystem. A great example of this is Blythe Masters and her company Digital Asset Holdings. They’re completely changing public capital markets, not just one piece of the market, but every cog in the public capital markets machine. For that, the company needed to make sure it had the sector expertise it needed to ensure on implementation its product would work, and the company has both Nasdaq and the Australian Stock Exchange in its corner to demonstrate that. No other blockchain provider has had this level of success.

In 2017, many of the blockchain companies that want to enter the business application sector will not survive beyond their concept stage. We’ll see more companies like Blythe Masters’ Digital Asset Holdings that do check all the boxes to succeed, of course. Blockchain in 2017 will have far-reaching impacts, with applications for insurance, real estate, mining, oil & gas, private companies, and many other sectors, including government, though this will take time. Governments will take the same approach as banks, so be ready for more sandboxes. In all of the upcoming blockchain companies, you will see teams with domain experience in each of the sectors they’re building on.

Growing up

What all this really means for blockchain is that it has grown up. Investors are already starting to see this effect. Here’s one example: A blockchain company with a great mobile app can move money from person to person much faster than the incumbents who provide this service. Millions get poured into the company, to later discover that …

  • Nobody asked how the money was going to get to their system.
  • How long that would take.
  • When the other party receives the funds.
  • Where can they get the money.

Clear examples of creating a facade, but with no practical knowledge of how the real world works or how it can be used. There are many others like this.

The real investment needs to be in companies who already have this established knowledge, domain expertise, and who can adopt the blockchain framework and see it work in the real world.

​Size Matters: How to Manage Shareholders Under Title III

Most companies go out to raise capital knowing exactly what they’ll do with the money once they have it. They’ve got an itemized plan broken down by category, and by months and years, but they forget about the source of that cash: Their new shareholders.

If your company is thinking of raising capital, your shareholder management game plan needs to be as well thought out as your marketing plan, your business plan, and every other part of your day to day operations, especially if you’re approaching equity crowdfunding.

Because in the world of equity crowdfunding, size matters.

The approval of Title III of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act is a milestone for the crowdfunding landscape and community, proving that bigger is definitely better — now everyone and anyone can become an investor.

This democratization of investment is incredible; people are financially empowered in a way they’ve never been before. Before Title III, a company could only have 500 investors before going public; now, companies may have up to 1,000.

This expansion of possibility is a wonderful thing, but if everyone is an investor, then companies raising capital under Title III are going to have to adapt to managing a larger number of shareholders, and will face a number of challenges associated with the influx.

If this influx of shareholders is going to cause a headache for your company, then why would you bother with such a number of shareholders in the first place?

This outlook is only relevant if you see your shareholders as bothersome, just another item on your list of things to manage. This is the wrong attitude; the truth is that your shareholders are your company’s biggest asset. Your shareholders are people who believe in you and what you do so much that they want to invest money in your ideas. It’s a relationship built on trust: they trust that they will see returns because your company has the drive and innovation to generate capital. With the ubiquitousness of social media, it’s especially important that your shareholders are satisfied with their relationship with your company, and not just whether or not they’re seeing returns.

So the question becomes: How do you make sure your shareholders are seeing results on all fronts? For one thing, shareholders should always have access to corporate information for the simple reason that they’re legally entitled to it. If it isn’t easily accessible, then that’s a problem with transparency and accessibility. Your shareholders care about you, and you should care about them.

A large part of succeeding here is ensuring that you’re always communicating with your shareholders. I spend a lot of time thinking about shareholder management – I built my company on the idea that managing and communicating with all your stakeholders should be done in one place, and that transparency should be a cornerstone of every business. The key is to adopt tools like KoreConX that bring together you and your shareholders. What will not work is Microsoft (MSFT) Excel, or the emailing tools of the past.

Having a plan in place and being proactive in managing your shareholders is essential when you’re raising capital. In fact, you’re doing yourself a huge disservice for future funding rounds if you don’t.

A large number of shareholders is a wonderful thing, and we’re prepared to work with them. It’s time to go big, or go home.

Perspective: Alternative Finance in Asia

I’ve been in Shanghai and Hong Kong quite often over the last few months, speaking at events and meeting with partners. As a Canadian, what struck me most is scale. There is outstanding potential here, and that in itself isn’t at all surprising; but for alternative finance, the Asia-Pacific region has progressed at breakneck speed. The Asia-Pacific Alternative Finance Benchmarking Report gathered data from 17 countries that played this out.

A growing market

Asia is the largest single market in the world — China’s alternative finance market alone grew from USD $5.56 billion in 2013 to $101.7 billion in 2015. Calling this rise meteoric wouldn’t be overstating much, and it isn’t so surprising considering that China also has the world’s most connected population.

The report questions how best to nurture this growth to create a sustainable ecosystem and countries are opting for different approaches. Some create bespoke rules for online finance, while others apply existing regulations. The true socio-economic impact of online alternative finance is yet to be seen, but it’s clear that it is, and will continue to be, broadly felt.

Chinese alternative investors don’t rely on institutional lending to the same extent that other alternative finance marketplaces do. According to the report, alternative lenders and investors have acted quickly to fill the gap left by institutional investors by expanding the range of online financing services, leaving banks in the dust in fields like such as consumer credit, cars, education, and training, as well as Small and Medium-sized Enterprise (SME) financing.

Risks and mitigations

Despite the many marketplace and peer-to-peer lending platforms in China that operate by best practices and that have sound management capacities, the existence of fraudulent platforms highlight underlying challenges in the industry.

The primary risks to credit and investors associated with this finance model are associated with difficulties monitoring due diligence, underwriting, and credit risk control. In some cases, inexperienced teams, corruption, and fraud have resulted in platform collapses.

Notably, E’zu Bao, a peer-to-peer lending platform, recently collapsed after its executives were found to have embezzled $7.3 billion from over 900,000 investors in a short-lived Ponzi scheme.

Wangdaizhijia, the research partner of the report’s producers, recorded a number of “problem incidents” associated with the risks mentioned above. They recorded 92 such incidents in 2013, a number that rose to 367 in 2014. In 2015, the number of incidents stood at 1,263.

In response to these problems, the Chinese government enacted policy designed to foster the growth of Internet finance, as well as the development of platforms for lending, asset management, and insurance while at the same time implementing “moderately loose regulatory policies” as outlined in the People’s Bank of China Guiding Opinions on Promoting the Healthy Development of Internet Finance document.

These measures are intended to support private financing channels, opening up new platforms that can be standardized and regulated. The new policies mandate that all marketplace or peer-to-peer lending platforms must hold borrower and lender funds in a registered financial institution, and not with the alternative finance platform itself.

Lenders and borrowers then transfer funds via the institutionally-held account with a view to consolidating operating platforms. If it is ineffectively used, it may result in further barriers to entry for newly established platforms.

Future

China Coin MoneyWhile the growth of the alternative finance market in China is impressive, it represents a fraction of the total volume of Chinese bank lending. The report tells us that consumer lending by registered banks was approximately $3 trillion USD in 2015. This figure is 57 times greater than the $52.4 billion number reported by marketplace/peer-to-peer consumer lenders.

I’ve spent a lot of time in the past talking about the US equity crowdfunding landscape, the regulations, trends, and issues that it faces, but when I travel, I’m astounded by how much of a change I see globally. Nothing exists in a vacuum and markets across the world are all marching forward. The problems and growing pains experienced by one have a ripple effect in others, and limiting the discussion by borders is unnecessary.

Fintech and Equity Crowdfunding in Germany

FinTech is about to get an upgrade. In 2016, get ready to see GermTech – the entry and infectious spread of high potential German technological financing companies. With investments nearly quadrupling since 2013, seed funding expected to grow well into 2016, and a well-defined main hub (Berlin, Rhein-Main-Neckar region, and Munich), Germany is poised to become a dynamic European cluster matching the networks of United Kingdom and the flexible, progressive regulatory regime of the United States.

Recently, I attended an event where I sat on a panel with Jamal El Mallouk, from WhiteDesk, and Karsten Wenzlaff, CEO of German Equity Crowdfunding Association, to discuss this bubbling environment. Rather than pop, we agreed that German FinTech approaches are going to envelop the world.

This is especially true in equity crowdfunding, which saw the establishment of 150 portals and approximately $70 million raised. Local placements in Berlin, Rhein-Main-Necker region and Munich have seen flourishing raises. These advances have been particularly apparent in the Rhein-Main-Necker region, which has some key leverages, such as proximity to the rest of Europe, incredible institutions, and a supportive relationship with investors.

Of course, some barriers have been noted. There’s been lag between national policies, as compared to regional ones. An example is Germany’s Retail Investor Protection Act (Kleinanlegerschutzgesetz) enforced in July 2015. It saw crowdfunding exceptions typical of other countries, such as a threshold of EUR 2.5 million, investment caps per each shareholder, and licensing under appropriate regulatory bodies, such as German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz).

Yet disrupters like Jörg Diehl, an active investor in Germany and who spoke on another panel, showcased the need for radical reinvention – in not necessarily trying to be the next United Kingdom in the FinTech industry, but the first Germany – the first GermTech.

KoreConX embodies this spirited push, the continual update and challenge of always doing better. Like Jorg emphasized and KoreConX has touted, all considerations are integrated – from investor to user, to the platform itself. All represent a total experience wherein the investors must be treated like ambassadors, the users like governors, and the platforms as the help that is needed before it is needed.

I personally look forward to the innovation that Germany brings, to the continual partnership alongside KoreConX, and the opportunities that await the GermTech pandemic (which, despite its name, is really quite a healthy, robust thing).

The Double-D (as in Due Diligence)

Get your mind out of the gutter!   Now, when you first saw the title, you asked yourself what business has to do with anything relating to double-Ds – of any kind.

We’re talking about Due Diligence.  Sexy, isn’t it? Due diligence is a topic that gets a lot of people talking and writing, but they don’t make it interesting. It loses its sex appeal.  The problem is that when these articles appear, most entrepreneurs turn their head and pay no attention or often comment back saying my lawyer does it all.  The future of their company depends on following due diligence best practices, and yet they’ve washed their hands of it.  They lose sight of the need to get naked for money.

ATTENTION,  ATTENTION.

This all changed on 28 October 2015 for companies, investors, and equity portals around the globe whether they know it or not. The SEC caught one American company committing fraud through equity crowdfunding, costing their shareholders almost $2 million in misspent funds, and it isn’t about to let them off easy.

We had our first fallout because no due diligence was done.  So what does this mean for companies, investors, portals, and anyone else that’s part of the ecosystem?  For one, it means that the level of scrutiny has to increase, for the good of the industry.   The fraud could have been detected had Ascenergy gone to an equity crowdfunding portal that was operated by a FINRA broker-dealer.  Instead, the fraud occurred through bulletin board style portals such as EquityNet and Crowdfunder.  These boards do no due diligence of their own, and all of the risk around picking a legitimate company with a real opportunity is shifted to the investor, and the responsibility to ensure that they’re staying compliant and transparent.

Equity portals will need to emphasize to investors the high level of rigorous due diligence they perform on companies before they’re listed on their platform regardless if you are doing Title II, Title III and Title IV.  They’ll need to reassure their investors that their companies can, to the best of anyone’s knowledge, be trusted, and educate them on the steps they take to vet opportunities.  Building trust will be critical for equity portals.  An investor that buys into a fraudulent deal on an equity crowdfunding portal isn’t very likely to do so again.

Each equity portal will employ different levels of due diligence, and may utilize third party companies to provide them with a FINRA compliant due diligence report which they can then combine with their own due diligence.  Portals such as Republic,  OfferBoardStartEngineBankRoll.VenturesMicroVentures, CircleUP, and ASMX pride themselves on the rigorous due diligence they perform in companies.

For companies that thought that simply having a Power Point presentation and term sheet was going to be enough, all I can say is that you’re not going to be successful in having your company listed on equity portals.  Companies will need to make sure they fully understand all the due diligence requirements they need to meet.  Today, there are tools that help companies prepare their documents so they can share with equity portals to conduct due diligence. It helps them stay transparent with their shareholders, and effectively get naked in front of the crowd for money.

Title III in now live, and many entrepreneurs are wondering how rigorous due diligence will be on their companies.  They wonder if the process will be simplified, or if the requirements will change in any way.  The answer is simple: due diligence isn’t going away and the market will be crowded.  Portals will only take companies that meet and go beyond the basic due diligence requirements of Title III.

The due diligence requirements for Title II and Title III are very different.  Now, I caution all entrepreneurs, yes certain due diligence requirements are reduced under Title III, but equity crowdfunding portals operating under Title III can, at their discretion, decide not to accept you if they don’t feel you met their requirements.  My recommendation is to plan your due diligence as if you were doing a high-quality Title II raise, as you will need to stand out in the crowd.

It takes a pretty big leap of faith to hand over so much money to a company you’ve only just heard of, with a team you’ve never met, so portals and companies need to work in concert to create investor confidence. Due diligence is in place to protect the interests of the investor, and make no mistake that doing so is essential to ensuring the sector succeeds.  It’s an inextricable part of the marketing efforts of everyone involved.

I’ve written on this in the past, advising a paradigm shift in investor relations.  Now we’re doing the same for due diligence.  This is your chance to lay it all out there, to make your best argument for your company, your portal, and your future success, and create advocates out of strangers.

Fintech: The New World Order

Like most of you today, I spend a lot of time reading about fintech. You can get massive amounts of news reports and companies talking about fintech, saying that they’re part of it. But what does “fintech” really mean?

Fintech is not new, but it has been given a facelift. Most would say that financial technology (or FinTech) has been around for a long time, and they’re correct. It isn’t new per se, but it is evolving faster now than ever, and changing how business is done. What makes fintech so disruptive that it’s affecting all the institutional pillars in one strike. The pillars (Banking, Capital Markets, Private Equity, Insurance, Legal, Regulatory), all of which are long standing institutional pillars in our business society that had been static – and stagnant– for too long.

Like many new sectors, in order to make sense of it and what it’s doing, you need to break it down into all the component parts to see how each affects what we’re doing or working on.

Fintech is a financial revolution, or as many call it, an EVOLUTION.

Fintech is for either B2C business to consumer financial disruptions which there are many changes occurring industry-wide that benefit the consumer. While most are at the banking level of disruption, insurance and regtech are not far behind.

Let’s take a minute to talk about B2B (Business to Business) fintech.  B2B Fintech is focusing on altering the institutional pillars that affect how a business uses them to acquire the services they offer or capital.

Fintech B2B disruption has a number of segments that are being disrupted simultaneously, causing issues for long-standing institutional pillars of banking, insurance, legal, and regulatory.

Let’s look at all the five segments of B2B Fintech

Alternative Finance (Altfi)

Capital raising was ripe for change the collapse of the financial markets in the USA and worldwide became the final straw that opened this market up. Today, we have alternative finance portals for debt or equity that help businesses access capital directly from individual investors, bypassing banks, venture capitalist, private equity groups, and the like.

Insurance (InsurTech)

This is one of the oldest established financial industries, and for decades companies involved in it have done little to innovate, and the market has stayed fairly stagnant. Today, we have a number of new players that have left those institutions to set up the new Fintech Insurance companies. They’re making change a reality, and at the end of it all, it’s the company that ultimately benefits. For decades, they paid the high cost of old institutional ways of operating and servicing their clients, but no longer.

Legal

Many in the legal sector say that you can’t disrupt the legal business. This statement is partly true, and false. Yes, it’s true we still need lawyers with the expertise to provide us advice in operating our companies. But technology is changing how lawyers work and deliver those services to clients. No longer does a business need to pay high costs to have documents created, or to create entities. Now don’t make the mistake of assuming that this replaces the lawyer, which it does not. The lawyers that embrace Fintech Legal understand their profession is going through a massive evolution, and that adapting means staying competitive, and driving value for their clients.

Banking

Of all the segments that felt the hit of Fintech, the one that was hit the hardest was probably banking. The banking sector in the early days of Fintech made the mistake of dismissing these early entrants as nothing more than fly by night. Now, looking back we know these “fly by nights” are now the norm. Banks are feeling the attack on all fronts, from consumers, business, wealth management, and every other subsector.

Regtech

This final segment is crucial for fintech B2B to become explosive. The underlying issue with all the segments in fintech is that the traditional pillars all rely on regulatory bodies to protect them. The global marketplace has regulated companies for years for licensing, capital raising, etc. Regtech is changing how we can open accounts with ID Verification, where money comes from with AML, how we validate companies,and conduct backgrounds checks, all in realtime and in a cost effective manner. There are many areas in regtech that are evolving, making it easier for businesses to reach their goals.

As you can see in the image, all five segments are changing because of one constant, the business. Bringing all the five segments together requires a platform that aligns itself with the businesses at heart of it all, one that can bring a company through all five processes in a seamless manner, allowing fintech to grow exponentially.

Standalone disruptions are not going to work if we don’t also include the the second “B” in B2B. To date, fintech companies involved in B2B have only enacted tech disruption from the institutional segment perspective, and put little efforts in solving the overall business problem.

These innovators are doing a great job, but as I said, for this to really explode on a global scale the second “B” must also be considered, and in fact, should be front of mind.

Let’s look at alternative finance in terms of equity crowdfunding or debt: each have a common goal to help companies access capital more efficient from the crowd. Equity Crowdfunding portals are in the business of bringing in companies, attracting investors, and performing due diligence, KYP, KYC, AML, ID Verification, Payments, and ensuring all closing docs are online.

Now what most don’t know is that before companies are listed, the portal’s professional compliance staff go to work. Their entire job is to review all the due diligence information provided by the company to the portal prior to being listed, and approve or decline. The amount of Information that the portals need is extensive, as they need to make sure there will be no issues with their securities regulators, that they’re working to prevent fraud, and also building credibility with their investor base.

Many feel that one day this requirement is going to be removed, and I can assure you it won’t be. The operators of the portals are either professionals from the investment sector, or from private equity, and they’re not going to take that risk themselves, or hurt their investor base. That base relies on them doing all the heavy lifting before the deal gets posted on their platform.

So now we see how portals are changing the way that businesses access capital, and what they need. It isn’t an easy process for the portals. It’s easy to see the ongoing issues portals are facing with on-boarding and post-transaction compliance related to the businesses they are helping.

Nobody had ever brought all five segments together in one place before KoreConX, allowing companies to access the full range of financial innovation in a cost-efficient manner until KoreConX.

KoreConX works with all 5 segments to create a seamlessly integrated ecosystem that can grow faster, reducing the friction in all five segments in B2B fintech.

The fintech sector is evolving rapidly, and the norm is no longer acceptable. For those in fintech, we have much work to do to truly and permanently alter current institutional pillars. They haven’t made any progress in B2B and are now scrambling and acquiring their way into the market. Players like Alphabet, Alibaba, and Microsoft are already making their presence felt, and many more are coming.

The U.K.’s Mature Financial Disruption: What the Rest of Us Can Learn

I’ve spent a lot of time in the UK lately, and it’s been on my mind even more. I was just there for the AltFi Europe Summit, and for the launch of The World’s First Fintech Book (I happen to be one of the authors), and while I learned plenty, what stick with me now wasn’t something I picked up in a summit or book launch. I think there’s something that we in North American alternative finance and equity crowdfunding fans could learn from UK alternative finance companies, and it’s regarding the degree to which alternative finance is becoming mainstream.

For those of you who have been to London. I hope you have taken the time to ride the “underground” subway system, it’s totally amazing. I do all my travelling in London on the tube, and one thing that really stuck out in my mind while waiting at the stations and on the tube itself the amount of advertising. It’s extensive in any major city’s transportation, but the advertising in the London tube holds a particular place in my fintech-obsessed heart, because of the place of equity and debt portals in daily mainstream advertising.

As I saw the ads on the tube, I would ask people: “do you know what that is?” and 10 out 10 people knew about equity crowdfunding and how it helps start-ups and companies access capital. This was surprising to me, partly because equity crowdfunding isn’t even the dominant sector of alternative finance in the UK, peer-to-peer lending is.

The two most notable brands I saw were Crowdcube and Seedrs. These two platforms clearly understand their role evangelizing equity crowdfunding and helping to grow the sector as a whole. They know that they need to get noticed, be seen and heard over and over again to be successful.

According to the 2015 UK Alternative Finance Industry Report, both the number of funders and fundraisers is increasing year over year. There is no doubt that as an alternative finance market and a market for equity crowdfunding, the UK is far more mature than the US, and competition exists to an extent that the US market has yet to see. Besides working to drive general market awareness, UK equity crowdfunding platforms are pursuing both public and private sector partnerships. They’ve seen increasing involvement from institutional investors, according to the report, but aren’t staying insular, they’re actively pursuing new funders and fundraiser.

By far the UK is much more advanced on adoption. If you’re wondering why, my observations are as follow:

Transparency

They truly practice it. They are visible. They provide market data. Equity crowdfunding portals in the UK are early adopters espousing transparency as a business fundamental. And it goes beyond that. The industry as a whole is testament to the value of transparency, the data it collects and publicizes relating the state of the market, including the successes and failures of the companies it’s helped fund.

Aggressively Seeking Out the Crowd

There’s no “wait and see” approach for UK equity crowdfunding portals and ecosystem members, or even an “if you build it, they will come” mentality. They’re seeking out the crowd, and doing it actively. My own company, KoreConX, recognized a long time ago that if we wanted to be successful as a company, then we needed to help grow the equity crowdfunding ecosystem by seeking a public audience and evangelizing entrepreneurs and potential investors.

The Brand of the Industry

UK-based equity crowdfunding portals understand the importance of stressing success. One of the well-understood industry-wide risks is a loss of investor trust, and counteracting this with stories of success, as well as pursuing rigorous due diligence practices helps safeguard the reputability of the sector as a whole.

The world needs to look at the UK model and how great its working so time is not wasted on re-inventing the wheel.

Crowdfunding is the CROWD. They need to see you the portal, lets not forget how it all works.

Happy Equity Crowdfunding.

Trance Music and Equity Crowdfunding

You might not guess it looking at me, but I <a href=”https://www.equities.com/news/electronic-dance-music-las-vegas-and-its-unlikely-savior” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>love trance music</a>. I have been a big fan of trance all of my life, and it makes sense for me. It’s something that I just <em>get</em>. As I write this article I am listing to the state of trance sounds of Aly and Fila live from Buenos Aires, Argentina as one of their many global stops.

The sound is disruptive: it took everything established in music and turned it on its head. The original DJs of trance changed how performance worked, taking a part of the production process typically devalued, that happened in secluded studios and wasn’t considered as important and making it into a focal point.

I think the people that listen to this music tend to have the same personality type as the people that made it what it is: they’re disruptors. I may be somewhat biased being a fan myself, but hear me out. It’s true that trance has achieved a degree of mainstream acceptance and even prestige, but it began as a fringe genre for a very small group of listeners. Equity crowdfunding is much the same, and it gives me a sense of where we’re heading.

It had early advocates that birthed a new way of thinking and created a paradigm shift. <a href=”https://www.linkedin.com/in/sherwoodneiss” target=”_blank”>Sherwood Neiss</a>, <a href=”https://www.linkedin.com/in/jasonwbest” target=”_blank”>Jason Best</a>, <a href=”https://www.linkedin.com/in/douglas-ellenoff-588b682″ target=”_blank”>Douglas Ellenoff</a>and the other parents of the JOBS Act, as well as worldwide equity crowdfunding leaders like <a href=”https://www.assob.com.au/” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>ASSOB</a>, are the Tiesto’s, the Armin van Buren’s, and the Aly Fila’s of our equity crowdfunding world.

Just as the pioneers of trance took music and made it into a universal language, <a href=”https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/blog/en/blog/2016-world-domination-the-new-fintech/” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>alternative finance is truly universal</a>. It’s borderless, and largely divorced from politics, and religion. Any <a href=”https://www.equities.com/news/can-equity-crowdfunding-revolutionize-film-financing” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>viable legal industry has a place in crowdfunding</a>, including <a href=”https://baystreetcannabis.ca/” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>cannabis</a>. Regulations vary, but for the most part, investors and companies the world over are free to seek capital and to make investments the world over. Even economies are becoming global: alternative finance, and regulated crowdfunding in particular, has tied growth in one region to investment from another.

There is always common ground, and regulated crowdfunding and trance music alike take this principle to heart. Investing in growth and pursuing innovation is seen as a universal good that creates a better global footprint and the potential for worldwide wellbeing.

The stage is set for equity crowdfunding, and a grand performance is now underway. Companies are able to bypass incumbent sources of funding, expediting growth, and allowing companies that may not have been able to access VC or angel capital to enter the market, creating jobs, and brighter economic outlooks. The same disintermediation that happened in music when large record companies were shoved out of the way, allowing artists to access the consumer directly has brought companies, and new investors closer together than ever before.

The impact of social media allowed trance to quadruple its audience because it changed how information spread, and trance is universally understandable. The same thing is happening for capital raising as we speak. It’s about economic participation in an exchange traditionally limited to the privileged few deemed “sophisticated” enough to be smart with their money.

Trance and equity crowdfunding are two major leading disrupting trends that will change our lives forever for the better. Join the State of Crowdfunding with leaders like OurCrowd, OfferBoard, SyndicateRoom, StartEngine, CircleUp, Seedrs, Red Cloud Klondike Strike, SeedUps, Symbid, Bay Street Cannabis, Frontfundr, Realty Mogul, AgFunder, Prodigy Network, Bootra, Fundrise, NexusCrowd, AppVested, and ASSOB, and the list goes on and on. There is now an <a href=”https://www.equities.com/news/five-equity-crowdfunding-sites-that-are-blazing-a-new-trail” target=”_blank” rel=”noopener nofollow”>estimated 3000+ portals worldwide</a>; the state of crowdfunding is here and it’s borderless.

Now back to my state of trance live in Buenos Aires Argentina with Aly and Fila.

The R.A.B.B.I.T. Race: The Importance of The Crowd, and the R.A.B.B.I.T Report

The tortoise may sometimes beat the rabbit, but in technology, it’s rarely much of a race. CB Insights CEO Anand Sanwal said <a href=”https://www.businessinsider.com/vc-analyst-claims-2016-will-be-the-year-of-the-rabbits-2016-1?r=UK&amp;IR=T” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>just this</a>: that rabbits – real actual business building interesting tech – were needed for the 21st century. This means grounding a company’s’ operations. It implies avoiding the high evaluations where there is little substance besides excitement. And it requires overhauling trust and transparency in a way that is mutually beneficial for both shareholders and issuers.

<a href=”https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/all-in-one-koreconx/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>KoreConX</a> has been included in the R.A.B.B.I.T Report by <a href=”https://www.crowdcapitalvc.com/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>Crowd Capital Ventures</a> and <a href=”https://crowdfundcapitaladvisors.com/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>Crowdfund Capital Advisors</a> founded by Jason Best and Sherwood Neiss, two people who helped paved the way for the JOBS Act and equity crowdfunding in the US, as a holistic technological solution that epitomizes user-centered thinking. As leaders in due diligence, the potential in building technology with wide applicability, and an unwavering principle of reciprocity and excellence for all customers and clients, KoreConX magnetizes relationships in equity crowdfunding.

At the core is connection. KoreConX enables shared information, easy access to crowdfunding portals, and a way to streamline all shareholder management and <a href=”https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/all-in-one-koreconx/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>communication and documentation</a>. It’s a pulse to the crowd, to the initiative, and to the pre- and post-raise of equity crowdfunding. It’s also a mechanism to build trust and relations, soon to be the heart.

KoreConX’s inclusion in the R.A.B.B.I.T Report is testament to this ground-breaking work, indicative of both the growth of the equity crowdfunding systems <a href=”https://www.freedman-chicago.com/ec4i/Growth-of-Equity-Crowdfunding.pdf” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>generally around the world</a> and need for customer-centric tools. It offers a solution to both private and public capital markets where there is a problem of accountability and an absence of robust channels of communication.

KoreConX simplifies all necessarily cohesive equity crowdfunding processes while maintaining the <a href=”https://bacuroma.kinsta.cloud/all-in-one-koreconx/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”>integrity of the deal flow</a> and confidentiality of the information provided. Such intensive integration and understanding of the equity crowdfunding process mitigates administrative burdens, frees up time, and settles a company in for the race that requires both parts tortoise tenacity and rabbit rousing.

The R.A.B.B.I.T stresses that it isn’t only the race that matters, though – it’s the audience. KoreConX embodies the power in the crowd, showing that leveraging their excitement, by building their trust, and by consequently enabling them to wish to participate in the process, a business can be, and often is, bettered.

Read the full report<a href=”https://us2.campaign-archive2.com/?u=b0816e69963124d68737fcc2b&amp;id=30e289f691&amp;e=22c43ccbe1#_ftnref1″ target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener noreferrer”> here</a>.

World Domination: The New Fintech

Banking, finance, and insurance have been largely constant and unchanging for decades. It’s been the very definition of an “old boys’ club”, static, institution, monopolistic, and powerful. Competition hasn’t come from within, at least not to the same extent that it once did, with monster banks working hard to simply take chunks out of each other. Fintech is slowly taking over entire business segments, and mobilizing a new demographic that is anything but old.

For those who are totally opposed to the Fintech sector, this will really frighten you.

Change is scary, but necessary. Technology has stepped in and created innovation from stagnation, and pivoted an entire industry full of players too top-heavy and cautious to even move. Suddenly, banks have no choice but to re-think their long-term strategy in order to continue to compete against more agile financial tech solutions that have seeped into the market and somehow managed to gain traction against market oligopolies in some cases, and huge financial resources in most.

Fintech is scary enough for many people, especially when considering how disruptive this sector has been. Fintech has already disrupted banking, proving the model was broken, second, it has disrupted capital markets by democratizing how capital can be raised and invested, and third, it’s beginning to change how the insurance business works. It used technology and cultural shifts towards regulatory changes to allow everyday non-accredited investors to invest. Equity Crowdfunding empowered people to potentially become a part of big change, taking something previously the purview of venture capitalists, angel investors, and the wealth, and making it accessible. Entrepreneurs benefit from easier access to capital, and investors from more options.

What all this shows is that we are in the midst of a fintech revolution, and there’s no way to stop it. Clinging to old ways of doing things, insisting that they were somehow better because they were familiar implies that there is room for fear in finance and in business. Fintech is a positive. Investors, consumers, and indeed even the banks should know that this is cause for optimism, because it represents an opportunity to be better, to do better, and to do more.

What this means is that new entrants that are disrupting these sectors are becoming global dominant companies overnight, something we have not seen in the past. Consider some of the equity crowdfunding success stories in the US and internationally: OurCrowd has successfully closed deals for companies looking for upwards of $25M in funding and StartEngine has more than $70M in reservations, and these stories aren’t even a scratch on the surface.

It takes very forward thinking investors to see this and many are getting on the list. It isn’t the investors that hold back, saying that new forms of finance like equity crowdfunding won’t work, it’s the established industry players, and they do it because they’re afraid. They refuse to adapt. They see the change, and that 2016 is the year that fintech companies step into the limelight, and begin to become household dominant worldwide. They are not used to this kind of competitor. They’ve only ever competed against organizations exactly like their own, and that scares them.

Brace yourself, for those that believe this is only happening in your city or country: the disruption is global and fintech is a tidal wave.

Holy Grail of Regulated Crowdfunding

Travelling around the world gives you great perspective on many things.  From the people, culture, food, and market, to how everyone has their own way of getting things done. I spent the tail end of 2015 in airports and on airplanes travelling around the world to speak at conferences, and it has fundamentally changed my perspective on many things.

I had a system when I was travelling.  Each time that I was called on to speak in a new country, I’d begin by studying local securities regulations – how they work, what you can and can’t do, and what the limitations of each set of rules is. I was speaking as an expert in equity crowdfunding, but also taking it as an opportunity to become a student of the countries I was speaking in.  I wanted to bring a truly global perspective home, and bring international insights back to North America on what regulated crowdfunding looks like around the world.

Regulated Crowdfunding is a global phenomenon, everyone is curious as to what other countries are doing to grow it and control it.  It’s only natural. Very few technological innovations are “born global” but this is one.  Equity and debt crowdfunding have spread like an epidemic.

Today there are thousands of regulated crowdfunding portals on every continent. Capital markets have changed more in the past ten years than in the one hundred years preceding, and the impact of this change is exponential.

Currently, many countries still only allow accredited investors to invest in private companies via the regulated crowdfunding portals.  The accredited investor exemption is great because there are no limits for the company or the investors, but this is still constraining the pool of potential investors to a fraction of what it is in countries that have opened things up and empowered the crowd.

We also have countries that allow non-accredited investors to invest, but the regulators limits how much can be invested and how much companies can raise. Clearly this is not what the visionaries and originators of crowdfunding had envisioned, but we must understand that you have to crawl before you can walk, and walk before you can run.

So it’s obvious the Holy Grail in Regulated Crowdfunding is allowing a company to raise unlimited capital, non-accredited investors to invest and low regulatory reporting requirements.

Nowhere in the world does this exist except in one country: Canada.

Canada is the only country at the moment that has the Holy Grail of Regulated Crowdfunding.  It allows Canadian and foreign companies to raise unlimited capital from Canadian and foreign non-accredited investors. Canada has had the best piece of regulated crowdfunding regulation in place long before regulated crowdfunding even existed.

The rest of the world needs to see this model and learn from it. They should see how it works, and see how they can adopt similar measures in their jurisdictions.  Canada has done a great job with this exemption, termed the Offering Memorandum, and it needs to be appreciated for all it can do.  For those that want to increase their limits for both companies and investors look no further come and speak to the Canadian regulators.

The Holy Grail is here.

Its great to be Canadian eh !!

It’s an exciting time to be in Canada. On March 20, 2014, the Canadian regulators proposed 4 ways that companies can raise capital in Canada via equity crowdfunding, and more importantly 4 ways investors can invest. This is a great start!!!

There is no longer going to be the issue of a investment gap in Canada. With the 4 proposed regulations companies now have options to raise capital during each stage of their company’s development.

Canada is the only country in the world that allows 4 types of equity crowdfunding regulations. Canada might have been late getting in the game but they are coming out with a bang!

The info graphic illustrates the <strong>four (4) proposed equity crowdfunding</strong> regulations.

No other country in the world today, offers this many choices to investors, companies and equity portals for accessing capital.

<strong>Option 1</strong>, the accredited investor exemption is similar to the rules in the USA, and other countries around the world. This exemption applies all across Canada.

<strong>Option 2</strong> the Offering Memorandum (OM) is very unique exemption to Canada.. This allows companies to raise capital from non-accredited investors with a specified disclosure document and risk acknowledgement requirements.

<strong>Option 3</strong> the Equity Crowdfunding exemption allows companies to raise up to $1.5Million annually, and investors have limits on how much they can invest. This option is also limited to certain provinces in Canada.

<strong>Option 4</strong> the Start up exemption allows anyone within the provinces that are adopting this exemption to raise up to $150,000 every 6 months, and investors have limits on how much they can invest.

With all these choices, these are very exciting times for Canadians. It is important for anyone interested in Equity Crowdfunding to make sure they receive proper advice from their legal counsel, accountants and board of directors on the most effective equity crowdfunding strategy for your company to raise capital.

To learn more about what is happening in Canadian Equity Crowdfunding Sector, follow Equity Crowdfunding Alliance of Canada (ECFA Canada) https://www.ECFACanada.ca.

Don’t miss this opportunity to learn about equity crowdfunding. <strong>FREE eBook</strong> on Equity Crowdfunding to get you started.

Equity Crowdfunding Eco-System

Like any new business sector you need to look at the entire eco-system to understand how it works. Back in 2003 I had the pleasure of been given a great education from one of the leading VC firms about eco-systems. During the meeting the VC expressed an interest in our opportunity but provided us a scenario as to why he would not invest in our company. He walked us through all that would be needed to build a billion dollar company, and money was only just one point. He explained that a company is part of a eco-system and all of it needs to be there for it to succeed (customers, suppliers, investors, educations, workforce, research, etc..). Since that day each business I begin I build an eco-system to make sure I am on the right path.

Equity Crowdfunding has an eco-systems and its very important that everyone understand all the pieces and how they work together.

The following image provides an overview of the equity crowdfunding eco-system (investors, issuers, 3rd party providers, equity portals, regulators).

Let’s examine this eco-system.

The first important understanding is that Equity Crowdfunding works in a highly regulated environment determined by the country or state/province involved.

Securities Commissions are charged by the local government to implement laws providing detailed regulations, monitor and provide oversight and intervene when necessary with fines, penalties and sanctions. In short, to keep things on the straight and narrow – to regulate who can invest and how a qualified company (issuer) can participate. The primary goal is to protect investors and ensure a straight forward market place.

A great example is the Jobs Act Title II & Title III in the United States. It provides a clear path who can invest, how to invest, how an Equity Crowdfunding portal needs to operate and how the issuer can access capital.

There are two types of investors that can invest in equity crowdfunding:

Accredited investors are those investors deemed by the securities commissions to be high net worth individuals who would not be catastrophically impacted financially if an investment in a company seeking funds through Equity Crowdfunding fails. Each country has its own parameters but roughly the top 3-5% of a country’s population would qualify. Typically, issuers and the Portal must confirm qualification with the local securities rules.

Non-Accredited investors are the “rest-of-us”, the rest of the country’s population that do not meet the requirements to be registered as an accredited investor.

Equity Crowdfunding portals bring companies and investors together in a secure cloud computing platform. There are portals providing investment opportunities for accredited investors and non-accredited investors. Equity Portals will also vary on size of offerings and vertical industry sectors.

Issuers (i.e. the company) exchanges shares (securities) for investors’ money via a selected equity crowdfunding portal. Currently in most North American jurisdictions only accredited investors can invest in Equity Crowdfunding (with some exceptions).

In a nutshell, equity crowdfunding is a new method of seeking financing that allows companies of all sizes (including startups) to raise funds through secured online platforms, giving them access to large numbers of qualified investors.

Equity Crowdfunding gives companies (issuers) an attractive option for raising funds, and provides investors with the possibility of a return on their investment.

Contact me if you are interested in FREE eBook on Equity Crowdfunding. www.OscarJofre.com